Skip to main content

Full text of "Official gazette of the United States Patent and Trademark Office: [microform]"

See other formats


A 




A 





▲ 



micRD PHOTD Division 






I 



A UNITED STATES 
DEPARTMENT OF 
COMMERCE 
PUBLICATION 






c 




*^1.TtS^ 0» 



^* 



/ 



Vol. 931 Number 1 



omciAL 

GAZETTE 

Of the 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE 



PATENTS 
February 4, 1975 



U.S. 

DEPARTMENT 

OF COMMERCE 

Patent 
, and 

^ Trademark 

Office 





- W i nB i H isiBaad? 



PUBLISHED WEEKLY BY AUTHORITY OF CONGRESS 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE 



February 4, 1975 



Volume 931 



Number 1 



^ 



# 



t\ 



CONTENTS 

Patent and Trademark Notices 

Board of Appeals Decisions Rendered in the Month of December . .' . . 

National Inventors/ Day 

Availability of U.S. Patent Reclassification Microfilm 

Registration to Practice 

Patent Notices 

Certificates of Correction for the Week of February 4, 1975 

Condition of Patent Applications 

Defensive Publications (931,001) 

Reissue Patents Granted (28,326) 

Plant Patents Granted (3,678) 

Patents Granted 

General and Mechanical (3,863,271) 

Chemical (3,864,076) 

Electrical (3,864,507) .'*'.. 

Design Patents Granted (234,233) • 

Index of Patentees 

Indices of Applicants of Defensive Publications, Reissues, Plants and 
Designs . .. , 

Classification of , , 

Patents (Including Reissues) 

Designs, Plants and Defensive Publications ^. . . . 

Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors 

Patents (Including Reissues) 

Designs, Plants and Applicants of Defensi\j^Publications 



Page 

2 
2 
2 
2 

5 

8 

9 

11 

13 

15 
280 
392 

479 

PI 1 

PI 46 



i\^F 



PI 


49 


PI 


52 


PI 


53 


PI 


55 



The followins are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Documents, Gorernment 
Printing Office, Washineton, D.C., 20402, to whom all subscriptions should be mad* payable and 
all communications addressed: 

THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), bsued weekly, subscription 5342.20 
per annum, foreign mailing $85.55 additional; single copies $6.60 each. 

THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $88.40 
per annum, foreign mailing $22.10 additional; single copies $1.70 each. 

CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS, price 60 cents each. 



CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning TRADEMARKS, price 50 cents 



each. 



PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cents each; 
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS 
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington, D.C., 20231. 



Printing authorized by Section ll(a)3 of Title 35, U.S. Code P.O. 



^ 



February 4, 1975 



U.S. PATENT OFFICE 



PATENT OFFICE NOTICES 



Board of Appeals Decisions Rendered in tlie Month of 
Decemlier 1974 

Examiner affirmed 195 

Examiner affirmed In part . 25 

Examiner reversed -, 64 

Total 284 



National Inventors Day 

The Patent and Trademark Office will be observing National 
Inventors Day In the Public Search Room on Saturday and 
Sunday, February 8 and 9, 1975, between the hours of 1 :0U 
p.m. and 5:00 p.m. The public is Invited to view the- exhibits 
on these days and to attend a formal ppogram at 2 :00 p.m. 
on Sunday. 

In order to accommodate the exhibits, it will be necessary 
to close the Public Search Room at 5 :00 p.m. on Friday, 
February 7, 1975. 

We would appreciate the cooperation of all users of the 
Search Room facilities In removing all personal Items and be- 
longings in order to permit the early closln^^flmeT 

C. MARSHALL DANN, 
Cotnmiaaioner of Patents and Trademarks. 



Removal From Register 

Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 347 of the Rules of 
Practice of the United States Patent Office in Patent Ca^es, a 
letter was directed on November 18, 1974, to Mr. Andrew G. 
Pullos at 714-716 Bank of America Bldg., 12 South First 
Street, San Jose, Calif. 95113, the last post office address 
furnished by him to the Committee on Enrollment. No reply 
was received within the period of thirty days therein set. 
Accordingly, his name Is being removed from the Register of 
Agents. 

LUTRELLE F. PARKER, 
Chairman, Committee on Enrollment. 



Availability of U.S. Patent Reclassification Microfilm . 

The Patent Office announces the availability of Its new 
microfilm publication "Reclassification Transfer Records." 

This official record lists all the Original and Cross-reference 
Patent classification changes which occur in a reclassification 
project. This publication begins with the DecembeA973, re- 
classification and will be available for all subsequent reclassi- 
fication projects. 

The film Is available as separately listed Original and Cross- 
reference transaction records In three sequences, from old 
classification to new, in (1) new class/subclass order, (2) 
Patent number order and (3) old class/subclass order. 

The entire publication for December 1973 (Reclassification 
Order #413) consists of 3 reels of 16mm negative microfilm. 
This set Is available as follows : 

Form of Microfilm Accession No. Price 

Plain 16 mm Film Reel COM-74-11750-p{'2200 Fol^lgn*^ 

Recordak Cartridge COM-74-11750-u{ fsioo FoJefgn '^ 

3M Cartridge COM-74-11750-m{ ogioo Fowfln *" 

Thread Easy COM-74-11750-T/ 20.00 Domestic 

1 28.00 Foreign 

Also available at this time Is the March 197i reclassifica- 
tion publication (Reclassification Order #414), of 2 reels of 
16mm negative microfilm. This film is available as follows : 

Form of Microfilm Accession No. Price 

Plain 16mm Film Reel COM-74-11751-p{^i5 qq Fo°rdg^n*^ 

Recordak Cartridge COM-74-11751-r{ igjoo Forefgn *^ 

3M Cartridge COM-74-11751-mJ J^jgg g°™f|?^ 

Thread Easy COM-74-11751-T/ J^SS S°"f ^"*^ 

I 19.00 Foreign 

Orders must specify the NTIS accession number given above 
and the form In which the buyer desires to receive the micro- 
film (also given above). Address orders to : 

National Technical Information Service 

U.S. Department of Commerce 

Springfield, Va. 22151 

Enclose payment In check or money order or authorization 
to charge the amount of the order to the buyer's NTIS deposit 
account or American Express card, giving the account number. 

ALFRED C. MARMOR. 
Jan. 17, 1974. Acting Administrator for Documentation, 



Registration to Practice 

The following list contains the names of persons applying 
for registration to practice before the United States Patent 
Office. Information tending to affect the eligibility of any of 
said applicants on moral, ethical, or other grounds, should be 
furnished the Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks on 
or before February 28, 1975. 

LUTRELLE F. PARKER, 
Chairman, Committee on Enrollment. 



Adamo, Kenneth R., 284 Pawling Ave., Troy, N.Y. 12180 
Adams, Thomas L., 24 S. Ashby Ave., Livingston, N.J. 07039 
Agovino. Frank R., 12826 Cara Dr., Woodbrldge, Va. 22191 
Allen, Kenneth R.. 124 Beacon St., Boston. Mass. 02116 
Armitage, Robert A., 115 Sage St., Kalamazoo, Mich. 49007 
Aronson, Howard N.. 245 Henry St., Brooklyn, N.Y. 11201 
Avery, Ralph E., 305 Sanford PL, Erie, Pa. 16511 



Baranowskl, Edwin, 20 W. 64th St., New York, N.Y. 10023 
Barton, Robert S., 714 Old Lancaster Rd., Philadelphia, Pa. 

19010 
Baumann, Russell E., 29 Kennedy Dr., Attleboro, Mass. 02703 
,Beall, Mary L., 5350 Edgemoor Lane. Bethesda, Md. 20014 
Becker, Dorothy I. V., 4 Gale Ave., Edwards, Calif. 93523 
Benassl, John M., 919A 22nd St., N.W., Wasiilngton, D.C. 

20037 
Berres. John R., 1300 S. Arlington Ridge, Arilngton, Va. 22202 
Blelen. Theodore J. Jr., 7351 Claremont Ave., Berkeley, Calif. 

94705 
Bingham. Michael D., 3837 E. Cortez, Phoenix, Ariz. 85028 
Bobb. John S. Stephen, 414 Claremont Rd., Springfield, Pa. 

19064 
Bohme, Relnhard D.. 7707 Hamilton, Burr Ridge, 111. 60321 
Bolser, Clark M., 1224 25th St., West Des Moines, Iowa 50265 
Bonin. Franklin A., 17 King Ave.. Weehawken, N.J. 07087 
Boswell. Kay H., 14881 Dusk. Irvine, Calif. 92705 
Brletkrenz, Roland B., 521 N. Center St., LaGrange, Ohio 

44050 
Brock, Christopher M., 2157 E. 14 Mile, #104, Sterilng Hgts., 

Mich. 48077 
Burdick, Bruce E., 1814 Village Dr., Duncan. Okla. 73533 
Bush, Gary L., 22 Prospect Ave., Basking Ridge, N.J. 07920 



Calder, Daniel N.. 268 Northshlre Terr., Langhorne, Pa. 19047 
Carver. Stephen Dee, 800 Ozark Nat'l. Life Bldg., Kansas City, 

Mo. 64106 
Casuccio, Carlo, Via Gobettl 14, Ivrea, Italy 
Caufield. Francis J.. 31 Hill St., Lexington, Mass. 02173 
Cavanaugh. Lawrence A.. 4 Eudy Ct., Vernon, Conn. 06066 
Cefalo, Albert P., 25 Ashwood Ct.. East Northport. N.Y. 11731 
Cerny, Frank J., Jr., 8922 W. 24th St., North Riverside, 111. 

60546 
Chapin. William L., 842 S. State College Blvd., Anaheim, Calif. 

92806 
Charmasson, Henri J. A., 2030 Sunset Blvd., San Diego, Calif. 

92103 
Clarke, William C, 1613 Monroe St., Evanston. 111. 60202 
Clayton. David M., 1065 Logan St.. #308, Denver, Colo. 80203 
Close. Thomas H., 194 Roosevelt Kd., Rochester, N.Y. 14618 
Coghill, George J., 3519 Normandy Rd., Shaker Heights, Ohio 

44120 
Cohen, Eric C. 62 N. Pershing, Akron, Ohio 44313 
Collins, Mark T., 7927 Inverness Ridge Rd., Potomac, Md. 

20854 
Collins. Robert C. 1156 Broadacre, Clawson. Mich. 48017 
Colwell, Robert C. 33 Kimberly Court, Oakland, Calif. 94611 
Conard, Richard D., 4042-C Mallway Dr., Indianapolis, Ind. 

46236 
Converse, Robert E. Jr., 116 W. 8th St., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15215 
Conzett, Robert A., 607 Ridgecrest Dr., Cointon, Iowa 52732 
Coon. William G., 8260 Denwood A. 30, Sterling Hgts., Mich. 

48077 
Cooper, John A., 214 W. 11th St., New York, N.Y. 10014 
Costello, Charles F., Jr., 11 Robert Rd., Framlngham, Mass. 
01701 



C — Continued 



1' 



Crossan, John R., 4800 Chicago Beach Dr., #2404N, Chicago, 

111. 60615 I, 

II D 
Dalley, J. Robert, 250 Ei. 73rd St., New York, N.Y. 10021 
Deex, Arthur J., 11709 N. Shore Dr.. Reston. Va. 22090 
Devnanl. Papan, 128A Brebuff Dr., Penfield, N.Y. 14526 
Doerr, Edwin, The Mead Corp., Talbott Tower, 118 W. First 

St.. Dayton, Ohio 45402 
Donaghy, John K., 6560 Beechwood Dr., Camp Springs, Md. 

20031 
Draegert, David A., 36 Sherwood Ave., Madison, N.J. 07974 
Dranove, Joel K.. 134 Park PL, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11217 
Duffy, James F., 50 Fountain Bleau Ct., R.D. 2, Conklin, N.Y. 

13748 
Dunning, Edward B., 96 Hillcrest Dr., WestervlUe. Ohio 43081 
Dupont. Henri Jean, 236 Little Hill Dr., Stamford, Conn. 

(56905 
Dupont, Paul E., 5 Greenbrier Way, East Greenbush, N.Y. 

II E 
Ekstrand, Roy A., 1755 Wood Lane, Mt. Prospect, 111. 60056 

F 
Farino, Thomas R., Jr., 9 Half Acre Rd., Jamesburg, N.J. 

08831 
Felg, Philip J., 130 Gale PL. New York, N.Y. 10463 
Fendrich. Henry M., 95 Whipple St., South Weymouth, Mass. 

02190 
Flynn, Michael J., 134 Washington PL, Hasbrouck Hgts., 

N.J. 07604 
Fondriest, F. Frederick, 1785 Wilson Dr., Lake Forest, 111. 

60045 
Frank, David A., 49 Evergreen Ave., Auburndale, Mass. 02166 
Friedman, Alan M., 1306 Abbott Rd., RockvlUe, Md. 20851 

G 

Cans. Bernard R., 3320 Quartz Lane D-6, Fullerton, Calif. 

92631 
Geny, William O.. 511 Four Mile Rd.. Alexandria. Va. 22303 
Gilbert. Harvey A., 1269 Rogue River Ct.. Chesterfield, Mo. 

63017 
Good, Adrian J., 1312 Putnam Tr., Fort Wayne. Ind. 46803 
Gopsteln. Israel. 14015 Bauer Dr.. Rockvllle. Md. 20853 
Gordon. Thomas T.. 389A Gilbert St.. Ridgewood. N.J. 07450 
Gunzburger. John M.. 6600 S. Bralnard Ave., Unit 407. 

Countryside. 111. 60525 
Gurey, Stephen M., 579 Klondike Ave., Staten Island, N.Y. 

10314 
Guttman, David S., 6307 N. Campbell Ave., Chicago, 111. 60659 

H 

Hall. Luther A. R., 36 Old Farms Rd.. Woodcllff Lake. N.J. 

07675 
Hansen, Richard L., 5323 Matternhorn Circle. Minneapolis, 

Minn. 55421 
Harrison, David B., 53 Prince Royal Dr., Corte Madera, Calif. 

94925 
Hays, Robert A., 21 Harrington Circle, Willlngboro, N.J. 08046 
Hlavaty, Michael C, 462 Valley Dr.. Bettendorf. Iowa 52722 
Hoffman. Stephen M.. 820 Dartmoor, Westfleld, N.J. 07009 
Holzmann. Richard T.. 352 Woodley Rd., Merlon Station, Pa. 

19066 
Hudak. James A., 5629 Beacon Hill Dr., Seven Hills. Ohio 

44131 

I 

Ishimaru, Mlklo, 3617 37th St., MoUne, 111. 61265 

J 

Jamison, George B., 14703 BarryknoU Lane. #10, Houston, 

Tex. 77024 
Jarvls, Larry M., 1600 S. Eads, #1116S, Arlington, Va. 22202 
Jenner. Jesse J., 315 E. 86th St.. #21K, New York. N.Y. 10028 
Jeter, John D., P.O. Box 30293, Dallas. Tex. 75230 
Johnson, Richard R., 1527 NE Vlvlon Rd., #33, Kansas aty, 

Mo. 64118 

K 

Katz, Niel F., 26 Swayze St., West Orange, N.J. 07052 
Krauss, Geoffrey H., 133-28 Laurelton Pkwy, Laurelton, N.Y. 

11422 
Kruklel, Charles E., 103 Waverly Rd^ Wilmington, Del. 19803 
Krupka. Robert G.. 1825 N. Uncoln Plaza, Chicago, 111. 60614 
Kulkarnl, DlUp A., 5672 B. Brenddnway Pkwy. Indianapolis. 

Ind. 46226 
Kyper, James R., 1550 Powers Run Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15238 



Lanchantin, Charles E., Jr., 5314 Rivera Ct, Peoria, lU. 

61614 
Lazarus, Edmond P., 3900 Labyrinth Rd., Baltimore, Md. 

21215 
Leach, Michael, 98 Chestnut St., Garfield, N.J. 07026 
Lechter, Michael A., Ill Washington Rd., Princeton, N.J. 

08540 
Ley, John R., Box 336. Leotl, Kans. 67861 
Lidd. Francis J., 247 Lawton Rd., Riverside. 111. 60546 
Lobato, Emmanuel J., 320 S. Broadway, T-7, Tarry town, 

N.Y. 10591 
Logan, Forrest E., 971 Scrlpps Dr., Claremont, Calif. 91711 
Lucas, James W., 1401 Bonnie Doone Terr., Corona Del Mar, 

Calif 92625 
Lykins,' James D., 6214 Beechcrest PL, Cincinnati. Ohio 45230 

' ll M 
Machallcky, Charles G., 1433 .Maxwell Lane, Upland, Calif. 

91786 
Magee, Thomas H., 40-05 Fox Run, Plainsboro, N.J. 08536 



M — Continued 
Marvin, William A., 690 Eastbrooke. Rochester, N.Y. 14618 
Marzluf, Eric S., 3636 16th St., N.W., #A-823, Washington, 

D.C. ^0010 
McFarron, Gary W., 1533 W. Jarvis St., Apt. 415, Chicago, 111. 

60626 
McMahon, Richard M., 8 Bywood Lane. Trenton, N.J. 08628 
Medwlck, George M., 1207 Flndley Dr., #10, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

15221 
Melnlkoff, Jeffrey, 404 Independence, Washington, D.C. 20004 
Messulan, Lewis, The International Nickel Co.', Inc. 1, New 

York Plaza, New York, N.Y. 10033 
Mlchalek, Thomas G.. 194 Sheldon Ave., Pittsburgh. Pa. 15220 
Miller. Samuel C. Ill, 35 E St. NW., #810. Washington. 

D.C. 20006 
Mooney, Robert J., 505 Fisher Lane, Warminster, Pa. 18974 
Morris, Jeffrey M., 7361 N. Ridge, #3C, Chicago, 111. 60645 
Morrison, Thomas R., 220 Stoney Ford Rd.. Baltimore, Md. 

21210 
Mullowney. Edward F., 211 Orchard PL, Ridgewood, N.J. 

07450 
Murrah, Macka L., 8537 Southwestern 2175, Dallas, Tex. 

75206 
Myers, Jeffrey Van, 1201 N. Meridian, Oklahoma City, Okla. 

73107 Ji 

Nadel, Alan S., 5703 5th St., North Arilngton. Va. 22205 
Naylor, Henry E.. 135 Garfield Ave.. Colonla, N.J. 07067 
Nebesh. Eugene. 1949 W. Pleasant Valley Rd., Parma, Ohio 

44134 
Neer. David L., 6007 N. Sheridan Rd., Chicago, 111. 60660 , 
Nelman, Thomas N., RD #3. Milton, Vt. 05468 
Norek. Joan I., 2007 N. Sedgwick, Chicago, 111. 60614 
North, Robert J., 1326-C Clifton Ave., Clifton, N.J. 07012 
Nowak, Keith D., Apt. 14, Bldg. 1, Rte. 34, Heritage Sq., Apts., 

Matawan. N.J. 07744 

O 
Oliver, Wallace L., Jr., 1407 Sherwln Ave., Chicago, 111. 60626 

P 

Pettlt, George R.. 167C Highland Ave., Ossining, N.Y. 10562 
Pfountz, Harold J., 2323 N. Woodlawn, #620, Wichita, Kans. 

67220 
Plncelll, Frank, 19989 Stratford Rd.. Detroit, Mich. 48221 
Pitts. Robert E., 1537 Laurel Ave., Knoxvllle, Tenn. 37916 
Pitts, Robert W., 3464 W. Polo Rd., Winston-Salem, N.C. 27106 
Ponterlo. Frank V., 766 Pelton Ave., Staten Island. N.Y. 10310 
Porcelli. Frank P., 27 Everett St., #B, Cambridge, Mass. 

02138 
Post, Gerald, 141-10 82 Dr., Jamaica. N.Y. 11435 
Price, James L.. 3414 S. Grand Ave., Spokane. Wash. 99203 
Pulley, Jack I., 3526 Greenway^ Royal Oak, Mich. 48017 

Q^ 

Quartararo, Gaspar P., 735 Dunne Ct, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11235 

R 

Rlcliardson, Kenneth L.. 2400 16th St., N.W.. #344, Washing 

ton. D.C. 20009 m 

Richardson, Peter C, 41 Midland Dr., Morrtstown. N.J. 07960 
Risko. Frank D., 16429 Park Dr., Livonia, Mich. 48154 
Rlter. Bruce D.. 2043 Logan St.. Murphysboro. 111. 62966 
Rodgers. Walter A.. 212 Shadowood Pkwy, Atlanta, Ga. 30339 
Rooney. George W.. Jr.. 323 Sundale Rd., Akron, Ohio 44313 
Rosenberg, Seymour, 2075 N.^ Beverly Dr., Beverly Hills, 

Calif. 90210 V 

Ruzek. Peter R., 80-09 35th Ave., Jackson Hgts.. N.Y. 11372 



Sabo. William D.. 2853 Shepard Ave.. Milwaukee, Wis. 53211 
Schlvley. George G., 1915 N. Washington, #3, Royal Oak, Mlcb. 

48075 i 

Schneider, Robert J., 824 1/. Sheridan Rd., Evanston, 111. 60202 
Schneider. William J.. Jr., 1917 Maginn Dr.. Glendale, Calif. 

91202 
Schoenle. Paul D.. 1702 Lumbard St, Fort Wayne, Ind. 46803 
Scott, Michael D.. 1811 Pelham Ave., Los Angeles, Calif. 90025 
Scott, Nigel L., 1405 Whittier, Washington. D.C. 20012 
.«!eqv. Nicholas J.. 3300 Gnnston Rd.. Alexandria. Va. 22302 
Shapiro, Maurice D.. 4049 E. Salano Dr.. Phoenix. Ariz. 85018 
SheKleton, Gerald T.. 710 Waverly, Arlington Hgts. 111. 60004 
Shoaf. Charles J., 1113 Independence Dr., West Chester, Pa. 

19380 
Slvak, Thomas L., 1835 Stage Ct, Allison Park, Pa. 15101 
Skenyon. John M., 3900 Park Ave., #1-1, Bridgeport, Conn. 

06604 
SllvlnskI, Robert H., 2300 S. 24th Rd., «547. Arlington. Va. 

22206 
Smith. Jamie S., 405 E. 70th St., #2D, New York, N.Y. 10021 
Southwlck. Stephen W.. 3121 Kingman Blvd.. «15, Des Moines, 

Iowa 50311 
Spears. John F., Jr., 107 S. Bobby Lane, Mount Prospect. 111. 

60056 
Spooner, Stanley C, 1971 Rt 17. Grafton, Va. 23692 
Sprlngle, Douglas W., 1846 Stadium PL, #5, Ann Arbor. Mich. 

48103 
Steen. Richard H.. 788 River ltd., Chatham. N.J. 07928 
Stern. Gldon D., 142-22 Pershing Cres., Briarwood, N.Y. 

11435 * 

Sternstein, Allan J., 200 BarcHffe Lane, Schaumburg. 111. 

60172 
Streff, William A., Jr.. 222 E. Pearson St., #2207, Chicago, 

111. 60611 
Sufrln. Barry W.. 720A Hlnman, #3S. Evtinston, HI. 60202 
Sung, Tak Kl, 3211-22 Univ. Blvd. W.. Kensington. Md. 20795 
Sutton, James H.. 620 Bittersweet Dr.. Findlay, Ohio 45840 
Sweeney, John F., 7 Stuyvesant St., Huntington, N.Y. 11743 



T 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 

r 



February 4, 1975 



VV — Continued 



Tarnowskl. George. 2703 Lincoln Dr.. East Ambler. Pa. 19002 ^^\"f°V,^Hn'^ 601^2 "" ^'''*° ^""^^ °'' *^^^' "''**'"''" 

Tate, Rodger L.. 1325 Potomac Hgts.br.Oxon Hill. Md. 20022 wa4on Vtciiell B 12220 Conn Ave Silver Snrlnir M(l 

Thlguen. Edward E.. 2412 Yorktown St.. #269, Houston. Tex. "^^^(fg^^^ Alltcneli a., \zzz\} conn. Ave., Oliver hpring. m\. 

TtJllJ^FdwApd T 410 Rockawav Ave Vallev Stream N Y ^Velsburd, Steven I. 310 S. Easton Rd.. Glenside, Pa. 19038 

11581 Kockaway Ave., vaiiey htream, in.i. ^ygn^jgu vvilllam H., 809 Lexington St., #9, Oak Park, 111. 

?!nr'joen t"^ 2423^iuIarMll?Rd^"charS Tc-^^W ^Ig^JSt Macdonald J.. 724 Nana Ave. Orlando. Fla. 32809 

Turner! J^hnBA^e' 9^ Elm^wood"Te?r'.'R^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^'ife^"' L««°"^' ^^^^ Stewart ^d., Cincinnati, Ohio 
Turner. Roger C, 8200 Autumnwood Way, Louisvilje, Ky 



40291 



U 



45236 
Wlnchell. Bruce M., 240 Monroe Falls Ave., Cuyahoga Falls. 

Ohio 44221 
Winick, Steven J., 8401 Manchester Rd., #210, Silver Spring, 

Md. 20901 
Witteklnd, Raymond R., 30 Valley View Dr.. Morristown. N.J. 

07960 
VVorrel. Rodney K.. 2501 E. Paul Ave., Fresno, Calif. 93710 



Underhill, Albert L., 17 Simeon Lane, Sterling, Va. 22170 

V 

Vafakos, William P., 967 E. 17th St., Brooklyn, N.Y. 11230 

W Z 

Walker, Patricia B., 6286 S. Albion Way, Littleton, Colo. Zlelinski, Theodore R.. R. 6, Box 713. Elkhart, Ind. 46154 

80121 Zipkin, Neil M., 736 Peter Paul Dr., West Islip, N.Y. 11795 

Wallach. Michael H., 882-A Summit Aye., Jersey City. N.J. Zwolak, Richard A., 19444 Spencer Ave.. Detroit, Mich. 38234 

07307 Zykorle, Henry M., 8443 Penshurst Dr., Springfield, Va. 2215:i 



\ 



w 






February 4, 1975 



U.S. PATENT OFFICE 



Certifiicates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 4, 1975 



3,645.599 

3,674.623 

3,721.704 

3,724.341 

3,724,442 

3.726.417 

3,736,145 

3.736.640 

3.737.032 

3.745,223 

3.749,186 

3,755.263 

3.757,122 

3.758,243 

3,762,319 

3,763,915 

3,768,885 

3,772,507 

3,773,709 

3,773,764 

3,774,188 

3,775,048 

3,778,414 

3,780,791 

3,780,792 

3,781,020 

3,781,594 

3,785,223 

3,793,098 

3,796,864 

3,797,736 

3,799,167 

3,799,249 

3,800.364 

3,801,348 

3,801,952 

3,803,560 

3,803,784 

3,805,522 

3,806,706 

3,806,961 

3,808,359 

3,808,872 

3,809,552 

3,810,468 

3,811,165 



3,812,099 

3,812,253 

3,813,317 

3,813,855 

3,813,922 

3,816,539 

3,817,327 

3,817,724 

3,817,822 

3,819,367 

3,819,695 

3,819,761 

3,820,881 

3,821,178 

3,821,307 

3,822,560 

3,822,998 

3,823,900 

3,824,116 

3,824,285 

3,825,274 

3,825,351 

3,825,728 

3,826,846 

3,828,152 

3.828,610 

3,828,860 

3,829,913 

3,831,355 

3,832,045 

3,832,399 

3,832,673 

3,832,973 

3,833,461 

3.833,477 

3.833,684 

3,833,892 

3,834,222 

3,835,093 

3.835,450 

3,836,044 

3,836,317 

3,837,007 

3,837,088 

3,837,557 

3,837,394 



3,837,744 
3,837,842 
3,837,843 
»^,839,209 
3,840,022 
3,840,303 
3,840,435 
3,840,510 
3,840,836 
3,841,119 
3,841,880 
3,841,926 
3,841,999 
3,842,097 
3,842,324 
3,842,848 
3,842,959 
3,842,970 
3,842,986 
3,843,285 
3,843,505 
3,843,592 
3,843,644 
3,843,667 
3,843,750 
3,843,770 
3,843,922 
3,844,273 
3,844,524 
3.844,570 
3,844,693 
3,844,750 
3,844,773 
3,744,841 
3,845,132 
3,845,391 
3,845,564 
3,845,649 
3,845,749 
3,846.178 
3,846,273 
3.846,623 
3,846,685 
3.846,899 
3,847,548 
3,847,556 



3,847,640 

3,847,658 

3,847,733 

3,847,793 

3,847.804 

3,848,089 

3,848,102 

3,848,124 

3,848,177 . 

3,848,259 

3,848,273 

3,848,332 

3,848,421 

3,848,452 

3,848,519 

3,848,534 

3,848,762 

3,848,785 

3,849,004 

3,849,174 

3,849,392 

3,849,457 

3.849,482 

3,849,851 

3,850,346 

3,850,414 

3,850,652 

3.850,Z34 

3,850,77^ 

3,850,822 

3,850,984 

3,851,109 

3,851,212 

3,851,262 

3,851,676 

3,852,044 

3,S52,158 

3,852,210 

3,S52,32R 

3,852,355 

3,852,770 

3,852,809 
3,853,393 
3.853.554 
3,853,713 



Patents Available for Licensing or Sale 

2,995,619. SYSTEM OF TELEVISION TRAXSMIS.SION 
AND PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTION OF THE TELE- 
VISED IMAGE. Samuel Freeman, 13 Birchwood Court E., 
Syosset, N.Y., 11791. 

3,415,339. FORK LIFT ATTACHMENT. Wilbur G. Hal- 
lauer, P.O. Box 70, Oroville, Wash., 98844. 

3,461,565. MASON'S LINE STRETCHER. George T. 
Harris, 411 E. 20th St., SaJford, Ariz., 85546. 

3,774.193. WATCHMAN'S TOUR ALARM SYSTEM. Tullo 
Vasquez Restrepo, Carrera 43A No. 30-91, Medellln, Colombia. 

3,776,795. METHOD OF JOINING THE ENDS OF MUL- 
TILAYER PRINTING FORMS. Elbert H. Stevenson, 415 
Overland Drive, Stratford, Conn., 06497. 

3.806,399. MECHANICAL CHRISTMAS TREE MANI- 
FESTED BY ITS ROTATING MOTION AND THE UNDULA- 
TION OF ITS BRANCHES. Dlosdado L. Cocjin. Philippines. 
Correspondence to : Michael S. Striker, 360 Lexington Ave., 
New York, N.Y., 10017. 

3.811.169. ARRANGEMENT FOR INSERTING PRE- 
FABRICATED COILS OF WIRE INTO THE SLOT OF 
ELECTRICAL MACHINES. VEB Elektromat, Dresden, Ger- 
many. Correspondence to : Michael S. Striker, 360 Lexington 
Ave., New York, N.Y., 10017. 

3,813,662. ELECTRICAL ALARM SYSTEMS. Nigel W. 
Lewis, Buckinghamshire, England. Correspondence to : 
Michael S. Striker, 360 Lexington Ave., New York. N.Y., 
10017. 

3,818,387. CURRENT GAIN FILTER. James J. Murphy, 
2070 Latham St., Apt. 4, Mountain View, Calif., 94040. 

3,824,538. MOTOR VEHICLE OPERATOR MONITORING 
SYSTEM. Cecil Slemp, Rte. 1, Box 120-A, Jarretsvllle, Md., 
21084. 

3,830,399. CONTAINER CLOSURE. Frederick W. Hill, 
Box 143, Palermo, W. Va., 25546. 



3,836,051. OUTDOOR SALT DISPENSER. Slobert W. 
Schmechel, 3454 W. Wrightwood Ave., Chicago, 111., 60647. 

3,843,178. OVER HEAD HAND OPERATED DOOR LOCK. 
Alexander Eskoff, 4214 Euclid Ave., East Chicago, Ind., 46312. 

3,846,640. ELECTRICAL COMBINATION KEY LOCK. 
Nicholas W. Mihlhauser, 4514 Abbott, Apt. 12, Dallas, Tex., 
75205. 

3.850.379. BRAKE ACCESSORY FOR ROLLS OF 
TOILET PAPER AND THE LIKE. Mltchel Stern. Corre- 
spondence to : Sherman Levy, Suite 635, Washington Bldg., 
15th & New York Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C., 20005. 



The following 2 patents are offered by : Susan M. Peoples, 
5201 Belleville Ave., Baltimore, Md., 21207. 

D. 213,627. PORTABLE TWO-WAY COIN OPERATED 
TELEPHONE FOR INSTITUTIONS AND 
HOSPITALS. 



D. 217.156. PORTABLE TWO-WAY 
TELEPHONE. 



COIN OPERATED 



The following 2 patents are offered by : John O. Richards, 
980 Mill Circle, Apt. 99, Alliance, Ohio, 44601. 



3,578,840. 
3,835,507. 



REVOLVING REFLECTOR. 
ROPE HOLDING DEVICE. 



The following 2 patents are offered by : Betty Lasiter, % 
Bradshaw & Albright, 1003 Plaza Blvd.. Suite 229, National 
City, Calif., 92050. 



3,391,778. 
3,563,342. 



VEHICLE UNLOADER. 
STOWABLE TRUCK LADDER. 



Eastman Kodak Company announces that, in accordance 
with Its policy, nonexclusive licenses upon reasonable terms 
are available to responsible applicants under the following 
U.S. Patent. 

This offer is consistent with the practice of Eastman Kodak 
Company generally to grant non-exclusive licenses under un- 
expired U.S. patents issued to Kodak prior to 1970 on photo- 
graphic inventions and on inventions made in the course of 
research or development work for the U.S. Government. 

Inquiries regarding the availability of such licenses may be 
addressed to Director, Patent Department, Eastman Kodak 
Company, 343 State Street, Rochester, N.Y., 14650. 



3,420,154. 



EASILY LOADED CAMERA WITH OPEN 
ENDED SPOOt. 



The following 17 patents are offered by : R. S. Pauliukonis, 
6660 Greenbrlar, Parma Heights, Ohio, 44130. 



3,412,573. 
3,309,884. 

3,570,523. 
3,572,362. 
3,666,230. 
3,672,396. 
3,676,022. 

3,680,582. 
3,696,835. 
3,703,125. 
3,706,325. 
3,749,353. 
3,761,204. 
3,768,517. 

3,81.5.481. 

3,824,898. 

3.831,816. 



CRYOGENIC QUICK FREEZING APPARATUS 

DEWAR DESIGN FOR STORAGE AND TRANS- 
PORTATION OF CRYOGENIC FLUIDS. 

SELF-REGULATING RECIPROCATOR DEVICE. 

SELF-RECIPROCATING FOUR-WAY VALVE. 

ELASTOMATIC VALVE. 

METERING VALVE. 

PNEUMATIC/HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTU- 
ATED POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMP. 

QUICK EXHAUST VALVE. 

CONTROL VALVE. 

PLASTIC ACTUATING CYLINDER. 

SIMPLE CONTROL VALVES. 

MEMBRANE SHUT-OFF VALVE. 

POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BOOSTERS. 

SOLENOID OPERATED SIMPLE CONTROL 
VALVES. 

POWER CYLINDER W/ PISTON RETURN BY 
OWN VACUUM FORCE. 

ENERGY CONSERVING DIRECTIONAL VALVE- 
CYLINDER COMBINATION. 

CHEMICAL SYRINGE/DILUTER MIXER. 



The following 23 patents are offered by : Walter S. Pawl, 
Adelphl, Md. Correspondence to : Paul J. Schmltz, 1121 Uni- 
versity Blvd., W., #1105, Silver Spring, Md., 20902. 

D. 198,671. CABANA. 

3,143,939. LANDING MAT STRUCTURE. 

3,225,504. LOCKED WALL PANEL JOINT FASTENER. 

3,228,162. BUILDING PANEL ASSEMBLY. 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,226.907. 
3.274,739. 

3,241.284. 
3.283,462. 
3.293.818. 
3.294,040. 
3,306.487. 

3.349.533. 

3.376,679. 
3.350,249. 

3,483,663. 
3.462,819. 
3,447,823.' 
3,486,262. 
3.486,281. 
3.512,494. 
3,543,456. 
3,677,212. 
3,221,452. 



PREFABRICATED ROOF STRUCTURE. 

SHEET PANEL ASSEMBLY AND SUPPORTING 
MEMBERS THEREFOR. 

MULTI-PANEL STRIP AND JOINT. 

SEALING EXTRUSION FOR" PANEL JOINT. 

PANEL SEAL AND LOCK. 

LEAD CARRYING PALLETT. 

KNOCKED DOWN CARGO SHIPPING CON- 
TAINER. ; 

CHANNEL EXTRUSION AND SEAL FOR 
FRAMING PANEL EDGES. 

SHEET PANEL WALL ASSEMBLY. 

METHOD OF MAKING IMPREGNATED PLAS- 
TIC RIVET REINFORCED LAMINATED 
FIBRE SHEETS. 

BUILDING WALL CONSTRUCTION. 

SHEET PANEL WALL ASSEMBLY. 

ANCHOR CLIP. 

POST SIGN. 

COMMODITY SHEET PANEL. 

SUBMERSIBLE WATERCRAFT. 

TOTAL LOCK BUILDING STRUCTURE. 

SUBMERSIBLE WATERCRAFT. 

FROST BARRIER AND VENT. 



General Electric Company Is prepared to grant non-exclusive 
licenses under the following 3 patents upon reasonable terms 
to domestic manufacturers. -^ ^ 

Application for licenses under the following patents may 
be addressed to : General Electric Company, Division Patent 
CounseljJHousewares Business Division, 1285 Boston Avenue, 
Bridgeport, Conn., 06602. 

3.722.117. STEAM NOZZLE IRON. 



3.685.180. 
3.685.181. 



ADJUSTABLE SPRAYER IRON. 
ADJUSTABLE MANUAL SPRAY IRON. 



The RCA Corporation offers to grant non-exclusive licenses 
on reasonable terms and conditions under the following 110 
patents. 

Inquiries respecting licenses under these patents should be 
addressed to : RCA Corporation, Staff Vice President. Domestic 
Licensing, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, N.Y., 10036. 



3.828,121. 
3,828.206. 

3.828.234. 

3.828,258. 
3,828,996. 

3,829,612. 

3,829,716. 

3,829,853. 
3,830,447. 
3,830,959. 
3.831.037. 

3.831.054. 
3,831.056. 

3.831.074. 

3.831.113. 
3.831,114. 

3,831,187. 
3,832,495. 



COLOR SIGNAL PRODUCING SYSTEM UTI- 
LIZING SPATIAL COLOR ENCODING AND 
COMB FILTERING. 

HIGH SPEED DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR PRO- 
DUCING TWO IN-PHASE AND TWO OUT-OF- 
PHASE SIGNALS. 

MOTOR SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM. 

SIGNAL DURATION SENSING CIRCUIT. 

RECORD WEB CONTROL AND DRIVE AP- 
PARATUS. 

VIDEO DISC PLAYBACK EDDY CURRENT 
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM. 

WIDE RANGE MONOSTABLB MULTIVIBRA- 
TOR CIRCUIT HAVING A CONSTANT CUR- 
RENT SOURCE. 



ANALOG - TO - DIGITAL CON- 



DAMPING IN DUAL-SPIN 



HIGH - SPEED 
VERTER. 

ACTIVE NUTATION 
SPACECRAFT. 

AUTOMATIC CENTERING CONTROL SYSTEM 
FOR TELEVISION APPARATUS. 

PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIER HAVING AN IDLER 
CIRCUIT REDUCING SPURIOUS IDLER SIG- 
NAL MAGNITUDE. 

STORAGE TUBE ERASE CONTROL. 

BEAM CURRENT STABILIZATION AND 
BLANKING APPARATUS. 

ROTATOR SYSTEM INCLUDING A REMOTE 
DRIVE MOTOR AND A LOCAL INDICATOR- 
CONTROL MOTOR. 

RELAXATION OSCILLATOR. 

ENCAPSULATED MICROSTRIP CFRCULATOR 
WITH MODE ELIMINATION MEANS. 

THYRISTOR HAVING CAPACITIVELY COU- 
PLED CONTROL ELECTRODE. 

INFORMATION TRANSFER SYSTEM FOR A 



3,832,595. HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM WITH 
BOOSTED B PLUS. 

3.832.651. DYNAMIC DIVIDING CIRCUIT FOR DIVIDING 

AN INPUT FREQUENCY BY TWO. 

3.832.652. DYNAMIC DIVIDING CIRCUIT FOR DIVIDING 

AN INPUT FREQUENCY BY AT LEAST 
THREE. 

3,833,375. METHOD OF REPAIRING AN IMPREFECT 
PATTERN OF METALIZED PORTIONS ON A 
SUBSTRATE. 

3,833,383. HOLOGRAPHIC RECORDING MEDIUM. 

3,833,408. VIDEO DISCS HAVING A METHYL ALKYL 
SILICONE COATING. 

3,833,893. HOLOGRAPHIC MEMORY INCLUDING COR- 
NER REFLECTORS. 

3.834.653. CLOSED LOOP ROLL AND YAW CONTROL FOR 

SATELLITES. 

3.834.905. METHOD OF MAKING ELLIPTICALLY OR 

RECTANGULARLY GRADED) PHOTOPRINT- 
ING MASTERS. 

3,83Jt248. KEYED AGC CIRCUIT. 

3,835,253. TELEVISION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 
WITH TIME DELAY COMPENSATION. i 

3,835,336. PULSE WIDTH SENSING CIRCUIT. i 

3,835,410. CURRENT AMPLIFIER. 

3,835.421. MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION LINE AND DE- 
VICES USING MULTIPLE COPLANAR CON- 
DUCTORS. 

3.836.825. HEAT DISSIPATION FOR POWER INTE- 

GRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES. 

3,836.845. APPARATUS FOR TESTING THE LINEARITY 
OF A CIRCUIT BY USING RATIO DETER- 
MINING MEANS. 

3,S36,969. GEOSYNCHRONOUS SATELLITES IN QUASI- 
EQUATORIAL ORBITS. 

3.836.995. SEMICONDUCTOR DARLINGTON CIRCUIT. 

3.836.996. SEMICONDUCTOR DARLINGTON CIRCUIT. 

3.836.997. SEMICONDUCTOR DARLINGTON CIRCUIT. 

3,837.071. METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY MAKING A 
SIGFET AND A MOSFET. 

3,837,656. CHIP REMOVAL IN THE MASTERING OF 
FINE-GROOVED DISCS. 

3,838,240. BONDING TOOL AND METHOD OF BONDING 
THEREWITH. 

3,838,304. METHOD OF MAKING A BIALKAI PHOTO- 
CATHODE WITH IMPROVED SENSITIVITY 
AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING 
CHARACTERISTICS. 

3.838.311. STORAGE TjPBE FOCUS CONTROL. 

3.838.834. SOLAR TORQUE COMPENSATION FOR A 
SATELLITE. 

3.838.908. GUIDED LIGHT STRUCTURES EMPLOi:iNG 
LIQUID CRYSTAL. 

3,839,111. METHOD OF ETCHING SILICON OXIDE TO 
PRODUCE A TAPERED EDGE THEREON. 

3,839,644. LABEL WRITING APPARATUS. 

3.839.906. APPARATUS FOR ENGINE COMPRESSION 

TESTING. 

3.839.907. ENGINE PERFORMANCE ANALYZER USING 

SIMULATED LOAD. 

3,840,174. PRECISION DIGITAL INTERPOLATOR. 
3,840,819. SIGNAL COMBINING CIRCUIT. 

3.840.826. VARIABLE DELAY DEVICES USING FERRO- 

ELASTIC-FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS. 

3,840,889. LASER DIODE PACKAGE FORMED OF CE- 
RAMIC AND METAL MATERIALS HAVING 
HIGH ELECTRICAL AND THERMAL CON- 
DUCTIVITY. 

3,840.893. TRACK FOLLOWING SERVO SYSTEM. 

3,841,881. METHOD FOR ELECTROLESS DEPOSITION 
OF METAL USING IMPROVED COLLOIDAL 
CATALYZING SOLUTION. 

3.841.904. METHOD OF MAKING A METAL SILICIDE- 
SILICON SCHOTTKY BARRIER. 

3,842,189. CONTACT ARRAY AND METHOD OF MAKING 
THE SAME. 

3,842,194. INFORMATION RECORDS AND RECORDING/ 
PLAYBACK SYSTEMS THEREFOR. 

2,842,199. TELEPHONE IMAGE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM. 

3,842,217. RECORD FABRICATION OF A CAPACITIVE 
TYPE STORAGE MEDIUM. 

3,842,276. THERMAL RADIATION DETECTOR. 



J 



February 4, 197,5 

metallized video disc having an in- 
sulating layer thereon. 



3,843,399. 
3,843,420. 
3,843,425. 

3,843,836. 
3.843,837. 

3,843,843. 

3,843,846. 

3,843,933. 
3.845,295. 

3,845,328. 
3,845,403. 

3,845,405. 

3,845,496. 
D. 233,496. 
D. 233,668. 

3,845,530. 

3,845,738. 
3,845,916. 
3,846,165. 

3.846,198. 

3,846,294. 
3,846,328. 



U.S. PATENT OFFICE 

3,846,649 



SPUTTERED GRANULAR FERROMAGNETIC 
IRON-NICKEL-SILICA FILMS. 

OVERLAY TRANSISTOR EMPLOYING HIGHLY 
CONDUCTIVE SEMICONDUCTOR GRID AND 
METHOD FOR MAKING. 

COLOR MOTION PICTURE FILM PLAYBACK 
SYSTEM. 

APPARATUS FOR GENERATING SAMPLE 
PULSES IN A TELEPHONE IMAGE TRANS- 
MISSION SYSTEM. 

TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYN- 
CHRONIZATION TECHNIQUE. 

DEMOUNTABLE CAPACITIVE PROTECTIVE 
COUPLING FOR PICKUP TRANSDUCERS. 

CURRENT AMPLIFIER. 

CHARGE-COUPLED RADIATION SENSING 
CIRCUIT WITH CHARGE SKIM-OFF AND 
RESET. 

TRI-STATE LOGIC CIRCUIT. 

AMPLIFIER FOR AMPLITUDE MODULATED 
WAVES WITH MEANS FOR IMPROVING 
SIDEBAND RESPONSE. 

COMPOSITE TRANSISTOR DEVICE WITH 
OVER CURRENT PROTECTION. 

INFRARED PHOTOCATHODE. 

BAGGER STATION OR SIMILAR ARTICLE. 

CONTROL UNIT FOR AN ANTENNA ROTA- 
TOR. 

METHOD FOR RENDERING CATHODE-KAY 
TUBE MORE RESISTANT TO IMPLOSION 
AND PRODUCT THEREOF. 

VAPOR DEPOSITION APPARATUS WITH 
PYROLYTIC GRAPHITE HEAT SHIELD. 



FOR ELONGATED RECORD 



CARTRIDGE 
MEDIUM. 

METHOD OF APPLYING AN ANTI-REFLEC- 
TIVE COATING ON A SEMICONDUCTOR 
LASER. 

METHOD OF MAKING SEMICONDUCTOR DE- 
VICES HAVING THIN ACTIVE REGIONS OF 
THE SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL. 



METHOD OF COATING THE INTERIOR 
WALLS OF THROUGH-HOLES. 

METHOD FOR SEPARATING SULFIDE PHOS- 
PHOR PARTICLES FROM MIXTURES. 



PIEZOELECTRICAL TRANSDUCER COMPRIS- 
ING ORIENTED ZINC OXIDE FILM AND 
METHOD OF MANUFACTURE. 

3,846,674. OVERCURRENT PROTECTION CIRCUIT IN- 
CLUDING A HEAT SENSITIVE ELEMENT 
AND A THYRISTOR. 

3,846.696. CURRENT ATTENUATOR. 

3.846,819. METHOD FOR RECORDING TWO SEPARATE 
SIGNALS. 

3,847,394. BOWLING PIN DETECTOR. 

3,847.703. METHOD OF ALIGNING A LASER TUBE WITH- 
IN AN ENVELOPE. 

3.848.084. STORAGE TUBE CONTROL APPARATUS FOR 
A TELEPHONE IMAGE TRANSMISSION SYS- 
TEM. 

3,848,087. OPTICAL SCANNER CONTROL SYSTEM. 

3,848,123. AUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESS CONTROL FOR 
IMAGE INTENSIFIER TUBE. 

3,848,141. SEMICONDUCER DELAY LINES USING THREE 
TERMINAL TRANSFERRED ELECTRON DE- 
VICES. 

3,848,146. AC MOTOR. 

3,848,191. ASYNCHRONOUS PULSE RECEIVER. 

3,848,196. BROADBAND TRAPATT DIODE AMPLIFIER. 

3,848,198. MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION LINE AND DE- 
VICES USING MULTIPLE COPLANAR CON- 
DUCTORS. 

3,848,301. METHOD OF DIRECTLY SPACING A CATH- 
ODE-TO-GRID ASSEMBLY FOR A CATHODE- 
RAY TUBE. 

3,849,635. HIGH SPEED PROGRAMMABLE COUNTER. 

3,849,644. ELECTRON DISCHARGE DEVICE HAVING EL- 
LIPSOID-SHAPED ELECTRODE SURFACES. 

3,849.696. VERTICAL CONVERGENCE CIRCUITS. 

3,849.782. COLLISION PREVENTION. 

3,850,637. METHOD OF DENSIFYING SILICATK 

GLASSES. 

3,850,710. METHOD OF MAKING A QUASI-MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE. 

3,851,241. TEMPERATURE DEPENDENT VOLTAGE REF- 
ERENCE CIRCUIT. 

3,851,258. GATELESS LOGIC FOR PRODUCING SELECT- 
ABLE PHASE CLOCK PULSES. 

3,851,276. OSCILLATOR USING CONTROLLABLE GAIN 
DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER WITH THREE 
FEEDBACK CIRCUITS. 

3.851,298. WRAPPED WIRE CONNECTION. 



V 



\ 



PATENT EXAMINING CORPS 

WILLIAM FELDMAN, Acting Assistant Commissioner 

CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF JANUARY 4, 1975 



PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS 



Actual 

Filing Date 

of Oldest 

New Case 

Awaiting 

Action 



CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY, GROUP 110— M. STERMAN Director i qi 71 

Th^.^utr^.T°Ji"*^'' I"°^Br '' <^oi"PO\»ions; Organo-Metal and Organo-Metalloid Chemistry; MetauSMeufsl^ '^^'^* 

IgniUng Devices """= Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating CompositionsfbaseouscLSons? Fuel and 

GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, GROUP 120-R. F. BURNETT, Acting Director . , ,. 

"^^3'^x^^£^t?iS;fe^SSE5S.S^5Sffi^ 

"^^S?£tf S.^^^^^^^^^^^ --^^fc fe^rCoS£Sns.--Sy.-thetiV Resins ^^ 

^v.^Hh*"!^^ ^"iTK^'J*,"*^ ?^^"'= ^*^"'*' ^^^*"s: Reclaiming; Pore-Forming; Composit ons (P^art) e^ CoK Moldinc 
Ink; Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes *^"'"' ^^^"^ ^■^- ^o^img. Molding, 

^^ rLW° 4^^ ^^^^my^^'^- BLEACHING, DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY, GROUP leO-A L LEAVITT Director fi-i2 -i 

O^S T^n.?^T'"f^'i"^^ Cl^a'l'^P Processes; Liquid Purification: Distillation; Preserving; Liquid Gas?anSTsepar'ation' 
Ga^and Liquid Contact Apparatus; Refrigeration; Concentrative Evaporators; Mineral Oils App^atus; MisrPhysicamocl 

ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS 

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS, PHYSICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, GROUP 210-W L CARLSON Director -v-M ta 

pSi^^nhl"* Ji""'«"°^= 0^"%^! Applications; Conversion and Distribution HeaUng and Related Art Conductors Sv^ttches^ 
Photography; Motion Pictures; Illumination; Horology; Acoustics; Recorders; Weighing Scales ^""«uciors, awiicnes. 

^^^o^rHn.^n.^'^iT^ ADMINISTRATION, GROUP 220-C. D. QUARFORTH. Director ' 7.10.7, 

Ordnance Firearms and Ammunition; Radar, Underwater Signalling, Directional Radio Torpedoes Seismic E"xDYoVinV'R<i/iiA: 
Active Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy, Rocket Fuels; Radio IPtive Material Exploring, Radio- 

INFORMATION TRANSMISSION. STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL. GROUP 230-J. F COUCH Director 1 2 -i 

R^SArtr^ Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processing, Computation and Conversio" sU^e bevicesand * 

^^ R^pJtaMi^^'-^^S^I^'^^?^^ ^^P CLEANING. WINDING. AND MEASURING, GROUP 240-N ANSHER Director ^-16-74 

Receptacles; Joint Packing; Conduits; Plumbing Fixtures; Textile Spinning; Food; Agitating; Cleaning PrSedeometrkai 
Instruments; Sound Recording; Winding and Reeling; Measuring and Testing; Indicating ^'*"'"'"K' dressing, ueometrical 

^^^fZ-^r^!^H,f ♦^^^/?^^^'^ SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 25a-L. FORMAN, Director. p.on 73 

' woS"optts; Ra' i?nf L'JiJi'TeSinr "' ""'""'= '''''''''"" Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Lines and Nei-" '" '' 'f 

DESIGNS, GROUP 290--C. D. QUARFORTH, Director , „ -, 

Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts. " 7-i7-73 

MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS 

HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310-O. M. FORLENZA. Director 7 , ja 

F^irP F°^in^Srf r ^-^^ w ^'}v^^ ^T'^'d"^ Implements; Store Service; Sheet and Web Feeding;" Dispensing;' Fluid SpfinkJing- 
Moto?and^«nH Vph^i^'^H^i'''^^ ^^"^^ Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solids; Boats; Ships; Aeronautics^ 
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Brakes; Railways and Railway Equipment h«, ^t:io"aum.», 

^'^wL^^f^V SHAPING, ARTICLE MANUFACTURING, TOOLS, GROUP 320-D. J. STOCKING Director fi 17 71 

w^S'V^lf^.^!''^"'^'' Assembling Combined Machines. Special Article Making; Metal DeformingV Sheet MetVf and 
F\rtte-«^p'\^iI"rot*!!l:'TS°"K "*'•^^**;*^' Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus; PliStics Working Apparatus; pS Block and 
Earthenw are Apparatus. Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; Work and Tool Holders. Woodworking; T(^ls; Cutlery Jacks 

y^n,^r^pn7u^^^^^^-°^X' PERSONAL TREATMENT. INFORMATION. GROUP 330-R. E. PULFREY Director' 7-1-74 

Vi^h!^/ L^"'^'/K"*^'^'"?Pr-"^rkP.™^^$t°'"s: Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering; Earth Working and Excavat ne' ' 
InfoZationbiSSion.'^'''"'' ^"^^ ^''"^'"' '''""'''■^= "^^^^'^^^ ^^«"^= Toiletry!' Printing; Ty^^UeVs; Stationery; 
HEAT. POWER AND FLUID ENGINEERING. GROUP 340-B. R. GAY. DIrectX)r r ,. 7. 

Sritp i?Pfrw«?i«n v"*^'*T; Fluid Motors; Reaction Motors; Pumps; Rotary EngineV and" PumpsV Heat" GenVratJon and 
,^/ Rp«H;i^ rf t kT=p^^"^'^^^'°"' Drying; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements; Couplings; Gear- 
ing. Bearings; Clutches; Power Transmission; Fluid Handling and Control; Lubrication 

^^^ofn^c^^.^.^^^'^S^.^S^^^MF^'^^^ES AND MINING. GROUP 35(>-M. M. NEWMAN. Director &-3-74 

Brid J. nZL^ p^^^t'r^"^- Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Building Structures; "cYosure "6"p"er"aVo"r"si 

?oaSg: ?eS!A^p^a?e.!;;rsE^LSi'"l^^act"^= ^"^"""^^' '^'^^^ ''''"^' ''"^^""^' "^^"^"'"^-^^ ''^'^''''^ 

a 

expired eSre"r fu?■t'^shoVtTnPd^*pV',!il^,'^Ho'",^!*'^ '^"^^ °^ "VS^fi? '"^icated below expire during December 1974, except those which mav have 
T awfiiQ mIh Arf shortened terms under the provisions of Public Law 690. 79th Congress, approved August 8, 1946 (60 Stat 940) and Public 
35 U S C ^S Oth^er fateXT^si^Tpr ^tT. ^^\^T- '*^^- "'^ /^ich may have had their teri^s curtailed by disclaimer underthe provisions of 
tL samer^Sons! or hTv^e tpsXn1lS\'L^p^^^^^^^ '"^'^"'^'^ ^^'°^' "'^^ ""^^^ ''^'''^ '''''^' ^^^ '"» ^«"" "^ '' ^'^^ '^' 

Plant Patents ' Numbers 2,814,802to 2.818,666, inclusive 

" - Numbers 1,661 to 1,671, inclusive 

8 



DEFENSIVE PUBLICATIONS 

PUBLISHED FEBRUARY 4, 1975 



v^ 



Published at the request of the applicant or owner in accordance with the Notice of Dec. 16, 1969, 869/O.G. 687. The 
abutracts of Defensive Publication applications are identified by distinctly numbered series and are arranged chronologically. 
The heading of each abstract Indicates the number of pages of specification, including claims and sheets of drawings contained 
In the application as originally filed. The files of the^e applications are available to the public for Inspection and reproduction 
may be purchased for 30 cents a sheet. 

Defensive Publication applications have not been examined as to the merits of alleged invention. The Patent Ofl3ce makes 
no assertion as to the novelty of the disclosed subject matter. 

' T931,001 T931,003 

PROCESS OF DYING USING MONOAZO POLYMERIC SOAPS 

DISPERSE DYES Michael Fryd, Philadelphia, and Achim R. Krueger, 

Abraham Reife, 60 Oakside Drive, Toms River, N.J. Upper Darby, Pa. 

06042, and Grady Malcolm O'Neal, 188 Garfield Ave., Continuation of application Ser. No. 372,844, June 22, 

Island Heights, N.J. 07904 1973, which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 

Continuation of application Ser. No. 88,240, Nov. 9, 91,536, Nov. 20, 1970, both now abandoned. This 

1970, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. application Dec. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 425,074 



No. 773,325, Nov. 4, 1968, both now abandoned. This 
appUcation Jan. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 394,377 

Int. CI. D06p 3/82 
U.S. CI. 8—21 C 

No Drawing. 31 Pages Specification 

Improvement in dyeing permanent press fabrics which 
comprises using a dyestuff of the formula 



R— N=N— 




Int. CI. C08f 15/02 

U.S. CI. 260—79.3 M 

No Drawing. 15 Pages Specification 

Polymeric soaps, useful as thickeners in paints, which 
are random copolymers of at least two monomers, one 
bearing a pendant radical which solubilizes the polymer 
in whatever liquid is used as a carrier, and the other 
bearing a pendant long-chain radical which gives the 
soap its thickening effect. 



\ 



/ " CO ^ 
r.n; • ! 4-R. 

SO: ^ 



\ 



wherein R is the residue of a diazotizable amine free 

from water solubilizing groups, X is hydrogen, alkyl, 

alkoxy or halogen; Y is hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, halogen 

or acylamino and Rj is hydrogen or alkyl, hydroxy alkyl. 

^t-.r.^ on.,,1 „ii.^ II 1 1 11 1 . ,,'^ , '^ itiiuuy auuiic gujup bUDbiiiuieu emyi ceuuiose, prei- 

orhalo ilklV R i?.n llS'^^ "f^'"'" ' ""'^ ^^^^'^ diethyiaminoethyl ethyl cellulose as a binder. The 

h '10^ n or^ TH cS^T r ^ ^' '^J^'^ff "' "^T' ''''^'''y ^"^'"^ substituted ethyl cellulose dissolves in a 
ndofeen or -CH=CH-CH=CK-. The fabrics thus slurry of tobacco fines acidified to a slightly acid pH. Upon 



T931,004 
RECONSTITUTED TOBACCO 

Eugene D. Klug, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Hercules 

Incorporated, Wilmington, Del. 

Filed A^r. 8, 1974, Ser. No. 459,248 

Int. CI. A24b 3/14 

[U.S. CI. 131—17 A 

No Drawing. 4 Pages Specification 

Reconstituted tobacco compositions are prepared using 

a tertiary amine group substituted ethyl cellulose, pref- 



dyed have excellent fastness properties. 



' T93I,002 
DRY SPINNING PROCESS 
WlHiam Kenneth Wilkinson, Waynesboro, Va., assignor 
to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Co., Wilmington, Del. 
Filed Sept. 18, 1973, Ser. No. 398,302 
Int. CI. DO If 7/00 
U.S. CI. 264—206 
No Drawing. 10 Pages Specification 
Process for providing acid-dyeability to acrylic fibers 
that have been dry spun. The process comprises dry spin- 
ning in dimethylformamide a polymer blend of 

(a) a terpolymer of at least 75% acrylonitrile, at least 
8% of a vinylpyridine and at least 2% of a neutral 
ethylenicall/ unsaturated monomer copolymerizable 
with acrylonitrile, by weight, and 

(b) a terpolymer of at least 85% acrylonitrile, up to 1% 
of a vinylarenesulfonic acid, and up to 14% of a neu- 
tral ethylenically unsaturated monomer copolymeriz- 
able with acrylonitrile, by weight. 



drying of the slurry and removal of the acid, the dieth- 
ylaminoethyl ethyl cellulose forms a binder for the to- 
bacco which is insoluble and resistant to swelling in water. 
When the tobacco product is smoked, the binder does not 
dissolve or become slimy in the user's mouth. 



T931,005 
1 METHOD OF MONITORING PLASTICIZER CON- 
CENTRATION IN FILTER TOW BY MEASURING 
FLUORESCENCE INTENSITY 

Ethbert S. Carr, Jr., 4043 Skyland Drive 37664, and 
Gerald P. Morie, 2317 Briar CUff Road 37660, both 
of Kingsport, Tenn. 

Filed May 6, 1974, Ser. No. 467,523 
Int. CI. GOln 21/16 
U.S. CI. 250—302 
1 Sheet Drawing. 12 Pages Specificalion 
Method of monitoring the bonding plasticizer concen- 
tration in the filter tow of a tobacco smoke filter rod by 
adding a predetermined amount of fluorescent agent to a 
predetermined amount of plasticizer; applying to the filter 
tow prior to its being formed into a filter rod the bond- 
ing plasticizer and the added fluorescent^ent; and meas- 
, uring the intensity of fluorescence from .i> predetermined 

irmc^""^ ^^^ components of each terpolym.er being portion of one end of the subsequently formed filter rod. 
100% and the terpolyniers being mixed in amounts to The measurement made has thus been found to be rep- 
provide at least about 5% by weight vinylpyridine in resentative of a percentage of bonding plasticizer in the 
polymerized form in the polymer blend. entire length of filter rod. The bonding plasticizer applied 



10 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



to the filter tow may be preferably triaceUn and the 
fluorescent agent added to the bonding pla^icizer may 
be preferably butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA). More 
specifically, the bonding plasticizer may be a member of 
a group consisting of glyceryl triacetate (triacetin), eth- 
ylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol diacetate, pro- 
pylene glycol diacetate, di(methoxyethyl)phthalate, di- 
methyl phthalate, and triethyl citrate. The fluorescent 



T931,006 

SOUND-AlTENUATING COATINGS AND 

COATED PRODUCTS 

Joseph R. Laman, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Firestone 

Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Oliio 
Continuation of abandoned application Sen No. 355,363, 
Apr. 27, 1973. This appUcation May 30, 1974, Ser. 
No. 474,649 

Int. CI. B32b 15/06, 25/04 

U.S."1E1. 117—132 

1 Sheet Drawing. 10 Pages Specification 





1 


y^ !2 


?^ 




t2-^ 




y 




14 --^ 


\\y^ 


-— ^ 


- 




J\ 


X 



/-.*v 


UNDERCCATING 


^ 






/j 


X ^ ^GROUND 
\^^^ RUBBER 
^ ^K SCRAP 


V 


?<' 


\ 



agent may be a member of the group consisting of propyl 
3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate, 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxymethyl 
benzene, 2,5-bis(5,7-di - tert - amylbensonasol-2-yl ) thio- 
phene, riboflavin, butylated hydroxyanisole, benzoic acid, 
2-acetonaphthone, benzophenone, propyl p-hydroxyben- 
zoate and 2,4,5-trihydroxybutyrophenone. With respect to 
the composition of glyceryl triacetate (triacetin) and 
butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), 1000 parts of BHA 
may be added to one million parts ofylriacetin. 



Scrap tires are ground or otherwise reduced to small 
size particles and 5 to 95 parts by volume were used in 
100 parts by volume of noise-attenuating coatings, mixed 
with the coatings or applied to their surface. The coat- 
ing vehicles will vary widely in properties, and the in- 
vention includes both water-base coatings and organic- 
base coatings. The invention includes not only the coat- 
ings but coated products such as auto fenders, hoods, 
truck covers, auto floors, under-the-floor mats, the ceil- 
ings of rooms, factory ceilings and walls, and many other 
sheet-metal, etc., products and parts, etc. 



REISSUE PATENTS 

GRANTED FEBRUARY 4, 1975 



ERRATA 



For 
CLASS 



See 

^ ^ PATENT NO. 
2'9-137 28,326 

073-18I 28,327 

339-091 28,328 

"^^1-^^ , 28,329 



S^ 



^^"2. 



\ 



REISSUES 

FEBRUARY 4, 1975 



Matter enclosed In heary brackets [ ] appears in the original patent but forms no part of this reissue specification ; matter 

printed in italics indicates additions made by reissue. 



ARC 



I 



1 



FOR 



' 28,326 
WELDING ELECTRODE AND PROCESS 

STAINLESS STEEL 
Albert J. Zvanut, Whittier, Calif., assignor to 
Stoody Company 
Original No. 3,670,135, dated June 13, 1972, Ser. No. 
149,271, June 2, 1971, which is a continuation-in-part 
of Ser. No. 879,045, Nov. 24, 1969, now Patent No. 
3,585,352, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 
777,405, Nov. 20, 1968, now abandoned. Application 
for reissue May 20, 1974, Ser. No. 471,416 
InL CI. B23k 9/00 
U.S. CI. 219—137 38 Claims 




1. A process for forming a stainless steel weld on a 
workpiece, comprising: 

providing an arc welding electrode comprising a hollow 
tube of steel having as filler slag-forming material 
including a slag-forming first component and a de- 
rivative of a metal having an oxide form when molten 
different from said first component and soluble in 
said slag, said electrode being formulated with one 
or more alloying metals in amount sufl^cient to form 
a stainless weld of desired composition, said slag- 
forming material being fused into vitreous particles 
prior to incorporation into said steel tube; 

said steel tube having a diameter of 0.045 to 0.30 inches, 
the weight ratio of said filler to said steel tube being 
0.2/1 to 1.5/1 and the weight ratio of said slag- 
forming material to said alloying metals being 0.15/1 
to 0.65/1; 

electrically energizing said electrode; and 
< mechanically feeding said electrode toward said work- 
piece while maintaining an arc between the end of 
the electrode and the workpiece; 

the components of said filler being chosen so that said 
filler, or fusion or decomposition derivative thereof, 
has an equilibrium moisture content at 70° F. and 
90 percent relative humidity of less than 2.0 weight 
percent; 

said filler including a fluoride, or a fusion or decompo- 
sition derivative thereof, in at least an amount corre- 
sponding to the level of moisture content of said filler 
as defined by the line A-B of FIG. 2 in the ac- 
companying drawing, said fluoride comprising 5-100 
weight percent of a compound selected from lithium 



fluoride, sodium fluoride, barium fluoride, magnesium 
fluoride, aluminum fluoride, potassium silicofluoride, 
sodium silicofluoride, and combinations thereof. 



28 327 
FARADAY EFFECT SPEEDOMETER 

John R. Lewis, Framingham, Mass., by Safe Flight Instru- 
ment Corp., White Plains, N.Y., assignee. 
Original No. 3,777,561, dated Dec. 11, 1973, Ser. No. 
223,119, Feb. 3, 1972. Application for reissue Apr. 10, 
1974, Ser. No. 459,543 

(FUed under Rule 47(b) and 35 U.S.C. 118) 

Int. CI. GOlp 5/08 

U.S. a. 73—181 22 Claims 




/ 



1. A speedometer device adapted to measure the rela- 
tive motion between a vessel and the water in which ?he 
vessel is disposed, which device comprises in combina^ 
tion: 

a. a permanent magnet having at least one set of al- 
ternating north and soutji poles at one end thereof; 

b. means to rotate the permanent magnet about its 
axis, and to provide an alternating magnetic field, 
the axis of the magnet adapted to be disposed gen- 
erally perpendicular to the wall of the vessel whose 
motion relationship to the water is to be determined, 
the one end of the magnet in such a relationship to 
the wall of the vessel so that the alternating mag- 
netic fields extend beyond the wall of the vessel and 
into the water in which the vessel is disposed; 

c. means disposed in the alternating magnetic field 
and in contact with the water to measure the change 
in potential caused by motion of the vessel through 
the water, and to provide an alternating signal cor- 
responding to the change in potential by such mo- 
tion; 

d. sensing means disposed in and responsive to the 
alternating magnetic field to provide a sensing signal; 
and 

e. means to combine the alternating signal and the 
sensing signal to yield a signal value corresponding 
to the rate of movement of the vessel through the 
water. 



11 



12 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4. 1975 



28 328 
LATCH TYPE PYROTECHNIC DETONATOR^ 
CraCUTT TEST PROBE <- 

Robert A. Williams, Fort Wortli, Tex., assignor to 
Williams Instrwnents, Inc., Fort Worth, Tex. 
Original No. 3,555,490, dated Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 
777,674, Nov. 21, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part 
of Ser. No. 756,085, Aug. 14, 1968. AppUcation for 
reissue June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,906 

hit.Cl.HOlr 13/24. 17/18,33/14 
UJS. CI. 339—91 R 12 Chiims 



57 55 53 62 13 




1. A pyrotechnic detonator circuit test probe com- 
prising: • 

an elongated body; 

a pair of electrical contacts secured to an end region of 
the body; 

two electrical conductors extending through the body 
and communicating respectively with said contacts; 

a shell secured to the end region of the body generally 
circumscribing the contacts, and having a plurality of 
radially oriented apertures; 

a movable sleeve carried by the body to move between 
forward and rearward positions and having a portion 
extending between the shell and the body; 

latch elements carried between the [body] shell and the 
sleeve, each having a radially extending finger 
mounted to extend through one oPsaid apertures and 
an axially extending base connected with and actuated 
by the movable sleeve resulting in selective protrusion 
of each finger through the associated apertiu-e. 



28 329 

PNEUMATIC SPRINGS 

Lawrence G. NiclioUs, Birmingham, England, assignor to 

Girling Limited 
Original No. 3,595,552, dated July 27, 1971, Ser. No. 
825,186, May 16, 1969. Application for i«issue Apr. 
18, 1973, Ser. No. 352,257 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 21, 1968, 

24,216/68 

Int CI. B60c 9/36 

U.S. CI. 267—65 6 Oaims 




s 



s~. 



1. A pneumatic spring comprising a cylinder having a 
pressure seal at its outer end, a piston and a piston rod ex- 



tending slidingly and sealingly through the pressure seal, 
said piston rod having near its outer end a portion of re- 
duced cross section less than the inner diameter of said 
seal, the relative dimensions of said seal and said portion 
of reduced diameter being such that when said portion is 
aligned with said seal the space between said seal and said 
portion of reduced cross section defines a passage for the 
flow of gas into or out of said cylinder without deflection 
of said seal, and a removable end fitting secured to the 
outer end of said piston rod to prevent inward movement 
of said rod sufiicient for said reduced portion to be aligned 
with said pressure seal except when said fitting is removed 
from the outer end of said piston rod. 



28,330 
SELF-CLOCKING FIVE BIT RECORD-PLAYBACK 

SYSTEM 

Gene E. Milligan, Torrance, Calif., assignor to NCR 

Corporation, Dayton, Ohio 

Original No. 3,641,525, dated Feb. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 

64,355, Aug. 17, 1970. Application for reissue Jan. 30, 

1974, Ser. No. 438,027 

Int. CI. Glib 5/02 
U.S. CI. 360—48 13 aaims 




1. A system for magnetically recording and reproducing 
digital data comprising: 

[an encoder for converting a four-bit binary code to a 
five-bit binary code allowing combination of two 
successive bits only as like binary digits;] 

a recording medium; 

recording means [connected to said encoder] for re- 
cording digital data in [said] a five-bit binary code 
on said recording medium, whereby the polarity of 
said recording medium is reversed to record only one 
of a pair of binary digits; 

an encoder connected to said recording means for con- 
verting a four-bit binary code to said five-bit binary 
code allowing combination of only two successive 
bits as the second of said pair of binary digits; 

playback means for sensing said reversals of polarity 
of said recording medium and generating pulses in 
response thereto; 

an oscillator connected to said playback means effec- 
tive to generate a wave having a frequency deter- 
mined by said pulses; 

and logic means connected to said playback means and 
to said oscillator for recovering said digital data. 



PLANT PATENTS 

GRANTED FEBRUARY 4, 1975 

Illustrations for Want patents are usually in color and therefore it is not practicable to reproduce the drawing. 



" 3,678 
JUNIPER PLANT 
Peter Mordigan, Sfylmar, Calif., assignor to Select 
Nurseries, Inc., Brea, Calif. 
FUed Mar. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 345,247 
Int Ch AOlh 7/00 
U.S. CI. Pit— 50 1 Claim 

1. A new and distinct variety of juniper plant sub- 
stantially as shown and described, characterized by its very 
dwarfed size, its hardy slow prostrate growth habit forming 
a tightly compact ground covering shrub, its thin needle- 
like Cyprus Green juvenile leaves which are present all of 
the time, the leaves being resinous in texture, and by the 
absence of cones and seed. 



3,679 

AZALEA PLANT 

Raymond Yoshimura, 827 S. Gladys, 

San Gabriel, Calif. 91772 
FUed Aug. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 385,073 
WTO ^. «. Int CI. AOlh 5/00 

UfS'"*— ^^ . 1 Claim 

1. ine new and distinct variety of azalea plant sub- 
stantially as herein shown and described, characterized 
particularly as to novelty by the double, campanulate, 
predominantly Delft Rose blooms that have Garnet Lake 
dots borne in great profusion during cooler weather with 
many blooms on a stem, by its medium semi-upright 
growth habit, and by the dark green leaves that are 
wider compared to the length of the leaves than those 
of its parent plants. 



3,680 
AZALEA PLANT 

Raymond Yoshimura, 827 S. Gladys, 

San Gabriel, Calif. 91772 
FUed Au^ 2, 1973, Ser. No. 385,074 
^t CI. AOlh 5/00 
U.S. CI. Pit— 56 1 Claim 

1. The new and distinct variety of azalea plant substan- 
tially as herein shown and described, characterized par- 
ticularly as to novelty by the single to semidouble, 
campanulate, medium sized blooms that are predomi- 
nantly Persian Rose in color having splotches that are 
Magenta Rose and spots that are small and are colored 
Chrysanthemum Crimson borne in great profusion dur- 
ing the cooler months with many blooms on a stem, by 
the long life of the blooms particularly during the cooler 
months, and by its large leaves and vigorous growth 
habit. 



3,681 
ST. AUGUSTINEGRASS 
Jake T. Gruls, Apopka, and Terrance P. Riordan, Alta- 
monte Springs, Fla., assignors to The O. M. Scott & 
Sons Company, Marysville, Ohio 

Filed Oct. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 402,717 
. „ Int CI. AOlh 5/72 

U.S. CI. Plt-88 I Claim 

1. A St. Augustmegrass, substantially as herein illus- 
trated and described. 



* h? 






PATENTS 

GRANTED FEBRUARY 4, 1975 
ERRATA 



^"•^ See 

CLASS PATENT NO. 

071-100 3,863,474 

074-347 3,863,503 

264-047 ?>,863,908 

251-138 3,864,031 

356-074 3,864,037 

252-051 3,864,099 

261-142 3,864,326 

"^26-284 3,864,494 

3-3^0 3,864,585 



y 



-^ 



t 



f- 



A 



(r 



V 



PATENTS 

GRANTED FEBRUARY 4, 1975 
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



3,863,271 

ATHLETE'S GLOVE AND PAD 

Martin A. Moroney, 269 Whitter Ave., Levittown, N.Y. 1 1756 

Filed Jan. 2, 1974, Ser. No. 429,787 

int. CI. A41d 19100 

U.S. CI. 2-161 A 3 Claims 




1. A hand glove for golfers and the like having finger stalls 
and a palm area including glove portions to cover the palm of 
a hand including the thenar and heel of the hand, 
the invention comprising an elongated pad of pliable mate- 
rial connected to the glove palm extending along the heel 
portion thereof from the thenar portion to and along at 
least a portion of the extent of the smallest glove finger 
stall, 
and a recess defined in said pad extending in a direction 
from the heel portion of the glove toward an opening 
between the thumb and forefinger of the glove when the 
same are wrapped about a club handle. 



3,863,272 

ARTICLE OF FOOTWEAR AND A METHOD FOR THE 

MANUFACTURE OF SAID ARTICLE 

Robert Guille, Briatexte, France, assignor to Etablissements 

Oliver Guille & Fils S. A., Briatexte, Tarn, France 

Filed Sept. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 394,812 
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 21, 1972, 
72.33443 

Int. CI. A43b 17/00, 17/18 
U.S. CI. 2-239 3 Claims 




1. Article of footwear comprising a sock of knitted textile 
material, a sole of flexible material having a fibrous structure 
selected among the group consisting of velvet-pile fabrics, felt 
fabrics and tagged carpet fabrics, a molded side portion of 
plastic material selected among the group consisting of polyvi- 
nyl chloride, polyurethane resin and rubber which covers at 
least part of the periphery of the foot of the sock and the 
periphery of the sole and attaches the sole to the sock, said 
part of the periphery of the sock which is covered by the 
plastic material being knitted in sufficiently close stitches to 




ile material over a rigid form- 
1 shape of a foot, at least part 
t of the sock being knitted in 



prevent the penetration of the plastic material through the 
stitches. 

2. A method for the manufacture of an article of footwear 
comprising: 

a. fitting a sock of knitted 
ing-block having the ger 
of the periphery of thjs 
close stitches; 

b. placing on the bottom of a mold a sole of flexible material 
having a fibrous structure selected among the group 
consisting of velvet-pile fabrics, felt fabrics and tagged 
carpet fabrics; 

c. engaging in said mold the end of the forming-block which 
carries the foot of the sock; 

d. maintaining the bottom portion of the foot of the sock 
applied against the sole; 

e. injecting into the mold a hardenable plastic material 
selected among the group consisting of a polyvinyl chlo- 
ride, polyurethane resin and rubber, in order to form on 
said part of the periphery of the foot of the sock which is 
khitted in close stitches ^nd on the periphery of^aid sole 
of flexible material a molded side portion; 
and after the plastic material has hardened removing the 

irticle of footweat from the mold. 



3,863,273 

ORTHOPEDIC PROSTHETIC IMPLANT DEVICES 
Robert G. Averill, Ringwood, N.J., assignor to Meditec, Inc., 
Fair Lawn, N J. 

- Filed Sept. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 398,925 
Int. CI. A61f 1/24 
U.S. CI. 3-1 11 Claims 



\ 




1. An implantable prosthetic joint for use in replacement of 
the ball end of defective biological joints, said prosthetic joint 
including a head for insertion into and unattached seating in 
the socket member of the biological joint being partially re- 
placed by said prosthesis, a bearing insert in said head, said 
bearing insert having a spherical seat, a ball shaped member 
seated in said spherical scat in said bearing insert, said bearing 
insert including means for engaging said ball shaped member 
and for retaining said ball shaped member in said bearing 
insert while permitting pivotal universal movement of said ball 
shaped member, means for engaging and retaining said ball 
shaped member in said bearing insert including a one-piece 



15 



n 



16 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



insert having a plurality of arcuate sections at the open edge 
of said insert which, when said head is removed, are flexible 
outwardly to allow said ball shaped member to be inserted into 
said spherical seat and which, when said ball shaped member 
is in said spherical seat, and said head is placed over said 
bearing insert, are engaged by said head for retaining said ball 
shaped member in said bearing insert, attaching means in said 
bearing insert and means for attaching said ball shaped mem- 
ber to the shaft of the second anatomical member of the joint 
being partially replaced. 



3,863,274 

ARTICULATE JOINT FOR PROSTHETIC DEVICES 

Richard Glabiszewski, Duderstadt, Germany, assignor to Otto 

Boch Orthopadische Industries KG, Duderstadt, Germany 

Fikd June 6, 1973, S«r. No. 367,420 
Claims priority, application Germany, June 10, 1972, 
2228391 

Int. CI. \6U 1/04, 1/08 
U.S. CI. 3-27 11 Claims 




1. An articulated joint, particularly a knee joint for an 
artificial leg, comprising a pair of substantially parallel trans- 
versely spaced shafts, the axes of which are located when a 
force is applied to said joint in a substantially horizontal plane; 
collar means having one portion substantially surrounding one 
of said shafts and having an upper and a lower portion laterally 
projecting from said one portion and being separated by a slot 
having a predetermined width in the absence of a force ap- 
plied to said joint and said lever portions being elastically 
yieldable toward each other upon application of a force to said 
joint, said lower lever portion being pivotally connected to the 
other of said shafts; a lower joint member connected to said 
one shaft for turning therewith; and an upper force transmit- 
ting joint member turnably carrying the other shaft and engag- 
ing said upper lever portion for pressing the latter towards said 
lower lever portion to cause said collar means to frictionally 
engage said one shaft. 



and an inflatable seal fixed to said door and extending 

around said door, 
pump means, 
said pump means having a cylinder connected to said seal. 

said inflatable seal terminating on said door at a position 



L-O V 



3,863,275 

SIT-UP BATHTUB AND SHOWER 

Thomas Brendgord, and Robert D. Copeland, both of Erie, Pa., 

assignors to American Sterilizer Company, Erie, Pa. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 234,701, March 15, 1972, 

abandoned. This application Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 414,380 

Int. CI. A47k 3/022 

U.S. CI. 4-173 5 Claims 

1. A bath structure comprising a door and a tub having a 

bottom, four side walls, a door opening in one of said side 

walls, 

said door hinged to one said wall and swingable to close said 

door opening, 
and a latch means on said door for fastening the said door 

in closed position in said opening, 
a flat platelike jamb member extending around the sides and 
bottom of said door opening. 




below said latch means whereby said latch means can 
engage said tub above said inflatable seal, 
said pump means being built into said door and having a 
handle extending upward from said door for inflating said 
seal to bring said seal into sealing engagement with said 
platelike jamb member. 



3,863,276 
COMMODES 
Kenneth Malcolm Agnew; Timothy Coward, and Douglas 
Frazer Tomkin, all of London, England, assignors to Na- 
tional Research Development Corporation, London, England 

Filed Feb. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 227,528 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 18, 1971, 
4939/71 

Int. CI. G03d 9/00, 11/00; A47k 11/02 
U.S. CI. 4-237 10 Claims 




delisi 



1. A unitary mouldeliseat for sanitary equipment, which 
seat has an upper surface'at least partially defined by: 

an elongate aperture wholly bounded by said surface, and 
extending longitudinally between the front and rear of 
said seat; 

two elongated thigh-supporting first profiled areas individu- 
ally laterally dished to a concave trough form and posi- 
tioned to extend longitudinally, in mutually spaced man- 
ner, from the front periphery of said seat to correspond- 
ing locations in the central region along respectively 
opposite sides of said aperture; and 

a generally U-shaped buttock-clearance second profiled 
area extending around the rear and partway along the 
sides of said aperture to join said first areas, said second 
area being concavely dished in both the longitudinal and 
lateral directions and extending to a greater extent in said 
seat than said first areas, and said second area being 
joined to each of said first areas by respective similar 
abrupt changes of profile. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



17 



3,863,277 
SOFT TOILET SEAT 
David E. Harrison, Columbus, Miss., assignor to Beneke Divi- 
sion, Beatrice Foods Co., Columbus, Miss. 
Division of Ser. No. 278,862, Aug. 8, 1972,. This application 
July 20, 1973, Ser. No. 381,060 
Int. CI. A47k 13/02 
U.S. CI. 4-237 13 Claims 




lowered substantially horizontal positions when the bed unit is 
in an open horizontal placement into raised vertical positions 
wherein they complement the side panels in enclosing the 
folded bed unit, and a top panel carried by the second end 
panel and adapted to be positioned in a horizontal position 
resting on the upper edges of the end and side panels and 
completely overlying the folded bed unit to form the top of the 
table and complete the enclosure for the folded bed unit 
which is completely hidden from view in any direction by the 
assembled panels. 



1. A soft, substantially gas and liquid impervious, sanitary 
toilet seat assembly comprising: 

a seat having an integral outer skin consisting essentially of 
an impervious film former, 

a core of polyurethane foam having an integral high density 
tough skin and an inner core of lower density soft foam 
containing cells at least partially filled with a gas, a sub- 
stantially rigid insert positioned within and surrounded by 
said inner core and said high density tough skin, 

and hinge means secured to said seat to permit pivotal 
movement of said seat whereby in use said gas is dis- 
placed wholly within said outer skin to provide a soft 
surface without transmitting odors. 



3,863,279 • /C 

PIECE OF FURNITURE FOR A RIGHT-ANGLED CORNER 

OF A ROOM 
Fritz Stalder, Burgdorf, Switzerland, assignor to Ulrich Op- 
pliger, Burgdorf (Canton of Berne), Switzerland, a part 
interest 

Filed Oct. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 406,623 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 24, 1972, 
15488/72 

Int. CI. A47c /7//4 ^ 

U.S. CL 5-8 8 Claims 



'■ 3,863,278 
PERFECTED DEVICE: A FOLDING SPRING BED 
CONVERTIBLE INTO A TABLE 
Jose Pardo Herrera, Carretera de Lograno, Kilometro 1,7000, 
Zaragoza, Spain 

Filed Aug. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 385,426 
Claims priority, application Spain, Aug. 4, 1972, 182970 




A47c 13/38 




1. Piece of furniture to be located in a right-angled corner 
of a room comprising at least two bodies shiftably arranged in 
a horizontal plane, said bodies being disposed side-by-side in 
6 Claims ^ common frame, characterized by a draw and push mecha- 
nism fixed to the outside of said bodies, said draw and push 
mechanism connecting both the bodies in such a way that by 
swivelling the first body which has been drawn out of the 
frame by 90° about its vertical hinges the second body is 
shifted to occupy the vacant place or to leave it. 






3 Sou (^/^ 



1. An article of furniture in the form of a convertible table 
and bed comprising a pair of fixedly spaced apart, parallel 
vertical side panels having inner surfaces, frame members 
mounted on said inner surfaces, an articulated spring bed unit 
having a head section, a foot section and an intermediate 
section pivotally connected together for movement from a 
coplanar horizontal position into a folded position collapsed 
within the confines of the space between the side panels, said 
head and intermediate sections being pivotally supported by 
the frame members, said bed section being movable about said 
pivots from a collapsed position between the side panels in 
one longitudinal direction paralleling the longitudinal axis of 
the side panels with the intermediate and front sections un- 
folding outwardly and downwardly about the head section 
which swings upwardly, a first end panel pivotally connected 
to the frame members, a second end panel pivotally connected 
to the frame members, said end panels being movable from 



3,863,280 
SETTEE-BED WITH BACKREST CONVERTIBLE TO AN 

UPPER BED 
Ned W. Mizelle, High Point, N.C., assignor to Hoover-Seng 
Company, Chkago, III. 

Filed Dec. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 422,534 
Int. CI. A47c / 7/40 
U.S. CI. 5-9 R 18 Claims 

1. In a settee which is installed between a pair of fixed 
structural members that are at opposite ends of the settee, said 
settee including a seat adapted to serve as a bed, a backrest 
structure convertible to an upper bed spaced above the seat, 
said backrest structure comprising, in combination: 
a first backrest member which occupies an upright settee 
position above the rearward portion of the seat and has 
an upper side and a forwardly facing cushioned surface; 
a second backrest member which occupies an upright 
settee position behind said first backrest member and has 
an upper side and a rearwardly facing cushioned surface; 
hinge means connecting said backrest members at their 
lower sides; 
a pair of mounting brackets, one on each of the structural 
members, said mounting brackets having aligned first and 
second lower pivots which are adjacent the upper sides of 



V 



18 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



the backrest members when said members are in their 
settee positions, and said mounting brackets having 
aligned upper pivots above the upper bed position of the 
backrest; 

a pair of first lower link members each pivotally connected 
at one end to said first lower pivots and at the other end 
to the upper side portion of the first backrest member; 

a pair of second lower link members each pivotally con- 
nected at one end to said second lower pivots and at the 
other end to the lower side portion of the first backrest 
member, 




said first and second lower link members, said brackets 
between said first and second lower pivots, and said first 
backrest member forming a four bar linkage which has a 
swinging movement from said settee position to a position 
in which said second backrest member is horizontal with 
its cushioned surface uppermost; 

and a pair of hanger links each pivotally connected at one 
end to an upper pivot and at the other end to the upper 
side portion of the first backrest member, said hanger 
links turning about the upper pivots during said swinging 
movement to guide the second backrest member to a 
position with its cushioned surface uppermost and copla- 
nar with the cushioned surface of the first backrest mem- 
ber. 



3,863,281 
FOLDING BED 
Milorad Tosic, 11, Avenue Grammont, CH*Lausanne, Switzer- 
land 

Filed May 31, 1973, Scr. No. 365,447 
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, June 1, 1972, 
8173/72 

Int. CI. A47c 19106 
U.S. CI. 5-136 9 Claims 

1. A folding bed adapted to be stored in a wall opening, 
comprising a bed frame having a plurality of sections, link 
means pivotally joining said sections together to be folded 
transversely to its longitudinal axis into a compact assembly 
having a width equal to its length, a panel hinged along a 
horizontal axis at said wall opening, and means for rotatably 
mounting one section of said frame to said panel to permit said 



frame to be swivelled about an axis perpendicular with respect 
to said panel allowing said bed to be opened with its longitudi- 



S 




nal axis selectively perpendicular to and parallel to theliori- 
zontal hinge axis. | 



3,863,282 
SUPPORT BAR FOR BEDS 
Elbert M. Stillwell, Bryson City, N.C., assignor to The Ray- -^ 
mond Lee Organization, Inc., New York, N.Y., a part inter- 
est 

Filed Jan. 4, 1974, Ser. No. 430,900 

Int. CI. A47c 21100; A61g 7108 

U.S. CI. 5—317 B 2 Claims 




1. A device for use by an invalid in leaving a bed and return- 
ing thereto, said device comprising: 

a horizontal bracket extending transversely underneath said 
bed with one end extending past one side of the bed; 

means securing said bracket to said bed; 

a vertical hollow stand secured at its bottom end to said one 
end of the bracket and extending upward therefrom; 

a vertical post disposed rotatably in the stand and extending 
thereabove; 

a horizontal arm secured at one end to the top of the post 
and rotatable therewith; 

a spring loaded lock arm disposed in a vertical plane and 
- rigidly attached to the stand; and 

a horizontal lock plate having two lock notches spaced by 
90° of arc and rigidly secured to the post, the plate and 
lock arm cooperating, with the spring in the lock arm 
causing the lock arm to engage one of the notches of the 
plate when the horizontal arm is swung to a first position 
at which the horizontal arm is parallel to the longitudinal 
axis of the bed and to engage the other notch when the 
horizontal arm is swung to a second position at which the 
horizontal arm is perpendicular to said axis whereby the 
horizontal arm once placed in either position will be 
locked therein until the lock arm is manually released to 
allow further movement. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



19 



3,863,283 3^63,285 

PILLOW WITH INTERIOR STORAGE COMPARTMENT * CARPET SWEEPER 

Carsten Mohr, 1550 Yellowstone, Space 97, Pocatello, Idaho Hiroshi Hukuba, No. 914-1, Nazukari, Nagareyama-shi, 

8^201 Chiba-ken, Japan 

Filed June 14, 1973, Ser. No. 369,931 Filed July 5, 1973, Ser. No. 376,700 

Int. CI. A47g 9100 int. CI. A47I 11133 



U.S. CL 5-341 




6 Claims U.S. CI. 15-48 



3 Claims 



1. A pillow having space therein for the storage of first-aid 
equipment comprising: 

a. an outer pillow envelope comprising first and second 
outer panels having substantially identical peripheries 
joined along said peripherics and including a non-joined 
portion for access to the interior of said envelope; 

b. first and second liner panels disposed between said outer 
panels and having peripheries substantially identical to 
said panel peripheries, each said liner panel joined about 
its entire periphery to one of said first and second panels 
and defining therewith an enclosed pocket, said liner 
panels defining therebetween an interior storage com- 
partment adapted to receive first-aid equipment therein; 
c. pillow filler material in each said enclosed pocket, said 
filler material sufficient to comprise comfortable padding 
for a head thereon when first-aid equipment is in said 
storage compartment; and 

d. releasable closure means closing said non-joined portion. 



3,863,284 
LAST AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVING FOOTWEAR 

THEREFROM 

Anton I. Liebscher, Waynesville, N.C., assignor to Ro-Search, 

Incorporated, Waynesville, N.C. 

Division of Ser. No. 299,130, Oct. 19, 1972, Pat. No. 

3,803,657. This application Jan. 29, 1974, Ser. No. 437,675 

Int. CI. A43d 3100 
U.S. CI. 12-135 A 3 Claims 



1 / 




1. Apparatus for manufacture of footwear comprising a 
collapsible last having a main portion and a sole plate, means 
to collapse said last after footwear including a sole has been 
formed thereon, means within said finished footwear to move 
the same relative to said last, and means to move said sole 
plate in relation to said main portion. 




1. A carpet sweeper, comprising in combination: a rotating 
brush supported transversely within the lower portion of a 
housing to sweep up the dust on the floor during movement of 
said housing along^the floor surface; a cleaning comb attached 
to said housing^ parallel with the axis of said rotating brush 
in such a manner that it is positioned above and behind the 
rotating brush relative to the direction of movement along the 
floor, the comb having elongated teeth and being positioned 
so that the teeth penetrate deeply into the rotating brush to 
rake therefrom the dust clinging thereto; and a dust receiver 
disposed just behind said cleaning comb for reception of the 
dust raked away from the rotating brush by said cleaning 
comb; the improvement wherein said cleaning comb has a 
substantially flat base plate with a plurality of said elongated 
teeth projecting outwardly from one edge thereof, the adja- 
cent teeth being spaced apart by a space having a width sev- 
eral times greater than the width of a single tooth, a plurality 
of small triangular-shaped projections projecting outwardly 
from said one edge of said base plate, said projections being 
spaced between said teeth and projecting into said spaces, said 
projections having a length which is extremely small in com- 
parison to the length of said teeth, and said projection having 
a width at the base end thereof which is substantially less than 
the width of said space so that there remains a substantially 
straight base edge of substantial length extending between the 
base end of the projection and the base end of an adjacent 
tooth, said comb being positioned adjacent said brush so that 
the teeth penetrate deeply into said brush while the tips of the 
projections slide along the periphery of the brush and the base 
edge of each space barely comes into contact with the periph- 
ery of the brush. 



3,863,286 \ 

SPARK PLUG CLEANER 
James E. Puckett, 14495 S.W. Bartow Rd., Beaverton, Oree. 
97005 

Filed Nov. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 414,739 
Int. CL HOlt 21104 
U.S. CL 15-104.01 R 4 Claims 

1. A spark plug cleaning device comprising: 
a cylindrical container adapted to contain a cleaning fluid; 

end closure means for each end of said container; 
a first internally threaded aperture axially disposed in one 

of said end closure means; 
first externally threaded plug means adapted to be remov- 

ably received in said first internally threaded aperture; 
generally axially extending file means mounted in said first 
externally threaded plug means and adapted to be dis- 
posed internally of said container; 
a second internally threaded aperture axially disposed in the 
other of said end closure means; 



20 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



second externally threaded plug means adapted to be re- within the housing; a pin secured to the elongated stem adja- 



movably received in said second internally threaded aper- 
ture; 
generally axially extending brush means mounted in said 
second externally threaded plug means and adapted to be 
disposed internally of said container; . • 



17 14 IK 12-^ 13 




said file means and said brush means being axially offset 
with respect to each other to permit the same to nest 
together and mutually clean each other as they are re- 
placed in said container; 

each of said internally threaded apertures in said end clo- 
sure means being adapted to receive a threaded end 
portion of a spark plug to be cleaned. 



3,863,287 
PIPELINE PIG 
Kenneth M. Knapp, and Charles C. Knapp, Jr., both of 1209 
Hardy St., Houston, Tex. 77020 

Filed July 9, 1973, Ser. No. 377,389 

Int. CI. B08b 9104 

L'.S. CI. 15- 104.06 R 10 Claims 




1. A pipeline pig which comprises: 

an inflatable elongate bladder means formed of a resilient 

wall which encloses a cavity; 
an outer body portion adapted to be placed about said 

bladder means and having an outer wall which is adapted 

to contact a pipeline and which is further adapted to be 

worn away by contact therewith; and, 
wherein said bladder means tends to expand on inflation 

and further including means limiting increases in length 

thereof. 



3,863,288 
COSMETIC BRUSH DEVICE 
Joseph Aversa, Scarsdale, N.Y., assignor to Aversa and Martin, 
Inc., New York, N.Y. 

Filed June 18, 1973, Ser. No. 371,147 
Int. CI. A46b 9110 
U.S. CI. 15-184 2 Claims 

1. A cosmetic brush applicator comprising: a cylindrical 
housing having a first opening at one end and having a dimin- 
ished portion at the other end terminating in a second smaller 
opening; said housing formed with a longitudinal slot in its 
wall; an elongated stem within said casing supporting a brush 
at one end and terminating in a flexible T-shaped cross sec- 
tional portion at the other end formed by a depending tab 
normal to said flexible T-shaped portion for aligning the stem 



cent the flexible portion of said stem and projecting outwardly 
through the slot in the housing for limiting the travel of the 




stem and brush; and a hollow cap slidably received upon the 
housing for engaging the pin to extend the brush through the 
second opening. 



3,863,289 
FLOOR MOP WITH SINGLE USE PAPER MOPBKSG 
ELEMENT f 

Richard E. Whittaker, 302 S. Croton Ave., New Castle, Pa. 
16101 J 

Filed July 23, 1973, Ser. No. 382,0^1 
Int. CL A47I 13124, 13/46 '\ 



U.S. CI. 15-228 



3 Claims 



19 



1. A floor mop and a single use paper mop element therefor, 
said mop comprising an elongate handle, a mop clamping 
element on one end of the handle, said clamping element 
including a first jaw member fixed to said one end of the 
handle, said first jaw member having an elongate channel in 
a bottom surface portion thereof extending transversely rela- 
tive to the axis of the handle, an elongate, downturned mop 
engaging flange along a forward edge of said first jaw member 
at one side of the channel and extending downwardly from 
said first jaw member and having an arcuate, ribbed lower 
edge portion, a second jaw member pivotally connected to 
said one end of said handle for pivotal movement thereof 
relative to said first jaw member and having an upturned 
elongate flange along a forward edge thereof substantially 
parallel with said downturned flange and movable toward and 
away from said first jaw member and registerable with said 
channel for clamping engagement with a mop element held 
between said firt and second jaw members, said downturned 
flange on said first jaw member extending downwardly beyond 
said upturned flange on the second jaw member and into close 
proximity with a floor surface when the handle is disposed 
with its axis at an angle to the plane of the floor surface, and 
a paper mop element clamped at a transverse portion thereof 
between the upturned flange and the channel and extending 
beneath the arcuate lower edge of said downturned flange, 
whereby the point of clamping of the mop element is spaced 
upwardly from the floor surface and thus spaced from the area 
of contact of the mop element with water and the like, and 
said arcuate lower edge of said downward flange pressing said 
mop element against the floor surface in various angular posi- 
tions of the handle relative to the floor. 




1 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



21 



3,863,290 

FLEXIBLE SCRUBBING MEANS 

Jerome M. Lesser, 713 Parkway, Fultondak, Ala. 35068 

Divkion of Ser. No. 139,151, April 30, 1971, Pat. No. 

3.765,043. This application Aug. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 385,039 

lit. CI. B60s 3/04 



in said air channel and thereby convert the rotary mower into 
an air blower. 



U.S. CL 15-229 R 




3,863,292 
CONCEALED HINGE FOR FURNITURE 
1 Claim Hellmuth Grunert, Hoffnungsthal, and Theodor Vin, Porz-Eil, 
both of Germany, assignors to Prameta Prazisionsmetall-und 
Kunststofferzeuginsse G. Baumann & Co., Cologne, Ger- 
many 

Filed Mar. 15, 1974, Ser. No. 451,561 
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 17, 1973, 
2313451; Feb. II, 1974, 2406438 

Int. CI. E05d 3/06 
U.S.CL 16-164 19 Claims 



1. Flexible scrubbing means adapted to clean a vehicle 
comprising: 

a strand of non-water absorbing material, and 

a plurality of doubled, flexible absorbent cleaning strips 
suspended from and spaced along said strand, 

each of said strips being attached to said strand at a differ- 
ent position on said strand by a slip knot in said strand at 
approximately the center bight portion of each strip. 



3,863,291 
CONVERTIBLE ROTARY LAWN MOWER AND AIR 

BLOWER 
Neill C. Woelffer, Racine, Wis., assignor to Jacobsen Manufac- 
turing Company, Racine, Wis. 

Filed Nov. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 418,833 

Int. CI. A47I 5/02 

U.S. CI. 15-328 5 Claims 




1. A convertible rotary lawn mower and air blower, com- 
prising a rotary lawn mower housing including a top portion 
and including a skirt portion depending from said top portion 
and extending along the periphery of said housing and having 
an air outlet opening therein and terminating in a lower edge 
extending along a horizontal plane, a circular wall depending 
from said top portion and spaced radially inwardly from said 
skirt portion and defining an air channel with said skirt por- 
tion, a prime mover mounted on said housing, an air-fanning 
member supportedly mounted on said prime mover and being 
rotated thereby and including air-fanning blades disposed in 
said air channel for movement of air through said air channel 
and out said air outlet opening upon rotation of said air- 
fanning member, said housing top portion having air inlet 
opening therein disposed at locations spaced radially inwardly 
from said circular wall for the flow of air into said housing and 
into said air channel and out said air outlet opening, and a 
cover removably attached to said housing and extending fully 
across said skirt portion to be air-tight therewith at said lower 
edge thereof and defining the bottom of said air channel and 
enclosing the bottom of said housing to confine the flow of air 




1. A hinge comprising a pair of hinge elements, a pair of 
connecting rods having first and second opposite ends, first 
pivot means connecting first ends of said rods to a first of said 
hinge elements, an arm having first and second ends, second 
pivot means connecting second ends of said rods to said first 
arm end, third pivot means connecting said second arm end to 
said second hinge element, means mounting said second hinge 
element and arm for relative sliding movement in a direction 
generally normal to the axis of said third pivot means, and 
means for selectively adjusting the angular relationship be- 
tween said arm and said second hinge element. 



3,863,293 
DOOR HINGE MECHANISM 
Ryoichi Eukumoto, Nagoya City, Japan, assignor to Aisin Seiki 
Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi Pref., Japan 

Filed Mar. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 341,267 
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 14, 1972, 47- 
30712; Apr. 3, 1972, 47-39273 

Int. CI. E05d IJ/10 
U.S.CL 16-191 6 Claims 




1. A door hinge mechanism provided between a movable 
door and a door pillar rigid with a chassis of a vehicle, com- 
prising in combination: 
a reinforcement member fixedly attached to an inner por- 
tion of said door, 
a fixed member rigidly mounted on said pillar, 
a stopper means provided on said fixed member, and 
a hinge pin member for pivotally mounting said reinforce- 
ment member and said fixed member and being serrat- 
edly connected with said reinforcement member, 
said reinforcement member having first and second ex- 
tended portions integrally formed thereon and parallel to 



22 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



one another, and stopper faces formed on said first and 
second extended portions being connected with said 
stopper means upon door opening, whereby the open 
angle of said door is limited. 



3,863,294 
APPARATUS FOR APPLYING ELECTRICAL CURRENT 
TO LIVESTOCK CARCASSES DURING HIDE PULLING 

OPERATIONS 
Wiiford O. Barbce, Charter Oak, Iowa, assignor to Iowa Beef 
Processors, Inc., Dakota City, Nebr. 

Filed May 4, 1972, Scr. No. 250,210 

Int. CI. A22b 05116 

U.S. CI. 17-21 8 Claims 




1. Apparatus for applying electrical current to livestock 
carcasses during hide pulling operations, comprising 
support means for supporting a carcass, said support means 

being maintained at a given electrical potential, said 

support means being a rail having trolleys movable there- 

along in a prescribed path, 
mechanical means for gripping the hide of the carcass and 

for pulling the hide from the carcass, 
a movably mounted electrode for contacting a carcass on 

the support means, said electrode being elongated in the 

direction of the prescribed path, 
means for maintaining the electrode and the support means 

at different electrical potentials, 
means for moving the electrode between a retracted posi- 
tion and an extended position where it is in contact with 

a carcass on the support means, and 
means for sterilizing the electrode when it is in its retracted 

position. 



3,863,295 

APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING CAST FABRICS 

Richard R. Castor, Fairport, N.Y., assignor to Cast Fabrics 

Inc., Fairport, N.Y. 
Divisioi/of Ser. No. 185,736, Oct. 1, 1971, abandoned. This 
/ application Feb. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 330,923 
L_l_ Int. CI. DOlg 25100 

U.S. CI. 19-89 4 Claims 

1. A casting head for preparing random-oriented air-borne 
fibers and casting such fibers onto a receiving surface, said 
casting head comprising a rapidly rotating beater roll having 
a multiplicity of teeth on the periphery thereof, a snubber 
member having a relatively sharp angular edge formed be- 
tween two surfaces at an acute angle to each other, said edge 
extending parallel to the axis of rotation of said beater roll and 
facing in a direction opposite to the rotation of said beater 
roll, the second one of said two surfaces extending from said 
edge in the direction of rotation of said beater roll and in close 
proximity to the other ends of said teeth, a housing enclosing 
and approximately concentric with said beater roll and rela- 
tively close to the outer ends of said teeth throughout a sub- 
stantial part of the circumference of the beater roll and having 
a flying bridge exit conduit arranged approximately tangen- 
tially to said beater roll at a location spaced circumferentially 



from said snubber member, means for feeding masses along 
the first one of said two surfaces toward said angular edge at 
a relatively slow rate compared to the peripheral speed of 
rotation of said beater roll, so that subh fibers will project 
beyond said angular edge into the path of travel of said teeth 
and be bent thereby around said angular edge and will tend to 
be forced against said second surface of said snubber member 
and be subjected to the action of said teeth to be combed 
thereby to separate masses of fibers into individual fibers, and 
means for introducing air under pressure into said housing 
adjacent the trailing edge of said second surface of said snub- 
ber member to supply a stream of air to assist in maintaining 



-53 



•55- 



,59 



107 

1 


^'7 


b^Y^ 89 81— ^X 


—83 




r 

87" 


f ° ) 


] 


■ • 



the fibers in individual spaced relation to each other and in 
pressing the fibers into cooperative relation to said teeth and 
in carrying the fibers around part of the circumference of the 
beater roll and out through said flying bridge exit conduit in 
random-oriented relation to each other, said feeding means 
comprising a feed roll cooperating with said first surface of 
said snubber member relatively close to the angular edge 
thereof, said feed roll including a fluid tight elastic periphery 
capable of expanding and contracting in response to variations 
of fluid pressure within said feed roll, to vary the diameter of 
the feed roll and vary the relation of the periphery thereof to 
said first surface. 



3,863,296 ' 

PROCESS FOR PREPARING AIRFELT 

Kenneth B. Buell, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The Proctor & 

Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio 

DivUion of Ser. No. 182,795, Sept. 22, 1971, Pat. No. 

3,825,194. ThU application June 22, 1973, Ser. No. 372,728 

Int. CI. DOlg 25100 
U.S. CI. 19-156.3 I Claim 




k^vrW 







I. A process of disintegrated dried cellulosic fibrous sheet 
material and laying an airfelt therefrom comprising the steps 
of: 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



23 



A. Feeding said fibrous sheet into a disintegrator comprising 
a disintegrating element having a plurality of impacting 
elements which have tips and a casing having a slotted 
opening terminating in a sheet support element, said 
casing defining, in combination with said disintegrating 
element, a restricted channel; 

B. Supporting said sheet in said slotted opening; 

C. Moving said disintegrating element such that the tips of 
said impacting elements move at a velocity of at least 
about 6,000 feet/minute; 

D. Impacting said tips against the end of said fibrous sheet 
so that impact is substantially normal to the plane of said 
sheet whereby said fibrous sheet is disintegrated into 
individual fibers; 

E. Mixing said fibers with air in said restricted channel with 
said impacting elements to complete disintegration while 
maintaining a relatively even fiber density gradient and 
air flow velocity gradient across the axial width of said 
channel; and 

F. Removing the fiber/air mixture from the disintegrator 
along a tangent to4he direction of motion of said impact- 
ing elements at the point of removal to a foraminous 
support positioned no more than about 3 feet away from 
said point at which the fiber/air mixture leaves said im- 
pacting elements so that said fiber/air mixture retains 
sufficient kinetic energy imparted thereto by the impact- 
ing elements to form an airfelt on said foraminous sup- 
port, said air passing through said foraminous support and 
leaving said fibers on said foraminous support in the form 
of an airfelt. 



T 



3,863,297 
BALE TIE INTERLOCK DEVICE 
Emil Simich, Chicago, III., assignor to A. J. Gerrard & Com- 
pany, Des Plaines, IN. 

Filed May 24, 1974, Ser. No. 472,944 

Int. CI. B65d 63110; B65b 13102 

U.S. CI. 24-27 10 Claims 




70 ee 



^W^'sz -^ ^o ha 



1. For use with a bale tie having preformed first and second 
end sections which include loop portions, a bale tie interlock 
device comprising a body member defining an elongated 
channel generally U-shaped in cross section, an elongated 
plunger longitudinally slidable in said channel and disposable 
to project outwardly of one end thereof in a loading position, 
first hook means in said channel intermediate of the ends 
thereof and engageable by the first bale tie end section in- 
serted into the other end of said channel, second hook means 
on said plunger and engageable by the second bale tie end 
section inserted into said plunger at said one end of said chan- 
nel, and said plunger being movable from said loading position 
inwardly of said channel to move the second bale tie end 
section through the first bale tie end section to interengage the 
same. 



3,863,298 

WEB LOCK AND TIGHTENER 

Olaf C. Sohn, 755 Lincoln Ave., and Adolph M. Sohn, 619 

Second Ave., both of Zumbrota, Minn. 55992 

Filed Nov. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 416,842 

Int. CI. A43c lim 

U.S. CI. 24-68 E 3 Claims 

1. A web lock and tightener for a strap length comprising a 

strap grip, a keeper, means pivotally mounting said grip for 

movement between a first inwardly directed loading position 

along a strap to be gripped thereby and a second outwardly 



directed position, said grip including first and second laterally 
spaced parallel bars, said first bar being located inward of said 
second bar in the first position of the grip for engagement of 
a strap over the first bar, around the second bar and back over 
the first bar, said second bar, upon movement of the grip to 
the second position, moving outward of the first bar in a 
manner so as to effect a bending of a bar overlying strap on 
itself and a corresponding clamping of the strap, said keeper 
being releasably engageable with said grip in the second posi- 
tion thereof for a retention of the grip in said second position, 
rcsUient spring means biasing said keeper toward engagement 
>^^ the grip in the second position thereof, said keeper being 
manuually releasable from engagement with the grip, a cam 




surface on said keeper directed toward said grip and orien- 
tated for engagement by said grip upon movement of the grip 
from the first to second position thereof for an upward cam- 
ming of the keeper into retaining engagement with said grip, 
said grip also including an elongated side bar interconnecting 
said first and second bars, and a rigid support, said support 
including a pair of generally right angularly related faces, said 
grip being pivotally mounted to one face of said support in a 
manner so as to, in the second position of the grip, project 
beyond said second face, said keeper being mounted on the 
second face of the support and projecting beyond the first face 
thereof into the path of movement of the grip from the first to 
the second position thereof 



3,863,299 
CLASP FOR A BRACELET 
Robert Hocq, Boulogne-sur-Seine, France, assignor to Societe 
Anonyme Dite: Cartier, Paris, France 

Filed May 16, 1973, Ser. No. 360,931 
Int. CI. A44c 5124 
U.S. CI. 24-71 J 

9^ 



4 Claims 




1. Clasp for a bracelet comprising two legs, each having one 
end pivotally connected to one end of the other leg and each 
provided at its other end with means for receiving a bracelet 
member, first locking means for locking the two legs of the 
clasp to each other, one of the two legs being telescopic and 
comprising two portions adapted to slide relative to each 
other, and second locking means distinct from said first lock- 
ing means for locking the two portions of the telescopic leg in 
any of several relative positions corresponding to different 
lengths of the telescopic leg and defined by spaced openings 
in one of said relatively slidable portions, said first locking 
means comprising a spring clip fixed to one of the legs and 
spaced openings in the other leg spaced by the same distance 
as the openings in said one slidable portion, said first locking 
means being adapted to lock the legs of the clasp together with 



24 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



the two portions of said telescopic leg in any of said several 
positions. 



3.863,300 

MOLDING RETAINER AND METHOD OF COUPLING 

THE COMPONENT PARTS THEREOF 

Charles Henry Becker, Brainlree, Mass., assignor to TRW Inc., 

Cleveland, Ohio r 

Filed Aug. m, 1972, Ser. No. 281,697 

Int. CI. A44b2//6;0 

U.S. CI. 24-73 EC 9 Claims 





1. A retainer for securing a strip molding having inturned 
flanges along its side edges to an apertured workpiece, said 
retainer comprising an apertured cross plate having a first side 
which at least. partially confronts and engages the inturned 
flanges of the molding, means for attaching said cross plate to 
the apertured workpiece, said last mentioned means including 
a head portion overlying the side of said cross plate remote 
from said first side and a shank portion extending through the 
aperture in said cross plate, said shank portion having a radi- 
ally protruding shoulder overlying said first side of said cross 
plate in spaced relation to said first side, and means for biasing 
said cross plate into engagement with the molding fianges, said 
last mentioned means being connected to said shank portion 
of said attaching means and being clamped against said first 
side of said cross plate by said shoulder. 



3,863,301 

ELASTIC BANDAGE AND FASTENER THEREFOR 

Harry H. Leveen, 800 Poly PI., Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209 

Filed Dec. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 319,881 

Int. CI. A44b 2//00,- A61f 13/00 

U.S. CI. 24-85 R 2 Claims 




1. A fastener for elastic bandages which comprises a struc- 
ture having a planar frame attached to a set of jaws said frame 
having side members thereof and a yolk supported by said side 
members and spaced apart from said jaws, said side members 
connecting said jaws and said yolk, a tine positioned between 
said side members facing said jaws but spaced apart therefrom 
and also spaced apart from said side members, said yolk, side 
members and tine all being in the same plane as the frame and 
jaws, said tine flexurally attached at its base to said yolk such 
that the free end or tip of the tine can be made to flex out of 
the plane of the frame and jaws by pressure exerted on one 
side or the other of its planar face said jaws being releasable. 



3,863,302 
APPARATUS FOR ANCHORING WIRES OR STRANDED 

WIRES 
Gerard Welbergen, Zumikon, and Hans Rudolf Seigwart, 
Kikhberg, both of Switzerland, assignors to Bureau BBR 
Ltd., Zurich, Switzerland 

Filed Oct. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 404,989 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 16, 1972,- 
15074/72 

Int. CI. F16g n/04 
U.S. CI. 24-122.6 7 Claims 




1. An apparatus for anchoring wires or stranded wires 
equipped with an anchor plate having throughppassage bores 
for said wires or said stranded wires, and which plate has 
associated therewith clamping wedge means for anchoring the 
wires or stranded wires, each throughpassage bore possessing 
at one end a substantially conical recess for receiving the 
clamping wedge means and subsequently merging substan- 
tially cylindrical section, the improvement comprising means 
for applying the clamping wedge means, during the applica- 
tion of the apparatus to the wires or stranded wires and during 
the tensioning thereof, against a press-in plate which is located 
in spaced relation from the anchor plate, said press-in plate 
being equipped with openings for the throughpassage of the 
wires or stranded wires, said applying means holding the 
clamping wedge means out of their effective clamping posi- 
tion, and after tensioning of the wires or stranded wires said 
press-in plate being displaceable against the anchor plate for 
simultaneously and uniformly bringing the wedges into their 
clamping position. 



3,863,303 
CONNECTOR BUCKLE 
Daniel A. Armstrong, Utica, and Michael A. Pocobello, War* 
ren, both of Mich., assignors to American Safety Equipment 
Corporation, New York, N.Y. 

Filed Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 414,384 

Int. CI. A44b 11/12 

U.S. CL 24-193 4 Claims 




1. In a device for connecting webbing to a buckle including 
a buckle body with limiting means mounted thereto, and cam 
means mounted on said buckle body, said cam extending 
longitudinally for engaging the width of the webbing between 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



25 



itself and the limiting means, the improvement comprising the 

provision of: 
first supporting means on said buckle body for supporting 
one longitudinal end of said cum means for pivoting 
movement about its longitudinal axis and permitting 
movement of said longitudinal axis through an arcuate 
path; 
second supporting means associated with said buckle body 
and movable between a first position for supporting said 
other longitudinal end of said cam means for pivoting 
movement of said cam means about said longitudinal axis 
and preventing arcuate movement of said longitudinal 
axis of said cam and to a second position releasing said 
end of said cam and permitting the axis to move in said 
arcuate path whereby when said second supporting 
means is in its second position, said webbing being insert- 
able between said cam and said limiting means when said 
cam is moved in an arcuate path, and when said second 
supporting means is in its first position, said webbing is 
prevented from being removed from between said cam 
and limiting means whereby pulling on an end of the 
webbing causes said webbing to pivot said cam means 
about said longitudinal axis to grip the webbing between 
said limiting means and said cam means. 



3,863,304 
LINEAR FASTENING ELEMENT AND METHOD 
THEREFORE 
George C. Brumlik, Montclair, N.J., assignor to Ingrip Fasten- 
ers Inc., New York, N.Y. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 126,706, March 22, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Aug. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 386,676 

Int. CL A44b 11/25, 17/00 
U.S. CI. 24-204 21 Claims 




1. Linear fastening element comprising a plurality of fila- 
ment clusters each of said clusters being a discrete porous 
particle aggregate containing one or more intertwined fila- 
ments and being adapted to permit a gripping member to enter 
the interior thereof and to reversibly retain and hold said 
gripping member therein by filament engagement, said fila- 
ment clusters being interconnected by a linear member pass- 
ing through successive clusters. 



3,863,305 
BREAK-AWAY TROLLEY HOOK 
Robert J. Jaarsma, c/o Natmar Inc., 4026 Cherry St., Cincin- 
nati, Ohio 45223 

Filed Apr. 25, 1974, Ser. No. 463,968 

Int. CI. B65g 17/20; B66c 1/34 

U.S. CI. 24-230.5 SS 10 Claims 




first and second spaced side plates, 

a hook rotatably mounted about a first pivot point between 
the first and second side plates, the position at which a 
load is carried by the hook being eccentric of the pivot 
point. 

a trip lever rotatably mounted about a second pivotal axis 
between the first and second plates. 

the trip lever having a first position wherein it abuts the 
hook in the region between the first pivot point and a load 
carried by the hook to fix the position of the hook and 
prevent it from rotating about the first pivot point to- 
wards its position of stable equilibrium whereby the load 
is retained on the hook, 

first means connected to the trip lever to actuate the trip 
lever about the second pivot point to a second position 
wherein the hook is enabled to rotate about the first pivot 
point under the force of a load carried thereby until a 
condition of stable equilibrium is reached whereat a load 
carried by the hook will be discharged by sliding off the 
hook. 



3,863,306 
PIVOTABLE MOUNTING CLIP 
Bernard C. Duchatellier, Paris, France, assignor to Rapid S. 
A., Paris, France 

Filed Mar. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 338,780 
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 13, 1972, 
72.13000 

Int. CI. A44b 21/00; F21v 17/00 
U.S. CI. 24-252 B 14 Claims 



"■"-rar' 



«-'-" • 



1 *.i j.jr.r;^ 



^ 



1. A break-away hook apparatus to selectively carry and 
discharge loads comprising: 



1. A two-piece clip for releasably mounting a first object 
having an inwardly extending flange to a second object, said 
clip comprising: 
a stirrup member mountable to said second object, said 
stirrup member including a pair of substantially parallel 
arms and an integral resilient positioning means; and 
a generally V-shaped angle member pivotably mounted to 
said stirrup member, said angle member comprising a first 
and second leg and a shaft extending from each side of 
the angle member at the tip of the V, each shaft being 
received in an aperture of an arm of said stirrup member, 
said angle member having a first position for receiving the 
flange of the first object between the legs of the V and a 
second position for resiliently urging said flange against 
said second object, in the first position of said angle 
member said first leg engaging said resilient positioning- 
means and said second leg providing a surface against 
which said flange may act as a result of said first object 
being urged towards said second object to pivot said angle 
member and in the second position of said angle member 
said first leg resiliently urging said flange against said 
second object and said second leg resiliently engaged by 
said resilient positioning means to maintain said angle 
member in said second position. 



26 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3.863,307 
WIRE GRIPPING APPARATUS 
Ignazio Leonardo, Mountainside, N.J., assignor 
Cable Corporation, New York, N.Y. 

Filed June 25, 1973, Ser. No. 372,923 
Int. CI. A44b2//00 
U.S. CI. 24-263 A 



complete hot-top within the mould or head box, contracting 
the frame and removing the frame and holder from the ingot 
to General mould or head box. 



3 Claims 




1. A wire gripping apparatus comprising a handle portion, 
a face at one end of the handle portion, a clamp section having 
a cable gripping surface confronting said face, and mechanism 
that moves the clamping section toward and from said face 
when the handle is rotated in different directions with respect 
to the clamp section, characterized by the face at one end of 
the handle being a plate, a bearing on which the plate and 
other portions of the handle are rotatable with respect to one 
another whereby the other portions of the handle can be 
rotated while the plate remains stationery and in contact with 
the cable that Is being gripped, and further characterized by 
the face plate;being generally annular with an inner cylindrical 
face that provides a bearing that contacts with a circumferen- 
tial surface of the handle, the handle including a bushing that 
extends from one end of the handle, the handle having said 
circumferential surface on the bushing, and having thrust 
bearing surfaces on both sides of the face plate, one thrust 
bearing surface being a flange of the bushing and the other a 
shoulder on the handle. ' 



3,863,308 

HOT TOP INSERTING METHOD 

Kenneth Thomas Eccleston, and Roger Fieldhouse, both of 

Birmingham, England, assignors to Foseco International 

Limited, Birmingham, England 

Division of Ser. No. 260.439, June 7, 1972, Pat No. 3.815,664. 

This application Mar. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 453,958 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 16, 1971, 
28244/71 

Int. CI. B22d 7110 
U.S. CI. 29-525 1 Claim 



f>41 




1. In the method of lining the head of an ingot mould or a 
head box therefor with a lining of refractory heat insulating 
material the improvement which comprises locating slabs of 
refractory heat insulating material on an expansible frame, 
locating on a holder associated with the said frame one or 
more wedges of refractory heat insulating material, the slabs 
and wedges together constituting a complete hot top, lowering 
the assembly of frame and holder so that the frame enters an 
ingot mould or head box, expanding the frame to urge the 
lining slabs into contact with the mould or head box wall, 
moving the holder downwardly to drive the wedges between 
adjacent edges of the lining slabs to so form and secure a 



3,863309 

YARN TEXTURING AIR JET 

Samuel T. Price, Kennedyville, Md., assignor to Enterprise 

Machine and Development Corporation, New Castle, Del. 

Filed Jan. 25, 1974, Ser. No. 436,532 

Int. CI. D02g 1116 

U.S.CL 28-1.4 6 Claims 




1. In a yarn texturing air jet of the type including an elon- 
gate housing having a central bore therethrough, a venturi 
supported in the central bore and in the exit end of said hous- 
ing, an inwardly tapering conical surface on the inner end of 
said venturi and terminating in an exit orifice extending 
through the exit end of said venturi, a yarn guiding needle 
positioned in the central bore of said housing and having an 
inner end portion positioned closely adjacent said inwardly 
tapering conical surface on the inner end of said venturi. said 
needle having an axial yarn guiding channel extending there- 
through for directing multifilament yarn through said needle 
and toward said venturi, said inwardly tapering conical surface 
of said venturi defining the exit end of a turbulence chamber, 
and means for directing pressurized gas into the central bore 
of said housing and along said inner end portion of said needle 
whereby the gas passes through said turbulence chamber and 
outwardly through said exit orifice of said venturi to impart 
crimps, curls and loops to the filaments as the yarn passes 
through said turbulence chamber; the combination therewith 
of means for improving the turbulence and enhancing the 
crimps, curls and loops imparted to the yarn in said turbulence 
chamber, said means comprising a conical opening extending 
from the inner end of said needle and inwardly toward the 
entrance end and terminating at the yarn guiding channel 
extending through said needle whereby the entrance end of 
said turbulence chamber is defined by said conical opening in 
the inner end of said needle. 

4, 

3,863,310 
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING COLORED PATTERNS IN 

EMBROIDERY MACHINES 
Arnold Ochsner, Harriman, N.Y. 10926 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 848,840, Aug. 11, 1969, 
abandoned. This application May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,520 

Int. CI. D05c 3104 
U.S. CL 28-77 5 Claims 

1. In a Schiffli type shuttle embroidery machine controllable 
by a programmed design tape of the Jacquard type, a process 
for producing multi-cotored yams insertable in said machine 
for producing multi-colored embroidered patterns in accor- 
dance with said programmed design tape comprising, 

a. programming a color control tape from the design tape 
according to the color variations in said design, 

b. inserting the programmed color tape in a dye-control 
system which system consists of a multi-colored dye 
source and controls therefor responsive to the pro- 
grammed color tape. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



27 



. playing the programmed color tape with the control 
system to control the distribution of each of the colored 
dyes upon the yarn being dyed in a continuous manner 
until the yarn length is equal to the linear length of the 
pattern being embroidered upon the material being ap- 
plied, and 




3,863,311 

PACKAGE TAKE-UP CONTROL FOR STUFFER BOX 

CRIMPERS 

Albert Joseph Cartlidge, and Frank Shuttleworth, both of 

Bolton, England, ass^nors to Piatt International Limited, 

Lancashire, England i 

Filed Jan. 30, 1973, ^r. No. 327,923 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 31, 1972, 
4465/72 

Int. CI. D02g 1112 
U.S. CI. 28-1.7 5 Claims 




1. A stuffer box crimping machine comprising a stuffer box, 
feed means for supplying yarn to the stuffer box to form a plug 
of yarn therein, a take-up device arranged to withdraw yarn 
from the stuffer box and to form the yarn into a package, a 
D.C. motor arranged to drive the take-up device, detector 
means arranged to produce a level-dependent electrical out- 
put in dependence on the level of the plug of yam in the 
stuffer box, a diameter sensor for sensing the diameter of the 
package and arranged to provide a diameter-dependent elec- 
trical output dependent on the diameter of the package, a 
speed sensor operative to detect the rate at which yarn is fed 
to the stuffer box by the feed means and to provide a feed- 
dependent electrical output in dependence on the detected 
rate, and control means arranged to receive the level- 
dependent electrical output, the diameter-dependent electri- 
cal output and the speed-dependent electrical output and 
being operative to control the rotational speed of the DC. 
motor whereby the plug of yarn in the stuffer box is main- 
tained between predetermined limits in dependence on the 
said electrical outputs. 



3363,312 

METHOD OF MOUNTING A DEFLECTION YOKE 

ASSElVtfLY 

Floyd E. Aldrich, Waterkx), and Fred A. Hovey, Geneva, both 

of N.Y., assignors to GTE Sylvania Incorporated, Stamford, 

Conn. 

Divkion of Ser. No. 415,717, Nov. 14, 1974, Pat. No. 

3,829,804. This application Apr. 24, 1974, Ser. No. 463,540 

Int. CI. HOIJ 9118 
U.S. CL 29-25.13 | Claim 



d. inserting the colored yarn into the Schiffli machine in the 
sequence for the original start of the pattern being sewed 
and, thereafter, operating the machine so as to complete 
the original colored pattern. 




1. In a method of mounting a deflection yoke assembly in 
operable relation upon a cathode ray tube having a rear wall 
and a cylindrical neck extending therefrom, the steps compris- 
ing; positioning an annular tube ring against said rear wall of 
said tube in a position substantially centrally located with 
respect to and surrounding said neck, said annulir tube ring 
having a circumferential wall containing first means for sup- 
porting a yoke retainer ring and second means for mounting 
said annular tube ring to said rear wall of said cathode ray 
tube, said first and second means being separate and distinct 
and projecting from said circumferential wall in a direction 
substantially parallel to said tube neck, said second means 
being formed with an adhesive passage which communicates 
with an internal hollow groove formed in said tube ring; posi- 
tioning a yoke retainer ring, having a circumferential wall 
containing a plurality of hollow pockets, over said tube neck 
so that said first means are encompassed within said pockets, 
said pockets having a substantially closed bottom containing 
an opening therein; and dispensing a hardenable adhesive 
simultaneously through said openings in said bottoms and said 
adhesive passages in said second means, whereby said annular 
tube ring is bonded to said rear wall of said cathode ray tube 
and said yoke retainer ring is bonded to said annular tube ring. 



3,863,313 
MANUFACTURE OF SUBMINIATURE INCANDESCENT 

LAMPS 
Stephen F. Kimball, Georgetown, and Paul E. Gates, Danvers, 
both of Mass., assignors to GTE Sylvania Incorporated, 
Danvers, Mass. 

Filed June 7, 1973, Ser. No. 367,807 

Int. CI. HOlj 9118 

U.S. a. 29-25.15 , Claim 




1. In the process of manufacturing a single ended subminia- 
ture incandescent lamp, the steps which sequentially com- 
prise: helically coiling a length of fine tungsten wire on a 
mandrel wire having a larger diameter; heat treating the coil- 
mg; connecting a predetermined length of the coiling across 
the ends of a U shaped support wire, said predetermined 
length comprising a lamp filament; immersing said filament 



28 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



into acid to dissolve the mandrel therein; inserting the fila- 
ment into an open ended glass tube; heating and press sealing 
one end of the glass tube onto a portion of the legs of the 
support; sealing the other end of the glass tube; and removing 
the middle section of the support so that each leg thereof 
comprises a lead-in wire for the filament. 



3,863,314 

METHOD OF MANUFACTURING MINIATURE 

INCANDESCENT LAMPS 

Bernard Kopelman, Magnolia, Mass., assignor to GTE Syl- 

vania Incorporated, Danvers, Mass. 

Filed June 7, 1973, Ser. No. 367,819 

Int. CI. HOlj 9118 

U.S. CI. 29-25.15 1 Claim 



3-4r 




1. In the process of manufacturing a single ended subminia- 
ture incandescent lamp, the steps which sequentially com- 
prise: helically coiling a length of fine tungsten wire on a 
mandrel wire having a larger diameter; heat treating and 
cutting the coiling into predetermined lengths; bending each 
of the cut lengths into a hairpin shape; attaching the ends of 
the hairpin to a temporary support; dissolving part of the 
mandrel at the apex end of the hairpin; inserting the hairpin 
i^to an open ended glass tube; heating and press sealing one 
end of the glass tube onto a portion of the legs of the hairpin, 
said portion still containing mandrel wire; sealing the other 
end of the glass tube and removing the temporary support to 
form a finished lamp. 



3,863,315 

PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A 

PIEZOELECTRIC SUSPENSION DEVICE 

Gerald Jenni, Peseux. Switzerland, assignor to Oscilloquartz 

S.A., Neuchatel, Switzerland 

Filed June 25, 1973, Ser. No. 373,265 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 7, 1972, 
10179/72 

Int. CI. BOlj 7 7/00 
U.S. CI. 29-25.35 5 Claims 




1. A process for the manufacture of a piezozelectric resona- 
tor suspension device comprising the steps of: 

a. forming a comb-piece from a thin metal plate. 

b. formit]^ positioning means in the thin metal plate for 
positioning same in a jig, 

c. forming at least one connection in the comb-piece, said 
connection having an end part forming a stub and a flexi- 
ble spring-like portion connecting said connection to the 



comb-piece and a bulge being provided in said flexible 
spring-like portion in proximity to where said portion 
joins the comb-piece, 

d. providing a welding plate on said stub, 

e. positioning said comb-piece by means of said positioning 
means in said jig and positioning a said resonator in said 
jig so that said stub equipped with said welding plate 
comes to bear against a predetermined point on one 
electrode of the piezoelectric resonator. 

f. welding said welding plate to said predetermined point on 
said one electrode, 

g. parting said flexible spring-like portion from said comb- 
piece between the comb-piece and said bulge, and 

h. welding said bulge to a support of the suspension device. 



3,863,316 

ROTARY CUTTING TOOL AND METHOD OF 

MANUFACTURING SAME 

Herbert G. Yeo, Limerock Ave., Lincoln, R.I. 02865 

Filed Dec. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 422,975 

Int. CL B26d 1112 

U.S. CI. 29-103 A 6 Claims 




1. An improved rotary cutting tool comprising: 

a shank portion; and 

a fluted portion; 

said fluted portion having a first double helical cutting edge 
means beginning at said shank portion and extending 
forward around said fluted portion in one direction to a 
point adjacent to but short of the end of said fluted por- 
tion and comprising first double helical parallel cutting 
edges on lands spaced by first double helical parallel 
flutes; 

said fluted portion having a second double helical cutting 
edge means extending around said fluted portion in the 
other direction from the end of said fluted portion toward 
said shank portion to a point closer to said shank than is 
the forward termination of said first double helical cutting 
edge means and comprising second double helical paral- 
lel cutting edges on lands spaced by second double helical 
parallel flutes; 

whereby the rearward end of said second double helical 
cutting edge means longitudinally overlaps the forward 
end of said first double helical cutting edge means; the 
flute of each of said second double helical cutting edge 
means extending through one cutting edge land and at 
least into the next cutting edge land of said first double 
helical cutting edge means. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



29 



3,863,317 
HOB 

Hiroshi Tanlguchi, Akashi, and Tatuo Tanimoto, Kakogawa, 

both of Japan, assignors to Kobe Steel, Ltd., Kobe, Japan 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 267,417, June 29, 1972, 

abandoned. This application May 30, 1974, Ser. No. 474,545 

Int. CI. B26d 1112 



3,863,319 

PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE MANUFACTURE 

OF WIRING HARNESSES AND SIMILAR COMPONENTS 

Bernard Pellet, 23 Blvd. da la Corne d'Or, Villefranche-sur- 

Mer, France 

Filed Apr. 3, 1973, Ser. No, 347,497 
Int. CI. H05k 13106 



U.S. CI. 29-103 B 



1 1 Claims U.S. CI. 29-203 MW 



14 Claims 




1. A hob comprising: 

a cylindrical body portion having a longitudinal axis; and 

tooth elements arranged in succession along a helical line 
extendiog around said longitudinal axis of said hob 
wherein the shoulder portions of the trailing sides of some 
of said tooth elements are reduced from their basic con- 
tour, 

said reductions extending from the top end surfaces of said 
tooth elements to positions along said trailing sides which 
are disposed within the range of 0.6 - 1 .0 modules, the 
intersecting angle, as measured in degrees, between the 
basic contour and a line tangent to said reduced contour 
at a position of 0.5 module being greater than two times 
the number of starts upon said hob, and wherein the 
leading sides of said tooth elements relative to the sym- 
metric line of the basic contour of said elements, arc 
unmodified, 

whereby said reduced trailing sides of said tooth elements 
do not engage in the cutting operation. 



I' 3,863,318 
HIGH TEMPERATURE-RESISTANT WEARPROOF 
SINTERED ALLOYS 
Itaru Niimi, Nagoya; Kametaro Hashimoto, Toyota; Kenji 
Ushitani, Toyota; Yoichi Serino, Toyota; Tetsuya Suganuma, 
Toyota; Seishu Mitani, Kyoto, and Kunizo Imanishi, Nagoya, 
all of Japan, assignors to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki 
Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan 

Filed Mar. 1, 1973, Ser. No. 336,945 
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 6, 1972, 47-22969 
Int, CL B22f 1100 
U.S. CI. 29-182 1 1 10 Claims 

1. High temperature resistant, wear-resistant sintered alloy 
consisting essentially of: 

3-20% by weight of molybdenum, 
0.5-1.5% by weight of carbon, 
3-25% by weight of cobalt, 
1-15% by weight of lead, and 
balance mainly iron, 

said alloy being in the form of particles consisting essentially 
of molybdenum and iron, said particles being several tens 
of microns in size and having a Vickers hardness of 
600-1,300, and lead, dispersed in an iron-based matrix 
softer than said molybdenum-iron particles. 

















J3po 






s 


4 


/-vf^— 'Wl — 




\ 




¥^=<' 


J* 


\% 


\ 






^ 


L^I 






w^ 








f=-e= 


^^J 


ti 






t 








rr*° 








^mm 


— - 


^ 


h-* 



F' 



/ 



1. An apparatus for manufacturing wiring harnesses, said 
apparatus comprising, in combination: 

semitransparent board means providing two oppositely 
disposed surfaces, one of said surfaces being adapted for 
placement of a pattern harness thereon, the other of said 
surfaces being adapted for the placement and assembly 
thereon of the wiring harness to be manufactured in 
superposed relationship with respect to the pattern har- 
ness which is viewed through the board means; 

terminal block means disposed through said board at loca- 
tions defining start and finish terminal blocks for the end 
points of each conductor of the pattern harness, each 
terminal block means having terminals thereon extending 
to opposite sides of said board means for connection to 
the same respective end of a conductor of the pattern 
harness and the respective conductor harness to be manu- 
factured; 

controllable illuminating means disposed on each terminal 
block means so as to provide a visual signal; and 

circuit means connected to each terminal block means and 
to said controllable illuminating means and including 
change-over switch means integral with said terminal 
block means, said circuit means being automatically 
responsive; '' 

1. to the connection of each end of a conductor of the 
pattern harness to the terminals of a respective start 
and finish terminal block to effect illumination of said 
respective start and finish terminal block with a visual 
signal, and 

2. to the connection of an end of a conductor of the 
wiring harness to be manufactured to the terminal of 
said respective start terminal block to effect extinguish- 
ment of said visual signal at said respective start termi- 
nal block and modification of said visual signal at said 
respective finish terminal block, and 

3. to the connection of the other end of said conductor of 
the wiring harness to be manufactured to the terminal 
of the respective finish terminal block to effect extin- 
guishment of said modified visual signal. 



3,863,320 
SUBSTRATE LOADER ^ 

Robert W. De Lisle, Dover, Pa., assignor to E. I. du Pont de 
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del. 

Filed Aug. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 388,363 
Int. CL H05k 13/04 
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 7 Claims 

1. A substrate loading apparatus for attaching a selected 
number of terminals to one side of a flat ceramic substrate or 
like member comprising: a terminal feed path, means for 
periodically moving a terminal strip along the feed path to 
position a number of terminals at a loading zone adjacent the 
feed path, first substrate feeding means for moving flat sub- 



931 O.G.-2 



30 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



strates laterally to a first position located to one side of the 
loading zone, second substrate feeding means for lifting the 
substrate to a second position immediately adjacent said load- 
ing zone with one edge of the substrate adjacent the terminals 




in the loading zone, and substrate pushing means engagable 
with an opposite edge of a substrate to move the substrate 
from said second position toward and into engagement with 
the terminals. 



3,863,321 

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY 

ATTACHING TOP STOPS TO A CONTINUOUS SLIDE 

FASTENER CHAIN 

Morris Perlman, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Carbide Form 

Grinding, Inc., Brookyin, N.Y. 

Filed Oct. 4, 1973, Ser. No. 403,715 

Int. CI. B23p 19104, 11 100 

U.S. CI. 29-207.5 ST 14 Claims 




1. Automatic top stop attaching machine for attaching two 
top stops to each of successive portions of a continuous slide 
fastener chain which comprises two tapes, bdttom stops, con- 
nectingg the two tapes at longitudinally spaced portions to 
each other, rows of interengaging coupling elements provided 
on facing edges of the tapes, and a slider on each of the por- 
tions for engaging and disengaging the coupling elements and 
providing between the slider and the following bottom stop a 
gap in which the tape portions are disconnected from each 
other, said machine- comprising means for feeding the slide 
fastener chain intermittently in one direction and substantially 
in one plane to and past a working station; means for feeding 
two wires from opposite sides to said working station; com- 
bined cutting, bending and clamping means at said working 
station for cutting off portions from the two wires, for bending 
the cut-off wire portions into substantially U-shaped configu- 
ration, for holding the same in a predetermined position and 
for subsequently clamping the bent wire portions onto edges 



of said tapes closely adjacent to the coupling elements on one 
end of the rows of coupling elements; means for reciprocating 
said combined cutting, bending and clamping means in a 
direction transverse to said one direction; means for deflecting 
the tapes in the region of said working station for bringing the 
facing edges thereof in proper position for clamping the bent 
wire portions thereon; means for moving the chain longitudi- 
nally in a direction opposite to said one direction to bring the 
coupling elements on said one end of said rows of coupling 
elements closely adjacent to said bent wire portions before the 
latter arc clamped to the edges of said tapes; and control 
means for automatically actuating the aforementioned means 
in proper sequence. 



i 

3,863322 

PULLING TOOL 

Curtis J. Russell, 9344 Haven Cove, Dallas, Tex. 75227 

Continuatk>n-in-part of Scr. No. 123,152, March 11, 1971, 

Pat. No. 3,748,718. This application May 21, 1973, Ser. No. 

362,362 

Int. CI. B23q 3108 

U.S. CI. 29—283 2 Claims 




f 



1. A pulling tool for removing a sleeve-type hub from a shaft 
comprising: a pulling ring adapted to be supported concentri- 
cally over said hub in spaced relation thereto to define an 
opening within said ring around said hub, said pulling ring 
having external peripheral pulling flange for engagement of 
said ring by a puller arm for applying a force to said pulling 
flange substantially parallel with a longitudinal axis of said 
hub; said pulling ring further having a plurality of pairs of 
diametrically opposed internal circumferentially spaced longi- 
tudinal slots, the bottom seat surfaces of each said pairs of 
slots being at a different distance from the axis of said pulling 
ring from all other pairs of said slots in said pulling ring, said 
seat surfaces sloping longitudinally along said pulling ring 
convergently toward the axis of said pulling ring in a direction 
away from said pulling flange; and a pair of jaw segments, each 
of said jaw segments having a generally cylindrical internal 
gripping surface adapted to engage said hub for pulling said 
hub from said shaft and a tapered external surface adapted to 
seat on one of said bottom seat surfaces of said longitudinal 
slots of said pulling ring whereby each of said jaw segments is 
wedged between said pulling ring and said hub responsive to 
a force applied to the back face of said flange on said pulling 
ring, said jaw segments being selectively positionable in each 
of said pairs of said slots at different distances from said axis 
of said pulling ring to accommodate said tool to different hub 
sizes, and said jaw segments when assembled in said pulling 
ring occupying less than 360" of the space between said hub 
and said pulling ring. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



31 



3,863,323 

METHOD AND RELATED APPARATUS FOR FORMING 

AN ELEMENT.FREE GAP IN A CONTINUOUS SLIDE 

FASTENER CHAIN 

Ikuo Takamatsu, Uozu, Japan, assignor to Yoshida Kogyo 

Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan 

Filed July 31, 1973, Ser. No. 384,177 

Claims priority, applkation Japan, Aug. 7, 1972, 47-79005 

Int. CI. B23p UIOO, 19104 

U.S. CI. 29-408 6 Claims 




1. A method of forming an element-free gap in a continuous 
slide fastener chain having a pair of oppositely disposed 
stringer tapes each carrying along their adjacent longitudinal 
edges a row of fastener elements whose coupling parts are 
interengaged, which method comprises gripping the stringer 
tapes at points opposite to the rows of fastener elements, 
causing the interengaged parts of the fastener elements to 
pivot on themselves in a direction opposite to each other 
about a longitudinal axis of the pair of stringer tapes to spread 
apart the adjacent tape edges widely enough to expose there- 
between said interengaged parts, and cutting the thus exposed 
interengaged parts off of the fastener chain along a length 
corresponding to a desired gap to be formed. 



3,863,324 

METHOD FOR FORMING AN EDGE-SUPPORTED 

ANNULAR MAGNETIC RECORDING MEDIUM 

Robert A. Ehrhardt, New Providence, N.J., assignor to Bell 

Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, New York, N.Y. 

Filed June 24, 1954, Ser. No. 439,080 

Int. CI. B23p ; 7100 



U.S. CI. 29-423 




6 Claims 



1. In a recording and reproducing apparatus employing a 
magnetizable tape secured at one marginal edge thereof to the 
peripheral surface of a circular member of nonmagnetic mate- 
rial, the method of forming said magnetizable tape on said 
circular member which comprises attaching to a lateral face 
of said circular member a ring of metal, machining the periph- 
eral surfaces of said circular member and said attached metal 
ring in a single operation to form coextensive peripheral sur- 
face areas, applying a plating of magnetizable material to the 
peripheral surface areas of said member and of said ring and 
thereafter removing said metal ring to leave a width of magne- 
tizable material attached to and overhanging one edge of said 
circular member. 



3,863325 
GLASS CLOTH IN METAL FORGING 
Thomas B. Gurganus, Avon, and Leiand L. Grubb, Parma, 
both of Ohio, assignors to Aluminum Company of America, 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Filed May 25, 1973, Ser. No. 363,930 

Int. CI. B23p 17100 

U.S. CI. 29-423 16 Claims 




1. A method of forging a metal piece between dies, compris- 
ing the steps of heating the metal piece to a temperature above 
that of the dies, insulating the higher temperature metal piece 
from the dies with glass cloth, squeezing the insulated metal 
piece between the dies for causing metal flow for forging, and 
during said squeezing and forging step, maintaining said cloth 
in its original filamentary condition so that following squeez- 
ing and forging the individual filaments of the glass cloth are 
still visible. 



3,863,326 
DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING DOUBLE-WALLED 

CUPS 
Wilhelm Haberle, Industriegelande, Scheer/Wurttemberg, 
Germany 

Filed Jan. 18, 1973, Ser. No. 324,782 
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 20, 1972, 
2202624 

Int. CI. B23p 19104 
U.S. CI. 29-208 F 8 Chiims 




1. A device for manufacturing double-walled cups from 
thermoplastically deformable sheets, each cup being com- 
posed of an outer cup and an inner cup, said device compris- 
ing: 

a. a molding station having tools for simultaneously manu- 
facturing both outer and inner cups; and 

b. a removal device associated with said molding station, 
means for ejecting the cups from said molding station into 
said removal device and by means of which an associated 



32 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



pair of inner and outer cups is fed by said molding station, 
said removal device being formed of at least one disk 
rotatably journalcd and capable of being driven, and a 
plurality of inserts in each of said disks operable for 
receiving the outer or inner cups. 



3.863,327 
METHOD OF LINING METAL PIPES 
Roland Arthur Legate, 30 Whitecrafts St., and Kevin Strick- 
land, 28 Hazel Grove, both of Stotfold, Hitchin, England 
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 318,729 . 
Int. CI. B23k 21100 
U.S. a. 29-470.1 10 Claims 




I. A method for internally lining a metal pipe said method 
comprising (i) positioning a metallic liner inside a pipe in a 
gaseous atmosphere, (ii) maintaining the volume within the 
liner full of a liquid, (iii) setting up at least three explosive 
charges in the liquid along the central axis of the pipe, (iv) 
simultaneously firing the explosive charges, the explosive 
charges being located such that initially the liner forms a tight 
mechanical bond with the pipe in the central region of the 
pipe, and carrying out subsequent firings to drive the gas from 
between the liner and the pipe so that the liner forms a tight 
mechanical bond with the pipe along the length of the pipe. 



3,863,328 

METHOD OF MAKING A COMPOSITE STEEL TUBING 

John J. Arntz, Shelby, Ohio, assignor to Copperweld Steel 

Company, Shelby, Ohio 
Continuation of Ser. No. 295,993, Oct. 10, 1072, abandoned, 
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 126,633, March 22, 
1971, abandoned. This application Jan. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 

435,526 

Int. CI. 82 Id 39100; B23p 11100 

U.S. CI. 29-516 14 Claims 




6. The method of making a composite steel tubing compris- 
ing the steps of: ^ 

a. providing two sections of welded steel tubing of substan- 
tially equivalent wall thickness, one of which sections has 
an outer diameter less than the inner diameter of the 
other; 

b. telescoping said tubing sections and holding them to- 
gether at one end; 

c. changing the diameter of one of said tubing sections so as 
to produce a mechanical bond therebetween; and 

d. cold drawing the united tubing sections through a sizing 
die and over a mandrel. 



3,863,329 
METHOD OF MAKING PRECAST RAILROAD TIE AND 

TIE PLATE 
Jamie S. Bartlett, 6927 Green Hill PI., Tampa, Fla. 33617 
Division of Ser. No. 316,567, Dec. 19, 1972, Pat. No. 
3,834.620. ThU application Nov. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 420,458 

Int. CI. EOlb 3132 
IJ.S. CI. 29-471.3 9 Claims 




1^ 



1. A method of making a precast reenforced rail tie and tic 
plate combination, of which the tie is formed of an initially 
cementious or plastic material, including the steps of: 
a. disposing an elongated mold form of a generally U-shape 
cross-section in a horizontal position with the open side 
upward to receive the cementious material; 
b. positioning within the form a first plurality of spaced- 
apart elongated reenforcing rods of a length extending 
substantially from end to end of the rail tie being cast 
in said mold form; 

c. positioning a pair of opposed rail tie plates including 
combined transversely projecting anchor and reenforcing 
rods thereon constituting in part a second plurality of 
reenforcing rods, at the bottom of the open form in later- 
ally opposed relation so that the projecting combined 
anchor and second plurality of reenforcing rods are gen- 
erally medially disposed within said form and do not 
touch those of the other laterally spaced plate or those 
constituting said first plurality of reenforcing rods; and 

d. filling said form with a setable cementious material and 
leveling said material substantially flush with the open top 
of said form. 



3,863,330 
SELF-ALIGNED DOUBLE-DIFFUSED MOS DEVICES 
Albert V. Kraybill, Arlington Heights; William Rapshys, Pala- 
tine, and Francis R. Yester, Des Plaines, all of III., assignors 
to Motorola, Inc., Chicago, III. 

Filed Aug. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 385,139 

Int. CI. BOlj 7 7/00 

U.S. CL 29-571 5 Claims 



34. *? ?" « 42 



,26 ,36 SO 




1. A method of making a double-diffused MOSFET semi- 
conductor device comprising the steps of: 

forming a first insulating layer on a first surface of a sub- 
strate of semiconductor; 

forming a first opening in said first insulator exposing said 
substrate; 

forming a second insulating layer on said first insulating 
layer and on said exposed substrate; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



33 



forming a second opening in said second insulating layer, 
exposing said first insulating layer; 

removing said exposed first insulating layer, exposing said 
first surface; 

forming a first region in said substrate through said second 
opening, said first region being of a first conductivity 
type, and extending a first predetermined distance under 
said second insulating layer in said first layer; 

forming a third opening in said first and second insulating 
layers, exposing said substrate; 

forming second and third regions of a second conductivity 
type in said substrate at said first surface, said second 
region being formed ini^aid first region through said 
second opening and extending a second predetermined 
distance under said second insulating layer, said first 
region being driven in further to extend a third predeter- 
mined distance under said second insulating layer, said 
second predetermined distance being less than said third 
predetermiend distance, and said third region being 
formed external to said first region through said third 
opening; and 

forming a conductive gate electrode on said second insulat- 
ing layer over said first opening, said second predeter- 
mined distance being selected to minimize the capaci- 
tance between said conductive gate electrode and said 
second region while providing reliable operation of said 
double-diffused MOSFET devices, said third predeter- 
mined distance being selected to provide an optimized 
channel length. 



I 

3,863,331 

MATCHING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Otto Heiorich Schade. Jr., North Caldwell, N.J., assignor to 

RCA Corporation 

Filed Sept. II, 1972, Ser. No. 287,863 

Int. CL BOlj / 7/00 

U.S. CL 29-577 4 Claims 











91 



•m 



1. A method of making an electrical circuit which includes 
a pair of circuit elements having closely matched characteris- 
tics comprising: 
forming, by photolithographic processes using at least one 
photomask, two pairs of subelements, each pair including 
a first subelement and a second subelement, said first 
subelements being made by using a pair of separate pat- 
terns on said photomask, each of said first pair of separate 
patterns on said photomask being made from a first pat- 
tern on a master, said second subelements being made by 
using a second pair of separate patterns on said photo- 
mask, each of said second pair of said separate patterns 
being made from a second pattern on said master! and 
connecting the first subelement of one pair with the second 
subelement of the other pair and the second subelement 
of said one pair with the first subelement of the other pair. 



3,863,332 
METHOD OF FABRICATING BACK PANEL FOR LIQUID 

CRYSTAL DISPLAY 
Alex M. Leupp, Newport Beach, and Hans G. Dill. Costa Mesa, 
both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Company, 
Culver City, Calif. 

Filed June 28, 1973, Ser. No. 374,444 

Int. CLBOIJ /7/00 

U.S. CI. 29-580 3 Claims 




1. A method of fabricating a backplate with electrodes and 
integrated spacers for a liquid crystal display comprising the 
steps of: 

a. forming an array of reflective electrodes in spaced apart 
columns and rows on a surface of a substrate, 

b. depositing an oxide layer on said surface and over said 
electrodes, 

c. depositing an aluminum layer over said oxide layer, and 
d. forming a two-layered lattice extending from the 
spaces between said columns and rows of electrodes by 
removing those portions of said layers which are over the 
central portions of said electrodes and anodizing the 
aluminum portions of said two-layered lattice prior to 
removing the portions of the oxide layer. 



3,863,333 
METHODS FOR MAKING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 
Andrew Loya, Irvington, N.J., assignor to Bell Telephone Lab- 
oratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N.J. 

Filed Aug. 31, 1973. Ser. No. 393.596 
. Int. CL BOlj 77/00 

U.S. CL 29-ll« 13 Claims 




I. A process for making semiconductor devices comprising 
the steps of: 

forming a first thin layer of gold on one side of a silicon 
wafer; 

forming a platinum-silicide layer on the other side of the 
wafer; 

forming a second layer of gold over the platinum-silicide 
layer; 

defining a plurality of devices by etching porions of the 
second gold layer, thereby to expose part of the platnium- 
silicide layer; 

subjecting the exposed platinum-silicide layer to a silicon 
etchant, thereby to weaken its structure; 

immersing the wafer in a liquid and subjecting it to ultra- 
sonic agitation of sufficient intensity to remove the ex- 
posed and weakened platinum-silicide, thereby to expose 
part of the silicon wafer; 

subjecting the exposed silicon to a silicon etch for a suffi- 
cient time to etch through the wafer to the first thin layer 
of gold, whereby a plurality of defined devices are held 
together by the first layer; and 



34 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



immersing the wafer in a liquid and subjecting it to ultra- 
sonic agitation of sufficient intensity to rupture the thin 
gold layer, thereby to break apart the defined devices. 




P+,32 



1. A method for making an ohmic contact to a region of 
semiconductor comprising the steps of: 

forming an insulating layer on a surface of a first region of 
semiconductor, said first region of semiconductor being 
of a first conductivity type; 

forming an opening in said insulating layer, exposing said 
surface; 

forming a metal layer on said insulating layer and on said 
exposed surface, said metal layer including a first metal 
and a second metal, such that impurity ions of said second 
metal are of said first conductivity type and the entectic 
between the semiconductor and the first metal being 
higher than the entectic between the semiconductor and 
the second metal, diffusing ions of said second metal 
through said exposed surface into said first region of 
semiconductor, by heating to a temperature below the 
entectic between the semiconductor and the first metal, 
thus forming a relatively heavily doped second region of 
said first conductivity type within said first region at said 
surface and wherein said second metal does not form an 
alloy with said semiconductor. 



bending the heated projecting end portions back against the 
end faces of the stator, and 



3,863^34 

ALUMINUM-ZINC METALLIZATION 

Michael G. Coleman, Tempe, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc., 

Franklin Park, III. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 121,708, March 8, 1971, abandoned. 

This application May 7, 1973, Ser. No. 358,180 

Int. CI. BOlj 17100 

U.S. CI. 29-590 7 Claims 



3,863,335 
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR BENDING THE ENDS 
OF INSULATING STRIPS IN GROOVES OR STATORS OF 

ELECTRICAL MACHINES 
Hans Droll, 6 Bergen-Enkheim, Nordring, Germany 
Filed Apr. 5, 1974, Ser. No. 458,432 
Claims priority, application Germany, May 10, 1973, 
2323590 

Int. CI. H02k 15102 
U.S. CI. 29-596 26 Claims 

1. In the manufacture of stators of electrical machines, a 
process for bending back the ends of thermoplastic insulating 
strips located in the stator grooves, comprising the steps of: 
placing strips of thermoplastic, electrically insulating mate- 
rial into the stator grooves such that the end portions of 
the strip project axially of the stator beyond the end faces 
thereof, 
heating the said projecting end portions, 




holding the bent heated end portions against said stator end 
faces until they cool off. 



3,863,336 
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING FLAT-TYPE ROTORS 
Kunihiro Noto, Katsuta, and Hiroaki Mizoguchi, Hitachi, both 
of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Mar. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 342,412 
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Mar. 22, 1972, 47- 
28147 

Int. CI. H02r 43100 ^ 

U.S. CI. 29-597 10 Claims 




. 1. Method of manufacturing a rotor for a flat-type motor 
comprising steps of: 

winding a wire to make an armature coil in a flat cylindrical 
space, said flat cylindrical space being defined in part by 
one surface of a plate-shaped first mold on to which said 
wire is laid while being wound, said first mold having an 
interior configuration conforming to an outer configura- 
tion of a first portion of the rotor to be made. 

providing a shaft extending along the longitudinal axis of the 
cylindrical space, 

combining a second mold with said first mold to form a 
space between said first and second molds, said second 
mold having an interior configuration conforming to the 
outer configuration of a second portion of the rotor, and 
filling said space between said first and second molds with 
a resin material to provide an integrated unit having a 
predetermined mechanical strength, thereby forming said 
integrated unit which comprises said armature coil and 
said shaft. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



35 



3,863,337 

POWDER METALLURGY METHOD FOR MAKING AN 
ELECTRIC CONTACT AND THE RESULTING CONTACT 
Horst Schreiner, and Bernard Rothkcgel, both of Numberg, 
Germany, ass^nors to Siemens Aktiengeselbchaft, Munich, 
Germany I 

Filed Aug. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 283,408 
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 1, 1971, 
2143843 

Int. CI. HOlr 9100 
* U.S. CI. 29-630 C 4 Claims 




-15a. 



1. A powder metallurgy method for making a two-layer 
electric contact or the like, comprising: 

a. providing a first layer of refractory metal or metal com- 
pound powder; 

b. providing a second layer of low temperature melting 
metal powder; 

c. compacting said first and second layers together to form 
a coherent two-layer compact; 

d. providing a refractory surface having a plurality of de- 
pressions on the surface thereof; 

e. supporting said compact with its second layer on said 
refractory surface with said plurality of depressions there- 
beneath; 

f. heating said compact under non-oxidizing conditions to a 
temperature above the melting temperature of said low 
temperature melting metal to impregnate the pores of 
said first layer with the metal of said second layer; and 

g. the step of providing said second layer including propor- 
tioning said second layer such as to provide said compact 
with a volume of said low temperature melting metal in 
excess of the pore volume of said first layer to an extent 
causing the formation on the latter's bottom of a thin 
layer of said low temperature melting metal. 



3,863,338 
ELECTRIC SHAVER WITH CUTTERS MOUNTED IN END 

TO END ALIGNMENT 
Roger Paul Wellinger, Neuchatel; Francis Andre Vauthier, 
Hauterive, and Alberto Botta, Lausanne, all of Switzerland, 
assignors to The Gillette Company, Boston, Mass. 

Filed July 20, 1972, Ser. No. 273,480 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 8, 1971, 
56910/71 

Int. CI. B26b 19104 
U.S. CI. 30-43.92 20 Claims 

12. An electric shaver comprising: 
at least two cutter sections movably mounted aligned with' 

each other and in end-to-end relationship; 
drive means including a motor having a rotary output shaft; 
transmission means including a crank coupled to and 
driven by said motor shaft and a pair of crank throws 
driven by said crank and being coupled to said at least 
two cutter sections for driving said at least two cutter 
sections in end-to-end reciprocation, respectively in anti- 
phase; and 
support means including mountings coupled to and resil- 
iently supporting each cutter section, each mounting 
including a spring, the spring constants (Ki, Kj) of the 
mounting springs being selected in relation to the masses 
(Ml, Mx) of the respective cutter sections so that 



Ki/M] is substantially equal to Kj/Mt , so that the 
at least two cutter sections have substantially the same 
natural frequency of reciprocation; 

said motor being operable under power to simultaneously 
drive said movable cutter sections via said transmission 
means substantially continuously at a frequency of recip- 
rocation substantially equal to said natural frequency. 

17. An electric shaver comprising: 

two cutter sections movably mounted in alignment in end- 
to-end relationship; 

means for resilicntly mounting the cutter sections for linear 
reciprocation in said aligned end-to-end relationship, said 
mounting means including resilient structures defining a 




>> 



natural rest position for each cutter section at substan- 
tially the centre of its path of linear reciprocation; and 

driving means including a motor having a rotary output 
shaft; and 

transmission means coupled to and driven by said motor 
shaft, and a pair of crank throws driven by said crank and 
being coupled to said cutter sections so as to substantially 
continuously and simultaneously reciprocate the respec- 
tive cutter sections in antiphase such that the cutter sec- 
tions move simultaneously towards and away from each 
other alternately and always pass substantially simulta- 
neously through their said respective natural rest posi- 
tions. 



3,863,339 
RETRACTABLE BLADE KNIFE 
Albert Reaney, Rotherham, and Michael Taylor, Warwick, 
both of England, assignors to Stanley Tools Limited, Wood- 
side, Sheffield, England 

Filed May 23, 1973, Ser. No. 363,033 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 26, 11)72, 
25061/72 

Int. CI. B26b 1108 
U.S. CI. 30-162 13 Claims 




30 49 



1. A retractable blade knife comprising a casing having a 
slot in one side thereof, a blade, a slidable blade carrier 
mounting the blade and engaging at least one edge thereof, an 
operating button projecting through said side slot and a leaf 
spring associated with the operating button for biasing the 
button into selective locking engagement with the casing and 
for removably holding the blade on the blade carrier, said 
casing comprises a body having a slot in one end through 
which the blade can be extended and retracted and a cover 
detachably attachable to the body to enclose the blade carrier 
and spring, wherein the cover has two curled opposite end 
portions which respectively hook over two corresponding end 
portions of the body, firstly one end portion of the cover being 



36 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



hooked over one end portion of the body and then the cover 
being pivotable thereabout until the other end portion of the 
cover hooks over the other end portion of the body, whereby 
the cover can snap into place when attached to the body. 



The 



3,863,340 
PLURAL EDGE SHAVING SYSTEM 
Roger L. Perry, Lynnfield Center, Mass., assignor to 
Gillette Company, Boston, Mass. 

Filed Sept. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 287,513 

Int. CL B26b 2 1/54, 2 1 122 

U.S. CI. 30-346.58 9 Claims 




1. A plural edge structure for use in shaving, including a 
leading member and a following member, each of said mem- 
bers having the form of a plate bounded by first and second 
flat faces, and each said member having two intersecting 
facets that define a straight, sharpened cutting edge thereon 
parallel to said faces, each said cutting edge being offset out- 
wardly from the center of the member at least about one-third 
the distance from the center of the member to its said first face 
so that it is positioned closer to the first than to the second of 
said faces, each of said facets being inclined with respect to 
the immediately adjacent face of the blade member and said 
two facets defining a bisector plane, said leading and following 
members being permanently affixed together with their re- 
spective second faces contiguous and with said cutting edges 
fixed in position parallel to each other in a plane inclined to 
said second faces in position to maintain a fixed distance 
perpendicular to said second faces of less than 0.02 inch 
between said cutting edge of said leading member and said 
cutting edge of said following member, a span between said 
cutting edge of said leading member and said cutting edge of 
said following member in the range of 0.03 inch to 0.08 inch 
and the angle between the bisector plane of the cutting edge 
of said following member and said plane containing both 
edges at a fixed value in the range of 20''-32°. 



L.S. 
1. 



3,863,341 
EXPLOSIVE ACTUATED PUNCH 
James L. Ramer, Rt. 1, Box 155, Sullivan, Mo. 63080 
Filed Aug. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 3i92,162 
Int. CI. B26f 1/02; B26d 7/26 
CI. 30-358 4 Claims 

In an explosive activated punching tool the improvement 
comprising a main body, a longitudinal recess located in said 
main body, a cartridge chamber communicating with said 
recess, means for detonating a cartD<igfi-pteced in said car- 
tridge chamber, a piston slidably received in s^id recess, a ram 
slidably received in said recess below said piston and adjust- 
ably axially joined to said piston, said ram having a shoulder 
within said recess an axial recess in said piston, a longitudinal 
member slidably received in said axial recess and resting on 
said shoulder such that said member moves with said ram 
upon axial adjustment of said ram relative to said piston, and 
a single exhaust port in said main body for exhausting gases 
from said longitudinal recess, said exhaust port being disposed 
in the path of travel of said longitudinal member and cooper- 
ating with said longitudinal member and with said longitudinal 
recess whereby adjustment of the ram relative to the piston 
will vary the distance of travel of the longitudinal member 



before uncovering the exhause port so that in any position of 
relative adjustment for varying thicknesses of material to be 
punched when a cartridge in said cartridge chamber is deto- 
nated by said means for detonating a cartridge the explosion 
which results from the detonation forces the gases in said 
cartridge chamber and longitudinal recess to expand and force 




said piston, said ram and said longitudinal member to move in 
said longitudinal recess until said longitudinal member uncov- 
ers the exhaust port and allows the gases to escape through 
said exhaust port thereby enabling the length of stroke of the 
punching tool to be varied according to the thickness ot mate- 
rial to be punched. 



3,863,342 
SABER SAW 
David R. Griffies. Joppa, Md.; Russell O. Robinson. Ply- 
mouth, Ohio, and Robert W. Taylor, Jackson. Tenn., 
assignors to Rockwell International Corporation, Pitts- 
burgh, Pa. 

FUed Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,471 

Int. CI. B27b 19/08; B23d 49/10 

U.S. CI. 30-393 6 Claims 

1. A hand-held, power-operated sabre saw comprising a 
housing, an integral handle for hand manipulation of said saw 
and a generally planar work-engaging surface adjustably at- 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



37 



tached to said housing, a saw blade holder curved along a 
longitudinally extending axis of curvature mounted in said 
housing for reciprocation along said axis of curvature, a saw 
blade fixed to said holder for reciprocation therewith along 
said axis of curvature, and drive means in said housing for 




reciprocating said ho der along said axis of curvature to im- 
part alternate cutting and return strokes to said blade, said 
axis of curvature being curved in a direction to provide said 
blade with a component of cutting stroke travel that is in the 
direction in which said blade is urged against a workpiece to 
cut said workpiece. 



11 3,863,343 
DENTAL PATIENT DRAPE 
Oscar Malmin, 127 East Wayne Ave., Akron, Ohio 44301 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 183,519, Sept. 24, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Feb. 9, 1972, Ser. No. 224,865 

Int. CI. A22c 19/00 
U.S. CI. 32-1 10 Claims 




1. An inflatable protective patient drape, comprising; 

A. a pair of impermeable membranes secured together at 
their peripheries to form an air-tight chamber; 

B. means for introducing air into said chamber; 

C. said membranes being secured to each other at trans- 
versely spaced intervals to divide said chamber into a 
plurality of longitudinally extending compartments 

I . whereby said drape assumes a curved cross sectional 
configuration upon inflation and; 

D. said membranes each having a pair of opposed, integral 
inflatable neck-engaging members at one end, with said 
neck-engaging members being arcuate in planar and 
cross-sectional configuration and substantially encircling 
the patient's neck 

1. whereby said members will support the head and neck 
of said patient. 



3363,344 
IMPLANTABLE DENTAL SUPPORT 
Jean Pillet, Paris, France, assignor to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., 
Paris, France 

Filed Oct. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 294,546 
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 6, 1971, 71.35968 
Int. CI. A61c 13/00 
U.S. CI. 32-10 A 2 Claims 




1. In a dental endosseous root implant, having a tube able 
to receive an artificial tooth/supporting pin, said tube being 
provided with an external surface colonisable by surrounding 
tissues, the improvement comprising forming said implant as 
a tubular member closed at one end and formed of a resilient 
elastomer the external surface of which is covered by a textile 
sleeve. 



3,863,345 

ENDODONTIC SEALING SYSTEM AND APPARATUS 

Oscar Malmin, 127 East Wayne Ave., Akron, Ohio 44301 

Division of Ser. No. 213,993, Dec. 30, 1971,. This application 

June 11, 1973, Ser. No. 368,514 

Int. CL A61k 5/00 

U.S.CL 32—15 5 Claims 




B. 



1. An endodontic system for chemically and mechanically 

sealing the main and auxiliary passages of a root canal system, 

comprising; 

A. inserting an elongate instrument carrying a chemical 

sealing compound on one end thereof into said main 

passage; 

activating said instrument and forcing the chemical seal- 
ing compound against the walls of said main passage and 
into said auxiliary passages and against the walls thereof 
whereby said compound chemically seals said passages; 

C. inserting at least one compressible sealing plug into said 
main passage; 

D. condensing and compacting said plug and forcing the 
material of said plug into said auxiliary passages and 
against the walls of said main passage. 



38 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,346 
RIGID MEASURING ROD 
Michel Qucnot, Bcsancon, France, assignor to Stanley Mabo, 
Besancon, France 

Filed Dec. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 314,028 

Claims priority, application France, Dec. 9, 1971, 71.44151 

Int. CI. GOlc 9100 

MS. CI. 33-88 3 Claims 



n 



4- 
f-5' 



I.. 



^1 



m 






marker extending from the circumference thereof in line with 
the central axis and longitudinal edge to indicate reciprocals, 
said uppermost second base portion having a compass rose en 
the surface thereof and a safety right of way and vessel lighting 
dial inscribed thereon comprising three radial lines extending 
from the center axle to the circumference and spaced 120° 
apart; a first transparent slide member slidably mounted on 
said Tirst protractor arm and having a compass rose thereon, 
a third protractor arm pivotally mounted on said first slide 
member and having an index marker to cooperate with said 



1. A meastifing device comprising a rigid, linear, hollow 
rod; a bubble level mounted inside said hollow rod and in a 
viewable position; slideway means on said rod for interchange- 
ably mounting at least one measuring tape on said rod for 
measuring therewith, said slideway comprising three parallel 
projections on said rod, all extending longitudinally of and 
reinforcing the rod, two of said projections being spaced apart 
and having surfaces defining two opposed, open ended, longi- 
tudinal grooves, and the third projection extending upwardly 
and beyond said surfaces; and a metallic, resilient measuring 
tape slidably received in the slideway and resiliently held in 
the grooves by said third projection. 



3,863,347 

NAVIGATION DEVICE 

Philip Michael Banner, 28 Oxford Road, Massapequa, N.V. 

11758 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 27,535, April 13, 1970, Pat. 

No. 3,721,007. This application Nov. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 

308,350 

Int. CI. B43I 7106 

U.S. CI. 33-98 3 Claims 

1. A navigation device comprising a base plate having a 
compass rose disposed about a central aperture, a plurality of 
concentrically mounted circular disc members rotatably 
mounted on said base plate on a common pivot axle extending 
through said central aperture, said disc members having diam- 
eters of decreasing size with the largest adjacent the base plate 
and the smallest at the top, each disc member having a com- 
pass rose upon its surface and means for viewing the compass 
rose on the disc immediately below it, said disc members and 
base plate cooperating to insert various navigation parameters 
such as compass deviation, compass reading, wind direction 
and current direction so that the various parameters are uti- 
lized to give a final reading; first and second protractor arms 
having circular base portions and radially extending arms 
concentrically pitotally mounted on said common pivot axle 
atop said plurality of disc members with the second of said 
protractor arms being uppermost, a longitudinal edge of each 
arm passing transversely through the vertical axis of the com- 
mon axle, said arms having linear distance scales along the 
edges and adapted to measure and draw course lines on a 
chart, said first circular base portion having compass rose 
about the central axis and a reciprocal transparent index 




10-* 2-B 



compass rose, a second transparent slide member slidably 
mounted on said third protractor arm, said second slide mem- 
ber having a third transparent slide member pivotally mounted 
thereon and also having a compass rose thereon, a fourth 
protractor arm slidably received in said third slide member, 
index means connected to said fourth protractor arm to coop- 
erate with said last mentioned compass rose; means on said 
first, second and third slide members for frictionally retaining 
the slide members in adjusted positions on their respective 
arms and means on said first and third arms for locking said 
third arm atop said first arm in a non-use position. 



3,863,348 
STAIR LAYOUT SCALE 
Herbert H. Herbst, R.D. No. 1, Sunset Dr., Dallastown, Pa. 
17313 

Filed Mar. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 338,750 

Int. CI. GO lb 3104 

U.S. CI. 33-111 5 Claims 



r?< 



tflS£ 



l.l.li ,li 



<» 



LlMlJ 



n 



dMiiU 






i\io ?t?, 



li.liiil.i.ljJii.LiiVi 
35 M 



^—if — ^r 



iiiiilililili 



AAih. 



iliU 



Z8 



1. A scale system for laying out rise and tread dimensions 
on the beamlike support carriage for stairs and comprising an 
elongated member, a plurality of individual scales thereon 
respectively indicating the number of risers and treads and the 
widths of each for given individual total rises and runs for a 
desired stair installation, said scales each having duplex indi- 
cia including a limited range of choices in short increments of 
dimension respectively indicating by whole number the num- 
ber of risers and by additional whole numbers and fractions 
the width of risers and by whole numbers indicating the num- 
ber of treads and by additional whole numbers and fractions 
indicating the width of said treads, said duplex whole number 
and fraction indicia being placed upon said scales at progres- 






I 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



39 



sive locations corresponding to actual given individual total 
rises and runs and comprising multiple transitions of the di- 
mensional height of said risers and width of said treads relative 
to preferred numbers thereof to provide a limited selection 
possibility best suited for an individual stair installation, of 
said duplex indicia at said given dimensions having a second 
set of duplex and indicia indicating a different choice of whole 
numbers and fractions corresponding to actual given individ- 
ual total rises and runs. / 



3,863,349 
GAGING APPARATUS 
David A. Wilson, Sheboygan, Wis., assignor to Perry Indus- 
tries, Inc., Hicksville, N.Y. 

Filed June 11, 1973, Ser. No. 369,082 
Int. CI. GO lb 5104 



U.S. 




12 Claims 



1. Gaging apparatus comprising a proximity sensor mounted 
in fixed position at a gaging station, means for continuously 
conveying units one after another through said station past the 
sensor with a gap between the units and the sensor, said sensor 
being responsive to passage of each unit in proximity to the 
sensor to gage the gap between the unit and the sensor, and 
means for continuously conveying workpieccs to be gaged one 
after another in a predetermined path through said station, 
wherein said units are gage members and said means for con- 
veying the latter comprises an endless conveyor carrying said 
gage members and means for moving said gage member con- 
veyor in an endless path at least part of which parallels the 
path of the workpiece conveyor through the gaging station 
with the gage members contacting the workpieces as they pass 
through the gaging station, said gaging members carrying 
means for passage in proximity to the sensor. 



I 3,863,350 
GAUGE PROVIDED WITH A RAPID AND AUTOMATIC 

ZERO-SETTING DEVICE 
Sergio Solaroli, Bologna, Italy, assignor to Finike Italiana 
Marposs-Soc. In Accomandita Semplice de Mario Possati & 
C, Bentivoglio (Bologna), Italy 

Filed Aug. 31, 1973, Ser. No. 393,477 
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 15, 1972, 3534/72 
Int. CI. GO lb 5100 
U.S. CI. 33- 169 R 7 Claims 

1. A measuring apparatus for measuring dimensions of 
workpieces comprising: 
a frame; connecting means; a support carried by the frame 
through said connecting means which permit movements 
of the support relative to the frame; a ineasuring head 
mounted on the support and comprising^ measuring arm 
adapted to cooperate with the workpiece to be measured 
and movable in the head toward and away from the work- 



piece; detecting means mounted in the head for measur- 
ing the position of the arm in the head; said connecting 
means permitting movement of said support together with 
said measuring head toward and away from the work- 
piece; first mechanical reference means fixed on said 
support and second mechanical reference means fixed on 
said frame adapted to cooperate with said first mechani- 
cal reference means for displacing said support together 




tr^ 



^^rp 



=o 



with said head in a defined position for the measurement 
of workpieces having a determined nominal dimension, 
this position corresponding to the head zerosetting; at 
least one of said first and second mechanical reference 
means being replaceable by similar reference means 
having a different determined dimension for achieving 
automatically the zero-setting of the measuring head, 
when measuring workpieces having a different deter- 
mined nominal dimension. ^ 



3,863,351 
GAUGE FOR CHECKING RADIUS AND SPHERICAL 

SURFACE 
Stuart E. Kalen, Sterling Heights, Mich., assignor to Cogsdill 
Tool Products, Inc., Farmington, Mich. 

Filed Jan. 11, 1974, Ser. No. 432,497 

Int. CI. GO lb i/22. 5/20 

U.S. CI. 33—169 R 5 Claims 




1. In a gauge, a base having a pair of uprights, a cradle, 
trunnions on said cradle pivotally secured on said uprights for 
rotatably supporting said cradle therebetween, an indicator 
supported on said uprights above said cradle, a support for a 
workpiece on said cradle which is adjustable axially toward 
and away from said indicator, means on said cradle for obtain- 
ing a reading on said indicator for a radius to be produced 9^ 



40 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



the surface of the workpiccc, and means for moving a work- 
piece mounted on the support into engagement with the indi- 
cator until said reading is reproduced thereon and thereafter 
checking the sphericity of the workpiecc surface relative to 
said reading. 



3,863,352 

GAGING APPARATUS WITH FLOW CONTROL 

MECHANISM 

Edward Peonski, West Dundee, III., assignor to AmericSn Gage 

& Machine Company, Elgin, III. 

Filed June 14, 1973, Ser. No. 369,898 

Int. CI. GO lb 5/OOi B65g 19/02. 23/08 

U.S. CI. 33-174 R 1 Claim 



3,863,353 
EPITROCHOIDAL SURFACE ENGAGING DEVICE 
Oliver E. Saari, Niles, III., assignor to Illinois Tool Works Inc., 
Chicago, III. 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 257,835, May ^, 1972, 
abandoned. This application Sept. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 291,310 

Int. CI. GO lb 5/20 
U.S. CI. 33-174 R 21 Claims 




1. Gaging apparatus for gaging a procession of workpieces, 
comprising a gaging station including gaging means for check- 
ing at least one dimension of each of the workpieces, 
guide means including a downwardly inclined guide ramp 
for supporting and carrying the workpieces past said 
gaging station, 
a first pulley disposed in a vertical plane above said guide 

ramp and rotatable about a horizontal axis, 
motor means for rotating said pulley, 
a carriage disposed above said guide ramp, 
means supporting said carriage for swinging movement 
about the axis of said pulley in a generally vertical direc- 
tion toward and away from said guide ramp, 
said carriage being biased downwardly by gravity toward 

said guide ramp, 
a second pulley rotatably mounted in a vertical plane on 
said carriage and swingable therewith toward and away 
from said guide ramp, 
an endless drive belt strung around said first and second 
pulleys for positively moving the workpieces along said 
guide ramp at a controlled speed toward said gaging 
station, 
said drive belt being swingable upwardly and downwardly 
with said carriage to accommodate wdrkpieces of varying 
sizes, 
said drive belt having upper and lower flights extending 

between said first and second pulleys, 
and a third pulley rotatably mounted on said carriage be- 
tween said first and second pulleys and deflecting said 
lower flight of said drive belt downwardly toward said 
guide ramp for causing the workpieces to be movable 
freely along said guide ramp into engagement with the 
lower flight of said drive belt opposite said third pulley 
whereupon the drive belt moves the workpieces along 
said guide ramp and past said gaging station at a con- 
trolled rate. 




15. A device for engaging an epitrochoidal surface which 
defines the cavity in the cylinder block of a rotary type engine, 
including rotatable base means having a first fixed axis of 
rotation and having a surface disposed normal to said axis for 
supporting an engine cylinder block with the center of the 
epitrochoidal surface thereof coincident with the axis of rota- 
tion of said base means, means rotatable about a second fixed 
axis spaced laterally from and parallel to said first fixed axis, 
work engaging means for engaging the epitrochoidal surface 
of a supported cylinder block, means supporting said work 
engaging means, means pivotally coupling said supporting 
means with said means rotatable about said second fixed axis 
and having an axis spaced laterally from and parallel to said 
second fixed axis, the axis of said pivotal coupling means 
having a predetermined location with respect to said work 
engaging means, the distance between said second fixed axis 
and the axis of said pivotal coupling means being equal to the 
maximum degree of orbital eccentricity of the epitrochoidal 
surface of a supported cylinder block, guide means providing 
a third fixed axis and cooperatively disposed with respect to 
said work engaging supporting means, the distance between 
the axes of said second and third fixed axes having a predeter- 
mined relation to the distance between said first and second 
fixed axes, means cooperating with said fixed guide means and 
said supporting means for maintaining said third fixed axis and 
the points of contact of said work engaging means with the 
epitrochoidal surface of a supported engine block in a com- 
mon vertical plane which is normal to a line tangent to said 
epitrochoidal surface at each point of contact, means for 
imparting rotation in a given direction to said base means at 
a given speed, and means for simultaneously imparting move- 
ment to said rotatable means in such a manner as to assure 
accurate positioning of said work engaging means with respect 
to said epitrochoidal surface. 



3,863,354 
MIRROR SIGHT FOR SMALL FIREARMS 
Toivo Johannes Karppinen, 01900 Nurmijarvi, Finland 
Filed Jan. 17, 1974, Ser. No. 434,272 
Int. CL F41g 1/40 
U.S. CI. 33—233 6 Claims 

1. A mirror sight for small firearms, comprising a casing 
having two opposite side walls, a rear wall connecting said side 
walls, a cover plate turnably mounted on said side walls adja- 
cent to said rear wall and extending along the upper edges of 
said side walls, and an open bottom, means in said side walls 
at the front ends thereof for mounting said casing on a small 
firearm behind the sights thereof with said cover plate in 
closed position situated at a level below said sights, a first 
mirror secured between said side walls adjacent to the front 



February 4, I975i 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



41 



ends thereof in a position substantially perpendicular to a 
straight line through said sights, a second mirror secured to 
the inside of said cover plate, and means for arresting said 
cover plate in an open position with respect to said first mirror 




to reflect a lightbeam from a target through said sights from 
said second mirror to said first mirror and from said first 
mirror in a downward and backward direction, thus allowing 
aiming and firing of the firearm from full cover. 



3,863,355 

POWER TRANSFER ASSEMBLY 

Darryl K. Bergstrom, Pacific Palisades, and David C. Clark, 

Los Angeles, both of Calif., assignors to Lear Siegler, Inc., 

Santa Monica, Calif. 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 220,962, Jan. 26, 1972. This 

application Mar. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 237.845. The portion of the 

term of this patent subsequent to June 18, 1991, has been 

disclaimed. 

Int. CI. GOlc 19/04 

U.S. CI. 33-324 19 Claims 




1. In a pendulously supported gyroscope assembly having an 
exterior housing, a power supply exterior of said housing and 
means suspending said gyroscope assembly in said exterior 
housing for rotational movements about a vertical axis, the 
improvement comprising a power transfer assembly means for 
electrically interconnecting said power supply source with 
said gyroscope assembly including: 
two pairs of flexible electrically conductive connection 
bands of an electrically conductive material lying in par- 
allel planes that are transverse to said vertical axis, with 
each band comprising an arcuate circular segment with a 
portion of a full circle removed so that each arcuate band 
comprises less than a full circle and more than a semi- 
circle with their centres of curvature lying on vertical 
axes, at least one of said respective bands being electri- 
cally connected to said power supply; 



means for operatively connecting one end of each band of 
said pairs of bands to said gyroscope assembly; and 

means for operatively connecting the other end of each 
band of said pairs of bands to said exterior housing, the 
bands being further characterized in that one pair of 
bands is inverted with respect to the other pair of bands 
to define opposed circular arcs whereby any forces cre- 
ated by flexure of said bands during operation of the 
gyroscope assembly are substantially counter balanced. 



3,863,356 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHECKING 
GUIDE-ROLL ALIGNMENT IN A 
CONTINUOUS-CASTING MACHINE 
Thomas G. Bengel, Plum Borough; Joseph S. Giunia, Monroe- 
ville Borough, and Thomas E. Nicely, Westmoreland, all of 
Pa., assignors to United States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh. 
Pa. 

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 289,922 

Int. CI. GOlc 15/00 

U.S. CI. 33—286 4 Claims 




1. In an apparatus for checking alignment of guide rolls of 
a continuous casting machine with respect to one another and 
with respect to a mold thereabove, said apparatus comprising: 
a target adapted to be lowered through a mold into tRTToH 
pass; >y 

a vertical transit; 

a stand for positioning and centering said transit over the/ 
mold; 

a reeling mechanism adapted to be mounted on the mol«i; 
and ' 

a line suspending said target from said reeling mechanism 
for moving said target to various levels within the roll pass 
to be sighted on by said transit; 

the improvement in which said target includes: 

a pair of diagonally opposed angle irons having roll- 
contacting faces at right angles to one another; 

a diagonally extending support; 

means fixing said support with respect to one angle iron and 
permitting relative sliding movement between said sup- 
port and the other angle iron; 

spring means urging said angle irons apart to expand said 
target; 

means for contracting said target against the action of said 
spring means; and 

a grid pattern on said support centered with respect to the 
roll pass when the target is expanded into contact with the 
rolls. 



42 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,357 3,863,359 

POWER DRIVEN BAND CLAMP FOR PENDULOUS REFRACTORY GAS DISTRIBUTOR FOR A FLUIDIZED 

NORTH SEEKING GYROSCOPES SOLIDS REACTOR 

Ralph E. Knapp, Canoga Park, and David C. Clark, Los An- John M. Grega, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Dresser Industries, 

gelcs, both of Calif., assignors to Lear Siegler Inc., Santa Inc., Dallas, Tex. 

Monica, Calif. Filed Oct. 29, 1973, Ser. No. 410,653 

Filed June 23, 1972, Ser. No. 265,758 Int. CI. F26b 17110 

Int. CI. GOlc 19138 U.S. CI. 34-57 R 5 Claims 
U.S.CL 33-324 18 Claims 

M 







*i ^^ 



1. A gyroscope comprising: 

a pendulum unit having a gyro wheel assembly with a spin 
axis; 

means for pendulously supporting said pendulum unit; and 
means for varying the position of the supporting means 
during gyro operation relative to said pendulum unit 
including the relative movement of the point of connec- 
tion between the supporting means and said pendulum 
unit to provide a displacement along a path substantially 
parallel to the spin axis of the gyro wheel assembly for 
decreasing the pendulum period. 



3,863,358 
LEVELING DEVICE HAVING INTEGRAL SELF-LOCK 

FEATURE 
Thomas K. Phares, Sr., Rt. 2, Box 231 D, Brandywine, Md. 
20613 

Filed Mar. 5, 1974, Ser. No. 448,390 

Int. CI. GOlc 5i04 

U.S. CI. 33—367 3 Claims 




1. In a leveling system having a pair of flexible tubes, each 

of said pair of tubes having a free end and an end coupled to 

a hose at opposite ends of said hose comprising; 

each of said pair of tubes having a cut portion extending in 

the form of a helix from its free end to a point remote 

therefrom for forming a locking position when each of 

said pair of tubes is folded upon itself, the said locking 

portion may be wound around the section of the tube 

upon which it is folded to hold said tube in said folded 

position. 




1. In a fluidizcd solids reactor having sidcwalls lined with 
refractories, a perforated gas distributor or grid having an 
upper and lower surface and composed of a plurality of con- 
centric courses of refractory brick, the outer periphery of the 
grid being supported on an oblique face of skewbrick embed- 
ded in the sidewalls of the reactor, air space located between 
the inner periphery of the sidewalls and outer periphery of the 
grid and an air space in the central portion of the grid formed 
from the innermost course of refractory brick to allow for 
expansion and contraction of the grid during service. 



3,863,360 
SHEET DRYING APPARATUS 
Emile Stievenari, Hoboken/Antwerpen, Belgium, and Jurgen 
Muller, Munich, Germany, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Ak- 
tiengesellschaft, Munich. Germany 

Filed Oct. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 300,992 
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 28, 1971, 
2153752 

Int. CI. F26b 13104 
U.S. CI. 34-155 15 Claims 




0--1 



1. Apparatus for drying sheet-like materials, comprising a 
hollow drying chamber having an inlet end and a discharge 
end, the cross-sectional area of said inlet end being substan- 
tially smaller than the cross-sectional area of said discharge 
end; first rotary sheet advancing means comprising a pair of 
rolls closely adjacent to said inlet end; second rotary sheet 
advancing means adjacent to said discharge end and defining 
with said first sheet advancing means an elongated path for 
travel of sheet-like material into, through and beyond said 
chamber; a source of gaseous drying fluid; and first and sec- 
ond nozzle means provided on said chamber adjacent to said 
inlet end at the opposite sides of said path and connected with 
said source, said nozzle means having orifices closely adjacent 
to said path and arranged to discharge streams of gaseous 
drying fluid against the respective sides of sheet-like material 
in said chamber whereby the drying fluid flows along the 
sheetlike material to leave said chamber by way of said dis- 
charge end, the cross-sectional area of said discharge end 
being large enough to allow for substantially unobstructed 
escape of gaseous fluid which is admitted into said chamber by 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



43 



said nozzle means and the cross-sectional area of said cham- 
ber decreasing in a direction from said orifices toward said 
discharge end to a point near the discharge end and then 
increasing in cross-sectional area to the discharge end. said 
second sheet advancing means comprising first and second 
roll means located at opposite sides of said path, said first and 
second roll means defining a plurality of large passages so as 
to offer little resistance to escape of gaseous drying fluid by 
way of said discharge end. 



3,863,361 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRYING A GYPSUM 

BOARD OR THE LIKE 
Klaus Gerhardt, Penzberg-Reindl, Germany, assignor to G. 
Siempelkamp & Co., Krefeld, Germany 

Filed Mar. 29, 1974, Ser. No. 456,252 
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 30, 1973, 
2315981 

Int. CI. F26b2//06 
U.S. CI. 34-191 8 Claims 



(^ 



--\ TV 







1. An apparatus for drying a flat workpiece, said apparatus 
comprising; 

first and second spaced-apart upright side walls; 

means for supporting said workpiece generally horizontally 
between said walls; 

respective first and second conduits each extending in- 
wardly from said first and second side walls past the edges 
of said workpiece and provided adjacent a central region 
of said workpiece with respective first and second nozzles 
directed generally horizontally toward each other; 

respective first and second outlets in said first and second 
walls adjacent said conduits; and 

means for passing a current of heated air over said work- 
piece alternately from said first nozzle to said second 
outlet and from said second nozzle to said first outlet. 



3,863,362 
BRIDGE PLAYING DEVICES 
Henri Marie Leon Borianne, 10 Avenue de Wagram, 75008 
Paris, France 

Filed Nov. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 415,756 
Claims priority, application France, May 8, 1973, 73.16444; 
Nov. 17, 1972, 72.40900 

Int. CI. A63f 1 1 10 
U.S. CI. 35-8B I 11 Claims 

1. A device for enabling an individual to play bridge deals 
on his own, comprising a four-sided support reoresenting a 
bridge table and bearing at each of its four sides thirteen cards 
of a hand corresponding to a deal in question; said cards being 
in form of respective detachable slips, those of said slips of two 
opposite sides corresponding to hand of declarer and his 
partner being provided with cards on the obverse visible face 
of said support classified according to color, according to 
order and value in each color and provided on the reverse 
hidden face thereof with an order number corresponding to 



number of trick in which respective ones of said slips in ques- 
tion have to be played; those of said slips of the two other sides 
corresponding to opponents' hands having their card face on 
said hidden face of said support, a respective number of a trick 
on said visible face thereof, and being arranged according to 
the regularly increasing or decreasing order of these numbers. 




and wherein said support is defined by a first flap of a diptych- 
like tablet, a second flap of which totally covers its hidden 
face, said second flap bearing on its outer visible face printed 
reproduction of hand of declarer and on one of its sides over- 
lapping said support detachable slips bearing on their hidden 
face successive bids recommended for deal in question. 



3,863,363 
PLANETARIUM 
Toru Miyajima, Sakai, Japan, assignor to Minolta Camera 
Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 172,798, Aug. 18, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Apr. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 352,835 
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 25, 1970, 45-74695 

Int. CI. G09b 27\00 
U.S. CI. 35-42.5 8 Claims 




1. A planetarium system having an adjustable angle between 
the diurnal motion and precessional motion axes comprising 
a planetarium projector unit, a ring first mount supporting said 
projector unit for precessional rotation about the axis thereof, 
a second mount, a third mount supporting said second mount 
for diurnal rotation about the axis thereof, a fourth mount 
supporting said third mount for rocking about a transverse 
axis of said third mount for adjusting the latitude orientation 
of said projector system, a base supporting said fourth mount 
and means including diametrically opposing rods radially 
extending between said first and second mounts for varying 
the angle between said precessional and diurnal axes. 



44 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,364 
EDUCATIONAL/NAVIGATIONAL DEVICE 

Bruce King, Forest Row, Sussex. England, assignor to King 
Scientific Limited, London, England 

Filed Sept. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 394,512 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 24, 1973, 
35252/73 

Int. CI. G09b 27104 
t'.S. CL 35—43 9 Claims 




I — ,-^ 








./^ 



^fc^" 



1. A device for quiclcly and easily pictorially representing 
stars as they would appear from earth at any selected latitude 
and at any selected time and date which comprises a flat base 
providing two panels, each panel having scales of latitude 
along the sides thereof and a central circular twenty-four hour 
scale, a circular disk for each panel surrounded by said circu- 



lar scale and rotatabic relative to said panel, each disk having 
circumferentially arranged indicia designating the months of 
the year and the days of each month arranged so that a se- 
lected date may be aligned with a selected hour on the sur- 
rounding hour scale, one disk having indicia surrounded by 
the circumferential indicia representing the principal star 
constellations of the Northern hemisphere, the other disk 
having indicia surrounded by the circumferential indicia rep- 
resenting principal star constellations of the Southern hemi- 
sphere, slides overlying the panels and their disks shiftabic 
along the length of the longitudinal scale on the panel and 
having a window overlying and isolating a portion of the disk 
on the panel, and said scale of latitude, said scale of hours, 
said circumferential scale of dates and said constellation indi- 
cia being correlated so that alignment of the slide with a 
selected latitude on the scale of latitudes and rotation of the 
disk to align a selected date with a selected hour will expose 
in the window the principal star constellations that would 
appear to an observer at the selected latitude and at the se- 
lected date and time. 



1. A device for displaying the positions of at least some of 
the celestial bodies of the celestial sphere, comprising a flexi- 
ble envelope collapsed and evacuated and scaled in a hemi- 
spherical conflguration presenting an inwardly concave wall 
and an outwardly convex wall joined by a horizon rim, a 
low-friction coating on the interior of the envelope and a 
rigidifying horizon ring member enclosed by the envelope and 
having a diameter substantially equal to the diameter of said 
flexible envelope, said horizon ring member having a rounded 
rim at the horizon and said envelope bearing the entire celes- 
tial sphere distributed over said inwardly concave and out- 
wardly convex walls, whereby manipulation of the envelope 
enables a different, truly hemispherical portin of the celestial 
sphere to be presented on said inwardly concave surface of the 
envelope. 



3,863,366 
FOOTWEAR WITH MOLDED SOLE 
Horace Auberry, Waynesville; Sven Oberg, Lake Junaluska, 
and Kenneth Smathers, Waynesville, all of N.C., assignors to 
Ro-Search Incorporated, Waynesville, N.C. 

Filed Jan. 23, 1974, Ser. No. 435,651 

Int. CI. A43c 13108 

U.S. CI. 36-14 8 Claims 



3,863,365 

STAR FINDER 

Henry Moliard, 942 Avenida Central, Guadalupe, Costa Rica 

Filed Jan. 21, 1974, Ser. No. 434,818 

Claims priority, application France, Jan. 25, 1973, 

73.02617 

Int. CI. G09b 27104 
II.S. CI. 35-44 21 Claims 

\ ( 




1. Footwear comprising an upper, a tread sole, said tread 
sole having a portion thereof extending upwardly to form a 
peripheral side edge, said sole and side edge being formed of 
elastomeric material, a strip of material secured to said upper 
above the insole level and said side edge being molded directly 
to said strip. 



3,863,367 
AUGER SCRAPER WITH RECESSED EJECTOR 
James E. Gee, Washington, and Robert N. Stedman, Chilli- 
cothe, both of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., 
Peoria, III. 

Filed Nov. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 416,954 
Int. CI. E02f 3106 
U.S. CI. 37-8 6 Claims 

1. A self-loading auger scraper comprising '^- 1 

a bowl having a pair of laterally spaced and vertically dis- 
posed sidewalls, a generally horizontally disposed floor 
connected between said sidewalls and a cutting edge 
extending transversely between said sidewalls and se- 
cured to a forward end of said floor, 
a generally upright ejector, extending between said side- 
walls, normally positioned at a rearward end of said bowl, 
actuating means for selectively moving said ejector from 
the rearward end towards an open, forward end of said 
bowl, adjacent to said cutting edge. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



45 



a generally upright auger rotatably mounted in said bowl, 
and disposed rearwardly of said cutting edge. 




20 is Z6 16 



II 



means for rotating said auger, and 

means forming a recess in said ejector, generally conform- 
ing to the shape of said auger, for permitting said ejector 
to move adjacent to said cutting edge upon actuation of 
said ejector towards the forward end of said bowl. 



3,863,368 
EXPANDER, DEVICE FOR STRETCHING A FABRIC 

SHEET 

Michael Vasilantone, 147 E. First Ave., Roselle, N.J. 

Filed Apr. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 246,697 

Int. CI. D06c 3/08 

U.S. CI. 38-102.5 6 Claims 




1. An expander devjde for stretching fabrics comprising a 
framework, a linkage system on said framework comprising a 
pair of parallelogram linkage sections each having major and 
minor axes, each parallelogram linkage section comprising 
bars connected to each other for relative pivotal movement, 
said sections being vertically stacked and angularly disposed 
relative to each other such that the major axis of one of said 
sections extends generally transversely to the major axis of the 
other, said stacked sections deflning points of over-lap, said 
framework including a plurality of radially extending guide 
means slidably mounted therein, the bars of overlapped link- 
age sections engaging with said guide means at said points of 
overlap, fabric gripper elements mounted for movement with 
said guide means and extending outwardly therefrom, drive 
means operably connected to a single opposed pair of guide 
means for expanding and contracting said linkage system, said 
guide means providing for controlled uniform and simulta- 
neous movement of said gripper elements toward and away 
from the center of said framework. 



3,863,369 
LABEL 
Lewis K. Kinne, Hopkins, Minn., assignor to General Mills, 
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. 

Filed Aug. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 280,313 

Int. CI. A44c 3/00 

U.S. CI. 40—2 R 7 Claims 




1. A multi-page label comprising an inner page, at least one 
outer page and a hinge connecting said inner and outer pages, 
at least one of said inner and outer pages having a pleat 
formed transversely to the plane thereof and being of such 
shallow depth so as not to materially affect the overall thick- 
ness of said page, said pleat being positioned intermediate of 
the edges of said page to thereby provide said page with exten- 
sible means. 



3,863,370 
FILM TRIM BIN 
Norval F. Smith, Pomfret Center, Conn., assignor to The Com- 
municators, Inc., Pomfret Center, Conn. 

Filed June 7, 1973, Ser. No. 367,977 

Int. CI. G09f 13/10 

U.S. CI. 40- 1 06. 1 11 Claims 



A' r" 




1. A film trim bin for mounting film trims thereon compris- 
ing a rotary film bin and a rotary film bin support for rotatably 
mounting the rotary film bin about a generally upright axis, 
the rotary film bin comprising annular hanger means for hang- 
ing a plurality of film trims angularly spaced about the axis of 
the rotary film bin and with the film trims depending there- 
from and whereby the rotary film bin may be rotated for 
mounting and removing the film trims in a desired sequence, 
the rotary film bin further comprising annular container 
means below the hanger means and means connecting the 
container means to the hanger means for rotation therewith 
for containing the lower ends of the depending film trims and 
for rotating them with the annular hanger means to accommo- 
date the mounting and removal of the film trims. 

8. A film trim bin for mounting film trims thereon compris- 
ing a rotary film bin. a rotary film bin support for rotatably 
mounting the rotary film bin for rotation about a generally 



46 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



upright axis, the rotary film bin comprising generally annular 
illuminating window means, annular film trim hanger means 
above the generally annular illuminating window means for 
hanging a plurality of film trims angularly spaced about the 
rotary film bin axis and in front of the generally annular illumi- 
nating window means to be viewed with the window means 
providing an illuminated background, the rotary film bin 
further comprising annular container means below the hanger 
means and means connecting the container means to the 
hanger means for rotation therewith for containing the lower 
ends of the depending film trims and for rotating them with 
the annular hanger means to accommodate the mounting and 
removal of the film trims. 



3,863,371 
CHALLENGE LADDER CARD DISPLAY 
William J. Sherteniieb, 600 N. Fig Tree Ln., Plantation, Fla. 
33313 

Filed Oct. 18, 1973, Ser. No. 407,425 

Int. CI. G09f 1110 

U.S.CI.40-124.2 5 Claims 




1. A card display assembly kit for challenge ladder competi- 
tion comprising the combination of a rack having a plurality 
of vertically spaced, upwardly-facing, consecutively num- 
bered pockets of a predetermined horizontal width, and a 
plurality of reversible cards of slightly smaller horizontal width 
than said pockets in the rack for slidable reception in said 
pockets individually facing forward or in pairs with one card 
of the pair reversed front to back, each of said cards having 
a tab at one side extending across the top of the card substan- 
tially less than the full width of the card and substantially less 
than the width of the pocket in the rack in which that card is 
received and projecting above the top edge of said pocket 
when said card is fully inserted therein, and similar indicia on 
both the front and the back faces of the tab on each card for 
naming the contestant whose card that is, whereby, when any 
card is removed from its pocket and is reversed front to back 
and fully inserted into a pocket containing another fully in- 
serted, forwardly facing card, the top tabs on the two cards in 
said last-mentioned pocket are located side by side above the 
top edge of said pocket and simultaneously display visibly 
without obstruction by one another the name indicia for the 
two contestants whose cards those are. 



3,863,372 
SIGN BOX WITH CLOSURE 
Johann Stilling, 1141 Royal York Rd., Apt. AlOOl, IsUngton, 
Ontario, Canada (M9A 4A9) 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 285,206, Aug. 31, 1972, 
abandoned. This application July 9, 1973, Ser. No. 377,236 

Int. CI. G09f 13104 
U.S. CI. 40-132 R 24 Claims 




I. A sign box for the construction of an illuminated sign 
having illumination elements said box comprising; 
a main frame having a top member, side members and a 
bottom member for containing the illumination elements 
and having at least one open side defined by the side 
edges of said members, said top member, said side mem- 
bers and said bottom member all being formed of ex- 
truded metallic material of identical cross-section; 
a front panel removably attachable to said main frame for 
holding a translucent sign element in registration with 
said open side, said front panel having a top member, side 
members and a bottom member for supporting said trans- 
lucent element, said top member, side members and 
bottom member all being made of extruded metallic 
material of identical cross-section; 
a curved concave wall formation formed on said main frame 
around all four sides thereof, said concave wall formation 
being extruded integrally therewith 
and being directed outwardly with respect to said main 
frame; said wall formation terminating in a free end di- 
rected forwardly, said free ends on said top and bottom 
members lying in parallel horizontal planes, and said free 
ends on said side members lying in parallel vertical 
planes, when said main frame is standing upright; 
a curved convex formation extending around all four said 
members of said front panel and shaped to mate with said 
concave wall formation on respective sides of said main 
frame when said front panel is in position on said main 
frame, said convex formation being directed inwardly 
with respect to said main frame for movement into and 
out of engagement with said concave wall formation on 
said main frame; 
and releasable means for securing said front panel to said 
main frame. 



3,863,373 
LABELED SIDE-SEAMED CAN BODY 
Ralph William Kaercher, Barrington, III., and Stanley Wiswell 
Pierce, deceased, late of Lombard, III. (by Martha Murphy 
Pierce, executrix), assignors to American Can Company, 
Greenwich, Conn. 

Filed June 26, 1973, Ser. No. 373,746 
Int. CI. G09f 3110 
U.S. CI. 40-306 27 Claims 

1. A cylindrical side-seamed metal can body having a wrin- 
kle-free water-resistant film label bonded to substantially the 
entire circumference of the can body wall, which comprises: 
a cylindrical side-seamed metal can body, the side seam area 
of the can body wall having an exterior surface which includes 
a side seam juncture, and 
a non-stretchable. wrinkle-free, water-resistant film label 
bonded to substantially the entire circumference of the 
can body wall by a quick-tack hot-melt adhesive, the label 
being comprised of a base layer and an adhesive layer, the 
base l.iyer being selected from the group consisting of 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



47 



polyethylene tcrephthalate, and a composite of ( I ) a 
vinylidene chloride polymer-coated cellophane and (2) a 
water-resistant overcoat selected from the group consist- 
ing of polyethylene, polypropylene and a rapid-curing 
oleoresinous material, the adhesive being selected from 
the group consisting of a wax material and an ethylenic 



,9- 



t4 






/f /2 



\-28 

2 
i. 

-30 



/O 






acidic polymer, the label having a leading edge and a 
trailing edge, the leading edge being positioned parallel to 
the central axis of the can body within the side seam area 
and the trailing marginal edge portion being lapped over 
and adhered to the underlying marginal edge portion of 
the leading edge so that the overlap is within the side 
seam area. 



' 3,863,374 
LABELED SIDE-SEAMED CAN BODY 
Lowell Elmo Ray, Elgin, III., assignor to American Can Com- 
pany, Greenwich, Conn. 

Filed June 26, 1973, Ser. No. 373,768 

Int. CI. G09f i/;0 

U.S. CI. 40—306 27 Claims 



/?-■ 



'L 



'W 



20- -"l 

26'\ 



^28 

1 



i,-*7 



/O 



T- — 7" 



1. A cylindrical side-ieamcd metal can body having a non- 
stretchable, wrinkle-free, water-resistant paper based film 
label bonded to substantially the entire circumference of the 
can body wall, which comprises: 
a cylindrical side-seamed metal can body, the side seam 
area of the can body wall having an exterior surface 
which includes a side seam juncture, and 
a non-stretchable, wrinkle-free, water-resistant paper-based 
film label bonded to substantially the entire circumfer- 
ence of the can body wall by a quick-tack hot-melt adhe- 
sive, the label being comprised of a base layer and an 
adhesive layer, the base layer being an opaque composite 
whose first layer is selected from the group consisting of 
a white water-resistant paper and paper-backed foil, and 
whose second layer is a water-resistant overcoat selected 
from the group consisting of polyethylene having a den- 
sity above about .940 grams per cc, polypropylene and 
a rapid-curing oleoresinous material, the adhesive being 
selected from the group consisting of a wax material and 
an ethylenic acidic polymer, the label having a leading 
edge and a trailing edge, the leading edge being posi- 
tioned parallel to the central axis of the can body within 
the side seam area and the trailing marginal edge portion 
being lapped over and adhered to the underlying marginal 
edge portion of the leading edge so that the overlap is 
within the side seam area. 



3,863,375 
TRIGGER SYSTEM 
Bruce W. Browning, Ogden, Utah, assignor to Browning Arms 
Company, Morgan, Utah 

Filed July 13, 1973, Ser. No. 378,952 
Int. CI. F4lc 19100 



U.S. CI. 42-69 R 



9 Claims 




1. A trigger system for a firearm comprising: 

a trigger housing; 

a hammer, pivotally mounted to said housing and carrying 
catch means; 

a sear, carrying a first lock means for holding the hammer 
in a half cock position and a second lock means for hold- 
ing the hammer in a fully cocked position, pivotally 
mounted to said housing to register respective said lock 
means with said catch means when said hammer is piv- 
oted to half cock and full cock positions, respectively; a 
trigger pivotally mounted to said housing; 

means operably connecting said trigger to said sear to re- 
lease the hammer from said fully cocked position upon 
pulling the trigger; 

nonadjustable bias means mounted to provide a selected 
minimum bias of said sear against said hammer; and 

second, adjustable bias means mounted for adjustment to 
additionally bias said sear against said hammer. 



3,863,376 

PORTABLE, FOLDABLE RIFLE OR GUN SUPPORT 

Reno Dalmaso, R.D. 1, Pone Ln., Franklin, Pa. 16323 

Filed June 18, 1973, Ser. No. 370,844 

Int. CI. F41c 21100 

U.S. CI. 42-94 4 Claims 




1. A gun support comprising, tfi combination, a pair of front 
legs and a pair of intermediate legs, each pair being laterally 
pivotable toward and away from each other at a point adjacent 
their upper ends; the lower ends of said intermediate legs 
being ground engaging, and the lower ends of said front legs 
being pivoted to said intermediate legs at a point spaced above 
the ground for movement forwardly away from or rearwardly 
toward said intermediate legs; the lower ends of said front legs 
bearing against said intermediate legs when in forward most 
position to limit separation of the two pairs of legs, and a fifth 
leg pivoted to the upper ends of said intermediate legs and 
extending rearwardly thereof to vary the angle of a gun resting 
on the upper ends of said front and intermediate legs. 



J- 



48 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,377 ' 3,863,379 

FISHING GAFF APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC ANGLING ON FISHING 

Clifford R. Leonard, 27 Church St., East Providence, R.I. VESSEL 

02914 Tadashi Kobayashi, 1560-2 Tenma, Fuji, Japan 

Filed Sept. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 398,238 Filed July 2, 1973, Ser. No. 375,702 

Int. CI. AOlk 81100 Int. CI. AOlk 79/00 

U.S. CI. 43—6 8 Claims U.S. CI. 43—6.5 4 Claims 




1. A fishing gaff, comprising a hollow handle, a gaff rod 
having an elongated shaft portion extending into said hollow 
handle for axial movement the rein and a hook portion joined 
to said shaft portion and located in spaced relation relative to 
said handle, said gaff rod being axially movable relative to said 
handle from an inner inactive position to an outer cocked 
position, wherein said hook portion is moved outwardly rela- 
tive to said handle, spring means located in said handle and, 
responsive to outer movement of the gaff rod for biasing the 
gaff rod in the outer cocked position, and a trigger mounted 
on said handle and engaging the shaft portion of said gaff rod 
for releasing the gaff rod from the cocked position, wherein 
said gaff rod is rapidly urged inwardly in a retracting move- 
ment by said spring means for penetrating the body of a fish 
when the fish is to be boated after the landing thereof, said 
trigger having an inwardly extending forward portion in which 
an opening is formed, the shaft portion of said gaff rod extend- 
ing through said opening and being restrained therein when 
the gaff rod is biased to the outer cocked position thereof. 



3,863,378 

FISHING LURE 

Walker, 916 S. Rusk St., Gainesville, Tex. 76240 

Filed Aug. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 388,192 

Int. CI. AOlk 85/00 , 

U.S. CI. 43-42.28 20 Claims 



Ike J. 




1. A fishing lure comprising: 

an enlarged lure body having a rearwardly extending trailer 
engaging post with an enlarged head portion at the rear 
end thereof, a fixed hook extending from the extremity of 
said post; 

a solid trailer of soft pliable material, a portion of one end 
of said trailer is threaded onto said hook and over said 
post; 

a resilient ring concentrically overlying a portion of said one 
end of said trailer, said ring being of less pliable material 
than said trailer and having an inside diameter relative to 
the outside diameter of the post such that soft pliable 
material of said one end of said trailer is compressed 
between the ring and the body to effect a gripping action 
on the post and being elastically deformable to permit 
said ring to be forced over said head for holding said 
trailer in engagement with said lure body. 




1. A fish angling arrangement, comprising in combination: 
a. a revolving shaft (5) coupled to a fishing rod (2) forliolding 
a line (1), first mechanical means (10, 16) coupled to said 
revolving shaft for rotating said shaft so as to raise and lower 
said rod (2), a ring (6) mounted coaxially with said shaft, a 
first cam (7) for lowering said rod (2); 

b. a second cam (8), an acceleration sensor (25) actuated 
by said second cam (8) as a certain angle is reached; 

c. a hydraulic control valve (21) with a first fiuidic terminal 
(59) coupled to said first mechanical means for control- 
ling the mechanical means; 

d. hydraulic fiuid flow means actuated by said second cam 
(8) including a second terminal (61), an acceleration 
control valve (23) actuated by said terminal, and second 
mechanical means responsive to said second control 
valve ( 23 ) accelerating the turning of said revolving shaft; 
e. a selector valve (3) connected to said rod (2) respon- 
sive to the weight of a fish pulling on said line (1); and, 
f fiuidic logic OR-NOR and flip-flop gating circuits (35, 
39, 40f responsive to said selector valve (3) connected to 
said fluidic terminal (59), for controlling said first me- 
chanical means, whereby the weight of a fish on said line 
( 1 ) will enable said selector valve (3) causing air to flow 
through said logic circuits to said fluidic terminal, in turn, 
actuating said mechanical means turning the revolving 
means to lift thereon rod (2). 



3,863,380 

ILLUMINATED FISHING LURE WITH LINE 

ATTACHMENT 

John M. Purlia, 8908 Shelbyvitle Rd., Apt. 6, LoukviUe, Ky. 

40222 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 365,595, May 31, 1973,. This 

application June 24, 1974, Ser. No. 482,668 

Int. CI. AOlk 85/00 

U.S. CI. 43— 17.6 6 Claims 




In an illuminated fishing lure, 

a cartridge comprising an outer flexible tube having end 
walls, an inner rigid frangible tube within and spaced 
from said outer tube, a chemilummcsccnt material in the 
space between said tubes and another chemiluminescent 
material in said inner tube, said chemiluminescent mate- 
rials being complemental so that when they intermix and 
react, they generate a chemical light; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



49 



b. a tab formed as a longitudinal continuation of said outer 
tube and extending beyond one of said end walls, said tab 
being formed with an aperture for receiving a fishing line; 
c. a sleeve integral with said outer tube adjacent to the 
other of said end walls and having an end portion project- 
ing longitudinally beyong said last mentioned end wall 
and defining a socket; 

d. a weight removably received in said socket; 

e. a cap secured to the projecting portion of said sleeve and 
having a top wall, and 

f an eyelet mounted on said top wall and receiving said 
fishing line. 



3,863,381 

CORD WINDING DEVICE PARTICULARLY FOR 

FISHING RODS 

Shaul P. Ladany, 5700 Arlington Ave., Apt. 165, Bronx, N.Y. 

10471 

Filed Mar. 7, 1974, Ser. No. 448,940 

Int. CI. AOlk 87/04 

U.S. CI. 43-25 9 Claims 




1. A cord winding device, particularly for fishing rods, 
including a reel for winding and unwinding the cord, and a 
supporting member rotatably supporting the reel, the Cord 
winding device comprising bracket means attached to the 
supporting member at a location spaced longitudinally 
thereof, and a pair of rollers rotatably mounted on said 
bracket means and spaced from each other transversely of the 
supporting member, the axes of rotation of the rollers being 
parallel to each other and to the axis of rotation of the reel, 
said rollers being formed with grooves for receiving the cord 
around one and then around the other in an S-formation, 
thereby tensioning the cord as it is wound and unwound from 
the reel, the cord being easily unseatable from the grooves by 
the user to enable its quick unreeling from the reel. 



3,863,382 

DIVING PLANE FOR FISHING LURES 

Dean H. Heili, 502 Waldo Blvd., Manitowoc, Wis. 54220 

Filed Oct. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 408,820 

Int. CI. AOlk 95/00 

U.S. CI. 43-43.13 26 Claims 




movement of the plane and water by assuming a downwardly 
canted diving position, said diving plane comprising: 
a rigid vane having a pointed end which is forward when 
said plane is in the canted diving position, a flared rear 
end and a pair of channels diverging from said forward 
end towards said rear end, said channels being formed 
from a medial portion having a pair of arcuatcly disposed, 
generally triangularly shaped sides depending from a 
common ridge, and an upright arcuately disposed gener- 
ally triangular shaped flange joined to each side of said 
medial portion; and 
an elongated, rod like bail fastened to said vane for slidably 
receiving the trolling line, said bail having a central por- 
tion located above said vane and sloping downward to- 
ward said forward pointed end, said rod being bent to 
form a first knee at the rear end of said central portion for 
receiving the trolling line where the diving plane is in the 
downwardly canted diving position and a second knee at 
the forward end of said central portion positioned rear- 
wardly of said forward end of said vane for receiving said 
trolling line when said diving plane is in an upwardly 
canted surfacing position. 



3,863,383 

BAIT SAVER 

Gregory Lore, 2775 21st St., Sacramento, Calif. 95818 

Filed Jan. 29, 1974, Ser. No. 437,642 

Int. CI. AOlk 83/06 

U.S. CI. 43—44.8 6 Claims 




1. In a bait saver, a fish hook includes a shank having an eye 
on one end thereof, a tip on the other end of the shank, a pair 
of spaced apart washers moveably mounted on said shank and 
having centrally disposed apertures therein for the projection 
therethrough of the fish hook shank, a leader extending 
through said eye and connected to said shank, said leader 
extending over and engaging the outer periphery of said wash- 
ers. 



1. A diving plane suitable for connection to a trolling line 
for drawing the line to a desired water depth upon relative 



3,863,384 
INSECT TRAP 
John Weatherston, and James H. Moffatt, both of Sault Ste. 
Marie, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Canadian Patents and 
Development Limited, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 

Filed Feb. 1, 1974, Ser. No. 438,731 
Claims priority, application Canada, Mar. 29, 1973, 167492 
Int. CI. AOlm 1/14 
U.S. CI. 43— 114 3 Claims 

1. An insect trap comprising: 

a. a plurality of upper panels of flexible sheet material 
joined at their inner ends and extending radially out- 
wardly with insect entrances slots between them, with the 
upper panels spaced circumferentially around the join, 

b. a plurality of lower panels of flexible sheet material 
joined at their inner ends and circumferentially spaced 
around the join and extending radially outwardly, with 
insect entrance slots between them, to positions at which 



50 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



each lower panel is joined adjacent an outer end to an 3,863,386 

overlying upper panel. READILY ERASABLE DOLL FACE ASSEMBLY 

c. an insect trapping sticky coating on opposed, facing Benjamin Kin berg. New York, N.Y., assignor to Horsman Dolls 
surfaces of the upper and lower panels. Inc., Columbia, S.C. 

d. an insect luring odour emitting substance between the Filed Dec. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 424,657 
upper and lower panels, Int. CI. A63h 3136 

e. means for suspending the trap with the upper panels U.S. CI. 46— 135 R 8 Claims 
uppermost. 




f. means for suspending the trap with the lower panels 
uppermost, and whereby 

g. the trap may be stored in a flat condition with the facing 
surface of the upper and lower panel contacting one 
another, and the upper and lower panels may be pulled to 
space their facing surfaces for use. 



3,863,385 
CAM DEVICE FOR ALIGNING AND TURNING MOVING 

TOY 
Joseph T. Becker, 21 W. 674 Glen Valley Dr., Glen Ellyn, III. 
60137 

Filed Aug. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 391,684 

Int. CI. A63h 27104 

U.S. CI. 46- 1 H 7 Claims 




1. In a toy including a vehicle supportable on an inclined 
elongated support surface, so as to be movable along the 
longitudinal axis of such support surface, means for changing 
the direction in which the vehicle is facing with reference to 
the support surface, comprising: 
a cam surface; 

a cam follower adapted to slidably engage the cam surface 
with the weight of the vehicle supported by contact be- 
tween the cam surface and the cam follower, and with 
either the cam surface or the cam follower being sup- 
ported by the inclined support surface; such that the 
weight of the supported vehicle induces a rotation of the 
cam follower relative to the cam surface, thereby rotating 
the supported vehicle; 
means for heading the vehicle in one direction and for 

releasing it for pivoting through a desired angle; and 
means for stopping the turn after the desired angle is 
reached. 




1. A doll including in combination, a torso, a head carried 
by said torso, a face opening in said head, a face assembly 
comprising an opaque backing plate, a translucent flexible 
sheet incorporating an iridescent dye, means mounting said 
flexible sheet and said backing plate in cooperative relation- 
ship with an inner surface of said sheet in closely spaced 
relationship to the surface of said backing plate, said face 
assembly being positioned in said face opening, the inner 
surface of said flexible sheet adapted releasably to adhere to 
the surface of said backing plate in response to pressure ap- 
plied to the outer surface thereof to cause said dye to glow at 
points at which said pressure is applied to present a display 
corresponding to locations at which said pressure is applied, 
a bellows in said torso adapted to be compressed in response 
to squeezing of said torso, and means providing communica- 
tion between the interior of said bellows and the spaces be- 
tween said sheet and said backing plate to erase a display in 
response to said squeezing. 



3,863,387 
GROUND PROTECTION COVERS 
Joseph Webster, and Doreen Webster, both of 39 Jenkin Ln., 
Horburg, Wakefield, England 

Continuation of Ser. No. 122,975, March 10, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Feb. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 330,573 

Int. CI. A63c 19112 
U.S. CI. 47-29 2 Claims 

1. A flat panel usable as or in a turf protection cover, com- 
prising an envelope of synthetic plastics material which con- 
tains expanded polystyrene, such envelope being transparent 
to sunlight and the expanded polystyrene being of a maximum 
thickness of 1 inch to permit the passage of sunlight there- 
through so that the panel can be used to protect turfted areas, 
whilst allowing sunlight to the grass, and being light enough to 
permit growth of the grass whilst the cover is in position, said 
envelope being formed of two sheets of synthetic plastics 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



51 



which are welded together at the edges and wherein the pe- 
ripheral region defmed by said edges has eye holes by which 




the panel may be pegged to the ground to hold same in posi- 
tion. 



3,863,388 
GROWING OF GRASSES 
Frederick Walter Loads, Brookhouse, near Lancaster, En- 
gland, assignor to F. B. Mercer, Limited, Lancashire, En- 
gland 
Continuation of Ser. No. 179,140, Sept. 9, 1971, abandoned. 
This application Sept. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 397,279 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 10, 1970, 
43457/70 

Int. CI. AOlg IIOO 
U.S. CI. 47-56 5 Claims 




1. A method of producing a grass bearing lamina comprising 
a sheet of flexible plastic reticulate structure composed of a 
first set of strands of single filaments positioned transversely 
to a second set of strands of single filaments to form a rectan- 
gular mesh of about V4 inch directly in contact with a surface 
impermeable to penetration by plant roots, the form of the 
reticulate structure being such that when placed in direct 
contact with said surface, shallow spaces are present between 
said surface and at least one of said sets of strands, distributing 
over the surface of the reticulate structure a layer of rooting 
medium containing an adequate quantity of grass seed of the 
selected variety or varieties, and subjecting the lamina to 
correct conditions of light, heat and moisture to effect rapid 
germination whereby the conducting roots from each seed 
grow through the layer of rooting medium lying above the 
reticulate structure, through the meshes in the reticulate 
structure, so that the the root system so produced bonds the 
rooting medium and the reticulate structure into a coherent 
unit of flexible laminar structure having at one surface grow- 
ing grass blades and at the other surface a root structure which 



will strike and grow into an earth surface on which the lamina 
is laid. ' 



3,863,389 
LIFT UP GARAGE DOORS 
Peter Tunjic, 19 Brisbane St., Eltham, Victoria, Australia 
Filed Jan. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 325,117 
Claims priority, application Australia, Jan. 19, 1972, 
7706/72 

Int. CI. E05d 15140 
U.S. CI. 49-205 2 Claims 




1. An attachment for a lift-up door of the spring assisted 
type for use in a door opening having a pair of column mem- 
bers one on each side of the opening, said attachment com- 
prising: 
a pivot pin adapted to be mounted at a fixed position on 

each of said column members; 
a lever arm pivotally mounted on each of said pins at a 
position intermediate opposite ends of said lever arm, one 
end portion of each of said lever arms having means 
adapted to be connected to a tension spring for biasing 
said lever arms about said pivot pins to a substantially 
upright position, the opposite end portion of each of said 
lever arms being adapted to be connected to the door 
when in use at a point on dnc side of the line of the 
opening when the door is in the UP position; and 
a pair of rigid link members each having at one end thereof 
means adapted to be pivotally mounted one at each side 
at a fixed position on said door at a point on the other side 
of the line of the opening when the door is in the UP 
position, each of said link members having at the opposite 
end thereof means, fixed in relation to said pivot pins at 
a position above the uppermost level of said door, 
adapted to be pivotally mounted adjacent the top of each 
column member for preventing simple downward pivot- 
ing of the bottom of said door when said door is in the UP 
position, said link members providing means when said 
door is in the UP position for allowing the top of said door 
to pivot downwardly in a first relatively minor arc consti- 
tuting a first closing stage of the door, said first arc being 
opposite to the direction of the eventual relatively major 
closing arc of the door constituting the second and final 
closing stage of the door and wherein the bottom of the 
door is pivoted downwardly. 



3,863,390 
DOOR OPERATING MECHANISM 
Joseph Sawdai, Ross Twsp., Allegheny Cty., Pa., assignor to 
United States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Filed Mar. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 341,826 
Int. CI. E05f 15106, 15/14 
U.S. CI. 49-360 7 Claims 

1. Apparatus for opening and closing a doorway comprising: 
at least one door mounted for lateral sliding movement into 
and out of a doorway closing position; 
a fixed base adjacent and spaced from at least one side of 
said doorway; 



52 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a linear motion device fixed to each said base; 

connecting means comprising a rigid rod adapted to be 
linearly driven by said linear motion device in the direc- 
tion of said door movements, said rod having ends thereof 
exterior to said device; 



22 10 IS 




14 



16 10 IZ 




single longitudinal member having first and second means 
for cooperation with each of said hinge pins on the one 
of the sides of the door and said single longitudinal mem- 
ber of said removably disposed means being secured to 
the door to serve as the handle for the door; and 
removable means on the other side of the door from the side 
having said removably disposed means for locking each of 
said hinge pins on the other side of the door in its ex- 
tended position and supporting the bottom edge of the 
door in spaced relationship to the adjacent hinge plates. 



a pulley Journaled on each end of said rod; 

a flexible strand passing around both pulleys, both ends of 

said strand being fixed to the base upon which said linear 

motion device is mounted; 
a strand clamp connecting said door and said strand, and 

means to actuate said linear motion device to cause 

movement of said door in a desired direction into or out 

of a doorway closing position. 



3,863,392 

SAND BLAST ROOM 

Leroy C. Maker, 1011 l^ice Rd., Elma, N.Y. 14059 

Filed Mar. il, 1974, S«r. No. 453,203 

int. CI. B24c 9100 

U.S. CI. 51-8R 6 Claims 



■47— 



3,863,391 
REVERSIBLY MOLNTED CABINET DOOR 
Julius B. Horvay, Louisville, Ky., and John M. Powell, Charles- 
town, Ind., assignors to General Electric Company, Louis- 
ville, Ky. 

Filed Dec. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 423,205 

Int. CI. E05d 1102 

U.S. CI. 49-382 V 3 Claims 





1. An arrangement for reversibly mounting a door on a 
cabinet including: 

a first pair of hinge pins supported adjacent the upper and 
lower ends of the door adjacent one side thereof; 

a second pair of hinge pins supported adjacent the upper 
and lower ends of the door adjacent the other side 
thereof; 

means cooperating with each of said hinge pins to continu- 
ously bias each of said hinge pins to a position extending 
beyond the peripheral edge of the door; 

first support means on the cabinet to receive in supporting 
engagement each of said hinge pins adjacent the upper 
end of the door when each of said hinge pins is in an 
extended position; 

second support means on the cabinet to receive in support- 
ing engagement each of said hinge pins adjacent the lower 
end of the door when each of said hinge pins is in an 
extended position; 

removably disposed means mounted on one of the sides of 
the door to retract each of the hinge pins on the one side 
of the door from said first and second support means 
when said removably disposed means is disposed on the 
door so that said retracted hinge pins are retracted from 
supporting engagement with said first and second support 
means, said removably disposed means comprising a 



1. Apparatus for performing sand blasting operations com- 
prising a sand blast room having a grid-like floor through 
which abrasive materials may fall during sand blasting, a plu- 
rality of parallel channels beneath said floor for receiving said 
materials, means for covering the upper sides of said channels 
and movable between channel closing and channel opening 
positions, said channels having air inlet openings at one end of 
each and duct means communicating with the opposite ends 
of said channels, suction means connected to said duct means 
;^using air flow through said channels to said suction 
means, and means for alternately opening and closing said 
channel covering means to produce maximum horizontal air 
flow through said channels when said means are closed and for 
producing purifying air flow downwardly from said room and 
through said floor when said means are open. 



3,863,393 

APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING WORK MEANS ON 

VERTICALLY DISPOSED SURFACE 

James R. Goff, Oklahoma City, Okla., assignor to Robert J. 

Nelson, Oklahoma City, Okla. 

Filed Mar. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 233,968 
Int. CI. B24c 3m, 3132 
U.S. CI. 51-9 17 Claims 

1. A support apparatus adapted to be used in conjunction 
with a vertically disposed surface comprising a vertical sup- 
port frame positioned above at least a portion of said vertically 
disposed surface; at least one flexible vertical support member 
attached to said vertical support frame; a depending means 
adapted to attach to and supported by said flexible vertical 
support member; ppositioning means extending from said 
depending means adapted to contact said vertically disposed 
surface; and a flexible track means extending in a horizontal 
direction which contacts said vertically disposed surface at 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



53 



least at one location and which contacts said depending means 
whereby the contacting of said flexible track means forces said 





1. Apparatus for finishing the surface of work pieces and 
defining at least two horizontally spaced apart work stations, 
comprising a rotatable member with a horizontal operating 
surface disposed at one of said work stations for engagement 
by work pieces, carrier means movable horizontally above 
said two work stations, means for reciprocally moving said 
carrier means between said two work stations, at least one 
horizontally disposed plate means to which at least one work 
piece is adapted to be secured on the underside thereof, verti- 
cally disposed power actuated means carried by said carrier 
means for selectively raising and lowering said plate means, 
said power actuated means selectively serving to transfer said 
plate means and work piece secured thereto from one of said 
work stations to the other of said work stations upon move- 
ment of said carrier means, and said power actuated means 
selectively serving to apply downward pressure on said plate 
means to forcibly urge the work piece secured thereto against 
said horizontal operating surface of said rotatable member. 



3,863,395 
APPARATUS FOR POLISHING A SPHERICAL SURFACE 

ON A MAGNETIC RECORDING TRANSDUCER 
David A. Brown, Los Gatos, Calif., assignor to Shugart Associ- 
ates, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif. 

Filed Feb. 19, 1974, Ser. No. 443,626 
Int. CI. B24b 7100, 9100; B24d 11 100 
U.S. CI. 51-121 19 Claims 

1. Apparatus for polishing a substantially spherical work 
surface of a workpiece comprising: 
means forming a polishing pad including a rotatable base 
having a flat upper surface, at least one layer of resilient 
material disposed on said flat surface, and a flexible abra- 
sive sheet overlaying the upper surface of said one layer 
and forming a resilient abrasive surface; 
a workpiece holder disposed above said polishing pad for 
rotating said workpiece while urging said work- surface 



against said abrasive surface with a substantially uniform 
contact pressure; 
an oscillatory motion generator for causing said holder to 
move in random fashion across said abrasive surface; and 
drive means for supplying driving energy to said polishing 



positionmg means int6 contact with said vertically disposed 
surface. 




Y 3,863,394 
APPARATUS FOR MACHINING WORK PIECES 
Raymond E. Dumentat, Carlyle, III., assignor to Speedfam 
Corporation, Des Palines, III. 

Filed Feb. 4, 1974, Ser. No. 439,318 

Int. CI. B24b 7106 

U.S. CI. 51-109 R 11 Claims 



pad, said holder and said oscillatory motion generator, 
whereby polishing of said work surface is accomplished 
by the conforming engagement of said abrasive surface 
thereto as said workpiece is rotated and randomly moved 
across the upper surface of said polishing pad. 



3,863,396 
APPARATUS FOR GRINDING CONCRETE BITS OR THE 

LIKE 

Billie E. Holt, Route 1 Box 427, Graham, N.C. 27253 * 

Filed July 16, 1973, Ser. No. 379,619 

Int. CI. B24b 7102 

U.S. CI. 51-124 R 9 Claims 




1. Apparatus for grinding elongate concrete bits having 
worn forward ends, comprising: 

frame means; 

at least one grinding wheel having a radial grinding face; 

means on said frame mounting said wheel for rotation about 
a substantially vertical axis with said face thereof facing 
upwardly and extending generally horizontally; 

means for imparting said rotation to said wheel during 
operation of the apparatus; 

bit mounting means spaced laterally from said grinding 
wheel for pivotally mounting a plurality of concrete bits 
adjacent the rear end portions thereof in longitudinally 
fixed and forwardly and downwardly inclined relationship 
to said face of said grinding wheel, with the forward ends 
of said bits overlying said face for engagement therewith 
during a grinding operation, for free vertical movement of 
said forward ends of said bits relative to said grinding 
wheel face and for lateral movement of said forward ends 
of said bits generally radially of said grinding wheel face 
toward and away from its central axis; 

and power-operated means engagable with said concrete 
bits intermediate said bit mounting means and said grind- 
ing wheel for simultaneously imparting, during operation 
of the apparatus, said lateral movement to said forward 



54 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



ends of said bits to regulate the temperature and prevent 
overheating thereof. 



3,863.397 

WOODWORKING JIG 

Arnold B. Reitz, 3735 Capri Dr., Santa Barbara, Calif. 93105 

Filed Jan. 18, 1974. Ser. No. 434,442 

Int. CI. B24b 5100, 29/00 

L.S. CI. 51-131 3 Claims 




1, A woodworking jig for producing a smoothly round 
wooden workpiece, comprising: 

a pair of end castings for mounting in a fixed position on a 
stable surface, said end castings having at least one un- 
threaded guide rod and a threaded drag rod attached 
therebetween; 

a floating casting having a threaded internal bore for receiv- 
ing said threaded drag rod and at least one unthreaded 
internal bore for receiving said at least one unthreaded 
internal guide rod, said floating casting having a male 
drive shaft affixed thereto on the upper side thereof; 

a chuck for detachable attachment to the center region of 
a workpiece, said chuck having a female extension for 
rotatably fitting over said male drive shaft; and 

a planar member rotatably attached to said stable surface, 
said planar member having a sanding disk attached 
thereto for contacting and abrading the edge of said 
wooden workpiece so that movement of said floating 
casting will force said wooden workpiece against said 
sanding disk and cause said wooden workpiece to rotate. 



3,863,398 
TWO SPEED GRINDING MACHINE 
Richard M. Moser, Lincoln Park; Edward T. Kantarian, Royal 
Oak, and Raymond F. Nixon, Bloomfield Hills, all of Mich., 
assignors to Moni, Inc., Dearborn, Mich. 

Filed May 14, 1973, Ser. No. 359,808 

Int. CI. B24b 47/10 

U.S. CI. 51-134.5 4 Claims 



\^yC ~' 



*-0 (fcr-:^. 



STOfiCO U5". 



-^ 




1. A grinding machine comprising: a spindle; a grinding 
wheel mounted on said spindle; and a dual motor drive means 



connected with said spindle operable to rotate said spindle at 
a selected one of two speeds; said drive means comprising: a 
base member; ail output shaft rotatably supported on said base 
member; means drivingly connecting said output shaft with 
said spindle; a high speed motor mounted on said base mem- 
ber; a low speed motor mounted on said base member; a high 
speed input drive member non-rotatably fixed to said output 
shaft; a high speed power drive member fixed to the shaft of 
said high speed motor and drivingly engaged with said high 
speed input drive member; a low speed input drive member 
rotatably mounted on said output shaft; a low speed power 
drive member fixed to the shaft of said low speed motor and 
drivingly engaged with said low speed input drive member; 
and a clutch means connected between the low speed input 
drive member and said output shaft operable to drivingly 
engage said low speed input drive member with said output 
shaft when said low speed motor is energized and said high 
speed motor is deenergized to cause said output shaft to be 
driven by said low speed motor, said clutch means being 
operable to disengage said low speed input drive member from 
said output shaft to permit free rotation between said output 
shaft and low speed input drive member when said high speed 
motor is energized and said low speed motor is deenergized, 
said clutch means being connected between said low speed 
input drive member and said output shaft such that said output 
shaft is driven in the same direction by both said high speed 
and low speed motors. 



3.863,399 
APPARATUS FOR FINISHING A FOIL 
Oakley Cowdrick, 5079 Strawberry Ln., Willoughby, Ohio 
44094 

Filed Mar. 15, 1974, Ser. No. 451,573 

Int. CI. B24b 69/00 

U.S.CL 51-151 13 Claims 




1. An apparatus for finishing the edge of a foil comprising, 
a support structure, 

a finishing material mounting means on said support struc- 
ture having a finishing material mounted thereon, 

a reciprocating jig means mounted on said support structure 
for holding said foil with said edge in exposed, confront- 
ing relation to said finishing material, 

said jig means including a rotatable jig head to enable said 
foil to rotate about its lengthwise axis when in the 
mounted position, and 

cam relief means yieldably supporting said finishing mate- 
rial in camming coacting engagement with said edge to 
impart an oscillatory rotating movement to said foil upon 
reciprocating movement of said jig means for providing a 
smooth finish for said edge of said foil. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



55 



3,863,400 

DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE APPROACH SPEED 

IN MACHINE TOOLS PARTICULARLY GRINDING 

MACHINES 

Roberta Rossi, Bologna, Italy, assignor to Finike Italiana Mar- 

poss-Soc. In Accomandita Semplice di Mario Possati & C, 

Via Salkcto, Italy 

Filed May 31, 1973, Ser. No. 365,733 

Claims priority, application Italy, June 6, 1972, 3451/72 

Int. CI. B24b 49/02 

U.S. CI. 51-165.77 6 Claims 




I. A device for controlling the approach speed of the tool 
towards the pieces to be machined in machine-tools, particu- 
larly grinders, comprising gauging means, adapted to provide 
a signal responsive to the actual size of the workpiece; a pro- 
cessing unit connected with said gauging means and adapted 
a process said signal responsive to size, for providing a signal 
responsive to the rate of size change; and a commutating 
group, operated by said unit, to control, at the time of contact 
between tool and piece, the passage from approach speed to 
feed speed. 



3,863,401 

DIAMOND ABRASIVE CUT-OFF WHEEL 
Henry Schwarzkopf, Westchester, and John J. Bouvier, Tona- 
wanda, both of N.Y., assignors to Ferro Corporation, Cleve- 
land, Ohio 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 153;501, June 16, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Dec. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 427,065 



U.S. CI. 51-206.4 



CI. B24b 5/00, 3/02 




6 Claims 



1. In a circular, diamond abrasive, segmented cutting mem- 
ber having an arbored, central support and drive disc, a multi- 
plicity of arcuate cutting segments affixed thereto about the 
periphery thereof, said segments comprising a diamond sup- 
port matrix having diamond particles therethroughout, and 
having substantially planular side surfaces, the improvement 
of the outer, peripheral cutting surface of said segments being 
substantially, unidirectionally, uniformly serrated in the form 
of ridges having sloping faces, and a multiplicity of said 
diamond particles oriented with a plan thereof coincident with 
the sloping faces of said ridges. 



- 3,863,402 

WORKPIECE ORIENTING DEVICE FOR A MACHINE 

TOOL 
Ralph E. Price, Waynesboro, Pa., assignor to Landis Tool 
Company, Waynesboro, Pa. 

Filed Feb. 1, 1974, Ser. No. 438,549 

Int. CI. B24b 49/08, 5/16; B65h 9/08 

U.S. CI. 51-216 ND 4 Claims 





1. A workpiece orienting device comprising 

means for supporting a randomly oriented workpiece, hav- 
ing an eccentric portion to be ground to size, for selective 
engagement with a pair of work centers, 

a pair of work centers, 

means for forcefully engaging a supported workpiece with 
said work centers, 

motor means for rotatably driving at least one of said work 
centers, 

orienting means selectively located to be radially aligned 
with the eccentric portion of a supported workpiece and 
displaceable from a retracted remote position to an ad- 
vanced position, said advanced position being selectively 
located so that the eccentric portion of the rotating work- 
piece will strike said orienting means at a predetermined 
location, 

means for advancing said orienting means from said re- 
tracted position to said advanced position, 

means for sensing when said orienting means can be ad- 
vanced from said retracted position to said advanced 
position without abutting against the eccentric portion, 
and for actuating said advancing means, 

means for maintaining said orienting means at said ad- 
vanced position whereby rotation of the rotating work- 
piece will be halted when the eccentric portion engages 
said orienting means thereby establishing a predeter- 
mined workpiece orientation. 



,t • 



56 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



means interposed above and below the wall panel for form- 
ing a seal when the weight of the ceiling unit is brought 
to rest upon the wall panel. 



3,863,403 

BLADE SHARPENING DEVICE FOR ROTATABLE 

CHOPPING CYLINDERS INCLUDING HYDRAULIC 

DRIVE MEANS 

Philip F. Fleming, West Bend, Wis., assignor to Gehl Company, 

West Bend Wis 3,863,405 

Filed Feb. 25, 1974. Ser. No. 445,677 SELF-ERECTING TUBE DEVICE 

Int. CI. B24b 3/42, 47114 Leigh David Letter, Willow Grove, Pa., assignor to Ametek, 

U.S. CI. 51-249 'i 4 Claims Inc., New York, N.Y. 




Filed Jan. 25, 1974, Ser. No. 436,697 
Int. CI. B65h 75124 
U.S. CI. 52-108 



1. A blade sharpening device for use with a forage harvester 
having a housing and a cutting rotatably retained within the 
housing and having a plurality of circumferentially spaced 
spiral shaped cutting blades, the sharpening device compris- 
ing: guide track means supported on said housing, a carriage 
movably supported on said track means for movement gener- 
ally parallel to the cylinder axis, a grinding wheel on the car- 
riage and eitgagable with one of said cylinder blades, a hydrau- 
lic motor connected to and for driving said grinding wheel, 
and a hydraulic circuit for supplying controlled pressure fluid 
to and from said motor, said circuit including a fluid pressure 
pump, a control valve for receiving pressure fluid from said 
pump and delivering it to said motor, and an excess flow check 
valve and also and adjustable needle valve both located be- 
tween said control valve and said hydraulic motor. 



3,863,404 

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 

Carl D. Wahlquist, Woodland Hills, Calif., assignor to Building 

Components Research, Inc., Salt Lake City, Utah 

Filed Aug. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 386,900 

Int. CI. E04b 11344 

U.S. CI. 52-27 6 Claims 




1. A building structure comprising in combination: 
a generally vertically oriented folding wall panel mounted 
upon a rigid support wall so as to provide limited move- 
ment of the wall panel in the vertical plane; 
a ceiling unit suspended above the wall panel, the ceiling 
unit comprising means for selectively lowering at least part of 
the weight of the ceiling unit upon the unfolded wall panel; 
and 



8 Claims 




1. In a self-erecting tube having a helical axially extending 
ribbon of spring material with adjacent turns set to coil tightly 
in overlapping and telescoping engagement and mounted on 
a base, 
a converging-diverging nozzle for guiding the tube during 
erection and tightly engaging the tube on full erection, 
and 
a second converging-diverging nozzle spaced from the first 
mentioned nozzle for guiding the tube during erection 
and tightly engaging the tube on full erection. 



3,863,406 
DRIVE MECHANISM FOR JIB CRANES 
Donald J. Quick, West Bundaberg, Queensland, Australia, 
assignor to International Harvester Company, Chicago, III. 

Filed Oct. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 404,550 

Claims priority, application Australia, Oct. 9, 1972, 748/72 

Int. CI. B66c 23/64 

U.S. CI. 52-115 3 Claims 




-^i "^ 



22 




2* 16 ?5 



1. In a crane having an elongated cantilevered main jib of 
the box type construction, an extendable and retractable 
elongate extension jib of uniform rectangular cross 'section 
telescopically mounted within the main jib, hydraulic power 
means including means for selectively energizing the power 
means for telescopically extending and retracting the exten- 
sion jib, and securing means for holding the extension jib in 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



57 



place following telescopic movement, the improvement com- 
prising: 
a U-shaped lever having the ends of the extending arms of 
the U hinged to the lateral sides of the main jib and the 
cross-member of the U passing transversely through the 
lateral sides of the main jib; 

a first roller mounted on a first shaft passing transversely 
through the lateral sides of the main jib and being jour- 
nalled to the arms of the U-shaped lever, the first roller 
sitting on top of the extension jib; 

a second roller mounted on a second shaft passing trans- 
versely through and being journalled to the latteral sides 
of the main jib and supporting the bottom of the exten- 
sion jib, the axis of the second shaft being vertically 
aligned with the axis of the first shaft; 

a third roller spaced horizontally from and parallel with the 
second roller and being mounted on a third shaft passing 
transversely through and being journalled to the lateral 
sides of the main jib and supporting the bottom of the 
extension jib; 

a pulley wheel keyed to each shaft including a continuous 
belt means drivingly connecting the pulley wheels to the 
hydraulic power means for rotating the rollers in unison 
and telescopically moving the extension jib upon energi- 
zation of the hydraulic power means; 

a brake shoe sitting on top of the extension jib in the space 
between the vertical planar axes of the second and third 
shafts; 

first and second hydraulic power ram means mounted on 
the main jib and each having first and second piston rod 
means respectively and being hydraulically connected to 
the hydraulic power means for simultaneous energization 
of the piston rod means with the power means, the first 
piston rod means being connected to the brake shoe for 
lifting the brake shoe from the extension jib upon energi- 
zation thereof, the second piston rod means being con- 
nected to the cross-member of the U for swinging the 
arms of the U upon energization thereof and squeezing 
the extension jib between the rotating rollers; and 

spring means between the brake shoe and the first piston 
rod means for pressing the brake shoe against the top of 

\the extension jib upon the simultaneous de-energization 
of the hydraulic power means and piston rod means for 
halting the movement of the extension jib. 



the upper said telescopic part is located in the same plane with 
said rim of said lower telescopic part so that there is no over- 
lapping of said telescopic parts in the extended position, said 
jib housing having a length at least equal to twice the length 




of each of said telescopic parts, and rcleasable catch means 
located at the upper end of said jib housing and arranged to 
hold at least one of said telescopic parts in a position within 
said housing spaced upwardly from the lower end of said 
housing. 



3,863,408 

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANKS FOR LIQUID 

NATURAL GAS TANKERS 

John J. Closner, Douglaston; Tadeusz Josef Marchaj, New 

York, and Sven Hjalmar Wichman, Yaphank, all of N.Y., 

assignors to Preload Technology, Inc., Garden City, N.Y. 

Filed Sept. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 292,727 

Int. CL E04c 3126 

U.S. CL 52—224 14 Claims 



I 3,863,407 
TELESCOPIC CRANE JIB 
Harry Eucken, Hochdahl-Millrath, Germany, assignor to Leo 

Gottwald, K.G., Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany 
Continuation of Ser. No. 225,566, Feb. 1 1, 1972, abandoned. 
This application Oct. 29, 1973, Ser. No. 410,400 
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 13, 1971, 
2106983 

Int. CI. E04h 12134; B66f 11102 
U.S.CL 52-115 24 Claims 

1. In a telescopic crane jib including an axially elongated jib 
housing, a plurality of axially elongated individual telescopic 
parts selectively displaceable between a fully retracted posi- 
tion with all of said parts within said housing and a number of 
extended positions and during the extending and retracting 
operations said jib housing and telescopic parts are arranged 
approximately vertically, and means for positively locking said 
telescopic parts together in the extended positions, wherein 
the improvement comprises that each said telescopic part 
comprises a base at its lower end extending transversely of its 
elongated direction, a rim at its upper end extending trans- 
versely of its elongated direction, and sides extending in its 
elongated direction between said base and said rim, said sides 
of said telescopic parts being disposed in spaced relationship 
so that there is no mutual guiding between said telescopic 
parts, said positive locking means being located in said base 
and said rim of said telescopic parts and when said telescopic 
parts are interconnected in the extended position, said base of 



r' 




^ 



K 



1. A tank for cryogenic adapted for placement within a 

marine transportation vessel comprising: 

a. a concrete, cylindrical tank wall having a plurality of steel 

prestressing tendons located therein in axial orientation; 

b. a steel sheath anchored to the exterior surface of said 

wall; 

c. a prestressing tendon wrapped essentially circumferen- 
tially about the exterior of said steel sheath; 

d. at least two, annular stiffening disks positioned coaxially 
within the said wall said disks having holes therein for 
through-passage of axially oriented prestressing tendons; 
e. a plurality of stiffening plates positioned radially-axially 
with respect to said tank and abutting at both axial exten- 
sions thereof, said stiffening disks and at their radial 
outermost extension, the said cylindrical tank wall, said 



58 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



stiffcnine plates having essentially axially oriented pre- 3^63,410 

stressing tendons therein; PRESSURE-TIGHT REACTOR TANK 

f. steel heads defining the ends of said cylindrical tank and Heinrich Dorner, Eriangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens 
attached to said stiffening disks; and Aktiengeseilschaft, Munich, Germany 

g. inlet and outlet means for said cryogenic liquid. Filed Dec. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 315,867 

Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 23, 1971, 

2164127 

Int. CI. G21c 13100 
3.863.409 tii. CI. 52-249 7 O-im, 

LOG CABIN STRUCTURE 
Charles Raymond Fell, P.O. Box. 218, Hudson Hope, British 
Columbia, Canada 

Filed Dec. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 313,944 

Int. CI. E04b ///O 

U.S. CI. 52-233 10 Claims 




1. A portion of a log cabin wall structure, comprising: 

a. an elongated first wall element having a substantially 
cylindrical cross section, 

b. an elongated second wall element having a substantially 
cylindrical cross section and disposed immediately below 
and in alignment with the first wall element, 

c. locking means disposed along the lowermost surface of 
the first wall element for firmly engaging and holding the 
first wall element in superposed relation with the second 
wall element, 

d. the locking means including a recessed horizontal planar 
supporting surface for directly supporting the first wall 
element which has two spaced substantially perpendicu- 
lar side walls, the planar supporting surface directly en- 
gaging and supported on the uppermost peripheral sec- 
tion of the cylindrical surface of the second wall element, 
e. the locking means also including laterally spaced 
groove corners formed at the intersection of the spaced 
side walls with the cylindrical surface of the first wall 
element, said groove corners disposed below the horizon- 
tal planar supporting surface and which are resiliently 
urged into sinking engagement with the cylindrical sur- 
face of the second wall element. 

f a longitudinally extending radial slot disposed perpendic- 
ular to the horizontal planar supporting surface and hav- 
ing a length approximately one-third the radius of the wall 
element so as to permit resilient lateral spreading of the 
groove corners, 

g. the distance between the groove comers before engage- 
ment with the cylindrical surface of the second wall ele- 
ment being slightly less than the cordal distance between 
the two opposed points of engagement with the laterally 
spread groove comers after the horizontal planar sup- 
porting surface comes into engagement with the cylindri- 
cal surface of the second wall element. 




1. A nuclear reactor pressure tank having a cylindrical steel 
wall and a concrete wall surrounding this steel wall; wherein 
the improvement comprises said steel wall being formed by a 
plurality of cylindrical steel rings each of which has a cylindri- 
cal wall having opposite ends and strong enough in the radial 
direction to be pressure-tight with respect to the reactor inter- 
nal pressure, said rings being stacked with mutually adjacent 
pairs of their said ends in abutting relationship to form said 
cylindrical steel wall, one of said rings forming a lowermost 
ring with one of its said ends forming a bottom end, a substan- 
tially flat steel bottom wall supporting said lowermost ring's 
said bottom end, said concrete wall being formed by concrete 
forming a cylindrical wall encircling said cylindrical steel wall 
and radially spaced at least slightly from the latter, said con- 
crete further forming a bottom concrete wall beneath said 
steel bottom wall, another of said steel rings forming an upper- 
most ring with one of its said ends forming a top end, said 
cylindrical concrete wall having a portion extending upwardly 
to a level above said top end, a steel cover for said top end and 
resting thereon, and means between said concrete wall's upper 
portion and said cover for creating pressure therebetween so 
that said cover presses downwardly on said top end of said 
uppermost steel ring, holding all of said rings axially pressed 
together and towards and on said steel bottom wall. 



3,863,411 

ARRANGEMENT AT AN EXPANSION JOINT 

Olav Selvaag, Holmenveien 19, Oslo 3, Norway 

Continuation of Ser. No. 179,435, Sept. 10, 1971, abandoned. 

This application July 20, 1973, Ser. No. 381,002 

Claims priority, application Norway, Sept. 18, 1970, 
3562/70 

Int. CI. E04b 1160, 1168 
U.S. CI. 52-251 4 Claims 

1. A connecting and support arrangement for an expansion 
joint between a supporting wall and an adjacent floor section , 
of a building, which joint separates the building along planes 
which extend across the direction of expansion, said arrange- 
ment comprising at least one supporting member which in- 
cludes first and second substantially horizontal portions re- 
spectively incorporated in the supporting wall and the adja- 
cent floor section and which connects the wall and floor sec- 
tion together, said supporting member also including a further 
substantially vertical portion which connects said horizontal 
portions together and is disposed adjacent to the expansion 
joint and extends tRerealong a substantial distance, parallel to 
the plane thereof and which absorbs vertical forces between 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



59 



the wall and floor section; and at least one further, horizon- 
tally extending mild steel reinforcement member incorporated 
in the wall and floor section of the building which connects the 




3,863,413 
SUSPENDED CEILING CONSTRUCTION 
Henry Moomey, Kentwood, Mich., assignor to Harvey J. 
Geute, Spring Lalie, Mich. 

Filed Oct. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 407,802 

Int. CI. E04b 5155 

U.S. CL 52-484 6 Claims 




wall and floor section together and which yields when the 
tension forces thereon, resulting from expansion or contrac- 
tion of the building, exceed a predetermined level. 



3,863,412 
EASILY DISMANTLED PARTITION STRUCTURE 
Alistair K. Bodycomb, Bale d'Urfe, Quebec; Samuel P. Meiel, 
Roxboro, Quebec; Cameron W. Shebry, and Garth N. 
Thompson, both of Dorion, Quebec, all of Canada, assignors 
to Domtar Limited, West Montreal, Canada 

Filed Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 353,710 
Claims priority, application Canada, June 26, 1972, 145756 
Int. CI. E04b 2182 
U.S. CI. 52-483 4 Claims 




1. A suspended ceiling construction for a structure compris- 
ing: 
a plurality of evenly spaced, parallel support beams 
mounted in the structure, each support beam comprising 
front and back ceiling tile support means on front and 
back sides thereof; 
a plurality of removable ceiling tiles supported in rows 
between adjacent front and back support beams, each 
ceiling tile comprising: 

a back edge having kerf means adapted to engage the 
front support means on the back support beam so as to 
hold the back edge in place on the back support beam; 
a front portion adjacent the back support means on the 
front support beam, but being disengaged from sup- 
porting engagement with said back support means; and 
opposing side edges that abut the side edges of adjacent 
tiles in the same row of ceiling tiles said side edges 
having longitudinal kerfs formed therein; 
locking means slidably mounted in the kerfs in the abutting 
side edges of adjacent tiles, each locking means being 
slidable between a locked position, wherein the locking 
means engage the back support means of the front sup- 
port beam and holds the front portions of the adjacent 
ceiling tiles in place against said front support beam, and 
a released position, wherein the locking means are disen- 
gaged from said back support means, thereby releasing 
the said front portions from the front support means; and 
at least one access tile comprising a ceiling tile having,'an 
open section above the kerf on each side of the tile, said 
open section being formed so that the locking means in 
the sides of the access tile will fit through said open sec- 
tions when the locking means are in their released posi- 
tions, 
whereby, access tiles may be removed by sliding the locking 
means therein to their released positions and then lower- 
ing the tile away from the locking means and disengaging 
the back edge of the tile from the 'back support beam. 



1. A partition structure comprising stud means, a plurality 
of discrete spaced fastening elements secured to said stud 
means, a substantially rigid wall panel, co-operating fastening 
elements secured to said panel and positioned to co-operate 
with the fastening elements on said stud means, one of said 
fastening elements and said co-operating fastening elements 
being in the form of a plurality of loops the other in the form 
of a plurality of T-shaped hooks formed from plastic and 
adapted to hook into said loops thereby to secure said panlel 
to said stud means, said loops being small and said hooks being 
substantially rigid and having short stems, said hooks and 
loops being interposed between said panel and said stud 
means, and constituting means for inhibiting relative move- 
ment between said panel and said stud means. 



3,863,414 
VOID SYSTEM FOR CONCRETE WITH AGGREGATE 
HAVING PROJECTING MEMBERS 
Edward D. Dunn, Jr., Albany, Ga., assignor to Versatile Struc- 
tures, Incorporated, Leary, Ga. 

Filed Dec. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 319,739 
Int. CI. E04c 5101 
U.S. C|^52-659 I Claim 

1. An aggregate for concrete, comprising, in combination: 
a. a watertight element having watertight walls defining a 
watertight void, the element being a hollow cylinder provided 
with a cylindrical wall and a pair of end walls; and 

b. a plurality of members arranged emanating outwardly 
from the element, the members being portions of a plural- 
ity of continuous wire attached to the walls of the cylin- 
der, with a plurality of spaced one of the wires being 



60 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



arranged in substantially parallel planes about the cylin- 
drical wall, the member forming portions being bent away 
from the element and provided with undulations intermc- 



and extending perpendicular to said planes, and a second 
longitudinal bar secured to codirectionally extending legs of 
the transverse bars and spaced from said first longitudinal bar, 
said elements having said codirectionally extending legs inter- 




diate the points of attachment of the associated wire, and 
at least some of the portions being further provided with 
a loop arranged for tying the aggregate to other aggregate 
and to conventional concrete reinforcing rods. 



3,863,415 
AWNING OR MARQUEE 
Winston F. Bott, 1915 N. Lexington Blvd., Corpus Christi, 
Tex. 78409 

Filed Aug. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 282,866 

Int. CI. E04c 2132; E04b 1134 

U.S, CI. 52-630 14 Claims 




//</ 



1. An awning for a building, comprising: 

a first partial conical convex longitudinally extending sec- 
tion formed of a substantially rigid molded material and 
having its smaller portion at its upper end and its larger 
portion at its lower end; 

a second partial conical convex longitudinally extending 
section disposed adjacent and laterally with respect to 
said first partial conical section with its smaller portion at 
its lower end adjacent said larger portion of said first 
section and with its larger portion at its upper end adja- 
cent said smaller portion of said first section; 

said first section and said second section having adjacent 
longitudinal edges secured together and forming a unitary 
awning section; and 

said first section having a radius of curvature less than the 
radius of curvature of said second section whereby said 
second section is flatter than said first section to resist 
essentially lateral wind load thereon while the curvature 
thereof provides strength against bending. 



3,863,416 
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 
Georgi Oroschakoff, Simon-Denk-Gasse 7/7, Vienna IX, Aus- 
tria 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 93,822, Nov. 30, 1970, Pat. 
No. 3,778,951. This application Dec. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 

425,627 
Int. CI. E04c 2142; E04li 12118 
U.S. CI. 52-646 10 Claims 

1. A concrete reinforcement for beams, columns and the 
like, comprising a pair of L-section reinforcement elements 
each comprising a plurality of longitudinally spaced L-shaped 
transverse bars lying in respective parallel planes, a first longi- 
tudinal bar secured to said transverse bars at the bends thereof 



/ 




digitating and lying in a common plane parallel to said longitu- 
dinal bars with said second longitudinal bars of the two ele- 
ments laterally abutting, and clips interconnecting the first 
longitudinal bar of one element and a leg of the other element. 



3,863,417 
MARINE DECKING 
VIcenzo Franchi, Hornsey, England, assignor to Franchi Wood 
Mosaic Company Limited, London, England 

Filed Mar. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 342,480 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 21, 1972, 
13088/72 

Int. CI. E04f 15116 
U.S. CI. 52-741 3 Claims 




1. The method of laying marine decking on a deck area, 
comprising forming dovetail grooves along the lower edges of 
wood blocks, securing together a plurality of said wood blocks 
in mutually spaced relationship to form a panel, spreading a 
bedding composition on the deck area, pressing said panel of 
wood blocks into said bedding composition before the latter 
has set such that the bedding composition passes up between 
said wood blocks as said panel is pressed, allowing said bed- 
ding material to set such that the set bedding material cooper- 
ates with said dovetail grooves to retain said wood blocks on 
said deck area, and applying a grouting material between said 
wood blocks. 



3,863,418 
BUILDING METHOD 
Pierre Faucheux, Paris, France, assignor to Etablissements 
Fresa, Liechtenstein, Vaduz, Liechtenstein 

Filed Jan. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 328,118 
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 1, 1972, 72.1489; 
Switzerland, Feb. 11, 1972, 2006/72 

Int. CI. E04b 11343; E04g 21114 
U.S. CL 52-745 1 Claim 

1. A method of constructing a multiple-story building com- 
prising the steps of: 



February 4. 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



61 



a. erecting a vertical concrete structure having a plurality of 
walls defining an interior access well extending the height 
of the building; I 

b providing a plurality of horizontal landings projecting 
outwardly from at least one of said walls of said concrete 
structure and corresponding in number to the number of 
stories of said building; 

c. attaching to said landings a plurality of spaeed-apart 
auxiliary guide members extending vertically Xo substan- 
tially the building height with each pair of adjacent said 
guide members defining with said attached landing the 
lateral and innermost limits, respectively, of a vertiealK 
extending channel through which housing units are to be 
hoisted; 



[TV^^-f^S^^^fe- 


f 


^\ 


4 


^^ , 


^i! 




': " 
1^ 


8, 






N 








\ 


L_ 


h 


1 






^ L^ 








\ 






■,' : 


= -6 

E 


1' 




'\ 


.',kl ' rB\ 


^\ 


, ■V>&' 1 V-MwiV 




1- -y/ 






... 



d. providing addition|ii auxiliary guide members extending 
vertically to substantially the building height and con- 
necting with said first mentioned auxiliary guide members 
to likewise define lateral limits to said vertically extending 
channels as well as defining the outermost limits thereof 
whereby, said landings define a plurality of hays in each 
channel at the innermost end thereof and the outermost 
limits of said channels are void of any lateral connecting 
structure between adjacent pairs of said additional auxili- 
ary guide members; 

e. constructing a co-planar platform extending from the top 
of said wall of said well-defining structure to which said 
landings are attached, with said platform overlying in a 
co-extensive manner said auxiliary guide members and all 
of said adjacent vertical channels; 

f. providing a winch mounted on rails atop said platform; 

g. moving said winch on said platform rails above the top of 
a selected one of said channels; 

h. forming openings in said platform to permit the lowering 
of cables from said winch into said selected channel; 

i. moving a pre-assembled housing unit longitudinally into 
said selected channel through the open portion thereof 
between said additional auxiliary guide members at sub- 
stantially ground level until said housing unit is fully 
wihtin the confines of said channel and beneath said 
platform and winch; 

j. connecting said lowered cables to said housing unit within 
the bottom of said selected channel; 

k. vertically hoisting said housing unit with said winch 
through said channel to the uppermost available one of 
said bays adjacent a landing; 

1. securing cross beams to said guide members laterally of 
said selected channel beneath said hoisted housing unit to 
support said housing unit; 

m. securing said housing unit to said cross beams; 

n. disconnecting said cables from said housing unit and 
repeating this step and steps ( i ) through ( m ) until housing 



931 O.CJ.-3 



units have been installed within all bays within said se- 
lected channel; 

o. moving said winch on said platform rails above the top of 
another selected one of said channels; 

p repeating steps (h) through (n); and 

q. following installation of housing units within all said 
channels raising said cables and removing said winch 
from said platform 



3,863.419 
METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING A FOLDABLE BUILDING 
John H. Hendrich. 5 W. 10th St., Erie. Pa. 1 650 1 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 178,942, Sept. 9. 1971. 
abandoned. This application Feb. 15, 1973. Ser. No. 332.677 

Int. CI. E04b 11344. 1135 
U.S. CI. 52-747 1 1 Claims 



'X 






\ 



/*»^ ^ ^I30 ' T1-' / '■6* ^ V 




of: 



1. A method of constructing a building comprising the steps 



a. providing a first module including a side member having 
first and second end portions and a roof member having 
first and second end portions with the second end portion 
of the roof member being connected to the second end 
portion of the side member for pivotal movement about 
a first axis in a manner which permits them to be folded 
into a configuration wherein they are in side-by-sidc 
generally parallel relationship; 

b. providing a first base; 

c providing a second base spaced from said first base; 

d. positioning said first module in its folded configuration to 
lie generally horizontally with said side member subjacent 
said roof member and the first end portion of the roof 
member extending toward the second base; 

e. pivotally connecting the first end portion of the side 
member to said first base for pivotal movement about a 
stationary, non-translatory second axis parallel to said 
first axis. 

f. lifting said first module to pivot it relative to said second 
axis to produce arcuate translatory movement of said first 
axis and cause said side member to assume a generally 
vertical position with said roof member extending at an 
angle therefrom; 

g and, providing a suppcfrt member and connecting said 
support member between the first end portion of said roof 
member and said second base to maintain said side mem- 
ber in the generally vertical position. 



3.863.420 
APPARATUS FOR INSTALLING BRICKS IN A KILN 
Jack S. Peiffer; Donald J. Thelen. and Jimmie L. Moore, all of 
Houston, Tex., assignors to J. T. Thorpe Company 
Filed Feb. 13, 1974, Ser. No. 442.088 
Int. CI. E04g 21122 
U.S. CI. 52-749 15 Claims 

1. A kiln apparatus for lining an interior face of a shell of 
a rotary kiln with liner bricks comprising: 
a. a pair of arcuate brick-supporting shoes each having a 
lower end and an upper end, adapted to be located within 
the shell of the rotary kiln; 



62 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



yieldablc compensating means overlying said shoes and 
mounted therewith, 

positioning means for moving the lower ends of said shoos 
laterally into engagement with kiln bricks when disposed 
in the shell, and 




d. actuating means for urging the upper ends of said shoes 
inwardK and outwardly after said positioning means has 
been moved to engagement with the kiln bricks for caus- 
ing bricks positioned between said shoes and the shell to 
move into engagement with the interior face of the shell. 



3.863,421 
SELF-RETAINED PANEL FASTENER ASSEMBLY 
VVilliam J. Busch. Fountain Valley, and Ervin J. Dey, Santa Fe 
Springs, both of Calif., assignors to Standard Pressed Steel 
Co., Jenkintown. Pa. 

Filed May 21, 1973, Ser. No. 362.174 

Int. CI. F16b 7118 

U.S. CI. 52-758 F 14 Claims 




1. A self-retained panel fastener comprising a head and 
shank extending therefrom, said shank being formed with a 
thread configuration and being adapted to extend through 
aligned openings in a stack of workpieces, said shank includ- 
ing a first portion adjacent said head and a second portion 
spaced from said first portion by a groove, said second portion 
having a diameter smaller than the diameter of said first por- 
tion, and a compressible retaining ring on said shank portion, 
said ring having an inner-diameter slightly larger than that of 
said second shank portion and smaller than that of said first 
shank portion whereby said ring is slidable along said second 
shank portion to seat on said groove, said shank including 
radially projecting means adjacent the free end thereof for 
retaining said ring on said shank, said rmg further having an 
outer-diameter larger than that of said first shank portion 
when the ring is uncompressed, said ring being compressible 
in said groove so that said outer-diameter is substantially equal 
to that of said first shank portion whereby said shank can be 
inserted through said openings in said workpieces when said 
ring is compressed, said ring further having aligning means 
formed thereon for aligning the workpieceii during insertion of 
said shank through said openings in said workpieces. 



3,863,422 
BAKING PAN REGISTRATION CONTROL SYSTEM 
Dale R. Wagner, Richmond. Va., assignor to AMF Incorpo- 
rated. White Plains. N.Y. 

Filed Oct. 9. 1973, Ser. No. 404,568 

Int. CI. B65b 57108. 57/16, 57/20 

I .S. CI. 53-55 9 Claims 



.^^ 



fasN \G ccNvt>;.k 



■IN--EE3 
CONVEYOR 




CONVtIOR 



1. In a baking pan registration control system for controlling 
the positioning and movement of baking pans to deposit 
dough pieces at one or more predetermined locations on each 
pan, the combination comprising 

dough piece dispensing means for repetitively dispensing 
dough pieces which are deposited in a given pattern on 
each dispensing action, 

a pan conveyor for conveying baking pans to receive dis- 
pensed dough pieces. 

conveyor motor means for moving said conveyor at select- 
able speeds which arc functions of the dispensing rate of 
the dough piece dispensing means, 

means for sensing the arrival of a designated portion of a 
pan at a predetermined location at or adjacent the dis- 
pensing means. 

means for establishing a programmed deposition of dough 
pieces, 

means operating in response to said sensing means and to 
said dispensing means for positioning and moving a pan 
to receive dough pieces at said predetermined locations 
in accordance with said programmed deposition of dough 
pieces, 

means for monitoring the deposition of dough pieces and 
for determining the conclusion of the programmed depo- 
sition, and 

means operable in response to said last named means and 
at the conclusion of the programmed deposition for con- 
ditioning said system to respond according to the pro- 
grammed deposition upon sensing a subsequently appear- 
ing designated pan portion at said predetermined loca- 
tion. 



3,863.423 
METHOD FOR CLOSING AND SEALING CARTON 
HAVING INTEGRAL CARRYING HANDLE 
Frank D. Bergstein. Cincinnati, and Robert W. Nerenberg, 
Middletown. both of Ohio, assignors to The Interstate Fold- 
ing Box Company. Middletown, Ohio 

Filed Mar. 29. 1974. Ser. No. 455.972 

Int. CL B65b 43/42, 7/20 

U.S. CL 53-29 9 Claims 



, t:^--^ 



/J-- 




1. In a method for closing and sealing a carton having a 
tubular body and end closures at its opposite ends, one of said 
end closures comprising end closure flaps hingedly connected 
to the end edges of three of the carton body walls and a panel 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



63 



hingedly connected to the end edge of the remaining carton 
body wail, the panel being cut and scored and folded upon 
itself to define a double thickness carrying handle immediately 
adjacent the remaining carton body wall and a closure flap 
portion extending in prolongation of the reversely folded 
portion of the handle, the steps of positioning the tubular body 
of the carton in vertically disposed position with the closure 
flaps and carrying handle extending in prolongation of the 
carton body walls and with the closure flap portion of the 
handle forming panel extending inwardly within the carton 
body, advancing the carton in a path of travel and, as the 
carton advances, sequentially infolding the leading closure 
flaps and outfolding the carrying handle, the outfolding of the 
carrying handle acting to infold the attached closure flap 
portion into essentially planar relationship with the leading 
closure flap, and thereafter infolding and adhesively securing 
the remaining end closure flaps to the leading closure flap and 
the closure flap portion of the handle forming panel. 



\\ 3,863,424 
BLOWING AND FILLING MACHINE FOR THE 
CONTINLOLS PRODUCTION OF FILLED AND SEALED 

CONTAINERS, PARTICULARLY INFUSION BOTTLES 
Wilhelm Naumann. Ettiingen, Baden. Germany, assignor to 
PMD Entwicklungswcrk fur Kunststoff-Maschinen GmbH & 
Co., K.G.. Ettlingern, Germany 

Filed May 23, 1973, Ser. No. 363,129 
Claims priority, application Germany. May 25, 1972, 
2225311 

Int. CL B65b 3/02. 47/08 
U.S.CL 53-192 2 Claims 




1. An apparatus for the production of filled infusion bottles 
comprising: 

a suspension station adapted to extrude at least one tube of 
synthetic-resin material; 

a blowing, filling and sealing station spaced from said extru- 
sion station and provided with a blowing mandrel receiv- 
, able in a tube extruded at said extrusion station for blow- 
ing same and for filling the blown tube; 

a blowing mold shiftable between said stations for receiving 
said tube and retaining same during the blowing and 
filling thereof, said blowing mold comprising a pair of 
separable mold parts defining at least one cavity having 
the configuration of an infusion bottle, said cavity being 
formed with a downwardly convex upward wall portion 
surrounding an opening adapted to receive said mandrel 
and conforming to the concave bottom of an infusion 
bottle adapted to be formed in said obvity, said mold parts 
being further provided with cutting and sealing edges at 



a bottom portion for sealing the top of an infusion bottle 
adapted to be formed in the mold cavity; 

a pair of clamping members engageablc with a portion of 
said tube projecting from said opening and formed with 
first sealing edges conforming to the concavity of the 
bottom of said bottle for scaling said bottom, and annular 
sealing and cutting edges for defining a flat eye extending 
from said bottom and formed with a hole enabling the 
hanging of said bottle from the synthetic-resin material 
extending through said opening; 

means for displacing said members into and out of engage- 
ment with the synthetic-rcsin material extending through 
said opening; and 

means for removing the filled bottles from said mold and 
transporting them away. 



3,863,425 
APPARATUS FOR WRAPPING ELONGATE 
CYLINDRICAL OBJECTS 
John M. Edwards, Charlotte, N.C., and James D. Wright. 
Berkley Heights, N.J.. assignors to John Edwards and Asso- 
ciates. Inc., Charlotte, N.C. 

Filed May 14, 1973, Ser. No. 360,156 

Int. CL B65b 11/04 

U.S.CL 53-211 13 Claims 




1. An apparatus for covering elongate cylindrical objects 
with elongate sheet material having a width less than the 
length of said object, said apparatus comprising 

a. a pair of rolls supported for rotation in spaced apart 
position with the distance therebetween being less than 
the diameter of said object so that said object may be 
supported between and on said rolls, 

b. means for driving at least one of said rolls to impart 
rotation to said object while it is supported on said rolls, 
c. carriage means supporting a supply roll of said elongate 
sheet material adjacent one siWe of said pair of rolls, 

d. drive means for moving said carriage along a path of 
travel parallel to said pair of rolls, and 

e. control means for varying the angular position of said 
carriage during movement of said carriage by said drive 
means to thereby change the angular relationship be- 
tween the rotational axis of said supply roll and the rota- 
tional axis of said object and to form convolute windings 
of the sheet material at opposite ends of said object with 
overlapping spiral windings in the medial portion of said 
object. 



3,863,426 
DISC TRANSFER DEVICES TO PETRI DISHES 
Patrice Marie Denis Paul Courvalin. Paris. France, assignor to 
Agence Nationale de Valorisation de la Recherche, Neuilly- 
sur-Seine, (Hauts-de-Seine). France 

Filed May 25, 1973, Ser. No. 364,064 
Claims priority, application France. May 26, 1972, 
72.018905 

Int. CI. B65b 5/06. 67/02 
U.S. CL 53-237 ^ 

1. A transfer device for depositing discs on 
surface, comprising a casing having a bottom 
adapted to face the receiving surface, a plurality of tubes 
mounted in the casing for storing stacks of discs, an ejection 
passageway in said casing laterally adjacent each stack, trans- 



15 Claims 

a receiving 
particularly 



64 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



for means for transferring the disc at the bottom of each stack 
laterally to an ejection position in alignment with a corre- 
sponding one of said ejection passageways, a plurality of 
plungers arranged in alignment with said ejection passageways 







for sliding movement perpendicular to the bottom of the 
casing towards the receiving surface for driving the discs from 
their ejection position through said passageways onto the 
receiving surface and single control means for sequentially 
actuating said transfer means and said plunger. 



3,863,427 

FLAP OPENING MECHANISM FOR HIGH SPEED 

AUTOMATIC CASING MACHINE 

Anthony T. Rossi. 1800 Point Pleasant Ave., Bradenton, Fia. 

33505 

Division of Ser. No, 183,477, Sept, 24, 1971, Pat. No. 

3,805,484. This application Feb. 11, 1974, Ser. No. 441,040 

Int. CI. B65b 43/39 
L.S. CI. 53-382 2 Claims 




1. For use in an automatic carton packing operation 
wherein a plurality of empty cartons are conveyed past a flap 
opening station, said cartons having at least the bottom lead- 
ing flaps thereof in the closed position, a flap opening mecha- 
nism at said flap opening station comprising support means 
adapted to convey said carton at its bottom and having an 
opening therein, carton conveying means adapted to convey 
said carton along said support means in a given direction and 
flap engaging means comprising: a member adapted to engage 
said leading flap through said opening in said support means; 
an endless conveyor means moving said member in an endless 
path under said opening in said support, said member being 
articulately mounted on said endless conveying means, said 
member being effective to engage said leading flap and to 
pivot same outwardly as said carton passes said flap opening 
station, and actuating means operably connected to said mem- 
ber for moving said member upwardly through said opening to 
raise said leading flap above the level of said support means 
before said front flap reaches the end of said opening. 



3,863,428 

BLOCKAGE MONITOR FOR A COTTON PICKING 

MACHINE 

Robert L. Baxter, 6501 Harding Rd. Apt. A-9, Nashville, 

Tenn. 37205 

Filed Nov. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 415,511 

Int. CI. AOld 45/18 

U.S. CI. 56-10.2 4 Claims 




'^f 



1. In a cotton picking machine having a picker head for 
picking cotton from a cotton plant, a storage receptacle for 
receiving picked cotton, a pneumatic duct assembly including 
an enlarged housing for said picker head and an elongated 
tubular duct of smaller cross-section than said housing, said 
tubular duct having an open inlet end in fluid communication 
with said housing and an open outlet end in fluid communica- 
tion with said receptacle, and forced draft means for moving 
air through said duct assembly toward said receptacle with 
sufficient pressure to draw picked cotton from said picker 
head through said duct assembly to said receptacle, a block- 
age monitor system comprising: 

a. a pressure-electrical transducer element mounted on said 
machine, 

b. a tubular conduit connecting said transducer element to 
said duct assembly to place said transducer element in 
fluid communication with a region of negative pressure 
within said duct assembly when said draft means is mov- 
ing air through said duct assembly, 

c. an electrically actuated alarm on said machine, 

d. electrical circuit means on said machine connecting said 
transducer to said alarm, 

e. said circuit means being responsive to an electrical signal 
from said transducer element corresponding to a prede- 
termined change in pressure within said duct assembly to 
actuate said alarm. 



3,863,429 

CYLINDER LAWN MOWER 

Bernard Joseph Beusink, Oerle, and Barteld Niezen, Goningen, 

both of Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corporation, 

New York, N.Y. 

Filed Apr. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,813 

Claims priority, application Netherlands, Apr. 17, 1970, 
7005530 

Int. CI. AOld 55/20 
U.S. CI. 56-249 9 Claims 

1. A lawn mower of the cutter-cylinder type comprising a 
wheeled frame, a subframe attached to said frame, a cutter 
cylinder rotatably mounted on a spindle carried on said sub- 
frame, at least one cylinder knife carried by said cutter cylin- 
der, a ledger blade support pivotally attached to said frame, a 
ledger blade carried by said ledger blade support and arranged 
for cooperative engagement with said cylinder knives, helical 
spring means secured at one end thereof to said frame and 
connected at its other end to said ledger blade support for 
urging said ledger blade and said cylinder together so that the 
blade and knives are resiliently held towards each other, an 
adjustable abutment secured to the frame for limiting the 
travel of said ledger blade support so as to produce a cutting 
gap between the ledger blade and the cutter cylinder, a pivot 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



65 



journalled in the frame and extending parallel to said cutter 
cylinder spindle, said knife and blade which are resiliently 
held towards each other being pivotable about said pivot into 
engagement with said abutment, whereby the cutting force 
which is produced during a cutting operation results in a 
cutting moment acting about said pivot with respect to each 
said knife, said cutting moment acting opposite to the spring 
moment caused by said spring acting about said pivot with 
respect to each said knife, so. that upon an excessive cutting 



3,863.431 

APPARATUS FOR HARVESTING AND CLEANING 

WINDROWED CANE 

Larry G. Fowler, Belle Glade, Fla., assignor to Sugar Cane 

Growers Cooperative of Florida, Belle Glade, Fla. 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 248,970, May 1. 1972, Pal. 
No. 3.828,536. This application May 9, 1973, Ser. No. 358,695 

Int. CL AOld 49/00 
U.S. CL 56-502 24 Claims 




force during a cutting operation said cutting moment svill 
exceed the sprmg moment and cause the cviiiulcr knife and 
ledger blade to separate, said ledger blade support being 
arranged so as to bo pivotable ahout said pivot journalled m 
the frame, the axis i»f said pivot being located behind the 
cylinder spindle with respect to the direction of travel of the 
mower and being located an equal distance from the line 
tangent to said cylinder at the point of contact between said 
cylinder and said ledger blade and the line passing through 
said contact point and the center of said cylinder spmdle. 



3,863,430 

CORN PICK-UP DEVICE 

James H. Jennings. Rt. 1. Box 84, Muleshoe, Tex. 79347 

Filed Apr. 25. 1973. Ser. No. 354.382 

Int. CI. AOld 87/04 

U.S. CI. 56-345 7 Claims 




3. In a gathering machine having a frame, a support rotat- 
ably mounted on the frame, and a means for picking mounted 
on the support for rotation therewith, the improvement 
wherein the picking means includes a resilient element having 
a hook forming a flexible cup arranged for picking-up an 
article lying on a surface which the frame is traversing, the 
picking means further including a plurality of resilient ele- 
ments, and means for maintaining a predetermined spacing of 
these resilient elements, the means for spacing including a 
plate mounted on the support and provided with a plurality of 
slots arranged for receiving the resilient elements. 




1. Field harve>4mg means for gathering freshly cut win- 
drowed cane corrtprising a mot«>r driven vehicle, cane pickup 
and conveying pie;inir^ounleil on .mil extending forwardlv 
from said vehicle for engaging windrov^ed cane extending in 
gener.dlv parallel relation to thi direction of movement of said 
vehicle and lilting the cane of the windrow upv^ardly from the 
ground for rearward convevance. cane segmenlizer means 
positioned on said vehicle to receive cane from said pickup 
and conveying means, a cleaning chamber mounted on said 
vehicle in a position to receive cane segments discharged from 
said cane segmentizer means to fall downwardly through said 
cleaning chamber, an outfeed conveyor means mounted on 
the vehicle and having a lower end in said cleaning chamber 
to receive said cane segments falling through said cleaning 
chamber, said outfeed conveyor extending transversely up- 
wardly from said cleaning chamber and having a discharge 
end spaced to one side of said vehicle, means mounted on said 
vehicle for providing an air blast in said cleaning chamber 
across said cane segments falling through said cleaning cham- 
ber onto said outfeed conveyor for removing trash and leaf 
particles from said cane segments and blower means mounted 
adjacent the outer end of said outfeed conveyor for creating 
an air flow across the path of travel of cane segments falling 
from the discharge end of said outfeed conveyor 



3.863.432 

APPARATUS FOR TAKING OUT CAKES FROM 

CENTRIFUGAL SPINNING UMTS 

Akihiro Isobe; Takeshi Iwasaki. and Shigeo Katsuyama. all of 

Nobeoka, Japan, assignors to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki 

Kaisha, Osaka, Japan 

Filed Nov. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 416.509 
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 18. 1972, 47- 
115845 

Int. CI. DOlh 9/06, 1/08. 7/74 
U.S. CL 57—52 5 Claims 

1. A cake removal unit in a centrifugal spinning set, com- 
prising in combination: 

A. first and second belts horizontally separated from one 
another and each respectively mounted at one end on first and 
second powered drum means; each of said first and second 
belts projecting downward through separate slit guides each 
disposed respectively below said first and second powered 
drum means; 

B. an operating bar disposed below said slit guides and 
having pivotally suspended at one end thereof inflatable resil- 



66 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



ient bag-type gripper means for removing a cake from a spin- 
ning pot disposed below said gripper means; 
C. said operating bar having the other end of said first belt 
pivotally attached at an intermediate point between its 
ends and having the other end of said second belt at- 




3,863,434 
FALSE TWISTING OF YARN 
Werner Doschko, 6901 Nussloch am Leaimbach 16, and Heinz 
Gilch, 6908 Wiesloch in der Bohn 19, both of Germany 

Filed Oct. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 274,008 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 21, 1971, 
34185/71 

Int. CI. D02g 1102 
IJ.S. CI. 57-157 TS 6 Claims 



tachcd at the end thereof remote from said gripper 
means; and 
D. said gripper means being further adapted to be main- 
tained in a position of vertical alignment with the axis of 
said spinning pot immediately prior to beginning removal 
of a cake from said pot. 



3.863,433 
BALLOON CONTROL RING 
HIroyukI Kanai, No. 3-15 Matsunouchi-cho, Ashiya, Japan 
Filed Aug. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 284,492 
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 2, 1971, 46-67756; 
Oct. 7, 1971. 46-79029; May 16, 1972, 47-48305 

Int. CI. DOlh 13104: D02g 1108 
I'.S. CI. 57-106 2 Claims 




•- \ 
1 

1. A balloon control ring through which a yarn is to pass 

having a ribbed inner surface over which the yarn rubs as it 

revolves and advances through the ring, the ribs on the inner 

surface being generally parallel to one another and extending 

at an angle of between 1 U° and 50° to the circular line at which 

the central plane in which the ring lies intersects the said inner 

surface, the arrangement being such that as a yarn revolves 

and passes over each successive rib, it engages each rib as or 

before it leaves the preceding rib, said ring being fixed to a 

supporting means through which it is fixed to the frame of a 

machine. 




< v° 



1. A process for false twist texturing a synthetic multifila- 
ment composite yarn comprising forwarding a yarn to be 
textured from feed means sequentially through a heated zone, 
a cooling zone, a false twisting zone and a yarn separation 
zone to a take up zone, friction twisting said yarn in said false 
twisting zone and passing said twist in said yarn through said 
cooling zone into said heating zone wherein said twist is heat 
set. cooled and untwisted as it is forwarded through said false 
twisting zone to thereby heat set the imposed twist and subse- 
quently untwist to substantially remove real twist, separating 
said yarn into at least two plies to thereby arrest any residual 
real twist recombining the plies and taking up said yarn in said 
take-up zone. 



3,863,435 
METHOD FOR RESTRINGING A THREADLINE 
Melvin Harry Johnson, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du 
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del. 
Filed Mar. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 343,172 
Int. CI. B65h 69106 
U.S. CI. 57-159 12 Claims 

1. A method for restringing an unstrung threadline in a 
high-speed apparatus processing multiple running threadlines 
moving under tension said method comprising; 

a. retrieving the unstrung threadline while moving it 
through a yarn handling device; 

b. diverting a running threadline through a yarn passage of 
the jet splicer portion of a splicer-cutter apparatus; 

c. diverting the retrieved moving unstrung threadline 
through said yarn passage while maintaining tension in 
said unstrung threadline; 

d. interlacing the moving unstrung threadline with the run- 
ning threadline by directing air under pressure into said 
yarn passage in a plane perpendicular to the running 



' 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



67 



threadlines to form a splice while practically simulta- 
neously cutting the unstrung threadline upon its exit from 




V. 



4- 



">, 



3,863,437 
ELECTROMAGNETIC BUZZER FOR A WATCH WITH 
TONGUE ADJUSTMENT MEANS 
Mandred Hans Barth, Calmbach; Adolf Sedlak, Pforzheim, 
and Walter E. Sodler, Buchenbronn, all of Germany, assign- 
ors to Timex Corporation, Waterbury, Conn. 

Filed June 17, 1974, Ser. No. 479,713 
Claims priority, application Germany, July 5, 1973, 
2334153 

Int. CI. G04c 21134; G04b 23112 
U.S. CI. 58-57.5 15 Claims 



— ". — lOo 



•J 



■ti 



the jet splicer whereby the unstrung threadline is carried 
by the running threadline. 



3,863,436 
SOLID STATE QUARTZ WATCH 
Jack Schwarzschild, Stamford, Conn., and Raymond Robert 
Boxberger, So. Nyack, N.Y., assignors to Timex Corpora- 
tion, Waterbury, Conn. 

Filed Apr. 18, 1974, Ser. No. 462,151 

Int. CI. G04b 19130. 37/14: H02g 3/08 

U.S. CI. 58-50 R 9 Claims 







\rz 




1. A solid state watch module comprising: 

Elcctrooptical display means having electrically encrgizable 
characters visible on a viewing surface and also having a 
first plurality of electrical contact terminals connected to 
said characters. 

a substrate having printed circuit leads on at least one side 
thereof connected to a second plurality of electrical 
contact terminals, said substrate having an integrated 
circuit mounted thereon also connected to said printed 
circuit leads and adapted to provide driving signals to said 
display characters to give a time indication, 

an intermediate connector member having first means lo- 
cating the display means on one side thereof and second 
means locating the substrate on the other side thereof and 
including electrically conductive members making 
contact between said first and second plurality of contact 
terminals, and 

spring clip means adapted to hold said display means, con- 
nector member and substrate together in compression 
and to maintain said electrically conductive members in 
contact with the first and second terminals. 




26 28 38 X 1,1 46 U 34 46 60 34 64 M 56 60 »' 



1. In an electromagnetic buzzer for a watch, said buzzer of 
the type having a membrane with associated projecting pin 
means, an electromagnet system, a support arm carrying the 
electromagnet system, one end of which support arm is fixed 
to the watch and the other movable end of which can be 
adjusted relative to said pin means, and a tongue clamped on 
one end and arranged to be excited to oscillate by the electro- 
magnet system and strike said pin means, the improvement 
comprising: 
first adjusting means on said movable end of the support 
arm opposite the electromagnet system for positioning 
said support arm relative to said pin means, 
second adjusting means acting near the clamped end of the 
tongue for positioning the tongue relative to the electro- 
magnet system, said second adjusting means acting 
through rcducation means. 



3,863,438 

DEVICE FOR INSURING THE TIGHTNESS OF A 

TIMEPIECE CASING 

Rene Soguel. Rue de la Chapelle 10, Lee Hauts-(>eneveys, 

Switzerland 

Filed June 24, 1974, Ser. No. 482,568 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 29, 1973, 
9568/73 

Int. CI. G 04b i 7/05 
U.S. CI. 58-90 B 22 Claims 




1. Device for insuring the tightness of a timepiece casing at 
the passage of a stem, containing: 
a part which is fixed to the casing, 
a part which is movable and attached to the stem 
and a ring-shaped tightness fitting suited for undergoing an 
elastic deformation and fitted together with said parts 
around a cylindrical surface of one of them and in a 
ring-shaped bed of the other, in which it is held between 
ring-shaped surface sections located in this bed, wherein 
said tightness fitting has a profile the height of which in 



68 



1 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



radial direction of its ring shape is approximately at least 
equal to its width in axial direction of its ring shape, 

said ring-shaped surface sections of one of the parts which 
grip the tightness fitting, are at least approximately axially 
formed opposite both sides of the fitting on which they 
exercise an axial gripping pressure substantially free from 
any radial component, said ring-shaped surface sections 
being defined on ring-shaped projections which stand out 
axially toward the fitting in order to only set up the axial 
gripping between two opposite ring-shaped g^jp-zoncs 
which are narrow with regard to said height of the profile 
of the fitting and beside which there remain no-grip- 
zones, said gripping tending to cause a radial extension of 
said height. 

the tightness fitting is provided with a radial retention ring 
arranged around at least one elastically deformable fit- 
ting-body in order to restrain said radial expansion out- 
wardly so as to make it act inwardly against the men- 
tioned cylindrical surface around which said fitting is 
eng.i^ed, said retention ring being in direct contact with 
neither of said twti parts, 

the surfaces by whuh said fitting is held axially and the 
surface by which said fitting encloses said c>lindrical 
surf.iee having between them such a pressure and dimen- 
sion relationship when a relative rotation occurs between 
the two said parts, said tightness fitting remains fixed in 
rotation with the cylindrical surface which it encloses 



3,863,439 
MACROCY.SrALI.INE WATCH DIAL 
Kazulomo Kasai, Shimosuwa-machi, and Shuzo Koizumi, 
Suwa. both of Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa 
Seikosha, Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Aug. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 390,290 
Int. CI. G04b 19110 
U.S. CI. 58-127 R 11 Claims 

1. A watch dial having an outer face consisting essentially 
of metal crystals large enough to be visible to the unassisted 
eye. said metal selected from the group consisting of iron, tin, 
copper and alloys thereof. 



3,863,440 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC LINKING MACHINE 

Morris Kortick, 124 Paine Ave., Cranston, R.I. ^ 

Filed Feb. 19, 1974, Ser. No. 443,805 

Int. CL B21I niOO 



IJ.S. CL 59- 14 



17 Claims 




3,863,441 
SHORTENING HOOK 
Hans Kaufmann, 7084 Unterkochen, Glashutte, Germany 
Filed June 21, 1973, Ser. No. 372,226 
Claims priority, application Germany, June 23, 1972, 
2231653 

Int. CL F16g 17100 

6 Claims 



//— ' 



U.S. CL 59-93 




I. A shortening hook for round link chains having a plural- 
ity of connected links, said hook having an insertion slot 
fornieil by lateral supporting surfaces extendinji esscntialK 
parallel to each other to prevent tilting of an inserted chain 
link therein, said hook including a transverse yoke arranged in 
the region of the bottom of the hook slot and having projec- 
tions which extend between the legs of the chain links follow- 
ing the chain link introduced into the shortening hook, the 
transverse yoke being developed as a supporting yoke and a 
centering trough providing a snug seat in the bottom of said 
slot for the inserted chain link and supporting the longitudinal 
leg of said link which faces the bottom of the insertion slot 
over practically its entire length. 



3,863,442 
ANNULAR SHEET AND VARIABLE AREA INJECTION 
Craig M. Schmidt, Williamsville; Frank D. Bond, Jr., Buffalo, 
both of N.Y., and Ronald F. McKenna, Rockford, IIL, assign- 
ors to The United States of America as represented by the 
Secretary of the Navy, Washington. D.C. 

Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 24,901 

Int. CI. F02k 9102 

U.S. CI. 60-258 4 Claims 



/ 



=<r^t? 











1. A linking machine comprising a base, a horizontal feed 
strip mounted front to rear on said base, means for feeding 
successive links in open position to said feed strip, means for 
moving each link forwardly on said strip, whereby an operator 
can hold objects to be linked on each side of said strip in 
position in the link, and means for bending the link into closed 
position to lock the objects to the link. 



1. An injector assembly for throttling a bipropellant rocket 
engine having a thrust chamber comprising: 

an annular deflector plate projecting into the head of the 
thrust chamber and movable in an axial direction to vary 
the propellant flow; 

said deflector plate having inner and outer annular concave 
deflector surfaces which propellants flow over and film- 
cool; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



69 



radially spaced, circumfcrcntially arranged inner and outer 
groups of propellant orifices formed in said injector as- 
sembly; 

said inner group of orifices being arranged to inject first 
propellant streams to directly impinge said inner concave 
deflector surface and be flattened out into a fan effect 
whereby said first propellant streams are formed into 
continuous circumferential sheet as said streams spread 
out and reach the edge of said inner concave deflector 
surface; 

said outer group of orifices being arranged to inject second 
propellant streams to directly impinge said outer concave 
deflector surface and be flattened out into a fan effect 
whereby said second propellant streams arc formed into 
a continuous circumferential sheet as said streams spread 
out and reach the edge of said outer concave deflector 
surface; and 

said inner and outer concave deflector surfaces being con- 
toured so as to guide said circumferenlially formed pro- 
pellant sheets to impinge and combust downstream of 
said deflector plate. 



I ' 3,863,443 
HIGH PRESSURE ROCKET AND COOLING MEANS 
John Chamberlain, North Palm Beach, Fla., assignor to United 
Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn. 

Filed Oct. 25, 1963, Ser. No. 319,047 

Int. CI. F02k 

U.S.CL 60-265 29 Claims 




1. In an engine having a combustion chamber of circular 
cross-section and concentric about an a^is and including a 
propellant injector head at the upstream end of the combus- 
tion chamber and an exhaust nozzle at the downstream end of 
the combustion chamber, and wherein the combustion cham- 
ber is made up of a plurality of coaxially. circumfcrcntially 
extending, abutting, flat rings, the improvement wherein each 
of said rings includes an outer diameter surface and an inner 
diameter surface and a first face surface having a circumfcrcn- 
tially extending groove therein and further having a second 
groove extending between and in communication with said 
outer diameter surface and said circumfcrcntially extending 
groove, and said first face surface still further having a plural- 
ity of arcuate grooves extending between and in communica- 
tion with said circumfcrcntially extending groove and said 
inner diameter surface, each of said rings further having a 
second face surface having a plurality of arcuate grooves 
extending between said inner diameter surface and the region 
in axial alignment with said circumfcrcntially extending 
groove. 



3,863,444 

AIR-POLLUTION PREVENTIVE ARRANGEMENT 

Yasuo Nakajima, Yokosuka; Takeji Oguri, Yokohama, and 

Hiroshi Kuroda, Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Nissan 

Motor Company, Limited, Yokohama City, Japan 

Division of Ser. No. 160.278, July 7, 1971, Pat. No. 3,826,089. 

This application .Sept. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 388,800 

Int. CL FOln 3114 

U.S. CI. 60-289 2 Claims 







1. In an air pollution preventive arrangement, for use with 
an exhaust system having an exhaust passage through which 
exhaust gases emitted from an engine of a motor vehicle are 
discharged, comprising: 

a thermal reactor mounted on said exhaust passage and 
located posterior to exhaust ports of said exhaust system 
for primary re-combusting unconsumed hydrocarbons 
and carbon monoxides contained in said exhaust gases; 
at least one catalytic converter mounted on said exhaust 
passage and located posterior to said thermal reactor for 
secondaril) re-combusting the exhaust gases passed from 
said thermal reactor; 
an air injection unit including a pneumatic pump and an air 
passage divided into first and second branch passages, 
said first branch passage leading to said exhaust system 
anterior to said thermal reactor and said second branch 
passage opening into said exhaust passage anterior to said 
catalytic converter, 
the improvement comprising a distributor interposed between 
said air passage and first and second branch passages, com- 
prising: 
a chamber into which said air passage is opened at its outlet 
port and from which said branch passages lead at their 
inlet ports; a piston slidably mounted in said chamber and 
having formed therein a groove longitudinally extending 
throughout the piston to provide communication between 
said outlet port and said inlet ports; a piston rod project- 
ing from said piston and extending outwardly through 
said chamber, a gearing unit op^rativcly connected to 
said piston rod for moving said piston through said piston 
rod in a longitudinal direction, and a reversible motor 
coupled with said gearing unit to drive the gearing unit 
selectively in either direction. 



3,863,445 
HEAT SHIELDS FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM 
Robert A. Heath, Jackson, Mich., assignor to Tenneco Inc., 
Racine, Wis. 

Filed Aug. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 277,870 
Int. CI. FOln 3114 
U.S. CI. 60-299 7 Claims 

1. In a vehicle having an internal combustion engine with a 
catalytic exhaust system including a catalyst converter unit for 
reducing the quantity of unburned emissions in the exhaust 
gas, a pipe on the underside of the vehicle and connected to 
the converter to conduct exhaust gases away from the con- 
verter, an imperforate upper metal plate mounted adjacent 



70 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



the pipe and spaced from and above it to serve as a heat shield 
protecting the underside of the vehicle body, and at least one 




lower plate mounted adjacent the pipe and spaced from and 
below it, said lower plate being perforated. 



3,863,446 
FLLID POSITIONING APPARATUS 
Harry L. Giwosky, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Jordan Con- 
trols, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis. 

Filed July 16, 1973, Ser. No. 379,326 

Int. CI. F15b 9/OJ 

U.S. CI. 60-388 5 Claims 



h "Jii 



'vw.<=t.-.-.v.-. 




a 






3 ) 



I. A positioning apparatus for accurately, mechanically 
positioning and holding a load in any one of a plurality of 
different load positions comprising a variable speed prime 
mover, a positive displacement pump coupled to and driven 
by said prime mover, a fluid responsive positioning device 
having a mechanical output for connection to a mechanical 
load and having a resilient return means, a fluid circuit means 
for "onnecting the positive displacement pump to the posi- 
tioning device and a by-pass means including a restricted 
return means whereby the fluid pressure established is depen- 
dent on the speed of the prime mover to establish a position 
of the mechanical output against said resilient means, operat- 
ing means connected to vary the speed of the prime mover and 
adjust the fluid pressure to said fluid responsive positioning 
device, and a servo control means connected to sense the 
position of the mechanical output and connected to control 
said operating means to said prime mover to adjust the speed 
of the prime mover in accordance with the sensed position and 
thereby the fluid pressure in said fluid responsive positioning 
device to variously position said mechanical output in any 
selected position between said limits and to hold said position 
with changes in the fluid circuit means. 



3,863,447 
HYDRAULIC MOTORS AND DRIVING SYSTEMS 
EMPLOYING SAME 
Kenneth William Samuel Foster, Prestbury; Neil Mcintosh 
Wallace, Stockport, and Duncan Kinloch Irons, Cheadle. all 
of England, assignors to Renold Limited, Wythenshawe, 
Manchester, England 

Filed Dec. 8, 1972. Ser. No. 313.253 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 9, I97I. 
57161/71 

Int. CI. FI5b 7104 
U.S. CI. 60-425 23 Claims 




I. An hydraulic motor having means for receiving an exter- 
nally generated fluid pressure signal and having: 

a rotor comprising at least two rows of pistons and cylin- 
ders; and 

adjustable valve means for supplying fluid under pressure 
into the cylinders and for allowing the fluid to exhaust 
therefrom, thereby to drive the pistons and rotate the 
rotor, the valve means comprising only a single displace- 
able valve member which is selectively adjustable, lin- 
early, in two opposite directions by fluid under pressure 
between two alternative positions, said valve member 
being displaceable in one direction in response to the 
fluid pressure signal supplied to the motor and acting on 
a first effective area of the valve member, and being 
displaceable in the other direction by the supply of work- 
ing fluid to the motor and acting on a lesser effective area 
of the valve member which is oppositely directed to said 
first effective area of the valve member, 

said valve means controlling the^upply of the working fluid 
to the motor by selectively communicating a pressure 
fluid inlet and an exhaust fluid outlet of the motor respec- 
tively with a first number of said rows when in a first of 
said two alternative positions and with a second number 
of said rows which is greater than said first number of said 
rows when in the other of said two alternative positions, 
to provide for two different motor speeds for a given 
delivery of working fluid to the motor, the pressure fluid 
inlet and the exhaust fluid outlet being interchangeable to 
rotate the rotor in opposite directions. 



/^ 3.863.448 

PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP 
Paul J. Purdy. Eldridge. Iowa, assignor to J. I. Case Limted, 
Racine, Wis. 

Filed July 11, 1973, Ser. No. 378,358 
Int. CI. FI6h 39146 
U.S. CI. 60-422 2 Claims 

I. In a hydraulic circuit having a variable displacement 
pump, a pump displacement controlling device, a plurality of 
hydraulic motors and a plurality of motor control valves, each 
hydraulic motor having an associated motor control valve for 
controlling the fluid flow to such hydraulic motor, the im- 
proved pump control system comprising: 
a plurality of series-connected flow control valves each 
having its own input line and first and second output lines. 



February 4, 1975 



said input line 



J 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



71 



the upstream most flow control valve 
being connected to the output of the pump, said first 
output line of each of said flow control valves serving as 
an input line to an associated one of said motor control 
valves and being continuously connected across such flow 
control valve to the input line of such flow control valve, 
said second output line of each of said flow control valves 
being connected in series with the input line of the next 
downstream flow control valve; 
feedback singal means interconnecting each of said motor 
control valves to its associated flow control valve and 
operable to sense the flow rate and flow demand through 
such motor control valve and to position the associated 
flow control valve to reduce flow from the input line to 
the second output line of such flow control valve when 
the flow demanded by such'motor control valve exceeds 
the flow rate therethrough, and to increase the flow from 



"i ' 



H 



X 



U* 



'^GfjJ^ ^-C^- 'CH3^ 



-a 



ul 



l" 



1 






A 



V -r-*- \i 



Z^^-:- 



said input line to said second output line as the flow rate 
through such motor control valve catches up with the 
demand, thereby establishing a fluid supply priority 
among said flow control valves and their associated motor 
control valves which favors each upstream motor control 
valve relative to the next downstream motor control 
valve; 
said second output line of the downstream-most of said 
series-connected flow control valves being connected to 
a flow demand-sensing device, said flow demand sensing 
device being connected to the pump displacement con- 
trolling device and being responsive to the flow rate in 
said second output line of said downstream-most flow 
control valve to signal the pump displacement controlling 
device to control pump displacement in inverse propor- 
tion to said flow rate, which flow rate is inversely propor- 
tional to the sum of the combined unsatisfied flow de- 
mand of all of said motor control valves 



3.863.449 

HYDRAULIC MOTOR FLUID FLOW CIRCUITRY 
Hollis N. White. Jr.. West La Fayette. Ind.. assignor to TRW 
Inc., Cleveland, Ohio 

Filed Aug. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 392,019 

Int. CI. F 15b 27/04 ' 

U.S. CI. 60^456 9 Claims 

1. A hydrostatic drive system comprising: 

a hydraulic motor including a housing having first, second 

and third ports, an output shaft mounted for rotation, 

means in a primary fluid circuit disposed in said housing 

between said first and second ports and connected to said 

shaft for causing rotation of said shaft in response to fluid 

flow therethrough, a secondary fluid circuit disposed in 



said housing between said primary fluid circuit and said 
third port, and valve means in said secondary fluid circuit 
for bypassing a portion of the fluid received in said pri- 
mary fluid circuit out of said housing through said third 
port; 
a firsl pump including three ports and operable to discharge 
fluid at a first flow rate from a second of said ports, at a 
second flow rate from a third of said ports and receive 
fluid at said first and second flow rates combined at a first 
of said ports; 



•**j 




a heat exchanger connected to receive the fluid discharged 

from said third ports of said motor and said first pump for 

cooling and discharging the fluid; 
a reservoir connected to receive the fluid discharged from 

said heat exchanger; anti 
a second pump connected between said reservoir and said 

first pump for providing said pump with fluid equal to the 

fluid cooled in said heat exchanger. 



3,863,450 

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION 

Gilbert K. Hause, Bloomfield Hills. Mich., assignor to General 

Motors Corporation. Detroit. Mich. 

Division of Ser. No. 250.368. May 4. 1972. Pat. No. 3,805.641. 

This application Nov. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 413,880 

Int. CI. F16h 39/46 

U.S. CI. 60-487 3 Claims 




1. In a hydrostatic transmission; a hydrostatic transmission 
housing having an intermediate wall with a pump chamber and 
motor passages on one side and pump passages coaxial with 
said pump chamber and a motor chamber coaxial with said 
motor passages, both on the opposite side of said wall; pump 
means mounted in said pump chamber having a coaxial pump 
shaft; motor means mounted in said motor chamber having a 
rotatably mounted coaxial driven shaft driven by said motor 
means in spaced parallel relation to said pump shaft; said 
pump chamber and said motor chamber being in partial over- 
lapping relation with napes at the points where their perime- 



72 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



tcrs intersect to reduce the space between suid pump shaft and 
driven shaft; connecting passage means extending from said 
pump passages along said opposite side of said wall, across 
said wall at the napes between said pump and motor chambers 
and along said one side of said wall to said motor passages. 






7n 



^ 



y 



^K 



1. A hot gas piston engine of the external combustion type 
in which the working gas is heated, in passing to and fro be- 
tween a plurality of regenerators and a plurality of work cham- 
bers through heating tubes, by a heating gas passing around 
the outside of said tubes, comprising: 
two arrays of substantially straight and parallel heating 
tubes, one being located behind the other in the direction 
of flow of said heating gas and both arrays being disposed 
transverse to said direction of flow, including a first array 
leading said working gas directly to and from said hot 
work chambers without substantial change of direction of 
flow between said hot work chambers and the tubes of 
said first array and a second array leading said working 
gas directly to and from said regenerators without sub- 
stantial change of direction of flow between said regener- 
ators and the tubes of said second array; 
connecting duct means for guiding said working gas back 
and forth between said first and second arrays with not 
substantially more than 180° of change of direction of 
flow of said working gas; 
that one of said arrays of heating tubes which is upstream 
in the path of flow of heating gas (2.13,18,26,28) having 
a greater open cross-sectional area for the flow of heating 
gas than the other of said arrays (3,15,22,23,27,29) 
which is downstream in the path of flow of heating gas. 



3,863,452 
HOT-GAS ENGINE HEATER 
George Albert Apolonia Asselman; Frits Rein ink, and Joseph 
Wilhelmus Johannes Maria Van Der Leegte, all of Emmasin- 
gel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Cor- 
poration, New York, N.Y. 

Filed Aug. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 388,601 
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Sept. 22, 1972, 
7212824 

Int. CI. F03g 7/06 

VS. CI. 60—524 5 Claims 

1. In a hot-gas engine including a burner providing a flow of 

hot combustion gases, an expansion space for working gas, 

and a heater using thermal energy from said combustion gases 



to heat said working gas, the heater formed of a plurality of 
pipes, each pipe having a first part thereof situated in the flow 
path of said combustion gases, the improvement in combina- 
tion therewith comprising a heat pipe also situated in the flow 



3,863,451 

HEATER APPARATUS OF A HOT GAS EXTERNAL 

COMBUSTION PISTON ENGINE 

Peter Kuhlmann, Augsburg, and Franz Beschorner, Neusass, 

both of Germany, assignors to Maschinenfabrik-Augsburg- 

Nurnberg Aktiengesellschaft, Augsburg, Germany 

Filed Sept. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 400,883 
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 6, 1972, 
2249117 

Int. ri. FOlb 1 100 
U.S. CI. 60-522 16 Claims 




\ 



path of said combustion gases, with a second part of each 
heater pipe situated inside the heat pipe, whereby said second 
parts of the heater pipes within the heat pipe are maintained 
at substantially the same temperature. 



3,863,453 

OSCILLATOR SYSTEM FOR PAPER MACHINE 

Robert L. Mercier, Quebec, Canada, assignor to Dominion 

Engineering Works, Limited, Lachine, Quebec, Canada 

Filed Feb. 19, 1974, Ser. No. 443,738 

Int. CI. F15b 7100: F16h 53100 

U.S. CI. 60-539 2 Claims 




1. An oscillating device to apply oscillation to a relatively 
moveable component of a paper machine, comprising a prime 
mover locatable remotely from the machine mechanically 
connected in driving relation with liquid pump means, said 
pump means being connected in liquid transfer relation with 
an oscillator means, said liquid pump means comprising a first 
compressible bag and a second compressible bag arranged in 
mutually opposed compressing relation within restraining 
frame means, said prime mover being arranged to provide 
alternate cyclic compression of said pump bags, said oscillator 
means comprising a third compressible bag and a fourth com- 
pressible bag arranged in mutually opposed compressing rela- 
tion within restraining frame means, linkage means connect- 
ing said oscillator means to said machine component, said first 
bag being connected in liquid transfer relation solely with said 
third bag and said second bag being connected in liquid trans- 
fer relation solely with said fourth bag whereby in operation, 
on actuation of said prime mover to compress said first bag 
liquid is transferred therefrom to said third bag to cause ex- 
pansion thereof, thereby moving said linkage means and said 

• . i 



February 4, 1975 




GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



73 



machine component, said expansion of said third bag com- 
pressing said fourth bag to transfer liquid to said second bag 
in expanding relation therewith. 



3,863,454 

ROTARY HEAT ENGINE POWERED TWO FLUID 

COOLING AND HEATING APPARATUS 

William A. Doerner, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont 

de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del. 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 316,851, Jan. 2, 1973,, which 
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 227,902. Feb. 22, 1972. 
abandoned. This application Aug. 8, 1973. Ser. No. 386,630 

Int. CI. F25b 3/00, FOlk J I /04 
U.S. CI. 60-669 31 Claims 




1. Rotary closed Rankine cycle engine powered cooling 
and healing apparatus utilizing different engine power fluid 
and refrigerant fluid comprising. 

a cylindrical housing mounted for rotation about the axis 
thereof including an internal power fluid boiler, 

means for heating the power fluid in said boiler to generate 
pressure power fluid vapor therein, 

a power fluid expander in said housing including a coaxial 
driving member rotatably driven at a first predetermined 
speed by the power fluid vapor generated in the boiler, 

means subdividing the interior of said rotatable housing to 
provide a power fluid compartment for receiving the 
power fluid from said expander and a refrigerant fluid 
compartment. 

a compressor rotatably mounted coaxially in the housing 
and rotationally driven by the expander driving member 
for compressing refrigerant fluid from said refrigerant 
fluid compartment. 

a condenser mounted coaxially adjacent one side of the 
housing and rotatable therewith comprising a plurality of 
axially spaced annular fins having heat exchange tubes 
extending longitudinally therethrough. 

a predetermined number of said condenser heat exchange 
tubes being in communication with the power fluid com- 
partment of the housing for receiving and condensing 
therein the power fluid vapor from said power fluid ex- 
pander, 

means for conducting compressed refrigerant fluid from the 
compressor to the remainder of said condenser heat 
exchange tubes for condensing said compressed refriger- 
ant fluid therein. 

refrigerant expander means in said housing for expanding 
the refrigerant fluid condensed in said" condenser, 

means for supplying condensed refrigerant fluid from said 
condenser to said refrigerant expander. 

an evaporator mounted coaxially adjacent the other side of 
the housing from said condenser and rotatable therewith 
comprising a plurality of axially spaced annular fins hav- 
ing heat exchange tubes extending longitudinally there- 
through and arranged to receive and vaporize therein 
refrigerant fluid from the refrigerant expander. 



means for returning vaporized refrigerant from said evapo- 
rator to said refrigerant compartment of the housing, 

and means operable to rotationally drive the housing, con- 
denser and evaporator as a unit at a second predeter- 
mined speed substantially slower than said first predeter- 
mined speed and operable to cause a gaseous heat ex- 
change fluid to be conveyed and accelerated by viscosity 
shear forces outwardly between the fins of the condenser 
and evaporator to the velocity providing optimum heat 
exchange between said gaseous fluid and the fluids in the 
heat exchange tubes of the condenser and evaporator. 



3,863,455 
FLOATABLE BREAKWATER 
Richard Buckminster Fuller. 200 Locust St.. Philadelphia, Pa. 
19106 

Filed Dec. 10, 1973. Ser. No. 423,006 

Int. CI. E02b 3/04 

U.S. CI. 61-5 , 8 Claims 




1. A floatable breakwater comprising a flexible open-ended 
tubular envelope enclosing a plurality of axially spaced buoy- 
ant annular members therein, water from the outside of said 
envelope flowing in and out through the open ends of said 
envelope, said annular members being movable axially with 
respect to each other while supporting said envelope, and 
means connected to the end of said tubular envelope for 
anchoring each end of the envelope, the breakwater being 
positioned in the water with its longitudinal axis angularK 
disposed to the direction of the wave movement and floating 
at such a depth that the breakwater will be substantially filled 
with water through its open ends so as to be extendable and 
contractable axially by the relative movement of said annular 
members within said envelope when the breakwater is acted 
upon by waves. 



3.863.456 \ 

METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING ICE ISCANDS IN COLD 

REGIONS 
Paul J. Durning. La Habra. Calif., assignor to Union Oil Com- 
pany of California. Los Angeles. Calif. 

Filed July 23. 1973. Ser. No. 381,869 

Int. CI. E02b 3/00; F25c 1/02 

U.S. CI. 61-46 lOtlaims 




1. A method for constructing an artificial ice island in a 
water body covered by a floating sheet of ice. which comprises 
placing water on the surface of a selected portion of the float- 
ing sheet of ice, said selected portion being substantially less 
than the whole of said ice sheet and being surrounded by a 
remaining contiguous portion of said ice sheet, and said water 
being placed on said selected portion under ambient condi- 
tions such that the water is frozen on said selected portion to 
form an ice body having a central thickened portion and 
tapering in thickness from said central portion outwardly to 
the edge of said selected portion, said ice body having a mass 



74 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



sufficiently large that the sheet of ice is deformed downwardly 
so as to define one continuous sheet of ice having three por- 
tions; ( I ) a grounded portion centrally located within said 
selected portion, which is grounded on the bottom underlying 
said water body; (2) an intermediate portion contiguous with 
said grounded portion and with an exterior portion of said ice 
sheet, said intermediate portion tapering in thickness from 
said grounded portion to said exterior portion; and (3) said 
exterior portion being undeformed and fioating on said water 
body; and thereafter placing additional water on the upper 
surface of the ice island so that additional ice is formed to 
raise the elevation of the ice island above that of the surround- 
ing floating ice. 



rope when the prime mover is reversely rotated, a float remov- 
ably mounted to the guide rope, a hook attached to the sus- 
pension wire rope wound on a winch drum on the ship and 



3,863,457 
SUBMARINE FOUNDATION AND Of FSHORE WORKING 

PLATFORM • 
Fetter Sigvardt Hafskjold, Bekkestua, Norway, assignor to 
Ingenior F. Selmer A/S, Oslo, Norway 

Filed June 13, 1973. Ser. No. 369.694 
Claims priority, application Norway, June 13, 1972, 
2083/72 

Int. CI. E02d 27/38 
U.S. CI. 61-46.5 7 Claims 




1. A submarine foundation and offshore working platform 
comprising a submersible integral concrete structure adapted 
to be situated on the sea bottom and having hollow spaces for 
confining ballast or other materials, said foundation including 
a plurality of adjacent, vertically arranged, prismalically or 
cylindrically shaped lower hollow bodies of concrete placed in 
contact with one another and integrally bonded together at 
their areas of contact, said bodies having closed bottom and 
top walls and being designed to rest on the sea bottom in 
underwater position, and above said hollow bodies a plurality 
of platform supporting columns each extending above seal 
level from the region of an interspace defined between a set 
of at least three hollow bodies which are mutually adjacently 
located and which are bonded each to only two other mem- 
bers of the set. each wall of each column constituting an 
upwardly extending continuation of that part of one of the 
hollow bodies, of the set of hollow bodies defining the inter- 
space from which the column extends, which bounds the 
interspace. 



3,863,458 

DEVICE FOR SINKING AND RETRIEVING 

UNDERWATER HEAVY ARTICLE 

Kunimitsu Ueno, Hiratsuka, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki 

Kaisha Komatsu Seisakusho 

Filed Dec. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 317,706 
Int. CI. B63c 11/34 
U.S. CL 61-69 R 5 Claims 

I. A device for sinking and retrieving an underwater heavy 
article comprising a heavy article used under water, a take-up 
drum supported axially by said heavy article in connection to 
a prime mover controlled by the control command from a 
control desk on a ship for taking up a guide rope when the 
prime mover is normally rotated and for feeding out the guide 




replaceable with the float of the guide rope, and a mechanism 
for locking the hook to the heavy article when the hook is 
attached to the guide rope to be introduced to a predeter- 
mined position with respect to the heavy article. 



3,863,459 
UNDERWATER HEAT SINK 
Charles R. Rein, Panama City, Fla., assignor to The United 
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the 
Navy, Washington, D.C. 

Filed Nov. 14. 1973. Ser, No. 415.907 

Int. CI. Flic 11/00 

U.S. CL 62-48 4 Claims 




1. A cryogenic underwater breathing apparatus of the type 
wherein liquified gas is allowed to vaporize to augment a 
breathing gas mixture, said apparatus comprising: 

a first tank including insulated wall portions in part defining 
first and second adjacent chambers, said first tank also 
including heat exchange wall means between said first 
and second chambers and means for circulating breathing 
gas through said first chamber; 

a body of first liquified gas in said first chamber substan- 
tially at a predetermined low temperature; 

a body of second liquified gas in said second chamber also 
substantially at said predetermined low temperature; 

means defining a third chamber; 

adsorption material disposed in said th>rd chamber and 
adapted to reduce pressure therein below a predeter- 
mined equilibrium pressure for said second liquified gas 
at said predetermined temperatures; 

a pressure responsive regulating valve; 

duct means connecting said pressure responsive regulating 
valve between said second and third chambers; and 

said pressure responsive regulating valve being responsive 
only to gas pressure in said second chamber and operative 
to vent gas from said second chamber to said third cham- 
ber, so as to maintain said equilibrium pressure and said 
predetermined low temperature. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



75 



3,863,460 

DEVICE FOR THE STORAGE AND TRANSPORT OF 
LIQUIFIED GASES, LIQUIDS AND THE LIKE, IN 
PARTICULAR ON SHIPS 
Fritz Straile, Bonn-bad Godesberg; Winfried Eming, Rhein- 
breitbach, and Wolfgang Kolb, Sinzig-Bodendorf, all of 
Germany, assignors to Liquid Gas Aniagen Union GmbH, 
Remagen-Rolandseck, Germany 

Filed May 4, 1972, Ser. No. 252,141 
Claims priority, application Germany, May 5. 1971, 
2122162; Oct. 12, 1971, 2150693 

Int. CL F17c 13 /OS 
U.S. CL 62-54 37 Claims 



9 16 

10 5 10 



# 



7 



u 



15 



17 



17 



1. A storage assembly comprising; 

a. a plurality of longitudinally extending containers, 

b. the said containers being rigidly fixed and independent 
with respect to each other and being sealed at each end 
thereof, | 

c. an expansion vessel interconnected commonly and di- 
rectly in parallel connection to each of all the containers 
to receive expansion media from each of the containers, 
and 

d. means providing a single pumping station which is con- 
nected commonly and directly in parallel connection to 
each of all of the containers for discharging and filling 
each of the containers whereby the assembly is capable of 
handling a large capacity of liquified gases, liquids and 
the like, 

e. said discharge and filling means including a vertically 
extending pipe and horizontally extending collector pipe 
interconnected to each of the containers so that the verti- 
cally extending pipe is in common communication with 
all of the containers, 

f. the bottom of said vertically extending pipe being dis- 
posed at a level lower than the undermost edge of the 
container located at the bottom of the assembly. 



said mold with water for freezing the water in said mold, a 
pinion gear connected to said rotatable support, a horizontally 
disposed rack bar having driving means on one end thereof, 
said rack having a tooth portion adapted to engage said pinion 
gear, a drive motor for said rack bar driving means for rotating 
said pinion gear and inverting said mold whereby the frozen 
ice pieces arc harvested from said mold and discharged into 
a receptacle, and a thermostatic switch in the control circuit 
of said drive motor, wherein the improvement comprises an 
ice Icvelsensing arm, including a holder pivotally received on 
said frame, for movement between a gravity biased lower 
position in said receptacle and an elevated position above said 
receptacle; said holder including a cam means and an integral 
switch actuator, said switch actuator operative for tripping an 
operator of an ice level switch, in said control circuit, to a first 
normally open contact when said sensing arm is in its gravity 
biased lower position, said cam means positioned in the path 
of said rack bar when said mold is in its upright position, 
whereby upon said thermostatic switch closing to its ice har- 
vesting contact, in response to the formation of ice in said 
mold, and said ice level switch in its tripped position being 
series connected with said thermostatic sw itch to energize said 
drive motor, the energizing of said drive motor causing said 
rack bar to be moved to its mold inverting position whereby 
it engages said cam means causing said holder and sensing arm 
to be pivoted through a predetermined angle to its elevated 
position. 



3,863,461 

TRAY ICE MAKER WITH ICE LEVEL SENSING 

CONTROL 

James A. Bright, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to General Motors 

Corporation, Detroit, Mich. 

Filed Nov. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 420,360 
Int. CI. F25c 5/18 



U.S. CI. 62-137 

1, 




3 Claims 



1. An automatic icemaker comprising a frame, means for 
rotatably mounting a mold on said frame including a rotatable 
support connected to one end of said mold, means for filling 



3,863,462 

FLAKE ICE PRODUCING MACHINE 

Allan J. Treuer, 2241 40th St. E., Seattle, Wash. 

Filed June 29, 1973, Ser. No. 375,059 

Int. CI. F25c 7/12 

U.S. CI. 62-345 



9 Claims 




1. A machine for the continuous production of a congeal- 
able liquid in frozen ice flake form, comprising; 

a generally horizontal rotatable shaft, 

a hollow disc mounted upon the shaft and having outer 
opposite flat freezing surfaces, said shaft rotating the disc 
and carrying said surfaces in a circular upright plane path, 
with the flat outer surfaces varying from the plane of 
rotation less than about 0.005 inches, means for continu- 
ously rotating the disc, 

the disc having interior liquid coolant passages connected 
with the interior of the shaft for forced flow of coolant 
through the disc interior for removing heat from said flat 
freezing surfaces, 

liquid applying means adjacent a portion of each of the flat 
surfaces for flowing a sheet of liquid over less than the 
whole of said surfaces, the remainder of said surfaces 
carrying ice in a sheet about a tenth inch thick until 
removed from the rotating surface, a liquid collection 
trough below said liquid applying means for catching 
excess liquid flowing over said surfaces. 



76 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



said discs carrying ice frozen upon said surfaces beyond said 
liquid applying means and through an ice cooling and 
drying zone, said ice being supercooled in said cooling 
and drying zone, 

stationary ice removal tools closely adjacent each of said 
flat surfaces, in position for the disc to carry ice upon said 
surfaces into impinging relation with said tools, said tools 
having surfaces inclined to the arcuate path of ice carried 
into impinging relation with the tools to gradually force 
the ice in a direction away from each arcuate path to 
loosen same for gravity fall from the disc in flake form. 



engagement between the outside surface of the shafts and 
the inside surface of said inside diameter; and 
hollow coupler sleeve having a substantially cylindrical 
shape with an inside diameter accessible from either end 
thereof, said coupler sleeve being constructed of substan- 
tially inflexible material for receiving the coupler within 



3,863,463 

ICE MAKING APPARATUS • 

Robert P. t'tter, and Vance L. Kohl, both of Albert Lea, Minn., 

assignors to King-Sceiey Thermos Co., Ann Arbor, Mich. 

Filed Aug. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 389,010 

Int. CI. F25« 1114 

II.S. CI. 62-354 18 Claims 











C~2W»/ffl//j/m/;j7 


■LJ 


J7-. 




: f^ 


,WOfiM GEAR AmS 

— L 


MC^OR SHAFT •' ' 


* 




'ry^mm 


f- 




j-s 


tr. '<^ 


5;> 




L. 








3,863,464 
MINIATURE FLEXIBLE ROTATABLE SHAFT COUPLER 
Robert B. Taggart, Mountain View, and Richard H. Barth, San 
Jose, both of Calif., assignors to Hewlett-Packard Company, 
Pa to Alto, Calif. 

Filed Nov. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 416,127 
Int. CI. F16di//7 
U.S. CI. 64-11 R 6 Claims 

1. A coupling assembly for coupling two smooth rotatable 
shafts comprising: 
a coupler having a substaatially cylindrical shape with an 
outside diameter and ap inside diameter that is accessible 
from either end thereofrsirid^upler being constructed of 
flexible and resilient materialoA^iich elastically deforms to 
receive rotatable shafts at either end in uniform frictional 



the inside diameter thereof to substantially limit the 
amount of elastic deformation of the outside diameter of 
the coupler and to increase the amount of diametrical 
force exerted on the rotatable shafts by the coupler; 
said uniform frictional engagement between the rotatable 
shafts and the coupler being increased by the increase in 
diametrical forces caused by the coupler sleeve. 



1. An ice making apparatus comprising a housing member 
defining an ice forming chamber and providing an inner sur- 
face on which thin layers of ice are formed, 

auger means rotatably mounted in the ice forming chamber 
and having a helical blade extending outwardly therefrom 
and terminating adjacent the inner surface of the tubular 
housing member, 

means on the housing member and defining an ice discharge 
passage. 

conduit means communicable with said last mentioned 
means for transferring ice from the apparatus to some 
predetermined location remote therefrom, at least a por- 
tion of said conduit means and said last mentioned means 
being movable relative to one another, and 

means operable in response to relative movement between 
said conduit means and the said last mentioned means for 
opening and closing an electrical circuit communicating 
the apparatus with a source of electrical energy. 



3,863,465 
ELECTRO-MAGNETIC SELECTION DEVICE FOR THE 

NEEDLES OF A KNITTING MACHINE 
Aymon De Cerjat; Claude Cuche, both of Neuchatel, Switzer- 
land; Roger Jeanneret. deceased. late of Couvet, Switzer- 
land, by Marguerite Jeanneret. legal representative; 
Pierre-Bernard Jeanneret. legal representative. Couvet. 
Switzerland, and Heinrich H. Zimmerman, Couvet. Switzer- 
land 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 10,138, Feb. 10, 1970, 

abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 

823,536, May 6, 1969, abandoned. This application Apr. 28, 

1972, Ser. No. 248,749 

Int. CI. D04b 15178 

U.S. CI. 66-50 R ^^ 9 Claims 




2i^ 23 22 a 'a 



1. Electromagnetic selection device for the needles of a 
knitting machine, comprising jacks for raising the needles, 
cam means for moving the jacks upward when in selected 
position, a selector for each said jack movable laterally of the 
direction of travel of the needles to position said jack in or out 
of selected position, channel means guiding said selectors and 
comprising successively in the direction of movement of said 
selectors a portion with converging side walls, a throat and a 
portion with diverging side walls, an electromagnetic selection 
system at said throat of said channel means, said electromag- 
netic selection system comprising opposite pairs of pole pieces 
disposed at the side walls of said channel means for drawing 
said selectors selectively to one or the other side of said chan- 
nel means, and a permanent magnet system in the portion of 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



77 



said channel means with diverging side walls for maintaining 3,863,467 

said selectors at the side of said channel means to which they AUTOMATIC WASHING MACHINE AND OVERFLOW 

have been drawn by said electromagnetic selection system. TUB RING THEREFOR 

said permanent magnet system comprising a single permanent John W. Pielemeier, and Robert M. Weir, both of Saint Joseph. 



magnet disposed transversely of and beneath said channel 
means portion with diverging side walls, said permanent mag- 
net being vertically magnetized and having an upper face of 
one polarity and a lower face of the opposite polarity, a pair 
of spaced superposed pole pieces of opposite polarity at each 
of the diverging side walls of said diverging portion of said 
channel means, and two soft iron yoke systems, one of said 
yoke systems being connected to one pole piece of one polar- 
ity of each of said pair of pole pieces of said permanent mag- 
net system and having a portion contiguous to the upper face 
of said permanent magnet, the other of said yoke systems 
being connected the other pole piece of opposite polarity of 
each of said pair of pole pieces of said permanent magnet 
system and having a portion contiguous to the lower face of 
said permanent magnet, whereby the total flux of said single 
permanent magnet is distributed between the pairs of pole 
pieces at t»pposite sides of said portion of said channel means 
with diverging side walls according to the distribution of said 
selectors at one or the other side wjll 



Mich., assignors to Whirlpool Corporation, Benton Harbor, 
Mich. 

Filed June 4, 1973, Ser. No. 366.501 

Int. CI. D06f 2-?/04. MjOO 

U.S. CI. 68-18 F • 14 Claims 



3.863.466 

APPARATl S FOR GUIDING AND FEEDING 

FILAMENTARY MATERIAL 

Robert A. Barone, Holland, Pa., assignor to Automated Textile 

Equipment Industries, Incorporated. Philadelphia, Pa. 

Filed May 7, 1973, Ser. No. 357,992 




CI, D04b 35112 



U.S. CI. 66 




1 1 Claims 



1. In an automatic washer having a cabinet. 

a tub in said cabinet. 

a clothes containing basket within said tub. 

said tub having means defining a top opening and being 
movably suspended within said cabinet for receiving 
washing liquid. 

a tub ring mounted on said tub and defining the opening 
thereinto. 

said tub ring comprising an annular excursion limiting chan- 
nel member extending around said top opening of said 
tub. 

at least two opposed outwardly projecting excursion limiters 
extending from said channel member for limiting gyratory 
movement of said tub within said cabinet, and 

wall means defining a drain opening through one of said 
excursion limiters. 



3,863,468 
SECURITY CASING FOR PADLOCK 
Greta L. Bach. 65-69 162nd St., Flushing, N.Y. 11365 
Filed Jan. 25. 1974. Ser. No. 436.458 
Int. CI. E05b 67138 

4 Claims 



U.S. CI. 70-50 




1. Apparatus for use with a machine for processing filamen- 
tary material comprising a tension trip mechanism having at 
least one finger pivotable from an operative position to an . 

inoperative position in response to excess tension of filamen- 
tary material, a carriage guided for movement from an inoper- 
ative position remote from said trip mechanism to an opera- 
tive position adjacent said trip mechanism, said carriage hav- 1. A disposable security casing for a padlock having a body 
ing a guide for filamentary material which is to be guided by including a top wall, a shackle including one end rotatably 
said trip mechanism finger before extending to a processing mounted on the top wall and a free end for lockingly engaging 
machine, circuitry associated with said carriage and respon- an opening in the top wall, and means on the body for locking 
sive to actuation of said trip mechanism finger to its inopera- and unlocking the free shackle end. the security casing com- 
tive position for causing said carriage to move upwardly from prising a bottom wall, two side walls and two end walls sub- 
its inoperative position to its operative position and then stantially conforming to the padlock body whereby the pad- 
return to its inoperative position, said carriage including lock body may be received in the security casing with the top 
means thereon for resetting said trip mechanism when the wall of the body exposed, a pair of fiexiblc tongues projecting 
carriage is in its operative position by effecfing pivotable from the end walls of the security casing, each tongue defining 
movement of said finger to its operative position. a hole for receiving a respective one of the shackle ends when 



78 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



the padlock is received in the casing and the free shackle end 
lockingly engages the opening in the top wall, and an identifi- 
cation mark on one of the walls of the casing. 



3,863,469 
COMBINATION LOCK STRLCTLRE 
Wallace E. Atkinson, Petersburg, V a., assignor to Long Manu- 
facturing Co.. Inc., Petersburg. Va. 

Filed June 7, 1973, S«r. No. 367,787 

Int. CI. E05b 65I4H 

U.S.CL 70-74 > 6 Claims 




1. A combination lock assembly adapted to be mounted on 
first and second wall portions of separable sections of a con- 
tainer adjacent a line of separation therebetween for securing 
the sections together, comprising a keeper to be affixed to the 
first wall portion, a latching unit to be mounted on saidf«econd 
wall portion including an elongated base member, a movable 
latch member slidably supported on said base member for 
rectilinear reciprocative movement along a path parallel to 
said line of separation between latching and release positions, 
said latch member including a housing having a catch project- 
ing into selected aiinement with said keeper for interlocking 
engagement therewith, a pair of rotatable dial wheels disposed 
at the front of said housing for manipulation to angular posi- 
tions forming a selected combination, each of the respective 
dial wheels having hub portions rotatable therewith and ex- 
tending into said housing including tumbler formations on the 
inner ends thereof rotatable with the hub portions, a fence 
plate guided within the housing for movement between release 
and locking positions and biased toward release position, said 
base member including a planar base panel paralleling said 
wall portions, said fence plate being movable along a fore-and- 
aft axis perpendicular to the plane of said base panel between 
a rearward locking position and a forward release position, 
said fence plate and base panel having recess and lug portions 
which interfit when said fence plate occupies said locking 
position to prevent movement of said latching unit from said 
latching position, said fence plate and the tumbler formations 
on said hub portions having means normally restraining said 
fence plate at locking position including coactive formations 
accommodating movement of the fence plate to release posi- 
tion when the dial wheels occupy said selected combination. 



3,863,470 
SLIDING DOOR LOCK 
Jean F. O. Inter, 3806 Bent Rd., Falls Church, Va. 27042 
Filed Sept. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 395,054 
Int. CI. E05b 65108 
U.S. CI. 70— 100 3 Claims 

1. A lock for use with a pair of overlapping closure members 
at least one of which is slideably mounted in an upper track 
including a side rail, said lock comprising: 

a. faceplate means, 

b. first bolt means secured to said faceplate means for pass- 
ing through one of the closure members and at least 
partially through the other closure members to thereby 



prevent the closure members from sliding relative to each 
other. 

c. lock means associated with said faceplace means for 
securing said faceplate means to one of the closure mem- 
bers and retaining said bolt means within the closure 
members, and 

d. release means associated with said faceplate means for 
urging said faceplate means away from the closure to 
which it is adapted to be locked and said bolt means out 
of engagement with one of the closure members to 
thereby permit the closure members to slide relative to 
each other. 

e. said release means including pin means slideably passing 
through said faceplate means and being adapted to be 
secured to the closure member to which said faceplate 
means is adapted to be locked, 

r said release means further including spring means posi- 
tioned around said pin means. 




2. In combination with a pair of relatively sliding overlap- 
ping closure members mounted in upper and lower tracks, a 
lock comprising: 

a. faceplate means, 

b. first bolt means being secured to said faceplate means 
and slideably passing through one of said closure mem- 
bers into an overlapping portion of the other of said 
closure members, 

c. lock means for releaseably securing said faceplate means 
to one of said closure members, and 

d. second bolt means secured to said faceplate means and 
passing through one of said closure members into an 
overlapping portion of the other of said closure members, 
e. one of said upper tracks including a side rail. 

f a portion of said faceplate means abutting said side rail to 
thereby limit the vertical movement of said closure mem- 
bers in said upper tracks. 



3,863,471 
ESPAGNOLETTE LOCK 
Ernst Keller-Volper, 6, Querstrasse, 8805 Richterswil, Swit^ 
zerland 

Filed Oct. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 408,001 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 24, 1972, 
15507/72 

Int. CI. E05b 63104; E05c 5100 
U.S. CL70— 116 3 Claims 

I. Espagnolette lock for the right and left sided latching of 
doors, windows and the like, comprising a lock box; rotatably 
closure bar means extending through said lock box; a lock 
plate having interdigitating means adapted to operatively 
engage said closure bar means; a cover for said lock box; and 
nut means rotatably Journalcd in the wall of said lock box and 
in said cover, a recess being formed in said nut means adapted 
to receive a security cylinder, a rectangular through-hole in 
said nut means, and a slot in one side of said nut means for 



K 



I 



February 4, 1975 



/ 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



79 



insertion of a key bit for actuation of said lock, said nut means 
having actuating cam means of approximately circular eccen- 
tric am configuration, said cam means engaging said lock plate 
in the region of the axis of symmetry thereof, so as to. upon 




rotation of said nut means about an angle of 180°, forcibly 
move said lock plate from an opened position to a locked 
position and conversely, and to arrest said lock plate in either 
of said operative positions. 



3,863,472 

BICYCLE LOCKING DEVICE 

Darel R. Klingfus, Rt. 5, Box 232B, Austin, Minn. 55912 

Filed Jan, 7, 1974, Ser. No. 431,109 

Int. CI. B62h 5106 

U.S. CL 70- 186 3 Claims 




S0 



1. A locking device intended for locking the steering wheel 
of a bicycle against steering movement, the bicycle having a 
hollow tubular head with a circumferally formed flange at the 
top thereof containing the rotating bearing and collar assem- 
blies, a hollow stem extending through the tubular head and 
connected at the bottom end to a fork in which the front wheel 
is journaled for rotation, the stem projecting upwardly 
through the hollow tubular head and connected at the top end 
to a handle bar post to which steering handle bars are con- 
nected, and a lock nut device thrcadedly received on the 
tubular head above the flange portion adapted to retain the 
stem and handle bar posts rotatably mounted relative to the 
tubular head, the locking device comprising: 
a hollow ring shaped mounting member having an interior 
diameter adapted to receive said tubular head such that 
the mounting member rests on said tubular head flange 
portion intermediate said flange and said lock nut, a body 
portion formed integrally with said mounting member 
and projecting axially downwardly from one side thereof 
adapted to be disposed adjacent a portion of the circum- 
feral side walls of said tubular head, an elongated cylin- 
drical bore disposed in said body portion extending radi- 
ally with respect to said tubular head and opening out of 
opposed exterior and interior surfaces of said body por- 
tion, a locking mechanism housing mounted in said bore 
and having an exterior surface projecting exteriorly of 
said exterior surface of said body portion and an interior 
surface rcstingly engaging against said interior surface of 
said bore, a locking mechanism disposed in said lock 
housing and having a key slot in the exterior surface 
thereof and a spring loaded key actuated plunger dis- 



posed concentrically of the back surface thereof and 
adapted for axial reciprocal movement in a direction 
inwardly of and outwardly of said bore, an opening dis- 
posed in said tubular head concentric with said bore and 
adapted to permit said plunger to pass freely there- 
through, and an opening in said stem adapted to be dis- 
posed in alignment with said plunger in a preselected 
position of said stem relative to said tubular head 
whereby when desired said plunger may be operated to 
pass through said tubular head opening and engage said 
stem aperture to lock the stem against any rotative move- 
ment about its axis and thus lock the attached steering 
wheel against any steering movement. 



3.863,473 

CYLINDER LOCK WITH KEY IN PARTICULAR FOR 

STEERING-WHEEL LOCKS FOR MOTOR VEHICLES 

Charles Owen Neale, Luxor, Saval Park Rd., Dublin, Ireland 

Filed Aug. 22, 1973, Ser. No. 390,492 

Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 28, 1972, 

12697/72 

Int. CI. B60r 25102 
U.S. CI. 70-186 10 Claims 




29 27 26 R 16^ .^E U 20 U 



I. A cylinder lock comprising: 

a key having a shank provided along one side with lock- 
actuating formations and another side provided with a 
lateral projection; 

a lock-cylinder housing; 

a lock barrel rotatable in said housing and having a keyway 
adapted to receive the shank of said key; 

means between said housing and said barrel cooperating 
with said formations for enabling relative rotation of said 
barrel and said housing upon insertion of said key in said 
keyway, said housing being formed with a longitudinal 
groove, said projection passing through said groove upon 
insertion of said key into said keyway, said housing being 
formed with a space beyond said groove accommodating 
said projection upon full insertion of said key into said 
keyway to permit relative rotation of said barrel and said 
housing, said projection blocking such rotation while 
being disposed in said groove; and 

control means actuated by said projection and external of 
said keyway for operating a further device. 



3,863,474 
SUBSTITUTED BENZYL-THIOLCARBAMATE ACID 
ESTERS AS HERBICIDES 
Akio Kudamatsu; Masao Miyamoto, and Nobuo Fukazawa, all 
of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Le- 
verkusen, Germany 
Division of Ser. No. 875,546, Nov. 10, 1969, abandoned. This 
application Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,431 
Int. CL AOln 9112 
U.S.CL 71-100 10 Claims 

6. A herbicidal composition of matter comprising a herbi- 
cidally effective amount of a compound of the formula 



80 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 






It 



VS-CH2-S-C-Y 



in which 

R is alkyl of 1-4 carbon utoms. 

X is selected from the group consisting of chloro. bromo 
and alkyl having i-4 carbon atoms, and 

Y is dialkylamino having 1-4 carbon atoms in each alkyl 
moiety, in admixture vvith a solid diluent or carrier or in 
admixture with a liquid diluent or carrier and a surface- 
active agent. 



3,863,475 
FUNCTION CONTROL KEY LOCKS 
Arthur J. Foss, Streamwood, IIL, assignor to Victor Comptom- 
eter Corporation, Chicago, III. 

Filed Feb. 7, 1974, Ser. No. 440,520 
Int. CI. E05b 9l()S 



L.S. CI. 70-360 



9 Claims 



3:^ 32 ,17 




26 " n ^ 



JO 



1. Function control key locks, comprising outer support 
means having a plurality of hollow cylindrical upper casing 
sections formed integrally therewith, separate inner support 
means having a plurality of upstanding lower casing sections 
formed integrally therewith, means for securing said inner and 
outer support means together to interengage each said upper 
section with an associated said lower section to present a 
hollow cylindrical casing, adjacent portions of said associated 
scction;> being formed to define a recess in each said casing 
when said support means arc secured together, a key- 
controlled lock barrel mounted in each said upper casing 
section for rotation between locked and unlocked positions, a 
locking plate secured to each said barrel and cooperating with 
the associated said recess to limit rotational and longitudinal 
movements of said barrel relative to its associated said casing, 
and an upwardly spring-urged switch- actuating plunger 
means mounted in each said casing with a lower end extending 
downwardly through said inner support means, whereby in- 
ward longitudinal movement of said barrel when in unlocked 
position will depress said switch-actuating plunger means. 



3,863,476 
PICK RESISTANT LOCK 
George P. Patriquin, Gardner, Mass., assignor to Hudson 
Lock. Inc., Hudson, Mass. 

Filed Feb. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 330,971 
Int. CI. E05b 63100 
U.S. CI. 70—419 17 Claims 

1. A lock comprising: 
a housing comprising annular retaining means that defines 

spline means; 
cam actuator means rotatably mounted in said annular 
retaining means and for operating a locking cam, said 
cam actuator means defining a kcyway for rcceivmg a 
key; 



tumbler restraining means received by said spline means 
and responsive to a proper key in said keyway for releas- 
ably restraining said cam actuator in a preselected posi- 
tion with respect to said housing; 

a plug rotatably mounted in said annular retaining means 
and defining a plug keyway for receiving a key, said 
' kcyway and said plug keyway being aligned such that 
access to said keyway by a key is through said plug key- 
way when said cam actuator means and said plug arc in 
their preselected positions; 

stop means coupled to said cam actuator means for prevent- 
ing rotation of said cam actuator means in a direction 
opposite a release direction when said cam actuator 
means is in said preselected position; and 

plug restraining means comprising plug tumbler means 
received by said spline means and responsive to the 




14.4-- ■ 



U9 38 i2 '^ UlO "* "" 



proper key when placed in said plug keyway for releas- 
ably restrainmg said plug in a preselected position with 
respect to said cam actuator means, said plug restraining 
means further comprising means for preventing rotation 
of said cam actuator means in the release direction from 
the preselected position without corresponding rotation 
of said plug in the release direction, and wherein said 
spline means comprises a cam actuator restrainmg wall 
spaced a given distance from said tumbler means and 
disposed so as to be engaged thereby when said cam 
actuator means is rotating in the felease direction, and a 
plug restraining wall spaced less than said given distance 
from said plug tumbler means so as to be engaged thereby 
prior to engagement between said tumbler means and 
said cam actuator restraining wall during rotation of said 
cam actuator means in the release direction. 



3,863,477 
DUAL KEY RING HOLDER 
Samuel Klein, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Leather Tree, 
Inc., Los Angeles, Calif. 

Filed Jan. 28, 1974, Ser. No. 437,175 

Int. CI. A47g 29110 

U.S. CL 70-456 R 3 Claims 




A dual key holder, comprising: 
a pair of essentially identical holder members; 
a tab at one end of each holder member formed into a 
loop; 

a key ring disposed in the loop; 

permanent fastening means extending through the tab 
and corresponding holder member to secure the key ring 
in the loop; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



81 



e. a rcleasable fastener element carried by each fastening 
means; 

f. and a mating rcleasable fastener element disposed at the 
opposite end of each holder member for connection to 
the corresponding fastener element thereby removably 
securing the holder members in confronting relation with 
the tabs extending in opposite directions. 



3,863,478 
SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING ROLLING MILLS 
Toshio Harada; Shinichi Nakamata, both of Kisarazu; Shiro 
Araki; Koei Nakashima, both of Kitakyushu; Hironori Ka- 
wasaki, Kimitsu; Kazuo Watanabe, Kitakyushi; Muneo 
Kawasaki, and Shuhei Niino, both of Kobe, all of Japan, 
assignors to Nippon Steel Corporation and Mitsubishi Elec- 
tric Corporation, both of Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Sept. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 394,844 
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 6, 1972, 47-88686; 
Sept. 6, 1972,47-88687 

Int. CL B21b 37/00 
U.S. CI. 72-6 15 Claims 



\V 



DETECTOR 



7A<!^ 



■■At 



a£TECT^ 



\ 

, MGTOD 
tZA 



i 



B^ JETtCTOBS ^r— ^ ' O 






3B 









( rzc 






;pee: 



I- COMPUTEf* 



1. A method for providing a zero tension in a steel section 
between at least two stands of a continuous rolling mill, com- 
prising the steps of: 
a. detecting the speed of the steel section when it enters into 
the first stand and when it emerges from the second stand; 
b. determining a plurality of parameters of rolling condi- 
tions including at least the sectional area of the steel 
section between said first and second stands; 

c. calculating a control constant based on said detected 
speeds and said plurality of parameters, so that both the 
forward slip ratio and backward slip ratio of the steel 
section may be linearly varied; and 

d. modifying the speed of the steel section between said first 
and second stands in accordance with said control con- 
stant so as to maintain the tension of the steel section 
therebetween substantially zero. 



3,863,479 
APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A TUBE 
Xaver Lipp, Tannhausen Kreis Aslen, Germany, assignor to 
Silo Verfahrens AG, Zug, Switzerland 

Filed Apr. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 346,987 
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 13, 1972, 
2250239 1 1 

'int. CL 82 lb J7/00 
U.S.CL 72-12 16 Claims 

1. A machine for the production of a tube, from a sheet 
metal strip coiled on a feed reel comprising: 
a frame of annular construction which is supported on the 
ground, the longitudinal axis of said frame being substan- 
tially vertical; 
supporting rollers carried by said frame and disposed on a 
helical path extending upward from the bottom end of 
said frame and supporting the tube at a fold therein, said 
helical path and said tube supported thereon having sub- 
stantially vertical longitudinal axes; 



a profiling station supported on the ground adjacent said 
frame and having roller means for defining a path which 
extends adjacent said helical path defined by said sup- 
porting rollers in offset relation to the tube so as to match 
the bending of the tube wall; and 

a folding station adjacent said frame and which is also dis- 
posed on the ground so as to be substantially on one side 
of the wall of the lube when produced, the folding station 
having a path which coincides with said helical path 
defined by said supporting roller and which receives the 
tube. 




said profiling station roller means also bending the metal 
strip, modifying the profile of the metal strip and moving 
the metal strip through said profiling station, 

said folding station having means for folding adjacent pro- 
filed edges of the strip together. 

said frame comprising 

a bottom ring supported on the ground, 
a top ring disposed above said bottom ring, and 
a plurality of vertical posts interconnecting said top and 
bottom rings. 



3,863,480 

APPARATUS FOR FORMING CORRUGATED STRIP 

MATERIAL INTO HELICALLY WOUND TUBING 

Robert H. Meserole, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Johns-Manville 

Corporation, Greenwood Village, Colo. 

Filed Aug. 28, 1973, Ser. No. 392,398 

Int. CL B21c i7//2 

U.S. CI. 72—50 10 Claims 




1. Apparatus for forming corrugated strip material into 
helically wound tubing wherein said strip material has first and 
second longitudinal edge portions which are complementary 
with respect to each other with said second edge portion being 
adapted to be nested within said first edge portion and with 
each of said edge portions having a longitudinally extending 
rib means spaced inwardly from the longitudinal edges of said 
strip material with said rib means being adapted to be folded 
over toward each other to form a seam of the helically wound 
tubing, comprising: 



82 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



I 



February 4, 1975 



mandrel means having a surface about which said strip 
material is convoluted to set the diameter of the tubing, 
said mandrel means having a longitudinal axis, 

forming roll means located adjacent said mandrel means for 
nesting said second edge portion within said Tirst edge 
portion and for initiating a folding over of said rib means 
toward each other to partially form a scam, said forming 
means including a roll with a V-shaped groove therein 
having faces which engage said rib means to initiate the 
folding over of said rib means, said V-shaped groove 
having an included angle between said faces greater than 
90°, and said V-shaped groove having a mouth with a 
width greater than the distance between the outer faces 
of said rib means of the nested edge portions, a second 
roll with a backing surface which opposes said V-shaped 
groove, said rolls being rotatably mounted on the appara- 
tus, and each of said rolls having a series of spaced apart 
annular ribs which extend into corrugations of said strip 
material to guide said strip material so that said nested 
edge portions of said strip material are centered with 
respect to said V-shaped groove, and 

means for feeding said strip material into said forming roll 
means and about said mandrel at an angle relative to the 
longitudinal ccnterline of said mandrel. 



3.863,481 
AUGMENTED HYDROSTATIC EXTRUSION OF FINE 

WIRE 
James W. Dibrell, Malibu, Calif., assignor to Microwire Corpo- 
ration, Allentown, Pa. 

Filed Jan. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 320,088 

Int. CI. B21ci;/00 

t'.S. CI. 72-9 27 Claims 






ve 



*' 









\ccAfrX(U. 
'^3 



S3 t 



1t^- 



1. An augmented hydrostatic extrusion apparatus compris- 
ing, in combination: 

hydrostatic extrusion press means for extruding therefrom, 
under relatively high pressure, a thin wire; 

pressure control means connected to said press means for 
controlling the extrusion pressure within said press 
means, thereby to control the speed of extrusion of said 
wire; 

a positive drive means operatively connected to said wire 
for moving said wire away from said press means at given 
velocity; 

a wire reeling stage for receiving wire which has passed 
through said positive drive means for coiling said wire 
onto a reel; 

a reservoir stage disposed between said press means and 
said positive drive means for receiving and storing a 
variable length of said wire therein as said wire moves 
from said press means to said reservoir stage; 

extrusion velocity measuring means for measuring a differ- 
ence between the extrusion velocity of said wire and the 
said given velocity; 

variable pulling force exerting means for providing a posi- 
tive pulling force on said wire which leaves said press 
means, thereby to reduce the necessary hydrostatic pres- 
sure needed to cause the escape of wire from the die; 

means connecting said variable pulling force exerting means 
to said extrusion velocity measuring means to increase 



pulling force responsive to a decrease in extrusion speed 
of said wire relative to said given speed, and to decrease 
pulling force responsive to an increase in extrusion speed 
of said wire relative to said given speed 
and a second reservoir stage disposed between said positive 
drive means and said wire reeling stage; and means re- 
sponsive to the loading and unloading of said second 
reservoir stage for respectively increasing and decreasing 
the speed of reeling in said wire reeling stage. 



3,863,482 
APPARATUS FOR MAKING SHEET-METAL PROFILES 

WITH FREE-STANDING TONGUES 
Karl Heinz Fastenrath, Wermelskirchen, Germany, assignor to 
Firma Fasti-Werk Carl Aug. Fastenrath, Wermelskir- 
chen/Rhld., Germany 

Filed Nov. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 304,373 
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 13, 1971, 
2156463 

Int. CI. B21d2«/i6 
U.S.CL 72—186 3 Claims 

I n a s Y V va 

... -. \ A ,1 ''11/ 




I. In an apparatus for producing an angle profile from a 
sheet-metal strip and comprising a pair of horizontal parallel 
bearing plates including an upper bearing plate and a lower 
bearing plate, a plurality of pairs of shafts journaled in said 
bearing plates, said pairs of shafts being horizontally spaced 
along said plates and having shaft portions defining a transport 
path for said strip between the shafts of each pair, the shafts 
of each pair lying in common vertical planes transverse to said 
path and being coupled for synchronous rotation, said por- 
tions of said shafts being constructed to receive respective 
strip-profiling rollers, and a common drive for said shafts, the 
improvement which comprises: 
a tongue-cutting head mounted at an intermediate point 
along said path between two of said pairs of shafts and at 
another of said pairs of shafts located between said two 
pairs of shafts, said head including: 
an upper housing part mounted on said upper bearing plate 
and formed with a recess receiving said portion of the 
upper shaft of said other pair in the absence of its roller; 
a lower housing part mounted on said lower bearing plate 
and formed with a r ecess receiving the said portion of the 
lower shaft of said other pair in the absence of its roller; 
a first roller blade journaled on one of said housing parts 
for rotation about a vertical axis for engagement with a 
flange of a sheet-metal strip advanced along said path and 
rotatable only be engagement with the latter strip to 
incise a tongue therein; 
a carriage shiftable on the other of said housing parts trans- 
versely of said path; 
a second roller blade journaled on said carriage for rotation 
about a vertical axis and adapted to cooperate with said 
first blade to incise said tongue in the latter sheet-metal 
strip while being rotated only by engagement with said 
strip; 
spring means bearing upon said carriage to urge said second 
blade away from said first blade; and 



"^ 



'^ 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



83 



releasable locking means effective against the force of said 
spring means for retaining said carriage with said blades 
in cooperating relationship during incising of a tongue in 
said strip. 



3,863,483 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CURVING TUBING 
Peter C. Wright, Etobicoke, and Donald L. Kirsch, Toronto. 
Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Gidon Industries, Inc., 
Rexdale, Ontario, Canada 

Filed May 14, 1973, Ser. No. 359,994 
Int. CI. B21d 71024 

19 Claims 



U.S. CL 72-219 



0e 



f^i^ 



'X 



-v.. 



m. 



\ 



ir T-'' J-? /^/% iix^. 





1. Apparatus for forming successive curves in malleable 
tubing in relatively offset planes comprising, in combination: 
a tube curving head including a forming die about which 
malleable tubing is curvable and a wiper die spaced from said 
forming die to permit the tubing to be interposed between it 
and the forming die, the wiper die being movable to curve said 
interposed tubing around said forming die whereby to form 
curves therein; 
a rotatable chuck for supporting said tubing in interposed 
relation between said forming die and wiper die as afore- 
said, said chuck being of the feed-through type permitting 
the tubing to be advanced through the chuck towards the 
forming die, the chuck including means for yieldingly 
supporting and gripping the tubing to cause the tubing to 
rotate with the chuck, said gripping means permitting the 
tubing to be advanced through the chuck while it is 
gripped for rotation, and 
means for engaging said tubing supported in said chuck and 
for advancing metered portions thereof through the 
chuck, while the tubing is gripped for rotation therewith, 
to said tube curving head for curving as aforesaid; said 
engaging means including an element in tangential en- 
gagement with the tubing and rotatable about an axis 
transverse to the axis of rotation of the chuck, 
the tubing being co-rotatable with the chuck to permit 
formation of successive curves in relatively offset planes. 



3,863,484 
APPARATUS FOR DRAWING WIRES AND TUBES 
Hitoshi Tsuji; Takeshi Murayama; Shigeo Kawahata; Isamu 
Komine; Satoshi Huziwara, and Mikio Ueki, all of Kawasaki, 
Japan, assignors to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha, 
Kanagawa Ken, Japan 

Filed Feb. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 295,831 
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 25, 1971. 46-8987 
Int. CI. B21c im 
U.S. CI. 72-274 8 Claims 

1. Apparatus for drawing tubes and wires comprising: 
a drawing die (4) having an entry and an exit, and an open- 
ing defining a passage therebetween; 
a vibration source (8,9,10); 

an elongated energy transmitting device (6) secured to the 
entry side of said die (4) and coupling said vibration 



source (8,9,10) to said die (4), said energy transmitting 
device (6) being provided with an axial bore (6fl) in the 
longitudinal direction thereof and in the axial direction of 
said die opening, through which material to be drawn may 
, be fed to the entry of said die; 
said vibration source (8,9,10) including at least one vibra- 
tional energy source (9,10) for generating vibrational 
energy in a direction substantially perpendicular to the 



n n 




axis of said axial bore of said energy transmitting device, 
and means (8) coupling said vibrational energy source 
(9,10) to said energy transmitting device (6) and for 
changing the direction of said vibrational energy by 90° 
so that the resulting vibrational energy is in the direction 
of said axis of said axial bore (6a) of said energy transmit- 
ting device (6), whereby substantially all of said resulting 
vibrational energy is imparted to said die in the direction 
of drawing of material through said drawing die (4). 



3,863,485 
PRESS AND METHOD FOR COIN PRESSING ARTICLES 
Frank MacDonald. Irvine: David Michael Gardner, Kilmar- 
nock, and Roy Stephens, Prestwick, all of Scotland, assignors 
to The Glacier Metal Company. Limited, Wembley. Middle- 
sex. England 

Filed May 11, 1973, Ser. No. 359,469 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 11, 1972, 
21994/72; May 11, 1972, 21995/72 

Int. CL B21d 37112 
U.S. CL 72-345 lo Claims 




1. A press for coin-pressing separate blanks into semi- 
cylindrical bearing shells including a pair of forming tools 
having complementary opposed semi-cylindrical surfaces for 
forming opposite faces of the shells, and a mechanical drive 
for bringing the tools together to form the shells, and including 
also side pieces arranged to come together to clamp the side 
faces of the blanks while they are being formed into the semi- 
cylindrical shape, but to be released after the forming tools 



84 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



move apart when the shells have been formed, a member 
having a surface which is held against the joint faces of the 
shells to locate them during forming, whereby all the faces of 
the blanks are located during forming and retaining means 
locating said shells in position after forming and following 
release thereof from said forming tools. 



3,863,486 
TRANSFER PRESS 
Donald Richard Lassy, 22 Matthews St., Terryvilk, Conn. 
06786 

Filed Jan. 4, 1974, Ser. No. 430,883 

Int. CI. B21j 9H8, 13100 

U.S. CI. 72-405 17 Claims 



rotatably orienting the gripping jaws and moving the jaws 
toward and away from the power press, the combination 
comprising a jaw actuating mechanism opcrativcly connected 
to the drive member for linear and rotational movement with 
the feed arm, said mechanism including adjustable limiting 
means preventing linear movement of the feed arm beyond 
predetermined forward and rearward limit positions, jaw sta- 
bilizing and aligning means including a pair of spaced guides 
spanning the jaws and controlling movement of the jaws be- 




1. In a transfer press having a frame, a plunger supported on 
said frame for movement in one and an opposite direction 
relative thereto, a lifting rod mechanism supported on said 
frame and including a lifting rod disposed in axially parallel 
relation to said plunger and connected thereto for movement 
therewith, a cam shaft supported on said frame for rotation 
relative thereto, a plunger cam mounted in fixed position on 
said shaft for rotation therewith and engagable with said 
plunger for positively driving it in said one direction in re- 
sponse to rotation of said shaft, a lifting cam mounted in fixed 
position on said shaft for rotation therewith and engagable 
with said lifting rod mechanism to drive said plunger in said 
other direction in response to rotation of said shaft, and fric- 
tion means mounted on said frame and frictionally engaging 
said lifting rod to resist movement thereof relative to said 
frame, the improvement comprising a limit stop assembly 
including an upper stop member defining a first abutment, 
means for securing said upper stop member to said lifting rod 
assembly for movement therewith, and means defining second 
abutment associated with said frame and in the path of said 
first abutment for engagment with said first abutment to limit 
movement of said plunger in said one direction. 



3,863.487 
"^ FEED DEVICE 

Edwin W, Plumb, Woodbury, and Harold T. Meikis. Water- 
bury, both of Conn., assignors to Safeguard Manufacturing 
Co., Woodbury, Conn. 

Filed May 16, 1973. Ser. No. 360,850 
Int. CI. B2Id 43102 
U.S. CI. 72-421 ^ 7 Claims 

3. In a feed device particularly well suited to secondary 
feeding operations in the confined work area of a power press 
or the like comprising an elongated feed arm having a drive 
member on one end thereof and a pair of gripping jaws on the 
opposite end thereof movable between open and closed posi- 
tions and an adjustable support slidably mounting the feed 
arm for linear movement relative to the support and simulta- 
neous rotational movement about the axis of the feed arm for 




tween their open and closed positions, at least one of said jaws 
including guideways slidably receiving the guides and cooper- 
ating therewith to prevent misalignment of the jaws during the 
opening and closing movement thereof, and a jaw actuator 
interposed between the jaws and movable axially relative to 
the feed arm. said jaw actuator being operative upon move- 
ment of the feed arm to one of said limit positions to ipove 
axially relative to the feed arm in response to the drive mem- 
ber and simultaneously effect relative movement of the jaws 
between their open and closed positions. 



3,863,488 
HYDRALLIC PRESS WITH PULSATING LOAD 
Nikolai Trifonovich Deordiev, uiitsa Fridrikha Engelsa, 42, kv. 
40; Ivan Vasilievich Kononov, uiitsa Torpedo, 40, kv. 4; 
Ivan Egorovich Maslennikov. uiitsa Druzhinnikov 26. kv. 
82: Gennady Vitalievich Modzheevsky, uiitsa Koltsovskaya 
82, kv. 35; Vladimir Nikiforovich Platonov, uiitsa 9 Yan- 
varya 49, kv. 45, and Vasily Tikhonovich Sukhanov, Bulvar 
Pionerov 20, kv. 73, all of Veronezh, U.S.S.R. 
Filed July 10, 1973, Ser. No. 377,911 
Int. CL B21j 9112 
U.S. CL 72-453 1 Claim 







9 
(^3S 



1. A hydraulic press with a pulsating load comprising a bed, 
a power cylinder provided with a piston; said cylinder being 
arranged on said bed and having above-piston and under- 
piston spaces; a source of liquid high pressure; a drain; a 
pulsator serving for the creation of a pulsating load in said 
power cylinder; said above-piston space serving for the work- 
ing stroke of the piston being connected to the said source of 
the liquid high pressure and through said pulsator to the drain; 
a pipeline connecting said under-piston space to a source of 
liquid high pressure serving for the return of said piston to its 
initial position; a one-way valve mounted on said pipe-line; 
and a throttle and high pressure accumulator arranged in 
consecutive order on said pipeline between said under-piston 
space and said one-way valve enabling the control of the 
amplitude of oscillation of said piston. 



February 4, 19711 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



85 



3,863,489 

ANALYSIS OF CHROMATOGRAPHIC PEAKS BY 

MOMENTS 

Buell O. Ayers, and Edwin K. Clardy, both of Bartlesville, 

Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company, Bartlesville. 

Okla. 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 873.269, Nov. 3, 1969, 
abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 82.087 

Int. CI. GOlh J//0* 
II.S.CL 73-23.1 3 Calms 



electronically feeding a second signal corresponding to the 
action of said gas on said paper tape continuously during 
the action of the gas into a difference stage, and 



o 




^7V^ 







IpOOGWAMMffll 



? 


"f 










H 












'i 


p- 


— 








-hJ. 


M" 


•n- 






^-Z 






X, 



1. 1 he mcth«)d of (>btaining data useful in determining the 
relative contcntrations of first and second constituents of a 
fiuid mixture by chromatography when said constituents have 
approximately the same retention times, which method ci)m- 
prises: 

introducing into a chromatographic analyzer a sample of 
the fluid mixture, and operating the analyzer to produce 
a first chromatogram wherein the composition of the 
analyzer effluent is measured with respect to time; 

introducing into said analyzer a sample of said first constitu- 
ent, and operating the analyzer to produce a second 
chromatogram wherein the composition of the analyzer 
effluent is measured with respect to time; 

introducing into said analyzer a sample of said second con- 
stituent, and operating the analyzer to produce a thrid 
chromatogram wherein the composition of the analyzer 
effluent is measured with respect to time; and 

computing the moments of the peaks of said constituents in 
each of said chromatograms with respect to a common 
reference point of time, whereby a comparison of the 
resulting moments provides an indication of the relative 
amounts of said first and second constituents in the first 
chromatogram. 



forming a difference between said presignal and said second 
signal determineii at an end of the time of action of said 
gas by said difference stage, and 

causing said difference to be indicated 



3,863,491 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TESTING CIGARETTES 
Desmond W. Mollns, London, England: Francis A. M. Labbe. 

Neuilly-sur-Selne, France: Harry Parkinson: Peter Kirk. 

both of London, England, and Robert J. Hayward, New 

South Wales, Australia, assignors to Mollns Limited, Lon- 

don, England 

Filed Jan. 22, 1973, Ser. No. 325,799 

Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 21, 1972, 
2897/72 

Int. CL GOlm 3126 
IJ.S. CI. 73-37 37 claims 



3,863,490 

METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING 
ERRONEOUS INDICATIONS AS A RESULT OF THE 
PROPERTIES OF THE PAPER IN APPARATUS WHICH 
USE A PAPER TAPE AS MEASURING MEANS 
Otto Blunck, and Karl-Heinz Retzow, both of Hamburg, Ger- 
many, assignors to Firma H. Maihak AG, Hamburg, Ger- 
many 

Filed Apr. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 349,730 
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 11, 1972, 
2217285 

Int. CI. G01n2//25 
U.S. CL 73-28 2 Claims 

1. A method of avoiding errors in indication due to the 
properties of the paper in apparatus which uses a paper tape 
as a means of gas measurement, comprising the steps of 
causing a gas to act on a paper tape, 
producing momentarily a presignal corresponding to a 
background of said paper tape at a point of the paper tape 
upon the commencement of the action of a gas on said 
paper tape. 




1. A method of testing a cigarette, comprising directing a 
stream of air against the side of the cigarette adajcent to one 
of its ends with a velocity sufficient to deform the end portion 
of an inadequately filled cigarette in which event said air 
stream is deflected towards a first region spaced from said end 
portion but insufficient to deform the end portion of an ade- 
quately filled cigarette in which event said air stream is de- 
flected towards a second region spaced from said end portion 
and remote from said first region, and detecting the presence 
of the air stream in said first region to which said air stream 
is deflected by the deformed side of an inadequately filled 
cigarette. 



86 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,492 

APPARATUS FOR MEASURING THE DIAMETER FOR 

THROUGH HOLES 

R. Pierce Trask, II, Silver Spring, Md., assignor to The United 

States of America as represented by tlie Secretary of the 

Army, Washington, D.C. 

Filed June 28, 1973, Ser. No. 374,606 

Int. CI. GOIb ]3/08 

U.S. CI. 73-37,5 9 Claims 




I. An apparatus for measuring the diameter of through 
holes in a wink piece comprising: 

a. spaced apart interconnected fluid supply means including 
first and second means, said work piece being inserted 
therebetween; 

b. b said first means for emitting a constant emitter jet of 
fluid through a through hole in said work piece; 

c. said second means for emitting a constant jet of fluid 
opposing said emitter jet, said second means being lo- 
cated on the side of said hole opposite said first means; 

d. means for receiving fluid deflected from said opposed 
fluid supply jets; and, 

e. means for measuring the pressure of said deflected fluid 
whereby the diameter of said through hole is determined. 



3,863,493 

COMPENSATED FLUIDIC BEARING CLEARANCE 

MONITOR 

Charles C. Busenkell, Camarillo, Calif., assignor to The United 

States of America as represented by the Secretary of the 

Navy, Washington, D.C. 

Filed Nov. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 418,790 

Int. CI. GOlb 131 12 

VS. CI. 73-37.5 4 Claims 



c: 






ANALOG 
PROPORTIONAL 

AMPLIFIER 



FLUrDtC 

analog to 

Digital 

CONVERTeR 



■TT 



«AftNING 
SIGNAL 

D,<MtN 



WARNING 

Signal 

Oi>UAX 



ll DKD 



rie 



LUID^ 
SUPPLT I 
PRESSURE ^ 



BIASED 
FLUlOiC 
AMPL'FtER 

(SChiMDT 
TRIGGER) 



<> 



^30 



FLUIOIC 
AND 

GATE 



D,<MAX 







NORMAL 
MAX>D, >MiN 



1. A fluidic indicating system for monitoring clearances in 
a hydrostatic bearing comprising: 
a a first nozzle mounted in the bearing housing adjacent to 
the bearing; 



b. a second nozzle mounted in close proximity to said first 
nozzle so that said first and second nozzles are in the same 
environment; 

c. a plate mounted adjacent to the output of the second 
nozzle a predetermined distance; 

d. a pressurized fluid supply connected through identical 
lines to said first and second nozzle; 

e. a fluidic analog proportional amplifier connected to said 
first and second nozzles for amplifying any pressure dif- 

'. ference between the two nozzles; 

f. a fluidic analog to digital converter connected to the 
outputs of the fluidic analog proportional amplifier, and 
having first and second outputs; 

g. a warning device connected to the first output of the 
analog to digital converter to indicated when the pressure 
in the first nozzle exceeds the pressure in the second 
nozzle whereby a warning is given when bearing clear- 
ance goes below a predetermined minimum. 



3,863,494 

DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE WORKABILITY AND 

COMPACTION OF FRESH CONCRETE 

Karim W. Nasser, 204 Garrison Crescent, Saskatoon, Sas> 

katchewan, Canada 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 151,351, June 9, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Oct. 25, 1973, Ser. No. 409,595 
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 14, 1973, 
73.29769 

Int. CI. GOln 11/00,33138 
U.S. CI. 73-54 11 Claims 






r---: 



» • 

f 



'^A 



1. A device for use in determining the workability, consis- 
tency, slump and compaction of a freshly prepared concrete 
mix which comprises a tube including a central bore, a mem- 
ber fixedly attached to and extending substantially trans- 
versely of said tube for limiting the depth to which said tube 
may be inserted into said mix, a plurality of apertures each in 
the shape of a slot extending from a closed end of the tube 
remote from the transverse member partially along said tube, 
including between the ends of said slotted apertures and said 
transverse member at least one set of a plurality of small 
apertures disposed around the periphery of said tube through 
which apertures said mix may enter said bore on insertion of 
said device into said mix. and index means associated with said 
tube for determining the residual height to which the mix is 
present in the bore of said tube on withdrawal of said device 
from said mix. 



3,863,495 
QUARTZ CRYSTAL SOLUTE MASS DETECTOR 
Wolfgang W. Schuiz, Warren, and William H. King, Jr., Flor- 
ham Park, both of NJ., assignors to Exxon Research and 
Engineering Company, Linden, N.J. 

Filed Apr. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 351,339 

Int. CI. GOln 5/04 

U.S. CI. 73—61.1 C 10 Claims 

1. A method of measuring the mass of materials which have 

been separated in a liquid-liquid chromatographic column and 

f 



February 4, 1971 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



87 



subsequently eluted in a sequential manner by a carrier sol- 
vent according to their physical characteristics as an eluate 
stream comprising the following steps in combination: 
a. sampling an accurately reproducible amount of said 
eluate stream at uniform intervals during the elution of 
said materials, whereby the samples are representative of 
the separated material in said column; 



2^ CJ>i.f/»m rrrii/f>/rffu''>T^ 







T? SOi£f*0ir* >4C 






4 1 

1 1 




1 


1 .\\,^.•■£A^ 


1 


'V A rrc 


! 


•41) 







means defining an arcuate track on the main body, concave 
toward the saddle generally about an axis which remains 
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bore of the 
second tubular member as the main body is rotated as 
aforesaid; 

a slider mounted on the main body for movement along the 
track and means for moving the slider along the track; 

longitudinally extensible arm means mounted on the slider 
and provided with means for maintaining the arm di- 
rected toward the saddle regardless of the position of the 
slider along the track, the arm means having a first por- 
tion secured to the slider, a second portion disposed 
adjacent the saddle and provided with a contact member 
for engaging at least one of the tubular members in the 
vicinity of the saddle shaped intersection to standardize 
the proximity of the second portion with respect to the 
saddle shaped intersection, and means for extending the 
second portion with respect to the first portion, toward 
the saddle shaped intersection to ensure engagement of 
the contact member as aforesaid; 

a scanning unit mounted on the second portion and and 
oriented to scan the saddle shaped intersection, whereby 
the main body may be rotated to cause the scanning unit 
to scan the saddle shaped intersection at a given radius, 
and the slider may be moved along the arcuate track to 
change the radius of scanning. 



b. depositing each of said eluate samples on a first crystal; 

c. rapidly evaporating the carrier solvent from each of 

said eluate samples; and 
d. measuring the resonant frequency of Said first crystal 

after said carrier solvent has been evaporated from each 

sample. 



3,863,496 

CURVED SURFACE SCANNING APPARATUS 
Tsunehisa Hiramatsu, Miki, and Hiroshi Nosaka, Kakogawa, 
both of Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki 
Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Sept. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 395.077 
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 30, 1972, 47- 
113802[U); Sept. 30. 1972, 47-1 13803(U] 

Int. CI. GOln 29/04 
U.S. CI. 73-67.8 S 5 Claims 



3,863,497 

ACOUSTIC DELAY SURFACE WAVE MOTION 

TRANSDUCERS 

Herman van de Vaart, Harvard; Hugh B. Matthews, Acton, 

and James C. Worley, Sudbury, all of Mass., assignors to 

Sperry Rand Corporation, New York, N.Y. 

Filed Oct. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 300,034 

Int. CI. GOlh l/OO; GOlp 15/00 

U.S. CI. 73-71.2 18 Claims 




17 
\ 

'6. 



Ii>»'P&J 





I. Apparatus for scanning the saddle shaped intersection of 
the bores of a first tubular member with a second tubular 
member from inside the base of the first tubular members, 
comprising: 1 1 

a main body; 1 1 

support means for disposing the main body in the first tubu- 
lar member for rotation therein about the longitudinal 
axis of the bore o^ the second tubular member; 



1. Transducer means comprising: 

elongate cantilever flexure means having first and second 

ends and a flexible surface layer adapted to propagate 

acoustic waves, 
exciter means for exciting and propagating said acoustic 

waves along a predetermined path at said flexible surface 

layer, 
receiver means along said path for receiving and converting 

said acoustic waves into electrical signals, 
signal generator means for driving said exciter means, and 

signal processing circuit means responsive to said signal 

generator means and to said receiver means for deriving 

a measure of the flexure of said flexure means. 



88 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,498 
ENGINE TIMING METER 
B«rnd Gunther, Framingham, Mass., assignor to Thermo Elec- 
tron Corporation. Waltharo, Mass. 

Filed July 28, 1972, Scr. No. 276,232 . 

Int. CI. GOlm 15100 
U.S. CI. 73-118 11 Claims 



54,;; 



1 



■■«•[ ; 



-^ 



- ,.. Lr ^"' V '"^ . 




I. Method of measuring ignition timing of an internal com- 
bustion engine having a crankshaft and an even number of 
cylinders comprising steps of: 

gcneralmg in each revolution of said crankshaft a reference 
signal which coincides in time with the same specified 
angular position of said crankshaft, whereby upon succes- 
sive revolutions of said shaft to generate a train of said 
reference signals which are spaced apart in time propor- 
tional to the rotational velocity of said shaft, generating 
in alternate ones of said revolutions a first series of igni- 
tion signals each of which substantially coincides in time 
with an ignition pulse supplied to a first of a pair of said 
cylinders which fire 3(iO° apart, generating in intervening 
ones of said revolutions a second series of ignition signals 
each of which substantially coincides in time with an 
Ignition pulse supplied to the second of said cylinders, 
generating an electric wave train by shifting between a 
first predetermined voltage value and a second predeter- 
mined voltage value in response to, respectively, said 
reference signals and said ignition signals, and measuring 
the average DC level between said voltage values. 



3.863.499 
SIMl LATING FIRING STRESSES IN GLN BARRELS 
Sigmund \on Boutteville, Dusseldorf, and Horst Rekittke. 
Oberwinter, both of Germany, assignors to Firma Rhein- 
metall G.m.b.H.. Dusseldorf. Germany 

Filed July 19, 1972, Ser. No. 273,270 
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 7, 1971, 
2139735 

Int. CI. GOll 5/14; GOln 25/54 
I .S. CI. 73- 167 3 Claims 



U 12 11 1 9 ^ '3 




v\V. ■ ' '', ■ ■! ' ' — ~ — . ' ■ ■ : ' — ' 






UMifS 



^\\\ N S ^-V . ^\-^ 



.'> -. -.^I 



I. An apparatus for testing gun barrels by simulating actual 
firing stresses without a projectile therein comprising: 



a gun barrel; 

an insert body mounted in the loading chamber of said gun 
barrel to reduce the volume of said loading chamber and 
extending axially along part of the length thereof, the 
middle portion of said insert body defining an annular 
clearance between the ends of said body and the inner 
wall of said gun barrel, said ends of the insert body seal- 
ingly engaging said inner wall of the gun barrel; 

means for mounting an explosive charge in said barrel of an 
intensity less than that of a normal propulsive charge for 
ejecting shells from the barrel to produce gas at an ele- 
vated temperature, said clearance communicating with 
said charge whereby the hot charge gases pass through 
said clearance; 

means for closing the breech end of said barrel on one axial 
side of said clearance; and 

a rupturable plate closing said barrel on the opposite side of 
said clearance and sustaining a predetermined pressure in 
said clearance upon detonation of said charge but ruptur- 
ing beyond said predetermined pressure. 



3.863,500 
FLOW VELOCITY MEASURING DEVICE 
Hiroo Yamasaki, and Ichizo Ito, both of Tokyo, Japan, assign- 
ors to Yokogawa Electric Works Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Apr. 5, 1973. Ser. No. 348,121 
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 27, 1972, 47-42472 
Int. CI. GOlf //OO, GOlp 5/lfl 
U.S. CI. 73-194 B 13 Claims 







.C©) 



1. Flow metering apparatus of the type wherein a vortex 
generating element is placed transversely in a stream of fluid 
to produce on opposite sides of the element vortices which are 
shed in alternating fashion, and wherein the element is formed 
with openings along said opposite sides which are connected 
together through the interior of the element to produce there- 
through an alternating fluid flow corresponding to the alter- 
nating shedding of vortices, such apparatus being character- 
ized in that: 

the openings on each of the opposite sides of the element 
arc arranged relative to the stream of fluid both in an 
upstream region and in a downstream region spaced 
circumferentially from the upstream region such that the 
fluid flow inwardly through the spaced openings on one 
side of the element serves to maintain the boundary layer 
of the stream of fluid attached to the element to the 
vicinity of said downstream region, said fluid flowing 
outwardly through the spaced openings on the other side 
of the element serves to prevent reattachment of the 
spearated boundary layer to the element. 



3,863,501 
MAGNETOSTRICTIVE SENSOR FOR A FLOWMETER 
John E. Janssen, Minnetonka; Vahram S. Kardashian, Plym- 
outh, and Paul Antonio Corbero, Minneapolis, all of Minn., 
assignors to Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. 
Filed Dec. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 426,268 
Int. CI. GOlf 1/00 
U.S. CI. 73- 1 94 B 7 Claims 

1. A flowmeter of the type having a turbulence induced 
therein which has an oscillatory type component, the repeti- 
tion rate of which is a function of flow rate, the combination 
comprising: 



February 4. 197! 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



89 



a magnetostrictive flow sensing means comprising a length 
of spring wire having plated thereon a magnetically aniso- 
tropic magnetostrictive thin-film. 

means mounting said wire to extend into a fluid flow path, 
whereby the oscillatory type component of flow causes a 
vibratory deflection of said plated wire, the frequency of 




HMNCTOSTmcTIVC 

WIRt 



concentric gear teeth disposed in a circular array about 
the axis of rotation of said gear wheel; 

variable length drive shaft means mounted between and 
rotatably interconnecting said first and second gear 
wheels for transmitting the rotating force from the drive 
axle and first gear wheel to the second gear wheel and 
ultimately to the vehicle drive wheel, both ends of said 
drive shaft means having contact gear means fixedly 
mounted thereon for mating individually with selected 
one of said rows of concentric gear teeth on each said 
gear wheels, said drive shaft means further including 

first and second, elongated, concentric rotatablc shaft sec- 
tions, each carrying one of said contact gear means, one 
slidably mounted in a longitudinal or axial direction 



said vibratory deflection being a function of flow rate, 
and 
a.c. generator means for energizing said plated wire with a 
carrier type wave and wherein said vibratory deflection of 
said wire effects a modulation of said carrier wave, said 
plated wire further having terminal means connected to 
frequency responsive signal output measuring means. 



3,863,502 

VISUAL-TYPE HYGROMETER 

Stanley B. Elliott, 7125 Conelly Blvd., Bedford, Ohio 44146 

Division of Ser. No. 18,921, March 12, 1970. This application 

Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,550 

Int. CL GOlw 1/06 

U.S. CI. 73-336 8 Claims 





within the other to vary the effective length of the said 
drive shaft means to position said contact gear means 
with different ones of said rows of concentric gear teeth, 
said first and second shaft sections being connected to- 
gether to rotate in unison and in combination extending 
across from one gear wheel to the other; and 
gear shifting means mounted on the vehicle and attached to 
said shaft sections for moving the contact gear means 
from engagement with one row of gear teeth to another 
row by relatively moving said shaft sections for moving 
the contact gear means from engagement with one row of 
gear teeth to another row by relatively moving said shaft 
sections in a longitudinal or axial direction with respect 
to each other and with respect to said gear shifting means. 



1. A visual-type humidity and temperature responsive de- 
vice comprising: ( 1 ) a source of illumination providing a light 
beam. ( 2 ) a chemical composition that of itself senses changes 
in temperature and relative humidity, the composition being 
birefringent at a first relative humidity and temperature and 
non-birefringent at a second relative humidity and tempera- 
ture, (3) means to amplify observable changes in composition 
due to changes in relative humidity and temperature including 
a polarizer for the light beam and an analyzer for the polarized 
beam that is passed through the composition, and (4) light 
detecting means for detecting changes in the brightness and 
intensity of light coming from the composition because of 
changes in relative humidity and temperature. 



3,863,504 

PRESSURE GAUGE PROTECTOR ASSEMBLY AND 

METHOD 

Alexander S. Borsanyi, Irvine, Calif., assignor to American 

Hospital Supply Corporation, Evanston, III. 

Filed Mar. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 339,516 

Int. CI. GOll 7/08 

U.S. CI. 73-395 6 Claims 



3,863,503 
MULTISPEED, CHAINLESS VEHICLE DRIVE SYSTEM 
David C. Loeb, 7227 S. Claiborne Ave., New Orleans, La. 
70125, and Robert Trestman, 6649 Memphis St., New Or- 
leans, La. 70124 

Filed Apr. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 355,592 
Int. CI. F16h 3/30 
U.S. CL 74-347 9 Claims 

1. A multispeed, chainless drive system for a vehicle of the 
occupant propelled type conm prising: 
a first gear wheel mounted on a rotatable drive axle: 
a second gear wheel spaced from said first gear wheel and 
mounted on a rotatable vehicle drive wheel, both of said 
gear wheels having projecting therefrom multiple rows of 




1. A gauge protector assembly for measuring the pressure 
of a fluid by a gauge without having the fluid contact the gauge 
comprising a casing having an inner cavity and inlet and outlet 



90 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



openings communicating with the cavity, a flexible diaphragm 
secured to the casing within the cavity and dividing the cavity 
into first and second chambers, at least a portion of the casing 
being transparent to permit the diaphragm to be observed 
from outside of the casing, both of the inlet and outlet open- 
ings communicating with the first chamber but not the second 
chamber to provide a first fluid flow passage through the first 
chamber between the inlet and outlet openings, the casing 
being provided with a third opening communicating with the 
second chamber but not the first chamber, conduit means 
connected to the third opening and adapted to be connected 
to a pressure gauge to provide a second fluid flow passage 
through the third opening between the second chamber and 
the conduit means, and means for injecting a fluid into the 
second fluid flow passage whereby the fluid to be measured 
can be connected to the first fluid flow passage so that the 
pressure thereof acts on the diaphragm and fluid can be in- 
jected into the second fluid flow passage by the fluid injecting 
means until the pressures in the first and second chambers are 
equal. 



U 



3,863,505 
VIBRATING CYLINDER PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 
. Marston Moffatt, Glastonbury, Conn., assignor to United 
Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn. 

Filed July 9, 1973, Ser. No. 377,868 
Int. CI. GOll 9/10 
,S. CI. 73-398 R 19 Claims 




'OA/^£jfr£ff 






I --_^__J Lj 

1. A vibrating cylinder pressure transducer subcombination 
comprising: 

a base member; 

a vibrating cylinder composed of material having magnetic 
permeability, closed at one end and disposed in pressure 
sealing relationship against said base member at the other 
end thereof to form a first pressure chamber; 

an outer pressure cylinder composed of a substantially low 
magnetic permeability material, and at least partially 
closed at one end and disposed in pressure sealing rela- 
tionship against said base member and surrounding said 
vibrating cylinder to form a second pressure chamber 
between said vibrating cylinder and said outer pressure 
cylinder; 

inlet means provided for one of said chambers so as to 
provide fluid communication between one of said cham- 
bers and a source of fluid, the pressure of which is to be 
measured by said transducer; 

electromagnetic drive means disposed on said outer pres- 
sure cylinder and in driving relationship with said vibrat- 
ing cylinder; 

electromagnetic sensing means disposed on said outer pres- 
sure cylinder and in sensing relationship with said vibrat- 
ing cylinder; and 



low reluctance magnetic path means disposed externally of 
said outer pressure cylinder for providing a return path 
for magnetic flux through said electromagnetic means 
and said vibrating cylinder. 



3,863,506 
LIQUID SAMPLING 
Charles Laird McClure, Malvern, Pa., assignor to Pro>Tech 
Inc., Malvern, Pa. 

Filed June 13, 1973, Scr. No. 369,722 

Int. CI. GOIn ll\4 

U.S. CI. 73-421 B 12 Claims 




T ii 



1. In apparatus for sampling liquid from a body thereof at 
predetermined intervals of time between and for predeter- 
mined periods of time at successive samplings, including con- 
duit means to and from the body of liquid and adapted to 
receive gaseous fluid at superatmospheric pressure to propel 
samples of liquid from the body thereof to a collecting loca- 
tion during the sampling periods, the improvement comprising 
a pair of like electrical timing means, one for determining the 
interval between successive samplings and one for determin- 
ing the duration of each sampling period, and including an 
indicator of the time remaining in any current sampling inter- 
val and the time remaining in any current sampling period; 
means for switching the respective timer means alternately off 
and on, each one being switched on when the other has 
counted down to zero time remaining, for an automatic mode 
of operation; switch means for inactivating such automatic 
switching and interconnecting the apparatus for operation in 
accordance with signals supplied from an external source, the 
first timing means including electrical means for totalizing 
time-duration signals and the second timing means including 
electrical means for determining the duration of sampling 
periods; and switch means interposed between the electrical 
means and the external signal source together with electrical 
interconnectors therebetween such that in one position of the 
switch means the external signal source is connected to the 
totalizing electrical means and in another position of the 
switch means the external signal source is connected to the 
electrical means for determining the duration of sampling 
periods. 



3,863,507 
SAMPLE MIXING AND METERING APPARATUS 
Alan Richardson Jones, Miami, and Thomas J. Godin, Holly* 
wood, both of Fla., assignors to Coulter Electronics, Inc., 
Hialeah, Fla. 

Filed Mar. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 342,161 
Int. CI. GOIn J//00 
U.S. CI. 73—423 A 6 Claims 

1. A sampling head for use at a sample pickup station, said 
head comprising a hollow sample pickup probe adapted to be 
inserted into a sample container at a sample pickup station for 
extracting a given amount of fluid sample from the container, 
said pickup probe being movable between a fust or sampling 



February 4, 197f 



^ 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



91 



position and a second or retracted position, valve means oper- 
able upon movement of said probe to said sampling position 
for connecting said probe to means for withdrawing fluid from 
the sample container through said probe, and means for mov- 
ing said probe and simultaneously operating said valve means 
whereby said valve means is operated by said moving means 
to connect said probe to the withdrawing means at the same 
time said probe is moved by said moving means to said sam- 
pling position, said valve means including first and second 



inducing currents in said proof mass in such a direction as to 
produce magnetomotive restoring axial forces equal and op- 
posite to those producing such translations, said restoring 
means comprising a pair of magnets mounted on said housing 
with their opposed poles adjacent the outer surface of said 
proof mass; and means for measuring the restoring forces 
necessary to balance the axial forces due to said accelerations 
as a function of the speed and number of revolutions of said 
rotating magnetic means for producing said induced currents. 




II 



3,863,508 
ACCELEROMETER 
WiUiam M. Scarborough, Whittier, and Doyle E. Wilcox, La 
Puente. both of Calif., assignors to Rockwell International 
Corporation, El Segundo, Calif. 

Filed Jan. 2, 1959, Ser. No. 784,819 

Int. CI. GOlp ISm 

U.S. CI. 73-516 R 19 Claims 




1. In an integrating 't^pe of device for measuring accelera- 
tions, the combination of: a housing a cylindrical proof mass 
of non-magnetic, electrically conductive material; positioned 
within and longitudinally with respect to said housing; bearing 
means, positioned in said housing for permitting frictionless 
translation of said proof mass parallel to the cylindrical axis 
thereof, while restraining movement of said proof mass trans- 
versely of said axis, said bearing means positioned in close 
proximity to the surface of said proof mass; means mounted 
on said housing adjacent one end of said proof mass, for 
sensing axial displacements due to accelerations of said proof 
mass; means for restoring said mass to null position after axial 
displacement, comprising rotating magnetic means for setting 
up magnetic fields travelling axially of said proof mass for 



3,863,509 

KEYBOARD FOR THE PRESELECTION OF 

ELECTROMAGNETIC SIGNALS 

Carmelo Zimatore, and Amedeo Pezzini, both of Rome, Italy, 

assignors to Autovox S.p.A., Rome, Italy 

Filed Jan. 3, 1974, Ser. No. 430,589 
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 17, 1973, 47733/73 
Int. CI. FlOh 35118 
U.S. CI. 74-10.33 9 Claims 



movable valve blocks each having at least one passageway 
therethrough, said passageways being aligned with each other 
and with said probe when said probe is in said retracted posi- 
tion and said valve means is in a sample delivery and probe 
cleaning position, and said moving means includes lost motion 
means which permits said head to be lowered a predetermined 
distance with said valve blocks maintained in place defining 
said sample delivery and probe cleaning position of said valve 
means. 







1. In a keyboard for receivers, particularly for autoradios. 
for prc-setting them to the reception of as many transmitters 
as there are keys on siad keyboard, in which keyboard said 
keys are of a variable length and carry, fulcrumed to them, 
cams which can be locked in varying inclinations with respect 
to the key axis, said cams coacting with means to transmit said 
inclination to the tuning system of said receiver, the improve- 
ment that: 

each key cam coacts with cams, whose one end is pivotably 
• mounted on a plate, each cam presenting an ear at both 
sides of its pivot, said ears being coplanar with said key 
cam and capable of being moved into engagement with 
the latter; 

each of the opposite end of said eared cams is linked by a 
pin to a flat bolt, one end of said bolt being disconnect- 
ably linked to the tuning system of said reeiver, said eared 
cams and said bolts forming the means to transmit the key 
cam inclinations to said tuning system. 



3,863,510 

INERTIA ENGINE 

Everett H. Benson, Rt. 1, Box 429, Eagle Creek, Oreg. 97022 

Filed Jan. 16, 1974, Ser. No. 433,933 

Int. CI. F16h Ji//2 

U.S. CI. 74-64 7 Claims 




1. An inertia engine comprising a reaction mechanism 
adapted to be driven by a vehicle-mounted prime mover, the 
reaction mechanism including: 



92 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a rotatable drive shaft, 

a mass and means attaching said mass to said drive shaft for 
rotation with said drive shaft, 

and means for moving said mass inwardly toward said drive 
shaft and for partially releasing said mass for movement 
outwardly away from said drive shaft in a direction having 
a component axial of said drive shaft for providing thrust 
in the last mentioned direction, said muss moving out- 
wardly in response to centrifugal force as said mass is 
rotated by said drive shaft. 



3,863,512 -^ 

SHIFT MECHANISM FOR DERAILLEUR DRIVE 
James W. Crawley, Woodland Hills, Calif., assignor to Califor- 
nia Progressive Products, Inc., Manhattan Beach, Calif. 
Filed Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 414,146 
Int. CI. F16h 1 1 104 
U.S. CI. 74-2 17 B 20 Claims 



3,863,511 
APPARATUS FOR OPENING THE SAND DISCHARGING 

DOOR FOR HOPPER BARGES 
Keizo Kil(ui. Chiba, Japan, assignor to Mitsui Shipbuilding and 
Engineering Co. Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Oct. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 404,792 
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 12, 1972, 47-118140 
Int. CI. F16h 27102 
L.S. CI. 74-89.15 1 Claim 



2 3 i. 



' , \ I \" 



3^ 



6 7 9" 8 



_a_ 




\m 



1. The method of operating a sand or soil discharging door 
for a hopper barge in which said door is positioned and 
mounted to be urged open by the weight of said sand or soil, 
comprising: 

providing a mechanism comprising a slidable body con- 
nected to said door so as to be slid in one direction when 
said door is opening and in the opposite direction when 
said door is closing, a rotary shaft having helical groove 
means engaging said body and providing a conversion 
between rotary motion of said shaft and linear motion of 
said body, motor means for rotating said shaft, and brake 
means for locking said shaft against rotation; 

releasing said braking means and deactuating said motor 
means when said sand or soil is to be discharged, whereby 
the weight of said sand or soil urging said door open 
causes it to open gradually against the resistance pro- 
duced by said helical groove means acting on said slidable 
body; 

operating said motor means to close said door when said 
discharging has been effected; and 

operating said breaking means when said door is to be held 
closed. 




1. In a derailleur gear changing mechanism including a main 
drive sprocket, a plurality of rear sprocket gears, and a con- 
necting drive chain, a mechanism comprising: 

a. means for laterally displacing said drive chain by means 
of power derived from the motion of said drive chain. 



3,863,513 
DRIVE UNIT FOR CONTINUOUSLY OPERATING SHEET 

PROCESSING OR TREATING LINES 

Roland R. M. Schnettler, Hagen, Germany, assignor to Mas- 

chinenfabrik Sack GmbH, Duesseldorf-Rath, Germany 

Filed Aug. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 392,100 

Int. CI. F16h 7100 

U.S. CI. 74-221 2 Claims 




1. A tension roll assembly for regulating forward or back 
tension on a moving strip in strip processing lines comprising 
a pair of spaced first and second reversing rollers over which 
the strip is wound in an S-shaped configuration, and an endless 
belt winding means to increase friction between said strip and 
said reversing rollers, wherein said endless belt is guided ini- 
tially in contact with the strip wound over said first reversing 
roller, then in contact with said second reversing roller and 
back over two spaced smaller guide rollers positioned in dif- 
ferent radial planes of the first reversing roller, one of said 
guide rollers determining the back pass of said belt free of said 
first reversing roller. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



93 



3,863,514 

BELT-DRIVE TRANSMISSIONS OF AMPLIFIED 

LOW/HIGH RATIO RANGE FOR SELF-PROPELLED 

SURFACE VEHICLES 

Stanley W. Jensen, Omaha, Nebr., assignor to Beatrice Foods 

Co., Chicago, III. 

Filed Jan. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 323,901 

Int. CL F16h 55152 

U.S. CI. 74-230.17 A 5 Claims 




B 



1. In a self-propelled surface vehicle having a variable speed 
engine including a throttle means therefor as the sole opera- 
tor-controllable means for selectively controllably varying the 
engine-shaft "rpm" angular velocity and said vehicle also 
having underlying movable traction means, the improvement 
of a variable-ratio belt-drive transmission apparatus for said 
self-propelled surface vehicle and being capable of furnishing 
an unusually amplified low/high ratio range from the vehicle's 
said independently variable speed engine-shaft to its underly- 
ing traction means and comprising: 
A A variable-width driver-pulley adapted for co-revolvable 
installation with the variable speed engine-shaft, said 
driver-pulley including a pair of relatively transversely 
movable pulley flanges having non-parallel opposing 
faces which converge toward the driver-pulley trans- 
versely extending central axis, and means for automati- 
cally decreasing the flanges' transverse separation in 
response to increasing angular velocity for the engine- 
shaft. 

An annular first-V-belt engaged both with the driver- 
pulley and the first-beltway of a uni-axial twinncd-pulley; 
C. Said uni-axial twinned-pulley having a transversely 
linearly extending pulley-shaft as the uni-axis thereof and 
spaced a substantially fixed constant distance from and 
parallel to the driver-pulley central axis, said twinned- 
pulley comprising a first-flange and a third-flange in sur- 
rounding and substantially axially stationary relationship 
along the pulley-shaft, a dual-faces second-flange posi- 
tioned between the first-flange and the third-flange and in 
surrounding and transversely movable relationship along 
the pulley-shaft, opposing faces of the first-flange and the 
second-flange being non-parallel and converging toward 
the pulley-shaft to provide a first-beltway gorge therebe- 
tween to accommodate the said first-V-bcIt, the trans- 
verse position of the dual-faces second-flange being 
wholly dependent upon the selected angular velocity for 
the engine-shaft, and opposing faces of the second-flange 
and the third-flange being non-parallel and converging 
toward the pulley-shaft to provide a second-beltway 
gorge therebetween; 



931 O.G.-4 , 



D. A variable-width drivcn-pulley adapted for co-revolvabic 
installation with a jack-shaft which is actuatably con- 
nected with the vehicle traction means, said driven-pulley 
including a pair of relatively transversely movable pulley 
flanges having non-parallel opposing faces which con- 
verge toward the driven-pulley transversely extending 
central axis and said axis being spaced a substantially 
fixed distance from and parallel to the twinned-pulley 
uni-axis, and transversely yieldable biasing means nor- 
mally tending to minimize the transverse distance be- 
tween the two driven-pulley flanges, and 

E. An annular sccond-V-belt engaged both with the drivcn- 
pulley and the second-beltway gorge of said twinned- 
pulley whereby as the second-V'-bcIt pitch diameter on 
the interdependent pitches slave twinned-pulley increases 
it causes the movable flange of the driven-pulley to move 
against the yieldable biasing means and the second-V-belt 
diameter decreases thereat. 



3,863,515 
ENDLESS POWER TRANSMISSION BELT 
Roger D. Meadows, Waynesville, N.C., assignor to Dayco Cor- 
poration, Dayton, Ohio 

Filed Apr. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 352,786 

Int. CI. F16g 1 100 

U.S. CI. 74-231 R 13 Claims 




1. An endless power transmission belt comprising, a tension 
section, a compression section, and a load-carrying section 
arranged between said tension and compression sections, said 
load-carrying section having a longitudinally extending load- 
carrying cord, a first plurality of parallel cords arranged in 
skewed relation relative to and on one side of said longitudi- 
nally extending cord, and a second plurality of parallel cords 
arranged in skewed relation relative to and on the other side 
of sa'd longitudinally extending cord, said skewed cords coop- 
erating with said longitudinally extending cord to provide said 
belt having tensile strength and torsional stiffness as well as 
flexibility. 



3,863,516 
ENDLESS POWER TRANSMISSION BELT 
David G. Fisher; Mark W. Krueger, and Clinton L. Bishop, all 
of Springfield, Mo., assignors to Dayco Corporation, Dayton, 
Ohio 

Filed Oct. 11, 1973, Ser. No. 405.380 
Int. CI. F16g 5116, 5100 
U.S. CI. 74-233 1 1 Claims 

1. An endless power transmission belt comprising, a tension 
section, a compression section, and a load-carrying section, at 
least one of said sections being comprised of a poly (propylene 
oxide) rubber and a textile material, said poly (propylene 
oxide) rubber being blended with neoprene rubber to provide 
a rubber blend which adheres to said textile material with 
optimum adhesion, said rubber blend consisting of a blend 



94 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



having poly (propylene oxide) rubeer therein which consti- 
tutes between 25 percent and 75 percent by weight of the total 




ments being received within said shaft bearing means and 
with the other of said mutually eccentrically arranged 
segments extending axially outwardly therefrom; 

e. cup housing means for said outwardly disposed off-set 
shaft segment mounted on the outwardly disposed seg- 
ment of said off-set adjustment shaft, and including a 
shaft receiving bore and a radially extending arcuately 
adjustable lock means secured to said outwardly disposed 
segment for controllably adjusting and releasably retain- 
ing the arcuate disposition of said off-set camming adjust- 
ment shaft relative to the axis of said central hub, and 

f. bracket means secured to said eccentric housing means 
for mountably receiving said rotary pump thereon. 



weight of the rubber blend, with the remainder of the blend 3,863,518 

being said ncoprcne rubber. TRANSMISSION SHIFTING SYSTEM 

' Philip S. Webber, and Joseph E. Goett, both of Peoria, III., 

assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III. 
3,863,517 Filed Feb. 1, 1974, Ser. No. 438.667 

CENTRIFUGAL PUMP MOUNT Int. CI. F16h 3/40, 3/22; F16d 67/00 

Ramon Pareja, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Lear Siegler, U.S. CI. 74—340 10 Claims 

Inc., Santa Monica, Calif. 

Filed Sept. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 395,579 
Int. CL F16h 7/10 
U.S. CI. 74-242.16 



5 Claims 



mm 

SYsrtM 





1. Drive belt tension adjustment means for controlling the 
belt coupling of a stationary drive shaft to a driven pulley and 
a relatively spaced rotary pump drive means and comprising: 

a. drive pulley means having a peripheral belt receiving drive 
surface and adapted fer mounting directly onto a stationary 
drive shaft and including a central hub with an axial bore 
extending therethrough with axially spaced and aligned bore 
segments forming concentrically arranged inner and outer 
housing segments, said bore being adapted to receive said 
drive shaft within the inner housing segment end thereof and 
arranging for rotation of said drive pulley with said drive shaft; 

b. rotary pump means having a drive means disposed in spaced 
axial disposition from said drive pulley and having belt receiv- 
ing drive means for engagement with a drive belt disposed 
upon said peripheral belt receiving drive surface, said drive 
pulley means and said pump drive means defining an belt 
occupying span therebetween; 

c. annular bearing means disposed within said outer housing 
segment and arranged to receive an off-set camming 
adjustment shaft in journaled relationship therewithin; 

d. off-set camming adjustment shaft means disposed within 
said annular shaft bearing means and having two axially 
spaced mutually eccentrically arranged segments in con- 
tinuation, one with the other, the inner one of said seg- 



1. A drive transmission for coupling an engine to a driven 
load at any selected one of a plurality of drive ratios compris- 
ing; a plurality of coupling means for coupling selected sets of 
a plurality of gears, a plurality of shifting fork means for en- 
gaging said coupling means and shifting said coupling means 
for selecting desired gear drive ratios, actuator means associ- 
ated with said shifting fork means for engaging said fork 
means and positioning said fork means and said coupling 
means, fluid pressure supply means, fluid communication 
means for connecting said supply means with said actuator 
means for actuation thereof, control means for controlling the 
flow of pressure fluid to said actuator means, said actuator 
means including a neutralizing actuator having mechanical 
means therein for automatically causing one of said shifting 
fork means to position an associated coupling means to dis- 
connect said engine from said load when s^id fluid pressure 
drops below a predetermined value. 



3,863,519 

ROD-END BEARING ASSEMBLY FOR ACCELERATOR 

LINK MECHANISM 

Sadaaki Natori, Toyota, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha 

Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan 

Filed Mar. 22, 1973, Ser. No. 343,942 
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 24, 1972, 47- 
29534; Mar. 24, 1972, 47-346481 U J 

Int. CI. G05g 9/00 
U.S. CI. 74-474 3 Claims 

1. A rod-end bearing assembly for the accelerator link 
mechanism of automotive vehicles comprising: 
a shaft; 

means mounting said shaft for movement in the axial direc- 
tion and in a direction normal to the axis; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



95 



a first arm on said shaft; 

an accelerating pedal; 

first link means connecting said first arm to said pedal; 

a second arm on said shaft and a lever to operate a throttle 

valve of an engine carburetor; 
second link means connecting said second arm to said lever; 

said shaft having a ball head at an end thereof toward the 

side of the vehicle body with a narrower neck member 

connecting said ball head to said shaft; 
a bracket secured to the vehicle body having a pivotable 

arm mounted on a pin held by said bracket; 
a holder for said ball head fixed on one side to the lower end 

of said pivotable arm and having an opening on the other 

side for the insertion of said ball head; 
said holder having a cavity therein connected by a bore to 

said opening on said other side of said holder; 




said bore having a slightly larger diameter than the outer 
diameter of said ball head and said cavity with connecting 
bore being spaced within said holder to enable said ball 
head and part of said neck member to be inserted within 
said holder; 

a portion extending longitudinally through said holder from 
the tip of the opening to a depth at which the juncture of 
the neck member and said ball head is approximately 
placed when said ball head is inserted into said cavity; 

a groove formed in said holder at the inner edge of said 
portion, said groove having a width equal to or narrower 
than the bore of said cavity, and 

a check pin in said groove whereby said ball head is pre- 
vented from escaping from said cavity. 



1 1 3,863,520 
LIMIT MECHANISM FOR MANUAL SHIFT CONTROL 

LEVER 
Kenneth R. Moline. Peoria; Maurice F. Franz, East Peoria, and 
Philip S. Webber, Morton, all of III., assignors to Caterpillar 
Tractor Co., Peoria, III. 

Filed June 13, 1973, Ser. No. 369,714 
Int. CI. G05g 5/02, 9/08 
U.S. CI. 74-475 8 Claims 

1. A manually operable shift control mechanism for selec- 
tively establishing one of a multiplicity of speed ratios in a 
transmission, comprising 
a shift control housing, 

a shift control lever pivotably mounted on said housing for 
operating the transmission, said lever being angularly 
movable to a multiplicity of consecutively arranged set- 
tings, respectively corresponding to the transmission 
speed ratios, releasabk means tending to engage said shift 
control lever in each of said multiplicity of settings, 
limit means coupled with said lever, said limit means being 
operable to limit the number of consecutively arranged 
settings through which the lever may be angularly moved 
prior to engagement of said shift control lever by said 
releasable means, 
override means operatively coupled with said limit means, 
said override means being selectively operable to over- 
ride said limit means and permit substantially free angular 



movement of said lever through said multiplicity of set- 
tings, and 




alternate limit means for varying the number of consecu- 
tively arranged settings through which the lever may be 
angularly moved during a selected speed ratio range of 
operation in the transmission. 



3,863,521 
ADJUSTABLE HANDLEBARS 
Stephen L. Gatsos; Roy F. Abercrombie, and Charles R. Ford, 
all of Indianapolis, Ind., assignors to Carlisle Corporation, 
Cincinnati, Ohio 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 191,988, Oct. 26, 1971, 
abandoned. This application Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 222.931 

Int. CI. B62k 21/16 
U.S. CI. 74-551.4 16 Claims 




160 152. 

-i— ^ 



W^ 



ISO 



10 >^'*o 



rw^ 



58 160, 



1. Adjustable handlebars for a bicycle comprising a central 
main body portion, hand-grip portions respectively at opposite 
sides of said main body portion, means for connecting each 
hand-grip portion to said main body portion for movement 
between a high-speed running position and a low speed resting 
position, and manually-operable means for releasably locking 
each said connecting means securely to hold its associated 
hand-grip portion alternatively in its running and resting posi- 
tions, said connecting means including a first connector mem- 
ber at the adjacent end of said main body portion and a second 
connector member fixed to said hand-grip portion, said sec- 
ond connector member being engaged with and connected to 
the adjacent first connector member for generally rectilinear 
movement only relative to said first connector member be- 
tween an inner position and an outer position, and pivot 
means for connecting said second connector member to said 
first connector member for pivotal movement, when said 
second connector member is in said outer position, between 
a lower position corresponding to said running position and an 
upper position corresponding to said resting position, said 
pivotal movement being about an axis extending forwardly in 
the direction of movement of said bicycle, said connector 
members being disengaged to permit such pivotal movement 
when said second connector member is in said outer position. 



96 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,522 

CHAIN TENSIONING DEVICES AND DRIVE 

ASSEMBLIES FOR MINING 

John Gibson, 61 Welbury Grove, Newton Avcliffe, and James 

Nelson, 47 Briar Ln., Sliiney Row, Houghton le Spring, both 

of England 

Filed June 26, 1972, Ser. No. 266,309 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 30, 1971, 
30641/71 

Int. CI. F16h 37106 
U.S. CI. 74-661 8 Claims 



I 




1. A chain tensioning device (CH or DH) in the form of a 
self-contained unit adapted to be interposed and intercon- 
nected between two components (e.g. CG and CJ) of a drive 
assembly for a mineral mining installation, one of said compo- 
nents having a stub shaft projecting therefrom and the other 
of said components having a socket into which said stub shaft 
is normally seated, said chain tensioning device comprising; 

a. a housing ( 1 ) having front and rear sides; 

b. a main shaft assembly (2) supported for rotation within 
said housing and interconnecting said two components, 
said assembly including; 

i. a main gear wheel (3) disposed within said housing; 
ii. a stub shaft part (5) projecting at least partially from 

the front side of said housing; and 
iii. a socket part (6) having a socket opening towards the 

rear side of said housing; 
said main gear wheel, stub shaft part and socket part 

being engaged so as to be rotatable together; 

c. an auxiliary driving motor (72) mounted to said housing 
(1) and having a drive shaft (71) extending into said 
housing, said drive shaft (71) being spaced from and 
parallel to said stub shaft part (5); 

d. a pinion (7) carried by said drive shaft (71) within said 
housing; 

e. an intermediate gear wheel (8) disposed within said 
housing between said main gear wheel (3) and said pinion 
(7), said intermediate gear wheel having a first axial 
position engaging and drivably interconnecting both said 
pinion and said main gear wheel and a second axial posi- 
tion out of engagement with said pinion and said main 
gear wheel; and 

f. means (121-124, 15) for shifting said intermediate gear 
wheel (8) between the two said positions. 



3,863,523 

HYDRAULIC SAFETY SYSTEM FOR A VEHICLE 

TRANSMISSION 

James G. Starling, Peoria, and Harold A. Mathes, Tremont, 

both of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III. 

Filed June 25, 1973, Ser. No. 373,246 

Int. CL F16h 57110; FI6d 67104 

U.S. CI. 74-754 6 Claims 




1. In combination with a transmission having a plurality of 
fluid pressure actuated drive conditioning devices including a 
first group of drive conditioning devices and a second group 
of drive conditioning devices, and wherein application of fluid 
pressure to at least one device of each group establishes a 
selected one of a plurality of drive conditions through the 
transmission, a control system comprising; 
a source of fluid under pressure; 
safety valve means having first and second positions; 
a first selector valve communicating with said source with 
the safety valve means in its second position, and having 
a plurality of drive conditions for directing fluid to prede- 
termined ones of said first group devices; 
a second selector valve communicating with said source 
with the safety valve means in its second position and 
having a plurality of drive positions for directing fluid to 
predetermined ones of said second group of devices, and 
having a neutral position which cuts off fluid to all of said 
second group of devices; 
the source of fluid pressure communicating with the first 
selector valve with the safety valve means in its first position 
only when the second selector valve is in its neutral position, 
to direqt fluid to the predetermined one of the first group of 
devices; 

the safety valve means being biased into its first position to 
initially direct fluid from the fluid pressure source to the 
predetermined one of the first group of devices only when the 
second selector valve is in its neutral position; 
means for moving the safety valve means from its first to its 
second position upon buildup of fluid pressure in the 
predetermined one of said first group of devices; 
the movement of the safety valve means to its second posi- 
tion providing communication of the first and second 
selector valves with the source of fluid under pressure. 



February 4, 197! 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



97 



3,863,524 
GEAR TRAIN ARRANGEMENTS 
Yoichi Mori, Yokohama; Nobuo Okazaki, Chigasaki; Kunio 
Ohtsuka, and Tetsuya lijima, both of Tokyo, all of Japan, 
assignors to Nissan Motor Company, Limited, Yokohama, 
Japan 
Division of Ser. No. 30,496, April 21. 1970, Pat. No. 
3,701,293. This application Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 288,553 
Claims priority, application Japan, July 14, 1969, 44-55068 
Int. CL F16h 57IIU 



U.S. CL 74-765 




2 Claims 



1. A gear train comprising: 

an input shaft (10); 

an output shaft ( 11 ); 

a first planetary gear set (12) having a ring gear (Ri), a 
pinion carrier ( 15), a planet pinion (P,) meshing with the 
ring gear (R,) and rotatably journaled on the pinion 
carrier (15) and a sun gear (S,) meshing with the planet 
pinion (P|), 

a second planetary gear set (13) having a ring gear (R2) 
connected to the pinion carrier ( 15) of said first planetary 
gear set ( 12), a pinion carrier ( 16) a planet pinion (Pj) 
meshing with the ring gear (R2) thereof and rotatably 
journaled on the pinion carrier (16) thereof and a sun 
gear ( S^ ) meshing with the planet pinion (P2) thereof, the 
sun gear (S2) of said planetary gear set being connected 
to the sun gear (S,) of said first planetary gear set; 

a third pianeary gear set (14) having a ring gear (R.,) con- 
nected to the pinion carrier ( 16) of said second planetar\ 
gear set ( 13), a pinion carrier (17). a planet pinion (P.i) 
meshing with the ring gear (R3) thereof and rotatably 
journaled on the pinion carrier (17) thereof and a sun 
gear (S3) meshing with the planet pinion (P3) thereof, the 
pinion carrier (17) of said third planetary gear set (14) 
being connected to said output shaft (11), the sun gear 
(S3) of said third planetary gear set being connected to 
the sun gear (Sj) of said second planetary gear set; 

a first clutch means (C,) for engaging said input shaft ( 10) 
with the ring gear (R,) of said first planetary gear set (12) 
during operation of reverse speed and fourth forward 
speed; 

a second clutch means (Cj) for engaging said input shaft 
(10) with the sun gears (Si, S?, S3) of said first, second 
and third planetary gear sets (12, 13, 14) during opera- 
tion of first second, third and fourth forward speeds; 

a first brake means (B,) for anchoring the ring gear (R,) of 
said first planetary gear set (12) during operation of third 
forward speed; 

a second brake means (B2) for anchoring the pinion carrier 
(15) of said first planetary gear set (12) and the ring gear 
(R2) of said second planetary gear set (13) during opera- 
tion of second forward speed; 

a third brake means (83) for anchoring the ring gear (R3) 
of said third planetary gear set (14) and and the pinion 
carrier (16) of said second planetary gear set ( 13) during 
operation of reverse speed; and 

a one-way brake means (32) for preventing the ring gear 
(R3) of said third planetary gear set (14) and the pinion 
carrier (16) of said second planetary gear set (13) from 
rotating in a direction opposing to the rotation of said 
input shaft (10). 



3,863,525 
METHOD OF MAKING A FORGING DIE 
Roland E. Cale, Mt. Lebanon Township, Pa., assignor to Schae- 
fer Equipment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Filed Apr. 24, 1974, Ser. No. 463,741 

Int. CI. B21k 5120 

L.S.CL 76-107 R 3 Claims 



■/ROTyAT/A/O 
CUTT£/^ 




1. In the method of making a forging die for forming on one 
end of a cylindrical rod-like member a projection shaped like 
part of a sphere spaced inwardly from the periphery of said 
member, the steps comprising moving a first rotating end-type 
milling cutter having a hemispherical lower-end down into a 
metal block to form a hemispherical recess therein, then 
moving the block at right angles to the cutter axis to cause the 
cutter to cut in the block a horizontal groove of predeter- 
mined length having horizontally curved end walls, removing 
the cutter from the block, positioning the lower end of a 
second downwardly taptred end-type milling cutter in one 
side of the groove near one end thereof, the lower end of the 
second cutter being hemispherical with a maximum diameter 
not exceeding about one-third of the maxiimum diameter of 
the hemispherical lower end of the first cutler, rotating the 
second cutter while maintaining it substantially in contact with 
the wall of the groove and simultaneously moving it down- 
wardly in the groove and across it and up its opposite side, 
constantly repeating said movement of the second cutter 
across the groove as said block is moved lengthwise of the 
groove to slowly move said one end of the groove toward the 
second cutter to cause the cutter to cut into the curved end 
wall and form an arcuate shoulder, and forming another die 
block in the same way so that when the two blocks are placed 
together with their grooves registering a cylindrical die cavity 
will be formed having an end wall shaped like part of a shpere 
and spaced inwardly from the cylindrical side wall of said 
cavity by an annular shoulder formed from both arcuate 
shoulders. 



3,863,526 

METHOD OF FORMING A DIE SECTION 

Henry Anton Sygnator, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to 

Illinois Tool Works, Inc., Chicago, III. 

Division of Ser. No. 319,279, Dec. 29, 1972, Pat. No. 

3,835,495. This application Aug. 5, 1974, Ser. No. 494,960 

Int. CI. B21k 5120 

U.S. CL 76-107 R 3 Claims 

1. A method of forming a die section to be used in forming 

the entering portion of a cylindrical screw blank including the 

steps of providing a die section with a central bore, forming a 



98 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



conical recess in the die section coaxial with the central bore, 
deforming the conical recess by engaging the recess with a 




a pneumatic actuator on said housing for displacing said 
core piece to lift a button from said frame member; 

a table removably mounted on said housing and having an 
opening receiving said frame member and engageable by 
said shoulder; and 

an air-jet nozzle swingably mounted on said housing and 
normally overhanging said table and angularly displaced 
to clear said tabic for removable thereof, said nozzle 
training a jet of air against a button lifted from said frame 
member. 



3.863,528 

APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING A TOOL SLIDE OF A 

MACHINE TOOL 

Franz Wiesner, Owen, Germany, assignor to Traub GmbH, 

Reichenbach/Fils, Germany 

Filed Nov. 3, 1972, S«r. No. 303,341 
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 26, 1971. 
2158813 

int. CI. B23b 21I0O, 3128 
U.S. CI. 82-21 A 8 Claims 



forming tool positioned along an axis laterally displaced from 
the central axis and to a depth greater than the conical recess. 



3,863,527 
MACHINE FOR PRODUCING OF BUCKLES, BUTTONS 

OR THE LIKE 

Rudolf Berning, Schwelm, Germany, assignor to Firma Astor- 

Werk Otto Berning & Co., Schwelm/Westfalen, Germany 

Filed Aug. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 392,870 
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 30, 1972, 
2258649 

Int. CI. A44b 1106 
U.S. CI. 79-5 ^. 4 Claims 





1. An apparatus for assemblying a button, comprising: 

a housing; 

an upper tool mounted on said housing and displaceable 

thereon; 
a lower tool on said housing confronting said upper tool and 
adapted to receive a portion of a button to be formed in 
said tools, said lower tool including 
an outer frame member. 

spring means supporting said frame member for at least 
limited movement relative to said housing, said frame 
member being provided with an outer shoulder, and 
a core piece received in said frame member and displace- 
able relatively thereto to lift a button from said frame 
member; 



1. An apparatus for adjusting the tool carriage of a machine 
tool in order to reproduce in a workpiece a dimension in 
accordance with a like dimension in a previously produced 
J model workpiece, the apparatus comprising 

means for sensing the dimension of a workpiece mounted in 
- a machine tool, said means being initially adjustable to a 

null position with the model workpiece; 
means responsive to said means for sensing, for producing 
a control signal representative of the deviation of the 
dimension in a subsequent workpiece from the model 
dimension; 
an adjustable tool carriage; 
means for stepwise adjusting said tool carriage; 
a source of fluid under pressure; and 
valve means coupled to said source and to said means for 
adjusting and responsive to said control signal for selec- 
tively providing fluid from said source to said means for 
adjusting, 
said means for adjusting including 

a driven member connected to said carriage and movable 

to incrementally move said carriage; 
a driving member mounted for limited pivotal motion and 
actuated by fluid under pressure provided by said valve 
means; and 
clutch means for selectively coupling said driving mem- 
ber to said driven member, 
and wherein said driving member comprises 
a pivotally movable body; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



99 



a piston and cylinder coupled to said valve means; 
a fixed, non-rotatable body connected to said tool slide, 
said piston being operative against said fixed body to 
cause pivotal movement of said pivotally movable body 
from a first position to a second position when supplied 
with fluid under pressure from said source; and 
spring means operative between said fixed and pivotally mov- 
able body to move the movable body from said second posi- 
tion to said first position when fluid pressure is removed. 



3,863,529 
METHOD FOR TRIMMING CARTRIDGE CASES 
Robert J. Bolen, Port Penn, Del., assignor to Remington Arms 
Company, Inc., Bridgeport, Conn. 

Filed Apr. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 348,488 

Int. CL B23b 1100; B23 3122; B21d 51154 

U.S. CI. 82-47 4 Claims 




1. A method of trimming a tubular casing having an open 
end portion with a trimming machine including a mandrel with 
an extended end and a cutting tool mounted for rotation 
around the mandrel, said method comprising the steps of 
rotating the cutting tool at a uniform speed, positioning a 
casing at a trimming site in axial alignment with the mandrel, 
moving the mandrel ;^nd rotating cutting tool toward the 
casing to position the extended end of the mandrel within the 
open end portion of said casing, moving the rotating cutting 
tool toward the extended end of the mandrel at a predeter- 
mined rate to sever a ringlet from the casing and hold the 
ringlet on the mandrel, removing the mandrel and rotating 
cutting tool from the casing, and moving the cutting tool away 
from the extended end of the mandrel to release the ringlet for 
gravitational removal from the mandrel. 



3,863,530 

DUCT BOARD CUTTER 

Roger F. Weidman, 2100 S. West St., Wichita, Kans. 67213 

Filed Nov. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 419,136 

Int. CI. B26d 3106 

U.S. CI. 83-5 J I 5 Claims 

1. A machine for forming a formation in a sheet of material, 

comprising: 

a. a frame means having a stationary portion, a vertically 
movable portion and a means to move said vertically 
movable portion, 

b. powered means mounted with said stationary portion of 
said frame means and said vertically movable portion 
thereof to move a sheet of material through said frame 



means between said stationary portion and said movable 
portion, 
'c. means mounted with said movable portion to removably 
mount a cutting tool said means to removably mount a 
cutting tool having an adjustable mounting means con- 
structed and adapted to adjust the position of said cutting 
tool vertically relative to said vertically movable frame 
portion. 




'•''•'• • ' ■ ' 



M. 



i 






d. a cutting tool having a mounting means to removably 
mount said cutting tool with said means to mount a cut- 
ting tool, said cutting tool having when mounted a down- 
wardly extending blade to in use cut a formation in a 
sheet of material as said sheet of material is moved 
through said machine by said means to move a sheet of 
material, and 

e. said cutting tool mounting means has a latch means with 
a movable plunger constructed and adapted to in use 
mount said cutting tool in a fixed position with said means 
to mount a cutting tool. 



3,863,531 
METHOD FOR FORMING HOLES 
Robert H. Forschner, Apollo, and Robert J. Kushner. Creigh- 
ton. both of Pa., assignors to Aluminum Company of Amer- 
ica, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Filed Feb. 26, 1974, Ser. No. 445,937 

Int. CI. B26d 3100; B26f WOO 

U.S. CI. 83-54 6 Claims 




1. In the fabrication of a hollow article having a hole 
through a wall thereof comprising the steps of: 

introducing a hollow article having substantially parallel 
walls and longitudinally extending support webs therebe- 
tween, between a supporting die and a punch having an 
anterior end with projecting corners and cutting edges 
around the periphery of the end between the corners 
angled with respect to die travel, .^.^ 

lineally displacing at least one of said die or punch to pierce 
a wall of said hollow article with the projecting corners on 
the punch in the area between the support webs in the 
article, and 

continuing the lineal displacement of said die or punch to 
shear the wall of the article with the cutting edges of the 
punch to cut a hole through said wall. 



100 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,532 
SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING TEXTILE 

FIBERS 
Kazue Konno, Odawara, and Yoshiji Kamekawa, Tokyo, both 
of Jap9n, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Nakagawa 
Seisakujo, MiNken, Japan 

Filed Feb. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 336,199 
Claims priority, applkation Japan, Mar. 3, 1972, 47-21993 
Int. CI. B26d 7106 



U.S. CI. 83-27 



16 Claims 




1. A method of preparing lengths of sliver of fibrous mate- 
rial comprising: 
a providing a sliver of fibrous material and a plurality of 

containers; 
b advancing said sliver of fibrous material in a longitudinal 

direction thereof; 

c. delivering a length of said advancing sliver to one of said 
plurality of containers; 

d. severing said sliver after said length of sliver has been 
delivered to said one container and retaining an end of 
said severed length of sliver, said retained end being a 
trailing end of said severed length of sliver; 

e. delivering another length of said advancing sliver to 
another of said plurality of containers and simultaneously 
removing said severed length of sliver from said one 
container by advancing it in a longitudinal direction 
thereof so said retained trailing end is a leading end 
thereof; 

f. severing said sliver after said another length of sliver has 
been delivered to said another container and retaining an 
end of said severed another length of sliver, said retained 
end being a trailing end of said severed another length of 
sliver; 

g. delivering said advancing sliver to a different one of said 
plurality of containers and simultaneously removing said 
severed another length of sliver from said another con- 
tainer by advancing it in a longitudinal direction thereof 
so said retained end is a leading end thereof; and 

h. repeating the steps of delivering a length of sliver to 
alternate ones of said plurality of containers, severing said 
sliver after a corresponding length has been delivered to 



thereof; said feeder and said first and second conveyor 
means comprising severing means for severing said sliver 
when said feeder is moved from one to the other of its 
said operating positions; 

c. a first container and a second container disposed relative 
to said first and second conveyor means respectively for 
receiving said sliver advanced by said conveyor means; 

d. sensing means for developing a signal when a length of 
said sliver is contained in either one of said containers; 

e. control means comprising drive means for positioning 
said feeder to said first operating position for delivering 
said sliver to said first conveyor means and for driving 
said first conveyor means to advance said sliver to deliver 
it to said first container, means applying said sensing 
means signal to said control means for stopping the ad- 
vance of said sliver by said first conveyor means to said 
first container, said drive means comprising means mov- 
ing said feeder from said first to said second operating 
position thereby severing said sliver and providing said 
sliver advanced by said feeder to said second conveyor 
means for delivering said advancing sliver to said second 
container, and means in said drive means for driving said 
first conveyor means to advance said length of sliver in 
said first container in a direction to remove said length of 
sliver therefrom in response to said sensor means signal, 
said drive means moving said feeder from said second to 
said first operating position thereby severing said sliver 
and providing said sliver advanced by said feeder to said 
first conveyor means for delivering said advancing sliver 
to said first container and for driving said second con- 
veyor means to advance said length of sliver in said sec- 
ond container in a direction to remove said length of 
sliver therefrom in response to said sensor means signal 
indicating said length of sliver is delivered to said second 
container. 



3,863,533 

PUNCHING TOOL 

Barry Anthony Lincoln Hum, Beckenham, England, assignor 

to The Wellcome Foundations Ltd., London, England 

Filed Mar. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 339,223 

Int. CI. B26f 1124 

U.S. CI. 83-100 3 Claims 



25. 17 



23 21 



21 



,Tf 



26 



22 20 



,,,. 



19 
18 



2g ,21 



22 



^u 18 



1. A gel puncher comprising an outer pipe having a one end 
which has a gel cutting having an external diameter of from I 
to 10 millimetres, an inner pipe co-axially located within said 
outer pipe, said one end of said outer pipe projecting a prede- 
termined distance of from 0.1 to 5 millimetres beyond a one 
end of said inner pipe; means for maintaining said pipes in 
a corresponding container and retaining a trailing end of stationary engagement relative to each other during operation 
said severed length of sliver, and removing the severed of said gel puncher; said one end of said inner pipe having a 
lengths of sliver alternately from said alternate ones of transverse cross-sectional area of from 50 to 95 percent of a 
said containers by advancing said severed lengths in a transverse cross-sectional area of said one end of said outer 

pipe; means located in said outer pipe enabling the passage of 
a gas from an external source into said outer pipe; means 
located between said inner pipe and said outer pipe enabling 
the passage of said gas within said outer pipe to said one end 
of said inner pipe, said means for maintaining said inner and 
outer pipes in stationary engagement relative to one another 
during operation of said device comprise an externally 
screwthreaded portion of said inner pipe, for screwthreaded 
engagement of an internally screwthreaded portion of said 
outer pipe, and wherein said outer pipe comprise a passage 
and advancing said sliver in a longitudinal direction defined by said screwthreaded portion of said outer pipe and 

\ 



longitudinal direction thereof so said retained end is a 
leading end thereof while delivering a length of sliver to 
an alternate of said containers. 
4. An apparatus for preparing lengths of sliver of fibrous 
material comprising: 

a. a feeder having a first and second operating position for 
receiving a sliver of fibrous material and advancing said 
sliver in a longitudinal direction thereof; 

b. a first and second conveyor means cooperative with said 
feeder for receiving said advancing sliver from said feeder 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



101 



a depression extending along said screwthreaded portion of which surrounds said axis in said rest position of said rotary 



said inner pipe. 



3,863,534 

PRESS FOR PUNCHING MEMORY CORES 
Eldred D. Scott, Tustin, Calif., assignor to Precision Sales 
Corporation, Reno, Nev. 

Filed Oct. 1, 1973, Ser. No. 402,290 
Int. CI. B26f 1102 



U.S. CI. 83-126 




9 Claims 



I. A press for making parts from material comprising: 

a die plate; 

said die plate having first and second passages extending 
completely therethrough, one end of each of said pas- 
sages defining a die. 

said die plate having first and second passage sections 
therein intersecting said first and second passages at first 
and second intersections, said first and second intersec- 
tions being respectively intermediate the ends of said first 
and second passages, respectively, said first and second 
passage sections opening at different locations on the 
periphery of the die plate, 

tooling means including said dies for forming first and sec- 
ond parts from the material and positioning such parts at 
said first and second intersections, respectively, whereby 
said first and second parts can be separately removed 
through said first and second passage sections and sepa- 
rately collected; and 

portions of the tooling means being received by the dies and 
portions of the tooling means being received through the 
other ends of said passages. 



3,863.535 
ROTARY SHEARI!^ MACHINE 

Masaji Hamano. 44-1. Takinogawa 6-chome. Kita-ku. Tokyo, 

Japan 

Filed Feb. 5, 1974, Ser. No. 439,833 

Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 6, 1973, 48-16008; 
Dec. 18. 1973,48-143614 

Int. CI. B26d 1 100 
U.S. CI. 83-196 15 Claims 

1. In a machine for shearing elongated workpieces such as 
bars, rods, or the like, stationary shearing means formed with 
an opening for receiving part of workpiece during shearing 
thereof, said opening extending along a given axis and said 
stationary shearing means having at one end a stationary 
shearing edge surrounding said axis, rotary shearing means 
located next to said one end of said stationary shearing means 
and formed with an opening for also receiving part of a work- 
piece during shearing thereof, said rotary shearing means 
having a rest position where said given axis extends substan- 
tially centrally through said opening of said rotary shearing 
means and said rotary shearing means having next to said one 
end of said stationary shearing means a rotary shearing edge 



shearing means, and means opcrativcly connected with said 
rotary shearing means for rotating the latter around said given 
axis while simultaneously displacing said rotary shearing 




means transversely with respect to said given axis for increas- 
ing the eccentricity of said rotary shearing means with respect 
to said stationary shearing means while shearing a workpiece 
with said stationary and rotary shearing edges. 



3,863,536 

CUTTING GUIDE FOR MACHINES FOR PRODUCING 

RODS, PARTICULARLY FOR CIGARETTE MACHINES 

Andre Legardinier. Plessis Bouchard, France, assignor to 

Usines Decoufle, Paris, France 

Filed Sept. 7. 1973, Ser. No. 395,050 
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 7, 1972, 72.31709 
Int. CI. B26d ll>6, B23d 2^102 
U.S. CI. 83-299 5 Claims 







1. A cutting device moving while remaining constantly 
parallel to itself and perpendicular to a cigarette rod to be cut. 
said device turning about an axis at a uniform tangential speed 
equal to the speed of travel of the rod, comprising a fixed 
frame, a circular plate rotatably mounted in said frame, means 
driving in rotation said circular plate in said fixed frame, a first 
shaft perpendicular to said plate freely rotating in an eccentric 
bore provided in said plate, a cutting guide fixed at the outer 
end of said first shaft, a second shaft perpendicular to said 
plate in alignment with the axis of the plate and mounted to 
said frame, a third shaft and two universal joints connecting 
the respective ends of said third shaft to the inner ends of the 
said first and second shafts. 



102 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3.863,537 
ROTATING LOCK FOR SLITTER APPARATUS 
Charles E. Huelsman, Minster, Ohio, assignor to Stamco Divi- 
sion, The Monarch Machine Tool Company, New Bremen, 
Ohio 

Filed Oct. 31. 1973. Ser. No. 411.446 

Int. CI. B23d 19106 

t.S. CI. 83—503 8 Claims 







t— 



I. Web slitting upparatus of the character described com- 
prising 

a a machine base. 

b first rotatabie arbor means having disk-shaped shearing 
blades mounted thereon. 

c. second rotatabie arbor means having disk-shaped shear- 
ing bfades mounted thereon. 

d. means on said base supporting said first arbor means for 
rotation and including means restricting one end of said 
first arbor means against axial movement with respect to 
said base. 

e. means on said base supporting said second arbor means 
for both rotationally and axial movement in parallel 
spaced relation with said first arbor means, said blades on 
said arbor means cooperating to slit a web traveling there- 
between, and 

f. means forming a rotating lock connection between said 
arbor means establishing predetermined limits on the 
axial movement of said second arbor means with respect 
to said first arbor means. 



3,863,538 
ROTARY CUT-OFF KNIFE AND METHOD 
Howard N. Behnke, San Gabriel, Calif., assignor to Wyle Labo- 
ratories, El Segundo, Calif. 

Filed May 2, 1973, Ser. No. 356,612 

Int. CI. B23d 35100; B26d 3116; B26b 9102 

U.S. CI. 83-676 11 Claims 




1. A rotary cutting knife comprising: 

a generally circular knife body including a pair of opposed 
end faces and an outer peripheral edge, said peripheral 
edge comprising a conti-i lous curvilinear configuration 
alternating between a plurality of radially disposed first 
portions radiuscd outwardly of the center transverse axis 



of said knife body and second portions radiused inwardly 
toward said center axis, said end faces converging toward 
each other adjacent said outer peripheral edge to define 
a continuous curvilinear cutting edge at said outer periph- 
eral surface, the angle of convergence of said end faes at 
said first portions being different from the angle of con- 
vergence of said second portions; and, means for selec- 
tively mounting said knife to apparatus for rotating said 
knife about its transverse center axis. 



3,863,539 
CHANGEABLE MUSIC BOX TOY 
Derek J. Gay, Palos Verdes Peninsula, and William H. Smed- 
ley. Torrance, both of Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc., Haw- 
thorne, Calif. 

Filed Aug. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 284,383 

Int. CI. GlOf 1106 

U.S. CI. 84-94 15 Claims 




14. A music box comprising: 

a housing; 

a music comb unit having a plurality of tines fixedly 
mounted in said housing, 

interchangeable actuator means for cooperating with said 
music comb unit to play music; 

each of said actuator means including a casing, an endless 
-belt mounted in said casing around spaced shafts, said 
endless belt having appropriately positioned striking keys 
thereon, said casing having an opening at one end. and 
driven means within said casing adjacent said opening, 

means for receiving one of said interchangeable actuator 
means adjacent said music comb unit; 

and drive means mounted in said housing for driving said 
endless belt by engaging said driven means w hen said one 
actuator means is received in said receiving means and 
positioned adjacent said music comb unit so that said 
striking keys on said endless belt may pluck said tines. 



3.863.540 

SAXOPHONE 

Robert V. Carree. Mantes-la-V ille. France, assignor to Buffet 

Crampon. Paris. France 

Filed June 18. 1973. Ser. No. 370.858 

Claims priority, application France. Apr. 12. 1973. 
73.13241 

Int: CI. GlOd 7108 
U.S. CI. 84-385 5 Claims 

1. A saxophone having a plurality of stops actuated by keys 
wherein the improvement comprises, a key disposed on a side 
of a saxophone having an integral first lever extending out- 
wardly from said key. first mounting means for pivotally 
mounting said first lever at an end remote from said key. a 
stop having an integral second lever disposed on a side of a 
saxophone opposite said key. said second lever extending in a 
direction opposite the direction of said first lever, and second 
mounting means for pivotally mounting said second lever at an 
end opposite said stop, said second mounting means compris- 
ing a third lever coaxially mounted and commonly actuated 



February 4, 197 S 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



103 



with said second lever and extending in a common direction 
with said first lever and having an end portion remote from 




_J 



said second mounting means juxtaposed^relative to said key, 
said key engaging said third lever in operation to pivot said 
second lever to actuate said stop. 



3.863.541 

berVLlium boride armor 

Carl F. Cline. Walnut Creek, and Mark L. Wilkins, Pleasan- 
ton, both of Calif., assignors to The United States of America 
as represented by the Secretary of the Army, Washington, 
D.C. 

Filed Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 224,239 
Int. CI. F41h 5100 

U.S. CI. 89-36 A 3 Claims 

I. An improved lightweight armor comprising a cermet 

selected from the group consisting of BejB and Be4B bonded 

to a backup plate. 



3,863,542 

ASSEMBLIES COMPRISING AN AUTOMATIC FIREARM 
WITH A RETURN SPRING MOUNTED ON A SUPPORT 
Bernard Pierre, Lyon; Rene Voile, and Raymond Koerper, 
both of Bourges, all of France, assignors to Etat Francais, 
Paris, France 

Filed Sept. 24, 1973, Ser. No. 399,871 
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 26, 1972, 
72.33961 

Int. CI. F41d 11124 
U.S. CI. 89-37 GM 12 Claims 




1. An assembly comprising a support and an automatic 
weapon of open breech-block type, adapted to be mounted on 
said support, said weapon comprising a mobile breech-block 
subjectelHo the force of at least one return spring bearing via 



its rear end against a plug slidably mounted in the rear portion 
of the weapon breech box, characterized in that the bearing 
plug is fixed in relation to the weapon breech box and the 
weapon is fixed on its support by associating with each bearing 
plug of the return spring a detachable fixing member which, 
when the bearing plug of the return spring occupies its normal 
firing position and the weapon occupies its normal position on 
its support, is adapted to move through aligned apertures with 
which three separate attaching elements provided to this end 
are formed — i.e., a first element connected to the bearing 
plug, a second element connected to the weapon, and a third 
element connected to that member of the support to which the 
weapon is to be fixed, and further comprising a shock- 
absorbing apparatus with a mobile fitting interposed between 
the weapon and its support, characterized in that the attaching 
element associated with the weapon support is mounted to- 
wards the rear of said mobile fitting. 



3,863,543 
PATTERN TRANSMITTING DEVICES 
Albert Bottcher, Scharzfeld Harz, and Hans Maass, Bad Laut- 
erbert im Harz, both of Germany, assignors to Franz Kuhl- 
mann KG, Harz, Germany 

Filed Nov. 28, 1973, Ser. No. 349.444 

Int. CI. B23c 1116 

U.S. CI. 90-13 C 8 Claims 




1. In a pattern controlled machine having a tool movable in 
a plane and in a vertical feed direction perpendicular to said 
plane for three dimensional machining of a workpiece in 
accordance with a planar drawing and a contoured pattern, a 
pantograph including said tool and a tracer means operable to 
follow contours on said pattern and control motion of said tool 
in the vertical feed direction, pattern transmitting means 
comprising drawing reader means for automatically following 
the outline of said drawing, and guide means pivotally connec- 
ted between said pantograph and said reader means for trans- 
mitting movements of said reader meaijs to said tracer means 
to control the motion of said tool in said plane. 



3,863,544 
ENGRAVING AND COPY MILLING MACHINE HAVING A 

PANTOGRAPH 
Rudolf Reeber, Neukeferloh; Peter Hofmeister; Heinrich 
Strobl. both of Munich, all of Germany, and Joha^in 
Muller. deceased, late of Unterhaching. Germany (by Ka- 
tharina Muller, legal representative), assignors to Friedrich 
Deckel Aktiengesellschaft, Munich, Germany 

Filed June 11, 1973, Ser. No. 369,052 
Claims priority, applicatkin Germany, June 12, 1972, 
2228575; Mar. 7, 1973, 2311149 

Int. CI. B23c 1116 
U.S. CI. 90— 13.1 5 Claims 

1. An engraving and copy milling machine, comprising: 
means defining a machine column; 

means defining a console mounted on said machine column 
means; 



e 



104 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



pantograph means including a tracer, said pantogra^^ 
means being mounted on said console means; ' 

support means for supporting said pantograph means for 
pivotal movement about a horizontal axis and for vertical 
movement; j* 

a tool spindle and drive motor means for driving same; 

worktable means mounted on said machine column means 
and including adjustment means for adjusting at least the 
height thereof; 

adjustable pattern table means; 

counterbalance spring means for balancing the weight of 
said pantograph means, said counterbalance spring 




means including means defming a series connected 
sleeved wire and counterbalance spring; 
means defining a swingable arm having a control panel 
mounted thereon within easy access of a machine opera- 
tor, one end of said counterbalance spring being con- 
nected to said console means and the remote end of said 
sleeved wire being connected to said swingable arm; and 
adjusting means within easy access of a machine operator 
for effecting an operation of said sleeved wire and conse- 
quent adjustment of the tension of said counterbalance 
spring, said adjusting means including a hand wheel 
mounted on said control panel and operatively connected 
to said remote end of said sleeved wire. 



3.863,545 

POSITIONING DEVICE 

Richard R. Kesti, Akron, Ohio, assignor to International Basic 

Economy Corporation. New York. N.Y. 

Division of Ser. No. 196.979. Nov. 9. 1971. Pat. No. 3,735,781. 

This application Mar. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 341,264 

Int. CI. F15b 15126: F16k 35104 

U.S. CI. 91-45 4 Claims 




1. A rectilinear positioning device comprising: 

a. a body including a bore; 'i 

b. a slide positioner reciprocable in said bore between two 
operating positions; 

c. at least two elastic ring seals spaced along said bore and 
partially recessed into the periphery thereof, said seals 



having an unexpandcd ring diameter substantially equal 
to or slightly less than the ring diameter of complemental 
detents or recesses on the slide positioner into which the 
seals arc selectively seated; 

. first means for applying fluid pressure to said ring seals 
to contract and expand them in their respective recesses, 
and for applying fluid pressure to the ends of said slide 
positioner; and, 

. second means for causing said first means to selectively 
expand at least one of said seals into its recess and con- 
tract at least one of said ring seals into engagement with 
said slide positioner while simultaneously urging said 
positioner to the other operating position where said 
contracted ring seal will seat in a complemental detent on 
said positioner to immolfilize said positioner such that, 
upon inactivation of said first or said second means, said 
slide positioner is restrained from movement. 



3,863,546 
CONTROL VALVE AND FLUID MOTOR 
ARRANGEMENT 
Vouichi Saida. Kawasaki; Hajime Ito, Yokohama, and Kojiro 
Imanaga. Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Kin- 
zoku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to. Japan 
Filed May 24. 1973. Ser. No. 363.338 
Claims priority, application Japan, May 27, 1972, 47- 
62484: May 27, 1972, 47-62483 

Int. CL F15b 9110 
U.S. CI. 91-375 R 1 Claim 



14 



25 4 

9 14a .'^ 3 ^V-tei [ y- 




1. In combination, 

1 . a control valve for a rotary type hydraulic servo-actuating 
mechanism, comprising 

a. a hollow casing with a portion of one end defined as a 
valve portion, and at the other end a portion defined as 
a manifold portion, said manifold portion having pas- 
sage means adapted to be connected to the hydraulic 
servo-actuating mechanism, and said casing further 
having in the valve portion a pressurized oil feeding 
port and a pressurized oil discharging port, and 

b. a spindle concentrically mounted in said hollow casing 
in a freely slidable and rotatable manner, said spindle 
having a pair of oil paths extending axially within said 
spindle from said valve portion to said manifold por- 
tion, long grooves spirally formed on the outer periph- 
ery of said spindle open to said valve portion, and 
radially extending oil paths connecting said axial oil 
paths with said long grooves; and 

2. a feedback mechanism comprising 

a. a first pulley fitted on one end of said hollow casing, 

b. a rotary shaft adapted to be driven by the rotary type 
hydraulic servo-actuating mechanism, 

c. a second pulley mounted on said rotary shaft, said 
second pulley being disposed in alignment with said 
first pulley, and 

d. a belt tensioned between said pulleys, whereby the 
motion derived from the rotary type hydraulic servo- 
actuating mechanism is fed back to the control valve. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



105 



3,863,547 
HYDRAULIC DRIVE FOR SWITCHGEAR 
Arnold Meier, Wettingen, and Karl Trippel. Magenwil, both of 
Switzerland, assignors to BBC Brown Boveri & Co. Ltd., 
Baden, Switzerland 

Filed Dec. 11, 1972. Ser. No. 314,259 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 13, 1971, 
18042 

Int. CL F15b 15117] 15122 
U.S.CL 91-416 2 Claims 




L-t^^^^^^^ 



ir 



± 



[ 



:)\\^''^ 



3s \ 



a fixed axle; 

a wheel journalled on said axle; 

a shaft eccentric to said axle extending slidably there- 
through and keyed thereto against rotation; 
at least three cylinders each having a sleeve journalled on 

said shaft, all said sleeves being adjacent, 
a piston in each cylinder, the outer ends of said piston being 

pivoted to said wheel at evenly angularly spaced points 

thereof; 
a high pressure conduit and a low pressure conduit in said 

shaft; 
ports communicating with said conduits and opening in 

respectively opposite sides of said shaft, 
orifices in said sleeves connecting said ports to the interior 

of said cylinders; 



1. A hydraulic drive for controlling switchgear comprising 
a main cylinder, a main differential piston slidable therein for 
controlling the switchgear, the opposed effective faces of said 
differential piston having different effective surfaces areas, a 
source of a pressure medium connected to one end of said 
cylmdcr to supply pressure to the smaller face of said differen- 
tial piston, first closeable passage means connecting the op- 
posed ends of said main cylinder, a main reversing valve for 
controlling flow of the pressure medium through said first 
passage means, whereby when said main reversing valve is 
open to permit the flow of pressure fluid to the larger face of 
said main differential piston, said main differential piston is 
moved in one direction, and a pressure relief port in said first 
passage means is opened when said main reversing valve 
closes said first passage means to permit reduction of fiuid 
pressure against the larger face of said differential piston 
whereby said differential piston moves in the opposite direc- 
tion, a second cylinder, a second differential piston connected 
to said reversing valve and slidably mounted in said second 
cylinder, the smaller effective face of said second differential 
piston being subject at all times to the pressure of the pressure 
medium, second passage means connecting opposed ends of 
said second cylinder, a control valve means disposed in said 
second passage means for controlling the flow of pressure 
medium in said second passage means to the larger effective 
face of said second differential piston, means for controlling 
said control valve means to actuate said main reversing valve, 
said main differential piston including an axial recess and a 
hollow needle valve means in communication with said first 
passage means and slidably disposed iB said recess and coop- 
erating therewith, said hollow needle valve means being fixed 
to said main cylinder, whereby said needle valve means is 
open to permit flow of the pressure fluid against the larger 
effective face of said main differential piston when said main 
differential piston moves in the one direction and closes when 
said main differential piston has moved in the opposite direc- 
tion. 



3,863,548 

HYDRAULIC WHEEL 

Bertrand Vachon, R.R. 3, Thetford Mines, Quebec, Canada 

Filed Mar. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 341,544 

Int. CI. F04b 1106 

U.S. CI. 91-495 1 Claim 

1. A hydraulic wheel comprising: 




a flange on an end of said shaft confining said sleeves be- 
tween said flange and axle, 

a nut threaded on said shaft for drawing said shaft and 
flange toward said axle; 

scaling means between said flange and an adjacent sleeve, 
between said shaft and an adjacent sleeve and between 
adjacent sleeves; 

said wheel comprising a hub journalled on said axle, a spoke 
section integral with said hub, an axial wall integral with 
said spoke section and a removable cover plate externally 
connected to said wall, said spoke section, wall and cover 
plate forming an enclosure containing said cylinders and 
pistons, the outer ends of said pistons being journalled on 
axial pins extending from said spoke section to said plate 
and removably supported at its opposite ends on said 
spoke section and plate, respectively. 



3,863,549 
GRIPPER-TRANSFER DEVICE FOR PLASTIC BAGS 
Martin James Melin. Palos Hills. III., and Rodney Lee Wallace. 
Centerville. Iowa, assignors to Union Carbide Corporation. 
New York, N.Y. 

Filed Apr. 23. 1973. Ser. No. 353.916 
Int. CI. B31b 2i/26 
U.S. CI. 93-35 R 4 Claims 

1. Apparatus for transporting a flexible web material having 
a first end and a second end. from a first machine station to 
at least a second machine station, which comprises in combi- 
nation; 
an endless conveyor having a first flight adjacent and juxta- 
posed to said first station and having a second flight 
adjacent and juxtaposed to said second station; 
web foldover forming means mounted adjacent said first 
station, arranged and disposed to coact with a web grip- 



106 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



per means said web foldover forming means comprising 
a plate-like member having a castellated edge; 
web gripper means mounted on said conveyor adapted to 
coact with the castellated edge plate-like member of said 
web foldover forming means while closing to a web grip- 
ping position to form a foldover transversely across said 
web at a preselected foldover locus between said first and 
second ends of said web, to grip the folded over web 
through the castellation in the edge of the plate-like 
member of the foldover forming means, and to continue 
to grip said web at said foldover while maintained closed 
in said gripping position; 




8-'^' 51 



means for closing said web gripper means operably adjacent 
and juxtaposed to said web foldover forming means; 

means for maintaining said web gripper means closed on a 
folded over web during its movement with said conveyor 
from said first station to said second station; and 

means for opening said web gripper means operably adja- 
cent and juxtaposed to said second station, 

whereby said web is folded over and gripped intermediate 
said webs ends at said first station, is transported in folded 
gripped position to said second station, and is released at 
said second station. 



3,863,550 
CLTTING AND SCORING DIE 
Albert J. Sarka, Fairview Park, Ohio, and Pierson S. Kang, 
Pennsauken, N.J., assignors to Chem Par Corporation, 
Montgomeryville, Pa. 

Filed Mar. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 342,577 

Int. CI. B3Ib 1120 

LI.S. CI. 93-58.3 7 Claims 




1. A cutting and scoring die comprising a superimposed pair 
of plates composed of substantially dimensionally stable mate- 
rial separated by an intermediate semi-rigid plastic material 
therebetween, said plates and plastic material having aligned 
slots therein extending from the outer face of one of said 
plates through the plastic material and into the opposed plate, 
each of said plates being substantially unitary and continuous 
except for said slots, and metallic rule members rigidly 
mounted in said slots and having their edges extending beyond 
the outer face of one of said plates. 



3,863,551 
TUBULAR ARTICLE FORMING APPARATUS 
Robert H. Murphy, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to The 
Wiremold Company, West Hartford, Conn. 

Filed Jan. 9, 1974, Ser. No. 431,688 

Int. CI. 83 Ic 1100 

U.S. CI. 93—80 8 Claims 




1. In a tubular article forming apparatus for forming a tubu- 
lar article of elongated generally helically coiled material and 
having a mandrel assembly for supporting the material for 
forward movement along a generally helical path therearound 
for helically coiling the material into a tubular article, the 
mandrel assembly comprising an internal endless support belt 
for internally supporting the tubular article material, a support 
mandrel supporting the support belt for forward gencrallv 
helical movement around the support mandrel along a gener- 
ally helical path thereof from a first rearward point to a second 
forward point, and guide means for supporting and guiding the 
endless support belt from the forward to the rearward point of 
its helical path, the guide means and support mandrel support- 
ing the endless support belt for unimpeded continuous move- 
ment generally helically around the support mandrel for sup- 
porting said material for forward movement along its generally 
helical path around the mandrel assembly, the improvement 
wherein the support mandrel has a generally helical peripheral 
support surface supporting the endless support belt along its 
said helical path, an air pressure supply system for supplying 
air under pressure, and air passageway means connecting the 
air pressure supply system to immediately above the helical 
peripheral support surface and under the support belt for 
supplying air under pressure as an air cushion under the sup- 
port belt. 



3,863,552 
METHOD OF MAKING A VARIABLE-CONFIGURATION 

CONTAINER 

Jose Jorba Gabarro, Rubio, 10, Igualada, Barcelona, Spain 

Filed Mar. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 231,934 

Claims priority, application Spain, Oct. 8, 1970, 384346 

Int. CI. B31b 5100 

U.S. CI. 93-94 R 2 Claims 



1. A method of making a variable-configuration container, 
comprising the steps of providing a sheet-material blank hav- 
ing two pairs of spaced opposite edges; forming in said blank 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



107 



a plurality of folding lines extending between the edges of one 
of said pairs; securing to said blank along at least one edge of 
said one pair a strip of sheet material having a plurality of 
cut-outs; folding said blank along at least some of said folding 
lines and shaping it to the configuration of a tubular body 
having opposite open ends; and inserting end panels into said 
opposite ends so as to close the same, at least one of said end 
panels having a peripheral margin provided with projecting 
portions which are snapped into respective ones of said cut- 
outs. 



3,863,553 
COMBINATION INSULATION STOP AND VENTILATION 

BAFFLE 

Bryce L. Koontz, 4915 Rogers Dr., Anchorage, Alaska 99507 

Filed Dec. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 426,821 

Int. CI. F24f 7100 

U.S. CL 98-32 1 Claim 



r3^ 




1. A combination insulation stop and ventilation baffle for 
mounting over an exterior wall and between a roof and ceiling 
of a building structure to provide a ventilation passageway to 
an air space between the ceiling and the roof and to prevent 
insulation which is subsequently applied to the ceiling from 
clogging said passageway, in which the exterior wall has a 
bearing plate on which ceiling joists and inclined parallel roof 
rafters are supported, said rafters being spaced from each 
other a first predetermined distance and said roof and bearing 
plate spaced from each other a second predetermined dis- 
tance, said combination insulation stop and ventilation baffle 
comprising: 
a body of stiff sheet material having ( I ) a length dimension 
between end edges greater than the second predeter- 
mined distance, and (2) a width dimension between side 
edges greater than the first predetermined distance; 
said body having parallel side fold lines formed therein 
adjacent and spaced from the side edges defining side 
sections between the side fold lines and the side edges and 
a central section between the parallel side folds, in which 
the distance across the central section between the side 
fold lines is slightly less than the first predetermined 
distance to enable the side sections to be pivoted in the 
same direction relative to the central section and the 
body inserted between two rafters over the exterior wall 
at an inclined angle to the ceiling joist with the side sec- 
tion bearing against the rafters and one end edge engag- 
ing the bearing plate, the other end edge projecting into 
the air space to define a ventialtion passageway between 
roof rafters to the crawl space; 
said body being scissile along said side fold lines, enabling 
slots to be formed therein extending inward from the 
other end edge with the distance between the slots being 
less than the first predetermined distance; and 
said body having an end fold line formed therein extending 
perpendicular between the side fold lines forming a flexi- 
ble end tab which may be freely pivoted about the end 
fold line upward between the rafters relative to the cen- 
tral section to block one end of the ventilation passage- 
way and prevent insulating material from passing into the 
ventilation passageway as the insulation is applied be- 
tween the ceiling joists and which may be subsequently 



pivoted downward in the other pivot direction relative to 
the body central section to open said end of the ventila- 
tion passageway to permit a flow of air therethrough to 
the crawl space after the insulation has been applied 
between the ceiling joist. 



3,863,554 

PORTABLE MINE STOPPINGS 

Newton A. Boyd, P.O. Box 872. Sophia, W. Va. 29521 

Filed Sept. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 394,499 

Int. CI. F2 If / 7/00 

U.S. CI. 98-50 10 Claims 




10. A portable stopping for blocking crosscuts in mine 
entries having roof, floor and side rib surfaces, comprising a 
sheet of fire-resistant, gas impervious flexible material 
adapted to be extended across a crosscut between the roof, 
floor and ribs thereof, a frame structure for supporting said 
sheet in substantially air-tight relationship between said sur- 
faces, strap means carried by said frame and extending about 
the perimeter of said sheet adjacent said surfaces, continuous 
compressible sealing means positioned between said strap 
means and said surfaces, means for forcing said strap means 
toward said surfaces for compressing said sealing means 
thereby providing a substantially air-tight seal about the pe- 
rimeter of said sheet, and wherein said sheet includes an 
excess of material over that which is required to extend across 
the crosscut, said excess being bi-folded upon itself adjacent 
one edge of said sheet, whereby said sheet may balloon out 
upon the occurrence of an extreme pressure differential to at 
least partially relieve the pressure. 



3,863,555 
VEGETABLE TOP SEVERING DEVICE AND BEARING 

BLOCK 

Kenneth J. Duff, 4601 Margalo, and Jay W. Deatherage, 1920 

Kathryn Ct., both of Bakersfield, Calif. 93309 

Filed Jan. 30. 1974, Ser. No. 438,122 

Int. CI. AOld 23104: B23d 25102; B26d 1156 

U.S. CI. 99-637 9 Claims 



>-• ' 




<:^^ 



\ 

1. An improved cutter mechanism for a vegetable harvester 
having a plurality of double ended cutter blades, the improve- 
ment comprising: 
a pair of double ended bearing blocks, each of which in- 
cludes therein means defining a central bore upon a 
primary axis thereof, and a plurality of secondary bores 
equally spaced about said central bore; 



108 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a pair of inwardly directed tapered roller bearings retained 
in each said secondary bore; 

a cutter blade support pin upon each end of each cutter 
blade, each said pin being positioned through one of said 
pairs of bearings in one of said secondary bores; and 

relatively adjustable securing means upbn an end of each 
said pin engaging one of said bearings, whereby converg- 
ing movement of said securing means causes said pair of 
bearings to be tightened both laterally and axially. 



port and a valve member adapted to open and close said 
valve port, said valve actuator rod being operatively 
connected to said valve member. 



3,863,556 

MACHINE FOR INJECTING FLUIDS INTO MEAT 

PRODUCTS 

Ray T. Townsend, Des Moines, Iowa, assignor to Townsend 

Engineering Company, Des Moines, Iowa 

Filed Aug. 20, 1973, S«r. No. 390,079 
Int. CI. A22c 1 7/00 



3,863,557 
STRAPPING MACHINE 
Yukio Takahashi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Ikegai Tekko 
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Aug. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 277,596 

Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 9, 1971, 46-60064 

Int. CI. B65b 13/32 

U.S. CI. 100-33 PB 9 Claims 



U.S. CI. 99—487 



17 Claims 




t 



3' 18 



"Oil 
4-; 



?ar 



< 

20 7^ 
22-1 



'ii. 



.;nr 



» I 



8 52 17 
f 

f. 



13 






16 
69w 
'J 



-V 



if. 



83 J 



84 



K 



9 

1. A machine for injecting fluids into meat products and the 
iii^c. comprising, 
a support means having a conveyor means movably 
mounted thereon, said conveyor means adapted to con- 
vey the meat product from one end thereof towards the 
other end thereof, 
a fluid manifold movably mounted above said conveyor 
means and being movable between lower and upper posi- 
tions with respect to the conveyor means, a first power 
means reciprocatably moving said manifold between its 
upper and lower positions, 
said fluid manifold being fluidly connected to a source of 

fluid under pressure, 
said fluid manifold having a plurality of injecting needles 
extending downwardly therefrom adapted to pierce the 
meat product thereunder when said manifold is in its said 
lower position, 
valve means operatively connected to said fluid manifold 
and said fluid under pressure for selectively supplying 
said fluid to said injecting needles, said valve means being 
movable from closed to open positions, said valve means 
permitting said fluid to be supplied under pressure to said 
injecting needles when in its open position, said valve 
means preventing said fluid from being supplied under 
pressure to said injecting needles when in its closed posi- 
tion, 
a meat product thickness sensing means adapted to engage 
the meat product being pierced by said injecting needles, 
valve control means operatively interconnecting said 
sensing means and said valve means for selectively open- 
ing and closing said valve means responsive to the thick- 
ness of said meat product, 
said sensing means comprising an elongated plate means 
having opposite ends, the opposite ends of said plate 
means being vertically movably secured to opposite ends 



1. In a strapping machine for forming a strap loop in sur- 
rounding relationship to an object, such as a package, the 
improvement comprising, 
a frame; 

a press member movable supported on said frame for oscil- 
latory movement between first and second positions; 
a heater device for at least partially melting a plastic band, 
said heater device being mounted on and movable with 
said press member and positioned for melting said band 
at two locations; and 
said press member including a pressing surface for engaging 
said band and for pressing said two locations of said band 
together. 



^ 3,863,558 

WIRE TIE DEVICE 

Cecil Dale Trumbo. 13122 Flint Dr., Santa Ana, Calif. 92705 

Filed July 30, 1973, Ser. No. 383,773 

Int. CI. B65b 13/26 

U.S. CI. 100-33 10 Claims 




1. A wire tie device for use with a baling press upon connec- 
tion to the upper platen of the baling press for holding and 
guiding one end of a length of bailing wire, having preformed 
loops at its ends, respectively, endwise with said one end 
foremost, into a knotting position and for holding and guiding 
the other end of the length of wire into an interengaged rela- 
of said fluid manifold, said valve control means compris- tion with the one end. when the platen is in baling position 
ing a valve actuator rod secured at one end thereof to said with respect to the material, so that the ends are drawn into 
plate means and extending therefrom, the other end of a knot by the pull of the ends in the opposite directions by 
said rod being operatively secured to said valve means, expansion of the baling material upon raising of the platen; 
said valve means being secured to said fluid manifold for said device comprising a body having therein an elongated 
movement therewith, said valve means comprising a valve open inverted channel open at opposite ends and defined 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL ^ 



109 



by a top wall and depending side walls spaced apart later- 
ally of the top wall, and a guide wall carried by one of said 
side walls and spaced below the top wall and extending 
transversely of the channel and terminating edgewise in 
laterally spaced relation to the other side wall, thereby 
providing a wire discharge passage; 

said channel having a wire knotting station near one end. 
and 

permanent magnet means carried by the body in laterally 
spaced relation to said one side wall and spaced from said 
passage in a direction toward the top wall, and operative- 
while said one end of the wire is being fed loop end fore- 
most to the knotting station to magnetically hold the 
portion of the length of wire which is between the loop of 
said one end of the wire and the other end of the channel 
in predetermined positions relative to the cross section of 
the body in which positions the wire is above and aligned 
with said discharge passage iindspaced from said one side 
wall, and to hold the wire for movement of the wire 
endwise in opposite directions while it is in said predeter- 
mined positions^ 



3,863,559 

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEWATERING 

FIBROUS MATERIALS 

Edgar M. Pierce, 8200 Weller Rd., Cincinnati, Ohio 45242 

Filed Aug. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 281.114 

Int. CI. A47j 19/02: B30b 9/06. / HW 



U.S. CI. 100-37 




14 Claims 



I. A method for dewatcring materials comprising confining 
the material to be dewatercd between two surfaces one consti- 
tuting a perforated screen, the two surfaces being spaced apart 
a distance of about '/fe to % of an inch whereby the dewatercd 
material has a thickness of between '/4 to ^k of an inch, and 
pressing the material against itself in a direction parallel to the 
perforated screen at a press rate which decreases as the press- 
ing continues, the pressure asserted on the material being 
about 300-3.000 psi, the water content of said dewatercd 
material being reduced to below about 60 percent at a pres- 
sure of about 3.000 psi 



3,863,560 

MACHINE AND PROCESS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY 

EXTRACTING THE JUICE AND ESSENTIAL OIL OF 

CITRUS FRUIT 

Paolo Indelicato, and Carmelo Indelicato, both of Via Finac- 

chiaco, Aprile 1 10, Giarre, Catania, Italy 

Filed Jun* 26, 1973, Ser. No. 373,662 
Claims priority, application Italy, Mar. 23, 1973, 67840/73 
Int. CI. A47j 19/02: B30b 9/02 
U.S. CI. 100-37 7 Claims 

7. A process for simultaneously extracting the juice and 
essential oil of citrus fruit, comprising the step of 
feeding the citrus fruit into a gap formed between a pair of 
parallel straight tubular cylinders mounted horizop<ally 
for rotation in opposite directions; 
cutting the citrus fruit into two halves by a vertical cutting 
blade arranged in the gap between said pair of cylinders; 
feeding, deforming and squeezing the cut citrus fruit 
halves along a progressively narrowing gap formed be- 



tween the periphery of each of said cylinders and an 

adjacent perforated metal sheet; 
allowing the juice of the cut citrus fruit halves to pass 

through said perforated metal sheet and collecting the 

juice in a basin; 
cutting the membranes and mesocarp from the peels of the 

citrus fruit halves and collecting and discharging the cut 

membranes and mesocarp; 



1 B 18 le 




collecting and discharging the cut peels separately; 

collecting the essential oil adhering to the peripheries of 
said cylinders by a pad of absorbent material arranged 
adjacent said cylinders and collecting the essential oil 
dripping from said pad of absorbent material in an ex- 
haust channel 



3,863,561 
COMPACTOR 
Robert F. Karls. Hales Corners, Wis., assignor to Emerson 
Electric Co.. St. Louis, Mo. 

Filed Apr. 25, 1973, Ser. No. 354.430 

Int. CI. B30b 1/18 

U.S.CL 100-53 11 Claims 




I. A top loading trash compactor comprising a low profile 
cabinet having two cubicles for trash containers therein, a 
cabinet top with two trash loading hatchways therein, one for 
each cubicle, said top being spaced above the containers to 
provide a ram shuttle way below the top and above the con- 
tainers, a single ram, means mounting said ram in said shuttle 
way for shuttling movement from one cubicle to the other 
whereby when the ram is in one cubicle it is clear of the other 
cubicle to permit loading of trash into said other cubicle 
through its said hatchway, said ram having a ram platen and 
means for extending the ram platen deep into a trash con- 
tainer for compaction of trash therein and retracting said ram 
platen above the level of the container top and into said shut- 
tle way for clearance of said containers during shuttling move- 
ment of said ram. and hatch cover means to close the hatch- 
way above one cubicle in which the ram is working and open 
the hatchway above the other cubicle and permit trash loading 



no 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



into said other cubicle concurrently with ram operation in the 
one cubicle. 



3.863,562 
MACHINE FOR CONTINLOLS BONDING OF FABRICS 

TO THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL 
William Jack, West Kilbride, Scotland, assignor to Jax Prod- 
ucts (Engineering) Limited, Kilwinning, Ayrshire, England 

Filed Nov. 13. 1973, Ser. No. 415,299 
Claims priority, application (Jreat Britain. Nov. 15. 1972. 
52749/72 

Int. CI. B30b 5104. 15134 
L.S. CI. 100—93 RP 4 Claims 




1. A press for the continuous bonding of a layer of textile 
fabric to another layer embodying thermoplastic polymeric 
material, said press including a roller, means for rotating the 
roller, a flat resilient pad forming a nip with the roller, means 
for feeding the layers in superposition through said nip and 
means for heating the layers on their way to the nip. 



3,863.563 
COMPACTOR 
Samuel J. Popeil. Chicago. III., assignor to Popul Brothers. 
Inc., Chicago, III. 

Filed Mar. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 339,401 

Int. CI. B30b 1100 

L.S. CI. 100-102 10 Claims 




1. A compactor comprising, in combination, 

a plunger member being hollow and having means at the 

upper end portion thereof for engaging a seat, 
a seat proportioned for covering the upper end of said 

plunger and having means for removable engagement 

with said plunger, thereby exposing the hollow portion of 

the plunger. 



said means for removable Engagement including a bayonet- 
type lock means for removably locking said seat with said 
plunger member. 

a tubular support member having a foot portion for resting 
on the floor and defining a hollow interior for collecting 
and compacting refuse, and whereby paper goods and 
other readily compressible refuse may be stored and 
compacted in the interior of the tubular member by the 
action of the plunger assisted by the weight of a person 
sitting on the seat, and by removing the seat portion of the 
plunger, access is had for the storage of bottles and other 
non-compressible refuse. 



3,863,564 

APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING AND STAMPING EGGS 

Koichi Higuchi, 7-9, 1 chome, Hyakkoku-cho, Kochi-shi, Japan 

Filed Mar. 15, 1974, Ser. No. 451,549 

Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 10, 1973, 48- 

102331 

Int. CI. B41f 17130 
IJ.S. CI. 101-35 3 Claims 







A 



1. A device for automatically and continuously stamping 
eggs with an indicia to form a basis for judging the freshness 
of the eggs comprising in combination; 

an intermittently moving conveyor means longitudinally 
extending in the horizontal plane whereby the vicinity of 
one end of said longitudinally extending conveyor means 
constitutes an egg stamping area; means for intermittently 
feeding eggs on an individual basis to said egg stamping 
area; an elongated frame member positioned longitudi- 
nally and in a substantial parallel manner adjacent to said 
conveyor means; a plurality of arm members fixedly 
supported at spaced intervals on said elongated frame 
member, eacll of said arm members arranged substan- 
tially at a right angle to said elongated member and hav- 
ing base an£ tip portions, the base portion being slidably 
associated with said conveyor means and the tip portion 
having an arcuate configuration to define a spoon-shaped 
section, said spoon-shaped section operatively propelling 
an individual egg from said egg stamping area; two rail 
members disposed substantially parallel to said conveyor 
means; 

a lever member slidably supported between said two rail 
members and including a downturned tongue portion, 
said downturned tongue portion terminating in said egg 
stamping area and having an opening therethrough; and 
a spring pressed stamper member resiliently mounted 
». within said opening and operatively stamping individual 
eggs intermittently being transferred to said stamping 
area by said intermittently feeding means. 



3,863,565 
APPARATUS FOR IMPRINTING ON MOVING ARTICLES 

WITHOUT SMEARING THE IMPRINT 
Thomas E. Patykula, Elmira, N.Y., assignor to Corning Glass 
Works, Corning, N.Y. 

Filed Dec. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 423,550 
Int. CL B41f 7 7/00 
U.S. CL 101—44 9 Claims 

1. In a stamping machine for imprinting a distinctive mark 
on each of a series of articles sequentially delivered to and 
briefly dwelling at a selected location, such machine including 
a platen carrier actuated between a first initial position and a 
second imprinting position in response to each of a series of 
electric triggering impulses supplied to the machine, appara- 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



111 



tus for modifying said machine to imprint a distinctive mark 
on each of a series of similar articles sequentially transported 
by a rapidly and continuously moving conveyor in a selected 
direction through a path of travel including an imprinting 
station in such path, such apparatus comprising, in combina- 
tion; 

I. a printing platen support member having a generally 
planar surface and embodying a longitudinal and rela- 
tively wide hole which opens through said surface; 

II. a generally rectangular printing platen including a gener- 
ally planar surface and of a substantially smaller length 
than the length of said hole in said platen support mem- 
ber; 

in. means for supporting said printing platen within said 
hole in said platen support member for longitudinal slid- 
ing movement of such platen between first and second 
ends of such hole and with said planar surface of the 
platen paralleling said planar surface of the platen sup- 
port member; 

IV. a printing element having a first surface secured to said 
planar surface of said printing platen and a second oppo- 
site surface including thereon a printing type of a mark to 
be printed, such second surface extending beyond said 
planar surface of said platen support member; 



m^&zzzzA 




+- 



71-1- 

76a / 70b 
8bc 80b 73a 




V. means for supporting said machine at said imprinting 
station and adjacent said conveyor with said planar sur- 
face of said printing platen and said printing type of said 
printing element facing said path of travel of said articles 
and with the direction of said sliding movement of said 
printing platen within said hole in said platen support 
member being in alignment with said path of travel; 

VI. means, responsive to the passage of each of said articles 
as they are respectively transported through said imprint- 
ing station, for supplying an electric triggering impulse to 
said machine; 

VII. means, operating when said platen carrier is in its said 
initial position, for impinging pressurized fluid against a 
first end of said printing platen to move such platen in a 
first direction within said hole in said platen support 
member, such first direction of movement being opposite 
to said selected direction of transport of said articles by 
said conveyor; and 

VII. means, operating during actuation of said platen carrier 
between its said initial position and its said second im- 
printing position, for impinging pressurized fluid against 
a second end of said printing platen to move such platen 
in a second direction within said hole in said platen sup- 
port member, such second direction of movement corre- 
sponding to said selected direction of transport of said 
articles by said conveyor. 



3,863,566 
DRIVE AND REGISTRY CONTROL FOR ROTARY 
PRINTING PRESS 
Klaus Schirrkh, Bielefeld-Brake; Amir Erk, Bielefeld- 
Grossdornberg, and Ottomar Tessmann, Jollenbeck, all of 
Germany, assignors to Fischer & Krecke KG, Bielefeld, 
Germany 

Filed Mar. 7, 1974, Ser. No. 448,576 
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 12, 1973, 
2312175 

Int. CI. B41f 13112 
U.S.CL 101-248 5 Claims 




1. In a printing machine having a central roller, a printing 
roller provided with a shaft and cooperating with said central 
roller, and an inking roller cooperating with said printing 
roller, a combination comprising a first gear having a diameter 
corresponding to that of said central roller and mounted for 
rotation with the same, a second gear mounted for rotation 
with said inking roller to rotate the same; a third gear meshing 
with said first and second gears to transmit motion to the latter 
one, said third gear having a diameter corresponding to that 
of said printing roller and being mounted on and freely turna- 
ble about said shaft; and a differential unit having an input 
gear train driven by said third gear, and an output gear train 
coupled with said shaft of said printing roller 



3,863,567 
MULTILINE OFFSET PRINTING MACHINE 
Dana B. Hastings, Natick. Mass.. assignor to Dennison Manu- 
facturing Company. Framingham. Mass. 

Filed Apr. 25, 1973, Ser. No. 354,316 

Int. CI. B4 If J/00 

U.S. CI. 101-252 21 Claims 




^ .._> ».,; ',.."' i;MK1 




•>•• f- I 



i: ' \ — y 






'-«Tto ' ' "' /' '-" <> ' ^ 



1. Printing apparatus comprising a supporting structure 
embodying a rigid horizontally disposed top part containing a 
plurality of longitudinally spaced openings, indicia bearing 
assemblies mounted on the top part in the openings with the 
indicia situated in a common plane at the under side of the top 
part, transversely spaced parallel conveyors supported on the 



112 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



structure below the top part, said conveyors having longitudi- 
nally extending upper and lower runs, said upper runs being 
parallel to said plane of the indicia, a print platen and an ink 
pad supported on the structure adjacent the lower runs of the 
conveyors, ink and print rolls journalcd at their ends between 
the conveyors for movement thereby relative to the ink pad. 
indicia and print platen, means for driving the conveyors to 
effect translational movement of the ink roll and print roll, 
means operable by the translational movement of the ink and 
print rolls to effect rotation about their axes, means for sup- 
porting that portion of the runs of the conveyors travelling 
along the upper runs at any time at a level such that the ink 
and print rolls have tangential engagement with the indicia, 
said means providing for lifting the ink roll as it is moved along 
the lower runs away from the print plate and then depressing 
it to a position of tangential engagement with the ink pad and 
for maintaining the print roll at a level to have tangential 
engagement with the print plate and then lifting it from the ink 
pad and means for delivering tickets from a strip of ticket 
material to present one ticket at a time to the print platen in 
timed relation with the arrival of the print roll at the print 
platen. 



3,863.568 
SUCTION FASTENING DEVICE 
Arthur F. Frederick, Washington. D.C., assignor to The United 
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the 
Navy, Washington, D.C. 

Filed Mar. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 238,713 

Int. CI. B63f 3102 

U.S. CI. 102-13 5 Claims 



/, ,^ ^ //// ^^^y/^ ^■■^^^'r/y /V / //■■ .- 




I. A suction device for permanently fastening an object to 
a surface comprising: 
suction inducing means attachable to said surface; 
suction maintaining means for permanently maintaining 
said suction inducing means in said attached condition 
and for attaching said object to said suction inducing 
means including: 

a suction cup maintainable in a suction inducing configu- 
ration; 
an elongate stem having one end connected to said suc- 
tion cup and the other end connectable to said main- 
taining means, said stem movable between a normally 
inoperative position wherein said suction cup is in a 
relaxed configuration and an operative position 
wherein said suction cup is in a suction inducing config- 
uration and said stem is in a position to be connected 
to said suction maintaining means: 
a tapered camming surface formed at said other end of said 

stem; 
a groove circumfcrentially formed adjacent said tapered 

end; 
a first housing enclosing said suction cup and receivable of 

said stem; and 
cam means pivotally associated with said stem for moving 
said stem between said normally inoperative position and 
said operative position. 



3,863,569 
SEPARABLE CONTAINER FOR PARACHUTE-TYPE 

FLARE 
Bjorn Herman Olof Simmons, Karlskoga, Sweden, assignor to 
Aktiebolaget Bofors, Bofors, Sweden 

Filed June 5, 1972, Ser. No. 259,985 
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 11, 1971, 
7576/71 

int. CI. F42b 13138 
U.S. CI. 102-35.6 



6 Claims 



BRAKE parachute: 




1. In a parachute-type flare adapted to be fired in a trajec- 
tory with a high rate of spin and including a means which is 
separated from a carrier part, with said means including a 
pyrotechnic flare portion and a tubular casing formed of a 
plurality of separable casing parts detachably secured to the 
flare portion and housing a parachute, the improvement in 
means for detachably securing said casing parts to said flare 
portion comprising: 

means including a disc-shaped portion attached to said flare 

portion and 
an annular ring portion encircling the ends of said casing 

parts lying adjacent said disc-shaped portion, 
means engaging said ring portion to normally restrain said 
ring portion against longitudinal movement so as to main- 
tain said ring portion in its said encircling position pre- 
venting radial outward movement of said casing parts in 
response to centrifugal forces, 
an annular container normally encircling said ring portion, 
said engaging means being responsive to removal of said 
annular container from its normal encircling portion to 
permit longitudinal movement of said ring portion rela- 
tive to said casing parts to thereby free said casing parts 
for outward radial movement. 



3,863,570 

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTUATED MISSILE STAGE 

SEPARATION 

Harold W. Bixby, Encino, Calif., assignor to the United States 

of America, as represented by the Secretary of the Navy, 

Washington, D.C. 

Filed Feb. 15, 1974, Ser. No. 442,993 

Int. CI. F42b 15110 

U.S. CI. 102-49.4 3 Claims 




1. A hydraulic pressure actuated device for separating 
stages of a missile during flight comprising: a first frame at- 
tached to one of the missile stages; a second frame attached 
to a second missile stage and provided with a housing chamber 
therein, an inlet in said second frame providing a pressure 
passageway to said chamber; a segmented nut in said cham- 
ber; a bolt connecting said first frame with said segmented nut. 
said bolt being provided with a collar for engaging the inner 



February 4, 197!i 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



13 



side of said first frame, said first and second frames being 
attached to each other when said bolt is connected to the 
segmented nut and said collar being disposed between said 
frames, and pressure actuated means for radially displacing 
segments of said nut to release the connection between said 
bolt and segmented nut and for exerting a thrusting force on 
said collar to force said stages apart. 



3,863,571 
FLUIDIC BATTERY ACTIVATOR 
Carl J. Campagnuoio, Chevy Chase, and Allen B. Holmes, 
Rockville, both of Md., assignors to The United States of 
America as represented by the Secretary of the Army, Wash- 
ington, D.C. 

Filed July 17, 1968, Ser. No. 745,950 
Int. CI. F42c ISm 



U.S. CI. 102-81 




5 Claims 



1. Apparatus for activating a battery in response to a fluid 
flow, comprising: 

a. a resonant tube having an open end and a closed end; 

b. a nozzle for directing said fluid flow onto said open end 
of said resonant tube to produce fluid compression waves 
therein; anJ 

c. means responsive to heat produced at said closed end of 
said resonant tube by said fluid compression waves for 
initiating the activation of said battery. 



3,863,572 * 

FLUIDIC SAFING-ARMING SYSTEM 
Carl J. Campagnuoio, Chevy Chase, and Charles F. Peer, 
Silver Spring, both of Md., assignors to The United States of 
America as represented by the Secretary of the Army, Wash- 
ington, D.C. 

Filed Oct. 24, 1966, Ser. No. 589,128 

Int. CI. F42c 5100 

U.S. CI. 102-81 11 Claims 



^eCULATOIT 




>^ 



^^ 



~r/ 



Sz/M/TY coovrey^ 



receiving ram air. said amplifier having first and second 
output conduits and including means to direct said power 
fluid out said first conduit in the absence of ram air and 
out said second output conduit upon the application of 
ram air to the system; 

d. an AND gate having two input conduits and at least two 
output conduits; one input of said AND gate being con- 
nected to said means for receiving exhaust gas; 

e. a fluidic oscillator having an input conduit connected to 
one of said outpi^t conduits of said AND gate so that said 
oscillator is rendered operative when exhaust gas only is 
applied to said AND gate; 

f a fluidic binary counter connected to said second output 
conduit of said fluid amplifier such that said counter is 
rendered operative upon the application of ram air to the 
system, and connected to an output of said fluid oscilla- 
tor, the oscillations of which are counted by said counter. 
g. means connecting said binary counter to the other of 
said inputs of said AND gate for directing a signal to said 
AND gate after said counter has counted a predeter- 
mined number of oscillations; and 

h. a pressure-activated switch for arming said missile con- 
nected to the other of said outputs of said AND gate so 
that it will receive a pressure signal upon the coincidence 
of input signals to said AND gate. 



3,863,573 
SOLID PROPELLANT CHARGE HAVING A SHORT 
BURNING TIME FOR ROCKET ENGINES 
Heinz Dilchert. Steyerberg, Germany, assignor to Dynamit 
Nobel Aktiengesellschaft. Postfach, Germany 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 874,881, Nov. 7, 1969, 
abandoned. This application Aug. 7. 1972, Ser. No. 278,389 
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 9. 1968. 
1808111 

Int. CI. F42b IIOO 
U.S. CI. 102-101 43 Claims 



&: 



ti=^ 



"V.2 



1. In a weapon carrying missile powered by exhaust gasses 
an arming system, comprising: 

a. means for receiving a portion of said exhaust gas; 

b. means for receiving ram air; 

c. a fluid amplifier supplied with a source of power fluid 
having a control conduit connected to said means for 



1. A solid propellant charge for rocket engines having a 
short burning time comprising a plurality of spaced support 
layers arranged to together define a definite geometric shape 
in the direction perpendicular to said support layers, an adhe- 
sive layer attached to each support layer in such a way that 
each support layer is embedded in its respective adhesive 
layer, and a layer of propellant covering each side of each 
adhesive layer, the spacing of said support layers and the 
amounts of adhesive and propellant on said support layers 
being so selected that each propellant-covered layer is spaced 
from adjacent propellant-covered layers by substantially equi- 
distant gaps, whereby loss of dimensional stability of said 
charge with increasing temperature and breakage of said 
charge with decreasing temperature arc substantially pre- 
vented. 



114 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,574 
POWER SUPPLY FOR HIGH SPEED VEHICLES 
Johann Thomas, Eriangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens 
Aktiengesellschaft, Munchen, Germany 

Filed Feb. 6, 1974, Ser. No. 440,027 
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 8, 1973, 
2306292 

int. CI. B60m 7100 
U.S. CI. 104- 148 LM 8 Claims 




1. An apparatus for powering a vehicle above a predeter- 
mined speed which comprises; 

a. basic power means including a source of primary power 
and at least one transmission means parallel to the path 
of said vehicle, for carrying said primary power along said 
path; 

b. an additional power transmission means paralleling said 
path; 

c. a plurality of converter means each positioned at approxi- 
mately equally spaced intervals of predetermined dis- 
tance along said path; 

d. means for detecting when said vehicle has exceeded said 
predetermined speed; 

e. means responsive to said speed detecting means for ener- 
gizing at least one of said converter means such that said 
primary power transmission means is electrically con- 
nected to said additional power transmission means at 
that point in the vehicle path at which said vehicle is then 
located; and 

f means within said vehicles responsive to the power sup- 
plied to said additional transmission means, for powering 
said vehicle. 



3,863,575 

DISPLAY STAND 

Roger R. Kuns, Clyde, and Nelson Orwig, Sandusky, both of 

Ohio, assignors to Westvaco Corporation, New York, N.Y. 

Fikd Nov. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 413,971 

Int. CI. A47b 43102 

II.S.CL 108-111 1 Claim 




1. A display stand having a completely flnished outer sur- 
face and consisting of a plurality of components prepared 



from separate blanks of material such as paperboard that are 
folded, arranged and secured to one another to result in a 
single integral unit for shipment to the user, said display stand 
when set up having an open frontal portion formed by a back 
panel, a pair of side walls foldably attached thereto and ar- 
ranged at right angles to said back panel, a plurality of shelf 
panels each secured to said back panel along one edge 
thereof, and a plurality of shelf support elements locked in 
position between the side walls and arranged to lie beneath 
each individual shelf panel, the improvement wherein: 

a. said back panel is of double wall construction and con- 
sists of a full sized inside back wall panel and a pair of left 
and right half-sized outside back wall panels which are 
adhered to the back of said inside back wall panel, each 
half-sized back wall panel including a pair of articulated 
inside side wall panels foldably attached along one edge 
thereof Wh[ch are folded over about their articulated joint 
and adhered to one another to form a pair of side wall 
core elements; 

b. said side walls are of quadruple wall construction and 
each consists of a pair of left and right two part outside 
side wall panels which arc folded around and adhered to 
a side wall core element, said outside side wall panels 
further including abbreviated flaps at the upper and lower 
ends thereof which are folded inside and adhered to the 
side wall panels to form finished upper and lower edges 
for said side walls; 

c. said shelf panels are of multiple wall construction and 
consist iridividually of a two-piece core element adhered 
together and an outside shelf panel structure, said outside 
shelf panel structure including a pair of upper and lower 
shelf panels which are folded around and adhered to each 
core element, a riser panel foldably attached to said 
upper shelf panel and a flap member foldably attached to 
said riser panel, said multiple wail shelf panels each being 
attached to the front of said inside back panel only along 
said flap member; and, 

d. means is provided in said quadruple wall side walls for 
accepting and retaining the shelf support elements in 
different positions for adjusting the angularity of the 
multiple wall shelf panels while the lower shelf panel of 
each multiple wall shelf panel abuts against the inside 
back panel forcing the riser panel into its propey)osition 
when the angulation of the shelves is changed. 



3,863,576 
ADJUSTABLE SELF-LEVELING DISPENSER 
Frank Christian Olsson, Eastlyme, Conn., assignor to AMF 
Incorporated, White Plains, N.Y. 

Filed May 10, 1973, Ser. No. 359,075 
Int. CI. A47f 1 100 
U.S. CI. 108—136 6 Claims 

1. A spring loaded self-leveling article dispensing device, 
comprising a hollow frame, a movable platform positioned in 
said frame, a large compression spring positioned in said 
frame beneath said platform for biasing said platform verti- 
cally upward, a plurality of small tension springs surrounding 
said compression spring for also biasing said platform verti- 
cally upward, means between the upper end of said compres- 
sion spring and platform for adjusting the head load of said 
platform, and means for individually selectively connecting 
any number of said small springs to said platform for adjusting 
the self-leveling rate of said platform, 
wherein said hollow frame comprises a cylindrical shape 
having an open annular top member, a circular bottom 
member, and spaced side panel members interconnecting 
the two, and means on said side panel members providing 
spaces thereon for storage of said small springs when not 
connected to said platform, 
wherein said platform comprises a rigid wire cage structure 
having a top plate thereon, roller guide means on said 



February 4, 197 



fl 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



\\5 



cage structure adapted to guide said cage structure along 3,863,578 

the inside surface of said side panel members, and said INCINERATOR STOKER 

Hisamitsu Kato; Masashi Yoshimura; Yoshitaka Takei; Akio 
Nishina, and Ryosuke Yamashita, all of Osaka, Japan, as- 
signors to Hitachi Shipbuilding and Engineering Co., Ltd., 
Osaka, Japan 

Filed Jan. 10, 1974, Ser. No. 432,244 
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 18, 1973, 48- 
46817; Apr. 18, 1973, 48-46818; Jan. 29, 1973, 48-12730 

Int. CI. F23g 5100 
L.S.a. 110-8 R 15 Claims 




/J 




J\."/>'>j/>r^ 



^e 



'^ 






—'■ k 1 ^^^^'/^ /■«;■' a' I .—-V 



%ilJ- 



'^JJ...U_J 



storage space being located along the outer surface of 
said side panel members 



3,863.577 
FLl IDIZED BED REACTOR 
Andrew B. Steever, Old Greenwich. Conn., and David Kelle- 
her. Yonkers. N.Y.. assignors to Dorr-Oliver Incorporated, 
Stamford. Conn. 

Filed Nov. 22, 1971. Ser. No. 200,994 

Int. CI. F23g ^/OO 

U.S.CI. 110-8 R 15 Claims 



1. An incinerator stoker comprising ;i pliir.i!it\ of stcppiJ 
stationar\ hearths having aili;rnati. hon/ontal step surt.^vo 
and vertical wall portmns. i^penings proviitcJ in the vcrti«.a! 
wall portions at suitable inicrvals widthw;sc >•( the statuuiatv 
hearths, movable hearths having front en J vertical p«utuins 
and adapted to he moved in and out on ihc hon./unt.il step 
surtacos through said openings, air holes pi.i.KlcJ in iIk front 
end vertical portions of said movable heaith> jiul in the verti- 
cal wall portions of the stationarv hcnilis h^t^veen th». mov- 
able hearths, and driving means for movmu saul movable 
hearths in and out 







3,863,579 
SEWING MAC HINE BUTTON LOCATING MtC HAMSM 
John L. Rockerath, and Harold J. Schreck, both of I tica, N.\ ., 
assignors to Jetsew, Inc.. Barneveld. N.Y. 

Filed May 1, 1974, Ser. No. 465,855 



U.S. CI. 112-113 



Int. CI. D05b J ;^ 



13 Claims 



1. A fluidized bed reactor for the combustion of waste, 
which comprises an upright housing, 

a horizontal construction plate dividing the housing into a 
wind box chamber below, and a combustion chamber 
above said constriction plate, said constriction plate be- 
ing adapted to support a bed of sand, 

a stack gas connection for the reactor housing, discharging 
the combustion gases. 

controllable means for supplying combustion air under 
pressure to said wind box chamber, effective to maintain 
said bed of sand in a state of fluidization. 

a plurality of air jet devices mounted in the reactor wall, and 
provided with a controllable air pressure supply, said air 
jet devices being arranged so as to establish rotational 
turbulence in a zone of combustion adjacent to, and 
merging with, the top strata of the fluidized bed, 

and feed means for supplying said waste material to said 
combustion zone. 




1. In a sewing machine button apply installation having a 
sewing machine with a stitching station operable through a 
button apply cycle for sewing a button onto material thereat; 
and a button locating mechanism with a button guideway 
adapted to overly the material at the stitching station and 
operable for individually guiding buttons to and retaining 
them at the stitching station, a slide having a button locator 
engageable with a button in the guideway, the slide being 
shiftable from a first position to a second position for transfer- 
ring a button along the guideway to the stitching station and 
back to its first position for engagement with a succeeding 



16 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



button in the guideway. manually operated means for lifting 
the button guideway to facilitate removal and insertion of the 
underlying material, and slide operating means for shifting the 
slide from its first to its second position for transferring the 
engaged button to the stitching station and for returning the 
slide to its first position for engagement with a succeeding 
button in the guideway, the improvement wherein the slide 
operating means comprises means coupling the slide to said 
manually operated means for automatically shifting the slide 
forwardly to transfer an engaged button to the stitching station 
in conjunction with lifting the button guideway with the manu- 
ally operated means. 



3,863,581 

THREAD TENSIONING DEVICE FOR SEWING 

MACHINES 

Tadao Kohara, and Iwao Takahashi, both of Osaka, Japan, 

assignors to Maruzen Sewing Machine Co., Ltd., Osaka, 

Japan 

Filed Sept. 4, 1973, Ser. No. 393,993 
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 13. 1972, 47- 
107214; Oct. 13, 1972,47-1 19017; Oct. 28, 1972, 47-1 131 14 

Int. CI. D05b 47100 
l.S. CI. 112-255 5 Claims 



3,863,580 
LOW-INERTIA PRESSERFOOT FOR SEWING MACHINES 
Nerino Marforio, Milan, Italy, assignor to S.p.A. Virginio 
Rimoldi & C. Milan. Italy 

Filed Mar. 22, 1973, Ser. No. 343,987 

Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 13, 1972, 23075/72 

Int. CI. D05b 27104 

L.S. CI. 112-212 5CI«fw 




1. For a sewing machine of the type including a needle plate 
and a feed dog for advancing a workpiece as it is sewn, an 
improved low inertia prcsser-foot device comprising; 

a. a presser-foot bar having an axial bore extending there- 
through; 

b. support means including 

1. a clamp member attached to one end of said prcsser- 
foot bar. 

2. an oscillatablc support having a bifurcated pivoting 
head pivotably connected to said clamp member with 
said sole plate being pivotably attached to the other 
end of said oscillatable support, and 

3. a roller member mounted between the bifurcations of 
said pivoting head; 

independent biasing means carried by said pressure-foot 
bar and opcratively connected to said roller member for 
urging the sole plate toward the feed dog; and 
. a fabric pressing spring with tension control means con- 
nected to said presser-foot bar for continuously urging 
the latter and the supporting means carried thereon under 
selected tension in a direction to effect contact of the sole 
plate with the workpiece as it is advanced by the feed dog. 



c. 




1. In a sevving machine including a vertical standard sup- 
porting a substantially horizontal upper arm having an upper 
surface and depending side and end surfaces, an upwardly 
opening first thread guide extending transversely of the upper 
surface of the arm fully between said side surfaces, a second 
thread guide formed at a forward side surface of said arm and 
intersecting and communicating with said first thread guide, a 
pair of cooperating spring biased thread tensioning discs con- 
tained below said upper surface and wholly within said arm 
and located in close proxto the point of intersection of said 
first and second guides, the thread engaging surfaces of said 
discs being substantially coplanar and disposed substantially in 
a horizontal plane with said first and second guides, and ten- 
sion adjusting means operatively associated with said discs and 
including a manually adjustable dial co-axially operatively 
associated with said tension adjusting means and partially 
projecting outwardly of a window in the forward side surface 
of said arm. 



3,863,582 

CONVERTIBLE SEWING MACHINE BEDS 

John Patricia, Elizabeth, and Alfred H. Mack, Bayonne, both 

of N J., assignors to The Singer Company, New York, N.Y. 

Filed Feb. 25, 1974, Ser. No. 445,508 

Int. CI. D05b 73110 

U.S.CL 112-258 10 Claims 




1. in combination with a sewing machine having a base with 
a work supporting bed including an elongated longitudinal 
arm having a primary work supporting surface for disposition 



February 4, 197! 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



117 



of materials to be sewn, support means having a first end 
portion and a secondary work supporting surface, said support 
means being mounted to said base for movement in a first 
direction for disposition of said support means in a first limit 
position wherein said secondary work supporting surface is 
substantially continuous with the primary work supporting 
surface of said elongated arm, said support means being mov- 
able in a first reverse direction opposite said first direction to 
a second limit position wherein the secondary work support- 
ing surface is discontinuous from the primary work supporting 
surface of said elongated arm, said support means and said 
base further including means for effecting simultaneous move- 
ment of said support means in a second direction substantially 
normal to said first direction as said support means is moved 
in said first direction such that a clearance space is maintained 
between the first end portion of said support means and said 
base during movement of said support means in said first 
direction, said combination further including pivot means 
joining said support means to said base for pivotal movement 
of said support means in said first direction, and wherein said 
support means is slidably mounted on said pivot means for 
longitudinal movement of said support means in said second 
direction as said support means is pivoted in said first direc- 
tion. 



a snorkel-mast head-valve situated at the top of said mast; 

a hydraulic piston assembly to operate said head-valve 

having: 

a piston-shaft connected at one end to said head-valve 
and connected at its other end to a piston-head mov- 
able within a piston cylinder, 

said piston-head having upper and lower piston-head 
surfaces forming separate upper and lower chambers 
within said piston cylinder into which chambers operat- 
ing fluid is adapted to pass in order to move said piston- 
head and operate said head-valve, 

a hydraulic-type snorkel-mast hoist located externally of 
said snorkel-mast and attached thereto to raise and 
lower said snorkel-mast and said head-valve, said snor- 
kel-mast hoist having 



3,863,583 

METHOD OF APPLYING LABEL TO Tl'BL'LAR CAN 

BODY 
Irving Nerod. Wayne, N.J., assignor to American Can Com- 
pany, Greenwich, Conn. 

Filed Aug. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 385,150 

Int. CI. B21d 51126 

U.S. CI. 113-120 A 3 Claims 



M 

M 




24 



/e~* 



/^ 




^TP 



a mast-hoist piston shaft connected to one end to said 
snorkel-mast and connected at its other end to a mast- 
hoist piston head movable within a mast-hoist piston 
cylinder, 

said mast-hoist piston head having upper and lower pis- 
ton-head surfaces forming separate upper and lower 
chambers within said last piston cylinder into which 
chambers operating fluid is adapted to pass in order to 
move said mast-hoist piston-head, 
characterized in that there is provided: 

a hydraulic-type fluid supply system communicating with 
said hydraulic piston assembly through passageways 
within said snorkel-mast hoist. 



1 . A method of applying a label to a tubular can body which 
comprises: 

outwardly flanging the marginal end portions of a tubular 
can body to form radii of curvature between the flanged 
marginal end portions and the can body wall, 

applying the label to the flanged can body wall, the label 
being selected to be of a size that covers the can body wall 
and that extends substantially to the radii of curvature, 
and 

during the applying step, using the radii of curvature to 
guide and properly align the label onto the can body. 



3,863,585 
MARINE CARGO VESSEL 
Louis Antoine Vernede; Leopold Nitzki, both of Bremen; Hein- 
rich Liedke, Bremen-Osterhoiz, and Friedrich Schror, Bre- 
men, all of Germany, assignors to Aktiengesellschaft "We- 
ser", Bremen, Germany 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 138,951, April 30, 1971, Pat. 
No. 3,835,802. This application Feb. 13, 1974, Ser. No. 

442,138 
Claims priority, application Germany, May 2, 1970. 
2021653 

Int. CI. B63b i5l44 
U.S. CI. 114-43.5 7 Claims 



3,863,584 t 

COMBINED HYDRAIJLICALLY OPERATED SNORKEL 
INDUCTION MAST AND HEAD VALVE 
Richard S. Wilkins, Lyme, Conn., assignor to The United 
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the 
Navy, Washington, D.C. i 

Filed Apr. 9, 1974, Ser. No. 459,432 
Int. CI. B63g 8106. 8136 
U.S. CI. 114-16 D 3 Claims 

1. An improved snorkel system for submarine boats of the 
kind having: 
a snorkel-mast, 



' f 



^ 



//a. 



^ 



■3 

- /O 



'(. 



3^ 



-^ 



1. A marine cargo vessel, comprising hull means having an 
inside, an outside and a watcrline to which it is submerged in 
an ambient body of water; deck means located inside said hull 
means and at least in part constructed as floodable basin 
means located at a level different from that of said waterline; 



118 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



means defining a floodable upright shaft in said hull means 
and extending through said deck means; gate means at the 
level of said waterline and said deck means for communicating 
the interior of said shaft with said ambient body of water and 
with said basin means, respectively; and means for raising and 
lowering the level of a body of water in said shaft between the 
level of said waterline and the level of said basin means, 
whereby to permit conveyance of floatable containers by 
flotation between said waterline and said basin means and vice 
versa. \ 



3,863.586 
HYDRO-SKI BOAT STRLCTtRE 

Louie Deprez Hargett. 743 Nellie Ave.; Ellis Rose, 327 Baldwin 

St.; Aught Boone Dial, Shoals Acres; Jewel Rose. Executrix 

of said Ellis Rose, deceased, all of Florence. Ala. 35630 

Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,943 

Int. CI. B63b 1120 

U.S. CI. 1 14-66.5 H 2 Claims 




I. A hydro-ski boat structure of the character described, 
comprising, in combination: 
an elongated substantially rectangular hull, in lateral section 
characterized by a concave bottom curvature, said curva- 
ture starting at zero at the bow and increasing to its maxi- 
mum in proximal relation thereto and thence decreasing 
progressively to a substantially flat stern, the longitudinal 
curvature starling as concave at the bow, changing there- 
after progressively to convex and decreasing to zero at 
the stern; 
forward and rearward hydro-ski support members affixed to 

the bow and stern sections of said hull; 
said ski members having a plurality of inner and outer plan- 
ing surfaces planing during the forward movement of said 
hull through a body of water from zero speed through 
acceleration, to cause said hull to emerge from the water 
through alternating consecutive inner and outer planar 
action to support said boat structure on such planing 
surfaces at maximum propelled speeds at an optimum of 
^ minimum contact area on the surface of the water; 

said forward hydro-ski member inner and outer planing 
surfaces comprising secondary and primary surfaces con- 
sisting of: 

a first inner secondary surface (31) having a relatively 
high angle of incidence with said body of water afford- 
ing accelerating lift to said structure; 
a second inner secondary surface (30) in rearward spaced 
relation to said first surface having an angle of inci- 
dence in relation to said body of water and ski member 
to provide continued lift to said member to cause the 
same to emerge from the surface of the water; 
an outer secondary surface (33) in lateral relationship 
thereto, having a relatively high angle of incidence with 
said body of water, affording continued lift to said 
member; 
a primary outer planing surface (29) rcarwardly thereof 
having a decreasing angle of incidence from its forward 
tip to its trailing edge such as to cause said ski member 
at maximum speed to plane on the minimum area of its 
trailing edge; and 
a final inner secondary surface (35) in spaced relation to 
said primary surface, and laterally in relation thereto, 
having an angle of lateral incidence with respect to the 
water such as to cause the planing action of said ski 
member to be retarded in braking resistance when said 
boat structure is propelled into a turn. 

( 



3,863,587 

SELF-LEVELING AND SWIVELING CHAIR 

Angelo J. Bosnich, 514 Dumaine St., New Orleans, La. 701 16 

Filed Feb. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 233,386 

Inl. CI. B63b 29/12 



U.S. CI. 114-191 



1 Claim 




1. A self-leveling and swiveling chair having a seat for a 
sitter and comprising: 

a. a shaft having oppositely disposed ends and fixed by one 
of said ends to said seat with the other free end depend- 
ing; 

b. a stand having radially extending feet for engaging a deck 
of a ship; a tapped sleeve joining adjacent ends of said 
feet and forming therewith a base; a straight threaded 
shaft having oppositely disposed ends one of which ends 
is adapted to be threadably engaged in said tapped sleeve 
for varying the length of said threaded shaft engaged in 
said tapped sleeve; a dog leg sleeve having two hollow 
legs, one of said legs being reversely tapped with respect 

<? to said tapped sleeve and adapted to threadably engage 
said threaded shaft for varying the length of said threaded 
shaft cooperatively with said tapped sleeve when said 
threaded shaft is rotated; 

c. universal joint means having a ball and socket joint, said 
ball being mounted on said shaft between said seal and a 
counterbalancing weight and above the center of gravity 
of the swiveling chair, and said socket being mounted on 
said stand and adapted to engage said ball for relative 
movement therebetween about three axis of motion; 

d. a flat weight base fixed to the free end of said shaft for 
at least counterbalancing the weight of said seat when 
empty; 

e. and a plurality of flat weights for adding to said weight 
base for counterbalancing the weight of a sitter, each said 
weight having a curved radial slot defined therethrough 
that is adapted to engage around said shaft, said curved 
slot extending from a closed end at said weight's center 
and extending to an open end on its periphery with said 
open end being angularly offset from said closed end, 
each said weight being separately engageable radially on 
said shaft through the open peripheral end of said curved 
slot and being turned about about its axis normal to said 
slot tp bring said shaft to the closed center end of said 
curved slot, whereby said weights arc added from the side 
to the shaft in vertical formation and prevented from 
slidably disengaging therefrom inadvertently by the angu- 
lar offset of the open and close-ends of said curved slots. 



3,863,588 
LOOP DEVICE FOR MOUNTING ON BOAT 
Herman L. Gillespie, 2415 Dellwood Dr., Fort Wayne, Ind. 
46803 

Filed Sept. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 397,989 
Int. CI. B63b 21104 
U.S. CI. 114-218 10 Claims 

1. A device for mounting on a boat and providing at least 
one loop for engagement by a hook, said device comprising: 
a first bow eye having legs adapted to extend through the deck 
of the boat, nuts for threading on the legs for connecting the 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



119 



bow eye to the deck, a tension member, first means connect- 
ing one end of said tension member to said first bow eye legs 
inside the hull of the boat, a second bow eye having legs 
adapted for extending through the boat and further nuts for 
theading on the legs of said second bow eye to connect the 




said bow eye to the boat, second means connecting the other 
end of said tension member to said second bow eye legs inside 
the hull of the boat whereby a tension load imposed on a bow 
eye outside the boat will be borne, at least in part, by said 
tension member. 



3,863,589 

Lender system 

Paul Francois Guienne, Paris, and Jacques Francois Robert 
Prouhet. Les Clayes-sous-Bois, both of France, assignors to 
Bertin & Cie, Plaisir, France 

Filed June 11. 1973, Ser. No. 368,742 
Claims priority, application France, June 14, 1972, 
72.21372 

Int. CI. E63h 21/04 
U.S. CI. 114-219 9 Claims 




I. In a fender device having a backing plate and a flexible 
- wall fitted at one end thereof to said backing plate and pro- 
jecting therefrom to another end to bound a deformable hol- 
low chamber bottomed by said backing plate and collapsible 
by crushing of said wall towards said backing plate, the im- 
provement comprising a resilient deformable generally cylin- 
drical sleeve housed within said hollow chamber in spaced 
relationship with said wall thereof with a peripheral clearance 
being left between said sleeve and said wall for the entire 
length and periphery of said wall, said sleeve being fitted to 
said backing plate and projecting therefrom to end short of 
said another end of said wall. 



3,863,590 
AUTOMATIC MOORING SYSTEM 
Robert D. Karl, Pacific Palisades; Thomas D. Stearns, Saugus, 
and Ian B. Engh, Woodland Hills, all of Calif., assignors to 
Imodco, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif. 

Filed Jan. 14, 1974, Ser. No. 433,220 

Int. CI. B63b 21/00 

U.S. CI. 114-230 8 Claims 




1. Apparatus for mooring a ship to a buoy or other offshore 
installation, comprising: 

pulley means mounted on the offshore installation; 

a hauling line extending about the pulley means and having 
a pair of opposite ends normally lying in the water; 

a mooring block mounted on the ship and attachable to one 
of said ends of said hauling line; 

a haul-line winch mounted on the ship, for pulling on an- 
other of said ends of said hauling line so that the mooring 
block is pulled to the offshore installation; 

at least one second line stored on the ship and attached to 
the mooring block so that it is pulled to the offshore 
installation with said mooring block; and 

means for locking the mooring block securely to the off- 
shore installation 

7. In a mooring system wherein a ship picks up the ends of 
a hauling line that extends about a pulley on a buoy, so that 
the ship can transfer a second line to the buoy by tying one 
end of the second line to an end of the hauling line and pulling 
in the other end of the hauling line, the improvement compris- 
ing: 

a mooring block on the ship, said block having a hoseline 
pulley thereon; 

a hose line having opposite ends on the ship and extending 
about the hoseline pulley on the block; 

a hose disposed on the ship and attached to a first end 
portion of the hose line; 

a hauling line winch disposed on the ship for pulling one end 
of the hauling line while the other end of the hauling line 
is attached to the mooring block, to pull the block to the 
buoy; and 

a hose line winch disposed on the ship and engaged with a 
second end portion of the hose line which is opposite the 
first end portion, whereby when the mooring block is 
moved to the buoy and the hoseline winch is operated, 
the first end of the hose line and the hose attached thereto 
are pulled to the buoy. 



3,863,591 
MOORING BAR FOR BOATS 
Leo Wild, 2 Secroft Crescent, Downsview, Ontario, Canada 
Filed June 9, 1972, Ser. No. 261,257 
Int. CI. B63b 21/00 
U.S. CI. 114-230 10 Claims 

I. A mooring bar for mounting between a boat and a dock, 
said mooring bar comprising; 

a. a central stiff elongaged member formed of a length of 
cylindrical tubing having a passage therein for a rope, and 
having first and second straight ends; 

b. a pair of discrete joint members, one for each of said ends 
of said central member, each joint member being of 
resilient material and having a passage therethrough for 
said rope, 

c. first and second caps at said first and second ends respec- 
tively of said central member, said caps having a cylindri- 
cal end of a diameter to plug snugly into said tubing and 



120 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



an enlarged faced portion connected to said cylindrical 

^^ end and having a concave surface for receiving said first 

i and second joint members, said caps having a passage 

^ therethrough aligned with said passages of said central 

member and of said joint 'members to permit said rope to 

pass through all of said passages; 



36a 




pulsion assembly, a piston rod connected to said piston and 
extending from said second end of said cylinder, means for 
pivotally connecting said piston rod to the other of said sup- 
port bracket and said propulsion assembly whereby, in re- 
sponse to an upward tilg movement of said propulsion assem- 
bly, said piston rod extends and. in response to a downward 
tilting movement of said propulsion assembly* said piston rod 
retracts, a predetermined quantity of an incompressible liquid 
partially filling said cylinder, and a pressurized gas at a pres- 
sure higher than atmospheric pressure filling the remainder of 
the otherwise unoccupied space inside said cylinder. 



, each joint member having a rounded surface adapted to 
scat on a said concave surface of said cap; one end of said 
rope extending through said central member and through 
said joint members so that said one end can be connected 
to a boat and the other end of said rope can be connected 
to a dock. 



3.863,593 

ROTARY CABLE STEERING SYSTEM 

Gaylord M. Borst, and William J. Shimanckas. both of Wauke* 

gan. III., assignors to Outboard Marine Corporation, Wau- 

kegan. III. 

Division of S«r. No. 244,682, April 17, 1972. Pat. No. 

3,774,568. This application May 2, 1973, S«r. No. 356,510 

Int. CI. B63n 21126 
U.S. CI. 115-18 R 6 Claims 



3,863,592 
COMBINED DAMPING AND LIFT MEANS FOR MARINE 

PROPULSION DEVICE 
Gaylord M. Borst. Waukegan. III., assignor to Outboard Ma- 
rine Corporation, Waukegan, III. 

Filed Mar. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 339,587 

Int. CI. B63h 21126 

L.S. CI. 115-17 8 Claims 



r- 




— , ,, • . 





1. A marine propulsion device comprising a support bracket 
adapted to be attached to a boat hull, a propulsion assembly 
including a swivel bracket and a propulsion unit carried by 
said swivel bracket, means connecting said propulsion assem- 
bly and said support bracket on a horizontal transverse axis for 
tilting movement of said propulsion assembly in a vertical 
plane between an operating position and a raised, non- 
operating position, and cylinder-piston means for facilitating 
manual tilting movement of said propulsion assembly up- 
wardly about said axis when said support bracket is attached 
to a boat hull and for absorbing shock in the event said propul- 
sion assembly strikes an underwater obstacle, said cylinder- 
piston means comprising a cylinder including a first end and 
a second end. means for pivotally connecting said first end of 
said cylinder to one of said support bracket and said propul- 
sion assembly, a piston located in said cylinder for reciproca- 
tive movement therein between a position adjacent said first 
cylinder end when said propulsion assembly is in the operating 
position and a position adjacent said second cylinder end 
when said propulsion assembly is in said raised position, 
means affording restricted fiuid flow from one side of said 
piston to the other in both directions to control the rate of 
tilting movement between said support bracket and said pro- 



1. A marine steering device comprising a housing adapted 
to be mounted on a bout hull and including spaced walls 
defining an interior chamber with an annular internal gear 
therein, a steering wheel shaft rotatably mounted by said 
housing, extending through one of said spaced walls, and 
including a first part extending in said chamber and a second 
part extending exteriorly of said chamber, a steering wheel 
mounted on said second steering wheel shaft part exteriorly of 
said housing, a carrier fixed on said first steering wheel shaft 
part in said chamber for common rotation with said steering 
wheel, an output shaft rotatably mounted by said housing, 
extending through the other of said spaced walls in co-axial 
relation to said steering wheel shaft, and having thereon a 
pinion located in said chamber and having common rotation 
with said output shaft, and means mounted on said carrier and 
in mesh with said mternal gear and said pinion for rotatably 
driving said output shaft by said steering wheel shaft. 



3,863,594 

BOAT TRAILER BACKUP GUIDE 

Theo C. Gawthrop, 121 N. Elm St., Columbia City, Ind. 46725 

Filed Aug. 6, 1973, S«r. No. 385,991 

Int. CI. B60g 9100 

U.S. CI. 116-28 R 2 Claims 

1. In combination with a boat trailer including a frame 

having front and rear ends, a pair of laterally spaced, parallel, 

longitudinally extending skid elements having front and rear 

ends for supporting a boat thereon, and laterally extending 



February 4. I97:i 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



121 



frame members connecting said skid elements adjacent their 
respective front and rear ends; a backup guide device com- 
prising a mounting bracket secured to the laterally extending 
rear end member and between said skid elements, an elon- 
gated rod having opposite ends, one of said rod ends being 
pivotally connected to said bracket for manual movement of 




20 



said rod only in the direction fore and aft of said frame be- 
tween a first position extending generally vertically upwardly 
from said frame and a second position extending forwardly 
from said member between said skid elements beneath and 
spaced from a boat thereon, resilient detent means on said 
bracket for maintaining said rod in said first position thereof, 
and a flag element on the other of said rod ends. 



3.863.595 
GRASS GUARD DEVICE 
Eugene R. Barnett. and Willard R. Barnett. both of 6268 
Windsor Dr.. Indianapolis, Ind. 46219 

Filed Mar. 26, 1973. Ser. No. 344,928 

Int. CI. EOlf 15/00; G08b 7/00 

U.S. CI. 1 16-63 R 3 Claims 




1. A grass guard device, comprising, in combination: 

a supporting post member adapted to be forced into the 
ground; | 

the supporting post member carrying, adjacent its upper 
end. laterally-extending arm means adapted to extend 
over the edge of an associated roadway surface even 
though the supporting post member is thrust into the 
ground at a location aside of said roadway surface; 
face; 

the supporting post member and the arm means providing 
that if the said arm means is engaged by a vehicle on said 
roadway surface adjacent the edge thereof, the said arm 
means will audibly warn the driver of the vehicle of the 
adjacent proximity of the edge limit of the said roadway 
surface, and thus warn the driver to exert some driving 



maneuver to the vehicle to prevent it from being driven 
off the edge of the roadway surface; 

the audible sound being produced by the said engagement 
of the arms means with a component of the vehicle such 
as its bumper, fender, tire or paneling, either by the rela- 
tive movement thereof by the engagement thereof as the 
below-mentioned return-bias or return-movement of the 
arm means causes it to forcefully encounter one of said 
vehicle-components; 

in which relatively movable means of the arm means and/or 
the supporting post member accommodates a substantial 
movement of the said arm means without altering the 
engagement of the supporting post-member and the 
ground; 

and in which a relative resilient deformation, of the arm 
means and/or the supporting post member, occurring as 
an incident to movement of said arm means, causes a 
return-bias of the arm means and subsequently a return 
movement thereof subsequent to release of engagement 
thereof of the portion of the vehicle which had caused 
said movement; 

in a combination in which the said supporting post member 
and the said arm means arc integrally connected in a 
unitary body member, which is of sufficient flexibility to 
provide the aforesaid relatively movable means resilientls 
accommodative of the said arm means movement without 
altering the ground engagement of the supporting post- 
member. 



3.863.596 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC BOOKBINDER 

Clarence L. Anderson, Penfield. N.Y., assignor to Magnama- 

trix Corporation. Rochester. N.Y. 
Contlnuation-in-partofSer.No.^ 33,026. April 12. 1971. Pat. 
No. 3,757.736. This application Jan. 5. 1973, Ser. No. 321.547 

Int. CI. B05c 1/02; B42c 9/02 
U.S. CI. 118-5 12 Claims 




1. In a bookbinder comprising at least a frame, a clamp for 
clamping pages to be bound, said clamp mounted in a carriage 
movable on rods from one end of the frame to the other, and 
glue application means to apply glue to ends of the pages when 
said carriage is moved from one end to the other, improved 
glue application means comprising: 

a. a container filled with glue; 

b. a first applicator drum mounted for rotation on an axis 
perpendicular to the direction of movement of the car- 
riage, with the bottom of said drum immersed in the glue; 
c. a second drum similarly mounted parallel to said first 
drum; 

d. a doctor blade mounted parallel to the axis of said second 
drum adjustable to wipe excess glue from said second 
drum when moved close to the circumference thereof and 
to permit said second drum to apply extra glue to the 
pages when moved away from said second drum. 

e. means rotating said first drum in a direction such that its 
tangential velocity is in the same direction as the motion 
of the pages to be bound when moving from said one to 
said other end and rotate said second drum in a direction 
opposite thereto said means comprising: 

1. an electric motor having a first sprocket on its shaft; 

2. a second sprocket mounted to said first drum; 



122 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3. a third sprocket mounted to said second drum; 

4. an endless chain linking said first, second and third 
sprockets; and 

f. means coupling said motor to said carriage to provide a 
bi-directional drive, said means comprising: 

1 . a drive shaft parallel to the shaft of said motor and 
supported for rotation about its axis; 

2. a fourth sprocket affixed to said shaft and contacting 
said chain so as to rotate in a direction opposite to the 
motor shaft; 

3. a first pulley supported for rotation; 

4. a second pulley similarly supported; 

5. a first clutch coupling, when operated, said first pulley 
to the motor shaft; 

6. a second clutch coupling, when operated, said second 
pulley to said drive shaft; 

7. means to selectively operate one of said first and sec- 
ond clutches; \^ 

8. a first idler pulley mounted at one end of the frame; 

9. a second idler pulley mounted at the other end of the 
frame; and 

10. a cable having a first end coupled to the side of said 
carriage closest said first idler, said cable being passed 
over said first idler to said first pulley then around said 
first pulley, thence around said second pulley, thence 
over said second idler and the second end of said cable 
coupled to the other side of said carriage. 



tion, between a location just in front of to a location just in 
back of the point of said blade contact. 



3,863,597 
DEVICE FOR APPLYING A COATING LAYER 
Lodewijk Anselrode, 27 Peelkant, St. Anthonis, Netherlands 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 222,527, Feb. 1, 1972, 
abandoned. This application July 5, 1973, Ser. No. 376,390 
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 13, 1971, 
7101419 

Int. CL B05c / 7/04 
IJ.S. CI. 118-126 2 Claims 




1. A device for applying a uniform smooth surface cdating 
layer to an advancing web consisting of an apparatus contact- 
ing an advancing web for applying the coating substarice to 
said web, and a vertically disposed doctor blade member for 
accurately and evenly striking off the applied coating material, 
said application apparatus comprising a cylindrical mesh sten- 
cil having an inner squeegee therein to provide a uniform 
distribution of the coating substance upon the web in contact 
with said stencil, said member comprising a very thin flexible 
blade contacting the coating substance on the web under a 
slightly resilient pressure and disposed at a very small angle 
relative to the web, the coated web moving in an upward 
direction, a plurality of vertically aligned rollers guiding said 
advancing web, one of said guide rollers being operatively 
associated as a backup member with respect to said doctor 
blade, and said one roll being adjustable, in its back-up posi- 



J 



3,863,598 
DEVICE FOR MARKING MATERIAL 

John H. Roper, 1325 Eutaw Place, Baltimore. Md. 21217 
Filed Jan. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 435,436 
Int. CI. B05c im 
U.S. CI. 118-202 4 Claims 




1. A device for marking the edges of a stack of material 
formed from a plurality of individual layers, comprising in 
combination: 

a. a base; 

b. means for rotatably supporting a roll of marking tape on 
said base, said tape having a heat-dissolvable material on 
one side thereof; 

c. means for supporting the side of the tape carrying the 
heat-dissolvable material in close proximity to the edges 
of the stack of material; 
a heated plate fixedly supported on said base; 
means for moving the heated plate in contact with the 
edges of the stack of material for engaging the same for 
depositing at least a portion of the material carried by the 
tape on the edges of the stack of material, and 

f. a motor having means connected to the heated plate for 
operating the same. 



d. 
e. 



3,863,599 
APPLICATOR MEANS 
Joachim Kohn, London, England, assignor to Shandon South- 
em Instruments Limited, Surrey, England 

Filed l9%. 23, 1974, Ser. No. 435,722 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 23, 1973, 
3431/73 

Int. CI. B05c im 
U.S.CL 118-256 7 Claims 




1. An applicator for forming on a substrate a number of 
spaced colinear liquid streaks each having substantially the 
same volume of liquid per unit length, comprising a body, an 
array of colinear spaced-apart liquid-holding and applicating 
strands of similar dimension spaced from the body, and sup- 
port members freely suspending the strands from the body and 
engaging solely the ends of the strands. 



February 4, 197 i 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



123 



3,863,600 
ADJUSTABLE COATING PAN 
Ludovicus Carolus Van Regenmortel, Hoboken, Belgium, as- 
signor to Agfa-Gevaert, Mortscl, Belgium 

Filed May 2, 1973, Ser. No. 356,440 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 3, 1972. 
20665/72 

Int. CL B05c .?//2. illH 
U.S. CI. 118-419 14 Claims 




3,863,602 
XEROGRAPHIC COPYING APPARATUS 
Joachim Mueller, and Ludwig Dengler, both of Munich, Ger- 
many, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Lever- 
kusen, Germany 

Filed Nov. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 308,332 
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 24, 1971, 
2158334 

Int. CI. G03g 1 5100 
L.S. a. 118-636 5 Claims 



1. A coating apparatus for applying a liquid coating compo- 
sition to a moving web, comprising a rotatable backing roller 
for determining a path for the web. a coating pan disposed 
under said backing roller for holding coating solution in said 
web path, and means for continuously delivering coating 
solution into said pan. over the full length thereof, said coating 
pan having end dams which determine the effective internal 
length of the pan and which are shaped and located so that 
their top edges conform to the curvature of the surface of the 
backing roller but are spaced from that surface a distance 
substantially greater than the thickness of sa^d web, at least 
one of said dams being displaceabic for varying said effective 
length, and said coating pan also having an overflow edge over 
which liquid can continuously discharge from the pan over the 
whole of said effective length, which overflow edge is at a level 
above the level of the lowest points on the top edges of said 
dams. 



3,863,601 

SURFACE MASKING DEVICE FOR PAINTERS 
Edmund Albert Eckart. Jr., Westport. Conn., assignor to 
Sapolin Paints. Inc., New York, N.Y. 

Filed Jan. 25, 1974, Ser. No. 436,555 

Int. CL B05c y//y6 

U.S. CI. 118-505 9 Claims 




'13' Zl 




1. A surface masking device for masking selected corners of 
rectangular window frames including storm window sash 
channels and adjacent portions of a window pane, said mask- 
ing device comprising a pair of shields each having at least one 
complimentary mitered end, each shield including a marginal 
body portion and an interior extension panel and having 
means for attaching said extension panel to said body portion, 
said masking device having adhesive attaching means on at 
least one of said shields enabling said shield to be temporarily 
attached to a window frame section and self supported 
thereon during a painting operation. 



1. In a xerographic copying apparatus wherein a rotary 
drum-shaped xerographic surface is arranged to carry electro- 
static latent images along a predetermined path, a develop- 
ment unit for converting said latent images into powder image 
patterns, comprising a magazine for a supply of intermixed 
toner and carrier particles; and a conveyor arranged to with- 
draw intermixed particles from said supply and to cascade the 
thus withdrawn particles over latent images in said path 
whereby the surplus of particles reenters said magazine and 
the particles become electrostatically charged as a result of 
triboeleclrification during circulation in and back to said 
magazine, said conveyor including a series of discrete recepta- 
cles arranged to transport batches of intermixed particles from 
said magazine to a level above said supply and to dump the 
respective batches onto said xerographic surface upon reach- 
ing said level, said development unit having a plurality of 
particle-contacting surfaces including the particle-contacting 
surfaces of said magazine and said conveyor, said plurality of 
surfaces exhibiting neutral characteristics with respect to the 
overall triboelectric charge of said supply of particles and 
including a first group of surfaces which constitute the sur- 
faces of said receptacles and move with said particles and a 
second group of surfaces, the particles which contact the 
surfaces of said first group being in motion relative to the 
surfaces of said second group, the surfaces of said first group 
consisting of insulating material and the surfaces of said sec- 
ond group consisting of current-conducting material and be- 
ing connected to the ground, each of said receptacles consist- 
ing of current-conducting material having a coat of insulating 
material so that the surfaces of said second group are provided 
on said coats, said second group of surfaces comprising a first 
chute arranged to convey particles discharged by said con- 
veyor into said path and a second chute for intercepting sur- 
plus particles in said path and for returning the intercepted 
particles into said magazine. 



124- 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,603 
MAGNETIC BRUSH ROLL HAVING RESILIENT 
POLYMERIC SURFACE 
Lawrence Webb Buckley; Raymond Alex Daniels, both of 
Lexington; James Dewayne Froula, Versailles; Arthur Holt 
Knight. Frankfort, all of Ky.; Dale Cliffton Stapleton, Boul- 
der. Colo., and George Thomas Williams. Georgetown. Ky.. 
assignors to International Business Machines Corporation, 
Armonk, N.V. 

Filed Jan. 7, 1974. Sen No. 431.275 

Int. CI. G03g 13106 

U.S. CI. 118-637 10 Claims 




1. In an electrophotographic development apparatus of the 
magnetic brush type having: 

a surface on which a latent image is formed; 

a rotatably mounted hollow roll including a core of. non- 
magnetic material and a resilient polymeric material 
secured to said core to form the surface of said roll; 

said resilient polymeric material having at least its surface 
electrically conductive; 

said resilient polymeric material having its surface non- 
abrasive, abrasion resistant, and rough; 

magnetic means disposed within said core for creating a 
magnetic field in the path of the periphery of said roll; 

and means to bring a developer material into contact with 
the surface of said resilient polymeric material of said 
roll, said roll being disposed adjacent said surface on 
which the latent image is formed so that said roll can 
transport the developer material in a brush-like configu- 
ration to the surface on which the latent image is formed. 



3,863,604 
STANCHION PANEL 
Floyd P. Nielsen. 5650 W . Bethany Home Rd.. Glendale. Ariz. 
85301, and Bernard O. Anderson. 5341 W. Banff Ln., Phoe- 
nix, Ariz. 85306 

Filed Aug. 23, 1973. Ser. No. 390,859 

Int. CI. AOlk 1106 

U.S. CI. 119-148 3 Claims 




I. A stanchion gate assembly including at least one horizon- 
tally elongated and upstanding stanchion assembly, said as- 
sembly comprising vertically spaced generally horizontal up- 
per and lower elongated supports interconnected at corre- 



sponding ends by means of upstanding end members extend- 
ing and secured between said corresponding ends, a plurality 
of pairs of generally vertical spaced apart adjacent bars spaced 
along said assembly and extending between and rigidly con- 
nected to said supports, each pair of adjacent bars defining 
gate bars and being spaced apart a distance sufficient to re- 
ceive the head of an animal therebetween, and a supplemental 
upstanding gate member disposed between the bars of each 
pair of adjacent bars with the lower ends of said gate members 
supported from said lower support intermediate the corre- 
sponding pair of adjacent bars for angular displacement about 
a horizontal axis transverse to said lower support and with the 
upper end of said gate member oscillatablc lengthwise of said 
upper support, an actuator guidingly supported from said 
assembly for horizontal reciprocation thercalong and opera- 
tively connected to the upper ends of said gate members for 
oscillating said upper ends in response to reciprocation of said 
actuator, said lower support member comprising an inverted 
channel-shaped member, the lower ends of said vertical bars 
being secured through bores formed through the upper bight 
portion of said inverted channel member, said bight portion 
additionally having apertures formed therein through which 
the lower ends of said gate members are loosely received, and 
a transverse brace secured between the opposite sides of said 
inverted channel-shaped member spaced below and in vertical 
registry with each of said apertures, the lower ends of said gate 
members resting upon said braces. 



3,863,605 

METHOD FOR PROVIDING COOLED AERATED WATER 

Leslie E. Gallup, Box 116, Morrisville, N.C. 27560 

Filed Oct. 1. 1973, Ser. No. 402,632 

Int. CI. AOlk 63100 

U.S. CI. 119-3 6 Claims 



"^ 



;;i-,«^i-«~^— re-^P 





1. A method of providing a quantity of water having a high 
oxygen content and a relatively low temperature from a body 
of water having oxygen-rich warm water near its surface and 
oxygen-poor cooler water in its deeper portions, said method 
comprising the steps of taking quantities of said oxygen-rich 
warm water from near the surface of said body of water and 
moving said quantities of oxygen-rich warm water into heat 
exchange relationship with the cooler oxygen-poor water in 
said body of water without intermixing the oxygen-rich warm 
water with the oxygen-poor cooler water so that said oxygen- 
rich water is cooled below its original temperature wherein 
said oxygen-rich warm water is moved into heat exchange 
relationship with said oxygen-poor cooler water by causing 
said oxygen-rich warm water to flow into the end of a conduit 
positioned in said oxygen-rich warm water and causing said 
oxygen-rich warm water entering said conduit to flow to and 
through a substantial length of said conduit positioned in said 
oxygen-poor cooler water so that heat in said oxygen-rich 
warm water in said conduit flows through the walls of said 
conduit into said oxygen-poor cooler water to consequently 
lower the temperature of said oxygen-rich water to provide 
cooled oxygen-rich water and further including the step of 
discharging said cooled oxygen-rich water from said conduit 
into storage means subsequent to the cooling of said oxygen- 
rich water in said conduit. 



February 4, 19?:; 



\ 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



125 



3,863,606 
VAPOR GENERATING SYSTEM UTILIZING FLUIDIZED 

BEDS 
Richard W. Bryers, Cranford, N.J., and Jack D. Shenker. 
Lancaster, Ohio, assignors to The United States of America 
as represented by the Administrator of the U.S. Environmen- 
tal Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. 

Filed July 25, 1973. Ser. No. 382,404 
Int. CI. F22b 1102 



U.S. CI. 122-4 D 



KS^IjOi 




7 Claims 



heat to said tubes to maintain the heat transfer per unit surface 
thereof substantially constant all along and around said tubes, 
said tubes being disposed in at least two planar and mutually 
parallel arrays with the tubes of one array being offset with 
respect to the tubes of the other array by about half the dis- 
tance between the tubes of each array and each of said tubes 
is flanked by a pair of said radiating surfaces each extending 
perpendicular to the plane of the axis of the tubes of the 
respective array, each of said radiating surfaces being a planar 
strip of a width at least equal to that of the diameter of the 
tube disposed midway between a pair of tubes of each array 
and said radiating surfaces include like strips disposed equidis- 
tantly between each tube of one array and a pair of tubes of 
the other array and perpendicular to common axial plane of 
the tubes between which the strips are disposed. 



3.863,608 

STEAM HEATING APPARATUS WITH MOISTURE 

SEPARATORS 

Norio Yasugahira; Kuniyoshi Tsubouchi; Takeshi Sato, and 

Akira Uenishi. all of Hitachi. Japan, assignors to Hitachi. 

Ltd.. Tokyo. Japan 

Filed Aug. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 389.820 
Claims priority, application Japan. Aug. 23, 1972, 47-83783 
Int. CI. F22g 1 100 
U.S. CI. 122-483 10 Claims 

6c J'- J? r-I 



1. A vapor generating system comprising a housing, means 
defining a plurality of vertically aligned beds of particulate 
fuel material in said housing, a source of pressurized air, 
means to pass said pressurized ai^. through each of said beds 
to promote the combustion of saidYuel and maintain said beds 
at predetermined temperatures, a plurality of vertically dis- 
posed tubes connected together to form the walls of said 
housing for passing a heat exchange medium in a heat ex- 
change relation to said beds, and piping means for directing 
said medium into the lower ends of a portion of said tubes for 
passage upwardly to the upper ends thereof and from the 
upper ends of said tubes downwardly externally of said tubes 
and back into another portion of said tubes for passage up- 
wardly therethrough. 




3,863,607 
TUBE FURNACE FOR THERMAL DECOMPOSITION 

PROCESS 
Walter Kreuter, Munich, Germany, assignor to linde Aktien- 
gesellschaft, Wiesbaden, Germany 

Filed Jan. 18, 1974, Ser. No. 434,570 
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 19, 1973, 
2302612 

Int. CI. F 22b 21/00 
U.S. CI. 122-333 12 Claims 



1. A steam heating apparatus with moisture separators, 
comprising: an elongated tubular shell having a pair of oppo- 
site axial end plates for effectively closing the respective ends 
of the tubular shell; a plurality of steam heaters each disposed 
substantially parallel with the axis of the tubular shell and in 
the upper portion of said tubular shell; each of said steam 
heaters having a plurality of generally axially extending heat 
exchange tubes, inlet means for introducing a heat exchange 
fluid into said plurality of said tubes, and fluid outlet means for 
exhausting the heat exchange fluid from the opposite ends of 
said tubes; a plurality of moisture separators disposed in the 
lower portion of said tubular shell respectively adjacent the 
axial ends of said steam heaters; a plurality of inlets provided 
on said shell structure adjacent to the axial ends of said steam 
heaters for introducing moisture laden steam; steam outlets 
for passing steam from the tubular shell to the exterior; and 
passage means for conducting the steam from said steam inlets 
through said moisture separators, through said steam heaters, 
and through said steam outlets serially in order. 



p 

• >s ^ ^ >■ >v . 

O I G I O I 



^If^ [ k;^A,._. 



1. A tube furnace comprising a radiation chamber, a multi- 
plicity of furnace tubes in said chamber and in spaced apart 
relation, heating means in said chamber for heating said tubes, 
and radiating surfaces in said chamber disposed along said 
tubes for absorbing heat from said chambers and reradiating 



931 O.G. 



3,863,609 

ROTARY ENGINE 

YoshIo Ikarashi, No. 3-15^ Otemachi l^home, Shibata, Japan 

Filed Sept. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 290,343 

Int. CI. F02b 53/08 

U.S. CI. 123-8.07 10 Claims 

1. A rotary engine, comprising: 

first and second rotor means respectively mounted for rota- 
ition about first and second parallel axes, each of said 
rotor means comprising an arcuate sector of selected 
angular extent so that the sectors of said first and second 
rotor means complement one another and total approxi- 
mately 360°; 
said first rotor means having the sector thereof defined by 
a first cylindrical surface which extends through a first 
arcuate extent, said first cylindrical surface being gener- 
ated by a first radius defined about said first axis, said 



126 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



sector also being defined by a first curved surface which 
connects to one end of said first cylindrical surface and 
extends radially inwardly toward said first axis, said sector 
being still further defined by a second curved surface 
which is connected to the other end of said first cylindri- 
cal surface and extends radially inwardly toward said first 
axis and is interconnected to said first curved surface; 
said second rotor means having the sector thereof defined 
by a second cylindrical surface which extends through a 
second arcuate extent, said second cylindrical surface 
being generated by a second radius defined about said 
second axis, said second radius being equal to said first 
radius, said sector also being defined by a third curved 
surface which connects to one end of said second cylin- 
drical surface and extends radially inwardly toward said 




'~lvB 



second axis, said sector being still further defined by a 
fourth curved surface which is connected to the other end 
of said second cylindrical surface and extends radially 
inwardly toward said second axis and is interconnected to 
said third curved surface; 

housing means defining therein a substantially cocoon- 
shaped chamber, said cocoon-shaped chamber being 
defined by first and second substantially cylindrical bores 
which extend parallel to one another, said first and sec- 
ond bores each being defined by a third radius which is 
substantially equal to said first radius, and the longitudi- 
nally extending axes of said bores being spaced apart by 
a distance less than the diameter of each bore so that the 
two bores overlap so as to be in open communication with 
one another; 

said housing means including sidewall means surrounding 
said cocoon-shaped chamber and a pair of end wall 
means fixed to said sidewall means and closing the oppo- 
site ends of said cocoon-shaped chamber; 

means rotatably supporting said first and second rotor 
means in said first and second bores, respectively, 
whereby the axis of rotation of the respective rotor means 
is aligned with the longitudinally extending axis of the 
respective bore; 

said first curved surface being generated by providing a disk 
defined by a radius equal to said first radius, positioning 
a curve generating line adjacent said disk so that it over- 
lies a reference line on said disk which extends radially 
outwardly from the center of said disk, said curve gener- 
ating line having a length equal to said first radius and 
being positioned to overlie said reference line so that a 
first point defining the inner end of said generating line is 
disposed more closely adjacent the center of said disk and 
a second point defining the outer end of said generating 
line is disposed more closely adjacent the periphery of 
said disk, rotating the curve generating line about said 
second point in a rotational direction which is substan- 
tially parallel with said disk and simultaneously therewith 
rotating the disk about its center in the reverse rotational 
direction at the same angular velocity as said curve gener- 
ating line, whereby the first point defines on said disk a 
curve which extends from said reference line to the pe- 
riphery of said disk, said curve being the configuration of 
said first curved surface; 

said second curved surface as formed on said first rotor 
means being a mirror image of said first curved surface; 
said third curved surface as formed on said second rotor 



means being generated in the same manner as said first 
curved surface, and said fourth curved surface being the 
mirror image of said third curved surface; 

one of said end wall means having an annular ring-shaped 
channel formed therein in concentric relationship to said 
second axis, said ring-shaped channel projecting inwardly 
from the inner surface of said one end wall means 
whereby said ring-shaped channel communicates with 
said cocoon-shaped chamber, said one end wall means 
having a disk-shaped portion surrounded by said ring- 
shaped channel and having an end face thereon disposed 
directly adjacent and opposite to an end face on said 
second rotor means; 

a ring-shaped flow control element fixed to and projecting 
from one end of said second rotor means and slidably 
disposed within said ring-shaped channel, said ring- 
shaped element having an outwardly opening groove 
formed on the outer periphery thereof and extending 
angularly along half of said outer periphery, said ring- 
shaped element further having a flow opening providing 
communication between said groove and the inner pe- 
riphery of said element; 

said disk-shaped portion having a recess formed in the end 
face thereof and opening toward said second bore, said 
disk-shaped portion also having a communication hole 
formed therein and extending between said recess and the 
outer periphery of said disk-shaped portion, whereby said 
opening and said hole intermittently communicate with 
one another during rotation of said second rotor means; 
means defining exhaust and intake opening respectively 
communicating with said first and second bores for per- 
mitting discharge of gases from said first bore and supply 
of gases to said second bore; 

ignition means associated with said chamber for igniting a 
combustible gas located therein, said ignition means 
including an ignition chamber communicating with said 
first bore and also communicating with said ring-shaped 
channel, whereby said ignition chamber intermittently 
commi^icates with said groove during rotation of said 
second rotor means; and 

means drivingly interconnecting said first and second rotor 
means for synchronous rotation in opposite directions. 



3,863,610 

ROTARY CONVERTERS HAVING SPECIALIZED 

INTERLEAVING ELEMENTS 

Raymond G. Spinnett, 2531 S. Saita St., Santa Ana, Calif. 

92704 

Division of Ser. No. 281,645, Aug. 18, 1972,. ThU application 

June 4, 1973, Ser. No. 366,856 

Int. CI. F021n5i/00 

U.S. CI. 123-8.27 15 Claims 




1. A rotary energy converter comprising: 

a. a casing defining a central chamber and a plurality of 
peripheral chambers, each of said peripheral chambers 
having areas in common with said central chamber; 

b. a central rotor mounted for rotation in said central cham- 
ber and having a plurality of abutment piston-lobes ex- 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



127 



tending radially to form pistons for rotary movement in 
said central chamber; 

c. a first peripheral valving rotor mounted for rotation in 
said first one of said peripheral chambers and having a 
plurality of abutment-lobes extending radially therefrom 
and operating in interleaving non-contiguous relationship 
with said abutment piston-lobes of said of the second 
peripheral chamber central rotor; 

d. a second peripheral valving rotor including a central hub 
mounted for rotation in said second peripheral chamber 
and having a plurality of abutment-lobes extending radi- 
ally, said abutment-lobes operating in cooperative inter- 
leaving relationship with and non-contiguous to said 
piston-lobes of said central rotor; 

e. and wherein said abutment-lobes of said first and second 
peripheral valving rotors cooperate in rotary motion with 
said piston abutment-lobes to form sealed function- 
chambers during rotary phases of the central rotor cycle; 
f. means for intake of a charge; 

g. means for exhaust of combusted gases; 

h. a combustion chamber located within said second periph- 
eral chamber; 

i. a mixing chamber in said second peripheral chamber, said 
mixing chamber being located at the opposite side from 
said combustion chamber; 

j. means for ignition of charge in said combustion chamber; 
k. internal separation means within said second periph- 
eral chamber and forming a feedback channel between 
said combustion chamber and said mixing chamber. 



3,863,611 

ROTARY ENGINE 

Stefan Bakos, 4181 S. Verbena, Denver, Colo. 80237 

Filed May 7, 1973, Ser. No. 358,056 

Int. CI. F02b 55/14 

VS. CI. 123-8.45 7 Claims 




1. In a rotary engine the combination comprising: 

a stator having a main housing with a cavity formed as a 
throughbore and an inlet port for passing a fuel-air mix- 
ture into the cavity and an outlet port for passing prod- 
ucts of combustion from the cavity, said main housing 
having a water jacket, and end caps attached to the ends 
of the main housing forming the ends of the cavity, each 
of said end caps having a recessed portion in the inner 
side thereof; 

a rotor having a rotor body having three radial slots ar- 
ranged at 120° intervals with a circular transverse cross 
section mounted for rotation about a fixed axis in bear- 
ings supported in the end caps, said rotor being undercut 
in each end forming an inner recess and an overhanging 
end portion that projects into the recessed portion in an 
associated end cap; 

the stator and rotor defining therebetween and annular 
space including a relatively narrow, intermediate space 
segment formed by surfaces arranged concentric with the 
fixed axis and extending through an arc between about 
135" and about 225° from a reference of 0° between the 



inlet port and outlet port, a larger generally crescent- 
shaped upstream space segment in communication with 
the inlet port formed by concave stator surfaces arranged 
eccentric with the fixed axis and extending through an arc 
between about 0° and 135° from a reference of 0°, a larger 
generally crescent-shaped downstream space segment in 
communcation with the outlet port formed by concave 
stator surfaces arranged eccentric with the fixed axis and 
extending through an arc between about 225° and about 
360° from the reference of 0°, each of said intermediate. 
^ upstream and downstream space segments being joined 
by a convex stator surface formed by a radius having its 
center externally of the stator; 
three radial vanes, each vane having an oblong vane body 
slidably movable in one of the radial slots, each said vane 
body having a rounded inner end with bearing means 
adapted to move over a cam surface and a circular groove 
in the outer end carrying a generally circular head rotat- 
able in the groove and a sealing ring movable in the head; 
a cam on the end caps at each end of the rotor having cam 
surfaces projecting into the inner recess of the rotor and 
having a contour similar to that of the stator cavity on 
which the inner ends of the vanes ride as the rotor is 
rotated to urge the ring carried by the head against the 
inner peripheral surface of the stator defining the cavity 
with the head rotating relative to the vane body; 
sealing means between the rotor and the vane body in the 

slots; 
first sealing rings in grooves in the periphery of the over- 
hanging end portion of the rotor body in engagement with 
recessed portions of the end caps; 
second sealing rings in grooves at the ends of the overhang- 
ing end portions of the rotor body in enagement with the 
recessed portions of the end caps; 
said stator, rotor vanes and sealing means, first sealing rings 
and second scaling rings dividing the annular space into 
separate working chambers between each two adjacent 
vanes to confine the fuel-air mixture thereto whereby a 
fuel-air mixture is successively induced through the inlet 
port into the upstream space segment between two adja- 
cent vanes and then compressed in the intermediate 
space segment between two adjacent vanes upon rotation 
of the rotor; 
an ignition element positioned in the intermediate space 
segment for igniting the compressed fuel-air mixture just 
upstream of a vane to propel the rotor and produce prod- 
ucts of combustion by the ignition whereby movement of 
the vane moves the resulting products of combustion 
through said downstream space segment and out the 
outlet port for each revolution of each vane. 



3,863,612 
COOLING SYSTEM 
Leonard Stern Wiener, Erie, Pa., assignor to General Electric 
Company, Erie, Pa. 

Filed Sept. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 398,251 
Int. CI. FOlp 7/74 
U.S. CL 123-41.08 g claims 

1. A cooling system comprising: 

a. a first heat source to be cooled by the flow therethrough 
of a coolant at a first temperature; 

b. a second heat source to be cooled by the flow there- 
through of a coolant at a second temperature lower than 
said first temperature; 

c. means for combining the total discharge flows from said 
first and second heat sources to form a coolant mixture 
at a temperature no higher than that of said first tempera- 
ture; 

d. means for pumping said coolant mixture toward the inlets 
of said first and second heat sources; 

e. means for proportioning the total coolant mixture flow 



128 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



between said first and second heat sources; and 




3,863,614 
THERMOSTATIC AUTOMATIC CHOKE CONTROL FOR 

SMALL ENGINES 
Robert G. Thompson, Milwaukee, and Heinz K. Gund, Brook- 
field, both of Wis., assignors to Briggs Stratton Corporation, 
Wauwatosa, Wis. 

Filed Nov. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 417,402 

Int. CI. F02b 33/00; F02m 7/00 

U.S. CI. 123-119 F 9 Claims 



f. a heat exchanger means for cooling that proportion of 
coolant being delivered to the inlet of said second heat 
source. 



3,863,613 

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE 

Frank J. Petrie. 93b Beaver Terrace Cir.. Framingham. 

Mass. 01701 

Filed July 16, 1973, Ser. No. 379,235 

Int. CL F02b2//00. JJ/-^^ 

L.S. CI. 123-75 R 5 Claims 



J, j^ 36 2/:> 



j^j J' .^ — .:c — -, 




ii> io 



,w ^ 



1. An internal combustion engine comprising: 

a primary cylinder slidably retaining a primary piston and 
defining a primary combustion chamber; 

an auxiliary combustion chamber; 

a coupling passage for providing fluid communication be- 
tween said chambers; 

an air supply cylinder slidably retaining an air supply piston 
and defining an air supply chamber; 

air inlet means for selectively supplying air to said air supply 
chamber; 

crankshaft means for coupling said pistons and causing 
them to move synchronously; 

valve means providing fluid communication between said 
air supply chamber and said auxiliary combustion cham- 
ber; 

valve control means for operating said valve means in a 
preselected cycle during the operation of said engine, said 
valve control means comprising a valve timing means for 
opening said valve means to provide fluid communication 
between said air supply chamber and said auxiliary com- 
bustion chamber during every other stroke of said pri- 
mary piston; and 

exhaust valve means for exhausting hot gases from said 
primary combustion chamber, said primary combustion 
chamber being disposed in a fluid flow path between said 
auxiliary combustion chamber and said exhaust valve 
whereby gases discharged from said auxiliary chamber 
flow through and thereby purge said primary chamber 
before being exhausted through said exhaust valve. 




8. In an internal combustion engine having relatively fixed 
structure comprising a carburetor with an air inlet duct and 
having a choke valve in said air inlet duct which is movable 
between defined open and closed positions and which is bi- 
ased towards its closed position, an automatic control for the 
choke valve comprising: 

A. actuating means operable to produce in response to 
♦ engine speed a choke valve opening force that can over- 
come the biaspn the choke valve; 

B. motion transmitting means connecting said actuating 
means with the choke valve and through which said force 
can be imposed upon the choke valve to urge it towards 
its open position; 

C. a control member constrained to move in opposite direc- 
tions between defined limits; 

D. means providing a lost motion connection between said 
control member and the choke valve whereby the choke 
valve is prevented from moving to its open position when 
the control member is confined at one of said limits and 
is prevented from moving to its closed position when the 
control member is confined at the other of said limits; 

E. a pair of thermostatic elements positioned to be influ- 
enced by heat developed by the engine and each capable 
of exerting a force in response to a change in the tempera- 
ture to which it is subjected, one of said thermostatic 
elements being for high temperaturs, the other for low 
ones; and 

F. means connecting each of said thermostatic elements 
between the fixed structure and the control member to 
produce a force exerting reaction between them in only 
one direction, the last mentioned means comprising a 
unidirectional force transmitting connection for each 
thermostatic element, 

1 . the unidirectional force transmitting connection for the 
low temperature thermostatic element being so ar- 
ranged that the force which the low temperature ther- 
mostatic element exerts in response to decreasing tem- 
peratures is imposed upon the control member in the 
direction to urge the same towards said one limit, and 
2. the unidrectional force transmitting connection for 
the high temperature thermostatic element being so 
arranged that the force which the high temperature 
thermostatic element exerts in response to increasing 
temperatures is imposed upon the control member in 
the direction to urge the same towards its said other 
limit. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



129 



3,863,615 

METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING AIR TO 
FUEL RATIO FOR AN INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE 
Brian Colin Pagdin, Sutton Coldfield, England, assignor to 
GKN Transmissions Limited, Erdington, Birmingham, En- 
gland 

Filed Feb. 6, 1974, Ser. No. 440,265 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 6, 1973, 
5761/73 If 

'int. CI. 



U.S. CI. 123-119 A 



F02m 25106 



10 Claims 




1. A system for supplementing the control of air to fuel ratio 
provided by a fuel supply apparatus of an internal combustion 
engine, such system comprising: 

a. means for withdrawing a fraction of the exhaust of the 
engine from an outflow path for such exhaust, 

b. means for burning a combustible constituent of said 
withdrawn fraction of exhaust, 

c. means for feeding the products of such combustion to an 
intake of the engine, 

d. means for controlling the ratio of said products of com- 
bustion fed to said intake to air drawn into said intake as 
a function of the heat produced by said combustion. 



3,863,616 

CAPACITOR DISCHARGE SYSTEM WITH SPEED 

CONTROL SUB-CIRCUIT 

Donald H. Wood, Gurnee, III., assignor to Outboard Marine 

Corporation, Waukegan, III. 

Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,768 

Int. CI. F02p HOG 

U.S. CL 123-148 E 4 Claims 







-"-iC 






03-' j 



ftl.itj 



-/■a9 



-1 






-=^h^ 



.V 












1 



1. A capacitor discharge ignition system for an internal 
combustion engine comprising a capacitor, a first rotating 
magnet, a charge coil having a core located adjacent to the 
path of first magnet rotation and electrically connected to said 
capacitor, said charge coil being operative in response to first 



magnet rotation to charge said capacitor, an ignition coil, a 
first electronic switch electrically connected to said capacitor 
for selectively discharging said capacitor to said ignition coil, 
a second electronic switch electrically connected to said ca- 
pacitor for selectively discharging said capacitor other than to 
said ignition coil and including a contol terminal, a voltage 
breakdown device connected to said control terminal and 
operable to permit conduction upon the application of poten- 
tial above a given level, an annular magnet comprising a first 
segment having an arcuate extent of less than 360" and an 
arcuate periphery of one polarity and a second segment hav- 
ing an arcuate extent slightly less than the difference between 
360° and the arcuate extent of the first segment and an arcuate 
periphery of the other polarity, a trigger coil having a core 
extending radially from and located adjacent to the rotational 
path of said arcuate peripheries and electrically connected to 
said first switch, said trigger coil being operable in response to 
annular magnet rotation to generate a trigger pulse which 
actuates said first switch to discharge said capacitor to said 
ignition coil so as to cause engine ignition, and an overspeed 
control coil having a core extending radially from and located 
adjacent to the rotational path of said arcuate peripheries and 
electrically connected to said voltage breakdown device, said 
overspeed control coil being operable in response to annular 
magnet rotation above a predetermined speed to generate a 
speed control pulse having a potential above said given level, 
said overspeed control coil core being located relative to said 
trigger coil core to generate said speed control pulse subse- 
quent to charging of said capacitor and prior to generation of 
said trigger pulse, whereby to cause conduction of said break- 
down device and operation of said second switch to discharge 
said capacitor other than to said ignition coil and render 
subsequent operation of said ignition trigger coil ineffective to 
cause engine operation. 



3,863,617 

INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE WITH 

SOUND-PROOF V-BELT PULLEY 

Gerhard Thien, and Heinz Fachbach, both of Graz, Austria, 

assignors to Hans List, Graz, Austria 

Filed Nov. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 414,098 
Claims priority, application Austria, Nov. 10, 1972, 9617/72 
Int. CL E04b 1199; GlOk 11104 
U.S. CI. 123-195 C 2 Claims 




1. An internal combustion engine having a crankshaft, a 
crank wheel and further comprising a vee-belt pulley arranged 
in front of the crank wheel cover and non-rotatably connected 
with the crankshaft, a sound-proofing sheathing encompassing 
said vee-belt pulley and consisting of a sheathing member 
elastically attached to said crank wheel cover so as to provide 
sound-proof sealing and partly embracing said vee-belt pulley, 
and a cover located in front of the vee-belt pulley and remov- 



130 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



February 4, 197 



ably attached to said sheathing member, vcc-belts extending open position and being fanned out in the closed position of 
through said sound-proof sheathing at two passages, sound- the shiert(. and counterbalance spring means associated with 
absorbing mserts being provided on said sheathing member \ 

and said cover at the passages of the vee-bcit, said sound- V 

absorbing inserts combining at each passage to provide an 
absorption-type silencer closely encompassing the vec-belt. 



fl 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



131 



sorbing and rcradiating plates of progressively increasing 
area from bottom to top of the hood. 

I^ 



L 



3,863,618 

BUTTERFLY VALVE ARRANGEMENT FOR A 

COMBUSTION ENGINE HAVING EXTERNAL IGNITION 

Norbert Scholz, Wolfsburg, Germany, assignor to Volkswagen- 

werk Aktiengesellschaft, Wolfsburg, Germany 

Filed July 16, 1973, Ser. No. 379,352 f 

Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 31, 1972. 
2242737 

Int. CI. F02b 77/05. F02p UIOO 
U.S. CI. 123-198 DC 2 Claims 






li 6 5 



1. In a combustion engine having combustion space means, 
an ignition arrangement for deliverying an ignition spark to 
the combustion space means, a butterfly valve means for 
controlling the fuel mixture to said combustion space mea^s, 
a closure spring means for returning said butterfly valve means 
into a closed position when an associated accelerator is not 
actuated, said ignition circuit arrangement including said 
closure spring means, whereby when said closure spring 
means develop a discontinuity, said ignition circuit arrange- 
ment is prevented from delivering a spark to said combustion 
space means wherein said ignition circuit arrangement in- 
cludes an ignition coil means and an interrupter contact 
means, a circuit portion connecting said ignition coil means 
with said interrupter contact means, said closure spring means 
being placed into said circuit portion. 



the hinge means of the first shield part to the door for holding 
,the two-part shield in either its open or closed positions. 



3,863,620 

DEVICE FOR BENEFICIALLY ABSORBING, 

RERADIATING AND DEFLECTING HEAT TO THE 

OCCUPIED PORTION OF AN ENCLOSURE 

Lawrence L. Warner, 1670 N.E. "A" St., GranU Pass, Oree. 

97526 * 

Filed Jan. 14, 1974, Ser. No. 432,807 

Int. CI. F24c 15100 

U.S. CI. 126-248 5 Claims 



3,863,619 
COLLAPSIBLE HEAT SHIELD FOR WINDOW OF OVEN 

DOOR 
Robert A. Wolf, Louisville, Ky., assignor to General Electric 
Company, Louisville, Ky. 

Filed May 6, 1974, Ser. No. 467,503 
Int. CI. F23m 7100 
U.S. CI. 126-200 6 Claims 

1. A door construction comprising an outer panel and an 
inner door liner spaced inwardly therefrom, substantially 
alinged window openings in said pai^l and door liner, and 
transparent panes closing said windo;iv openings, a movable 
shield located within the door for rtiovement into a closed 
position between said transparentpanes to obstruct the view 
through said window openiogr^d shield being collapsible 
when moved to its open position out of registry with the trans- 
parent panes to permit viewing through said panes, said shield 
being in at least two parts, a first part hinged within the door 
structure and a second part hinged to the first part, said first 
and second shield parts overlying each other in said collapsed 



/ 




1. A portable heat absorbing, heat reradiating and air de- 
flecting and distributing unit composed of heat conductive 
material and adapted to be set over an extraneous^heat source 
which unit includes 

a. a supporting means; 

b. a hood supported thereby, which hood includes uninter- 
rupted side, back and top portions and has a wide open 
bottom and a wide open front, for deflecting a rising 
convection current of heated, breathable air in a gener- 
ally horizontal direction through the open side of the 
hood from bottom to top thereof where it may reach and 
be useful to persons occupying a relatively low portion of 
such space, said unit further including, largely within the 
hood, a series of vertically spaced, horizontal, heat ab- 



3,863,621 

SOLAR WALL SYSTEM 

James L. Schoenfeldcr, Iowa City, Iowa, assignor to Iowa State 

University Research Foundation, Inc., Ames, Iowa 

Filed Aug. 31, 1973, Ser. No. 393,593 

Int. CI. F24j 3102 

U.S. CL 126-270 16 Claims 




1. A solar wall system comprising, 

an exteriorly exposed transparent member, 

a collector plate, adapted to be exposed to solar energy, 
interiorly disposed with respect to, and spaced apart 
from, said transparent member to define a first void space 
between said transparent member and said collector 
plate, 

said collector plate having a plurality of openings and hav- 
ing a mass equal to solid plate of like material, wherein 
said openings increase the total surface area of said col- 
lector plate as compared to a solid plate of like material, 
a second void space behind said collector plate for collec- 
tion and movement of warm air. and 

a most interiorly disposed wall structure element, said sec- 
ond void space being defined by said collector plate and 
said wall structure element. 



3,863,622 

INCONTINENCE SYSTEM AND METHODS OF 
IMPLANTING AND USING SAME 
Robert Enno Buuck, 2350 Wisconsin Ave., Golden Valley, 
Minn. 55427 

Filed Jan. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 322.221 

Int. CI. A61f 1100; A61b 17100 

U.S. CI. 128-1 R 6 Claims 




1. A method of implanting an incontinence system in an 
animal body comprising the steps of placing at one location 
within said body a cuff device having a deform able wall so that 
said wall resides in a proximal relation with a vessel having a 



passage extending therethrough which passage is to be opened 
and closed, placing at a second location within said body a 
pump bulb having fluid communication with said cuff device, 
said second location being spaced from said first location and 
sufficiently near the inner surface of the animal's skin so that 
said bulb can be squeezed through the skin to force fluid 
under pressure into said cuff device, placing at a third location 
within said body spaced from said second location a reservoir 
having fluid communication with said pump bulb for storing 
at least some of said fluid which is to be pumped into said cuff 
device by the squeezing of said bulb, placing a first check 
valve between said reservoir and said pump bulb and a second 
check valve between said pump bulb and said cuff device, said 
first check valve permitting fluid flow only from said reservoir 
to said pump bulb and said second check valve permitting 
fluid flow only from said pump bulb to said cuff device, plac- 
ing within said body a second pump bulb at still another loca- 
tion spaced from said cuff device and from said first pump 
bulb, and also third and fourth check valves, said third check 
valve being between said cuff device and said second pump 
bulb and said fourth check valve being between said pump 
bulb and said reservoir, said third check valve permitting fluid 
flow only from said cuff to said second pump bulb and said 
fourth check valve permitting fluid flow only from said second 
pump bulb to said reservoir, each check valve including a plug 
member and a coil spring urging its said plug member in a 
direction to prevent fluid flow, the coil spring in said second 
check valve having a greater strength than the Ipring in said 
fourth check valve, and said spring in said fourthlvalve having 
a greater strength than the springs in said first ana third check 
valves. 

5. An incontinence system for implanting within an animal 
body comprising an inflatable cuff unit for circumscribing the 
vessel to be opened and closed, a reservoir for storing at least 
some of the fluid to be supplied to said cuff unit, a pair of 
elastomeric bulbs, a first check valve connected between said 
reservoir and one of said pump bulbs for permitting fluid flow 
only from said reservoir to said one pump bulb, a second 
check valve between said one pump bulb and said cuff unit for 
permitting fluid flow only between said one pump bulb and 
said cuff unit, a third check valve for permitting fluid flow only 
between said cuff unit and the other of said pump bulbs, a 
fourth check valve for permitting fluid flow only from said 
other pump bulb to said reservoir, a coil spring contained in 
each of said check valves, said fourth check valve containing 
a coil spring having a greater spring constant than the coil 
springs contained in said first and third check valves, and the 
coil spring in said second check valve having a greater spring 
constant than the coil spring contained in said fourth check 
valve. 



3,863,623 
METHOD FOR MICROSCINTIGRAPHIC EVALUATION 

STUDIES 
Jon H. Trueblood; Roger M. Rossomondo, and William H. 
Carlton, all of Augusta, Ga., assignors to Medical College of 
Georgia Foundation Inc., Augusta, Ga. 

Filed June 19, 1972, Ser. No. 264,372 
Int. CI. A61b 6100 
U.S. CI. 128-2 A 16 Claims 

1. The method of microscintigraphic evaluation of the flow 
of the body fluids through defined flow paths adjacent to the 
surface of the body, comprising 
situating a drop of radioactive liquid of calibrated minimal 
volume in the flow path upstream of the area to be evalu- 
ated, 
positioning a micropinhole collimator in close proximity to 

said area and with said area in its operative field, 
passing radiation emitted from said drop of radioactive 
liquid at said area through said micropinhole collimator 
onto the receptor of a gamma ray imaging camera to 
provide a visual display of sufficient resolution to deline- 



132 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



ate successive positions of said radioactive liquid in said 
flow path, and 



r« 



r 






-33 



met: FLOW Pint 



'3\ 




^^ 


mumc 

















S} 




observing in said visual display passage of said drop of 
radioactive liquid being carried along said flow path 
within said area to determine physical characteristics 
thereof. 



3,863,624 
VACUUM CURETTAGE DEVICE 
Hans Gram, 737 Strandvejen, Klampvnborg. Denmark 
Filed Dec. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 421,286 
Claims priority, application Denmark, June 15, 1973, 
3322/73 

Int. CI. A61b 10100 
U.S. CI. 128-2 B 5 Claims 




ii 



1. A vacuum curettage device comprising: 

a curette including an elongated tubular shank having an 
inlet opening adjacent the outer end thereof; 

a rotatable lid having connected eccentrically thereto said 
curette; 

an elongated reservoir having at an inlet thereof said rotat- 
able lid and in the interior of which a vacuum can be 
created by fitting to an outlet thereof a vacuum hose; 

said reservoir having at least two compartments, each com- 
municating one at the time with said curette in appropri- 
ate positions of said rotatable lid; and 

each compartment being fitted with a filter partition sepa- 
rating said inlet from said outlet to intercept solid parti- 
cles removed by the curettage. 



3,863,625 
EPILEPTIC SEIZURE WARNING SYSTEM 
Sam S. Viglione, Anaheim; Vladimir A. Ordon, Long Beach; 
William B. Martin, Newport Beach, and Carl C. Kesler, Jr., 
Fountain Valley, all of Calif., assignors to The United States 
of America as represented by the Secretary Department of 
Health Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. 
Filed Nov. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 412,496 
Int. CI. A61b 5104 
U.S. CI. 128-2.1 B 12 Claims 



ft£crTFtcArfOM 
SMOMss iMmfur/oK, AMD svw/t/MS Decision 

flLTem MORMAUZATIOK STKUCTURg 



f*l£MimiflCATK)fl 



eee — 

/MPur 




/ttacAnoM 



1. A warning activation system comprising: 

means for providing an electrical signal characteristic of the 
condition of a component part of a subject; 

means for preprocessing said electrical signal to transform 
it into a predetermined format; 

means for processing said transformed signal to measure 
energy characteristics thereof; 

means for detecting predetermined features indicative of a 
relatively early abnormal condition of said component 
part of said subject, when predisposed to occurrence of 
an impending and disturbing event, from said measured 
energy characteristics of said transformed signal; 

means for deciding from said detected features the condi- 
tion of said component part of said subject and providing 
an output of a predetermined category for said abnormal 
condition thereof; 

means for controlling said processing means to process said 
transformed signal reiteratively over successive sampling 
epochs thereof whereby decisions on the condition of said 
component part of said subject can be made for said 
epochs by said decision means; and 

means responsive to the output of said decision means for 
providing an activation signal in advance of the occur- 
rence of said event when said decision means output is of 
said predetermined category for at least a predetermined 
number of said epochs within an immediately preceding 
predetermined period. 



3,863,626 
APPARATUS FOR SURVEYING AND INDICATING THE 

PHYSICAL EFFORT OF AN INDIVIDUAL 
Anton Huber, Waldhofstr. 40, Langenthal, Switzerland 
Filed Dec. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 314,884 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 7, 1972, 
13134/72 

Int. CI. A61b 5104 
U.S. CI. 128-2.06 F 14 Claims 

1. Apparatus for surveying the physical efforts of a person, 
said apparatus comprising pulse sensing means, means for 
generating impulses in response to outputs from said pulse 
sensing means, first and second monostable multivibrators 
having means for separately adjusting their respective delay 
times for establishing high and low limit frequencies and being 
connected to be actuated by said impulses, first and second 
gate circuit means each having a first input connected to 
receive said impulses and each having a second input con- 



February 4, 197!1 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



33 



nccted, respectively, to an output of said first and second 
monostable multivibrators, a signally means andd means con- 
necting said signalling means for adjustment of same accord- 







3,863,627 

MOUTH EXPLORING DEVICE 

Pierre Bouffard, 13, Avenue de Dorirdan, St. Cheron, France 

Filed Nov. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 302,924 

Claims priority, application France, Nov. 5, 1971, 71.39807 

Int. CI. A61b 1124 

U.S. CI. 128-10 II 8 Claims 




1. A device for depressing the tongue and exploring the 
inside of the mouth, comprising a handle, and a tongue de- 
pressing and mouth exploring strip having a rear part con- 
nected to the handle adjacent an upper end of handle in the 
position of use of the device, a front part, two curved convex 
lateral edge portions which extend from said rear part to said 
front part and define in said front part a substantially V- 
shaped notch which has curved convex flanks so that the strip 
has a generally heart-shaped profile in plan in the position of 
use of the device, the strip extending continuously between 
said lateral edge portions and between said front part and rear 
part, the strip having in the position of use of the device with 
the handle extending downwardly from the strip a slightly 
curved convex upper surface substantially throughout the 
strip in longitudinal and transverse directions of the strip and 
having a lower surface which is concave and slightly curved 
with a substantially constant curvature in said longitudinal and 
transverse directions so that it substantially corresponds to the 
shape of the part of the tongue the device is to depress. 



3,863,628 
DENTAL TREATMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS 
Jaroslav Vit, Bellt Mead, N.J., assignor to National Patent 
Development Corporation, New York, N.Y. 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 301,071, Oct. 26, 1972, 
abandoned, and Ser. No. 301,074, Oct. 26, 1972, abandoned. 
This application Dec. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 312,507 
Claims priority, application Great Britain. June 12. 1972. 
27445/72; Aug. 24, 1972; 39588/72; Aug. 24, 1972, 39589/72; 
Aug. 24, 1972. 35590/72; Sept. 5, 1972, 41194/72 
Int. CI. A61h 9100 
U.S. CI. 128-66 8 Claims 

1. Apparauts of the type described comprising means defin- 
ing a pump chamber including a flexible diaphragm mounted 



for movement between a first limiting position wherein said 
pump chamber is of maximum volume and a second position 
wherein said pump chamber is of minimum volume, power 
driven cam and cam follower means operativcly connected 
with said diaphragm for effecting a cyclic movement of said 
diaphragm consisting of a movement from said first position 
to said second position through a pressure stroke and a move- 
ment from said second position to said first position through 
a suction stroke at a frequency of the order of 100 to 1.600 



ing to the outputs from either of said gate circuits, said mono- 
stable multivibrators including means for maintaining both 
said gate circuits closed for the duration between their respec- 
tive delay times. 




>f<a 



cycles per minute in which said diaphragm is maintained in 
said first position during each cycle for a period of the order 
of 30 to 90 percent of the total period of each cycle, suction 
conduit means for communicating a source of liquid to said 
pump chamber, check valve means in said suction conduit 
means permitting flow of fluid through said conduit means to 
said chamber but preventing flow in the opposite direction, 
outlet nozzle means, and pressure conduit means communi- 
cating said pump chamber with said outlet nozzle means. 



3,863,629 

LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM AND REBREATHER 

Gordon E. Ries, 4423 Third Ave. East, Bradenton, Fla. 33505 

Filed Apr. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 349,008 

Int. CI. A61m 16100 

U.S. CI. 128-142 1 Claim 




3t *i 



1. In a closed cycle, low pressure, life support system and 
rebrcather, a hollow case embodying first, second and third 
compartments therein, flap portions for gaining access to the 
interior of said case, there being an air vent establishing com- 
munication between the outside atmosphere and said third 
compartment, a port establishing communication with the 
atmosphere and said second compartment, a hollow cannister 
mounted in said second compartment having a quantity of air 
purifying material therein, first and second diametrically op- 
posed fittings connected to said cannister. one-way check 
valves disposed in said first and second fittings for directing 
flow in one direction through said cannister. a face mask 
removably mounted in said first compartment and said face 
mask closing only the nose and mouth of the user, straps 



134 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



connected to said face mask, a flexible bag mounted in said 
third compartment, a conduit connecting said bag to said 
cannistcr, a pair of flexible hoses connecting said face mask to 
said first and second fittings, said case defining and providing 
a back pack to be mounted and worn on the back of a user, 
an oxygen container arranged in one of said compartments, a 
manually operable means for selectively actuating the oxygen 
container to release oxygen therein, and a conduit connecting 
said oxygen container to said cannistcr. 




1. A respiration apparatus comprising: 

a multistage air-dispiacement turbine pump having a dis- 
charge side; 

an electric motor connected to said pump for driving same; 
a first pipe connected to said discharge side of said pump; 
a mouthpiece connected to said first pipe and receiving 
air from said pump through said first pipe; 

an adjustable first throttle valve along said first pipe be- 
tween said discharge side of said pump and said mouth- 
piece for controlling the airflow to said mouthpiece; 

an electromagnetic flow-control valve along said first pipe 
between said discharge side and said throttle valve for 
selectively passing and blocking flow of air to said mouth- 
piece from said turbine pump; 

means for periodically opening and shutting said flow- 
control valve; 

a safety valve communicating with said first pipe for con- 
necting said mouthpiece to the atmosphere upon pressure 
in said first pipe upstream of said flow-control valve 
falling below a predetermined level and indicating a fail- 
ure at said pump; 

another pipe connected to a source of oxygen under pres- 
sure and communicating with the first-mentioned pipe 
between said flow-control valve and said discharge side of 
said turbine pump; and 

a further throttle valve in said other pipe between said 
source and said first pipe, said electromagnetic valve 
constituting the sole valve for flocking and unblocking 
flow of air and oxygen to a patient. 



3,863,631 

METHOD OF APPLYING AND SECURING A NEEDLE 

Brian E. Baldwin, Wilmette, Hi., assignor to Affiliated Hospital 

Products, Inc., St. Louis, Mo. 

Division of Ser. No. 42,713, June 2, 1970, abandoned. This 

application Oct. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 297,794 

Int. CI. A61m 5100 

L.S. CI. 128-214 R 13 Claims 



3,863,630 
RESPIRATORY APPARATUS 
Roger Paul Charles Cavallo, Bourg-ia-Reine, France, assignor 
to Synthelabo, Paris, France 

Filed Nov. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 304,486 
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 10, 1971, 
71.40291; Oct. 11, 1972, 72.35928 

Int. CI. A61m 16100 
U.S. CI. 128-145.6 6 Claims 



//^' -^ 




7. The method of applying and securing a needle and folded 
adhesive bandage assembly to a body having a punclurable 
securing surface, comprising 

holding said needle and folded bandage assembly by manu- 
ally grasping said folded bandage thereof, 

inserting said needle into a body while manually grasping 
said folded bandage, 

unfolding said bandage and adhesively removably adhering 
a pressure-sensitive adhesive securing surface of said 
bandage to said body in generally covering relation about 
the zone of insertion of said needle into said body by and 
through removal of a protective cover sheet from said 
adhesive surface, to removably secure said needle in 
place on said body, 

said removal of said protective cover sheet being effected 
by manually holding said assembly in place at the zone of 
said puncture while pulling on and peeling back an edge 
portion of said protective cover sheet and also exerting an 
adhering pressure component on the thus uncovered 
adhesive securing surface of said bandage to thereby 
effect substantially interdependent removal of said pro- 
tective cover sheet and adhesive securing of said bandage 
to the adjacent facing surface of said body. 



3,863,632 

INTRACORPOREAL CATHETER ASSEMBLY 

Boris Schwartz, 400 Park Ave., Paterson, N.J. 07504 

Filed May 29, 1973, Ser. No. 364,756 

Int. CI. A61m 5132, 25/00 

U.S. CL 128-221 8 Claims 




1. A single-channeled intracorporcal catheter having a 
receiving socket for connection to the distal end of a fluid 
conducting system for feeding, injecting and draining, said 
catheter and connection including: (a) a catheter member of 
flexible tubing having its intermediate portion formed with a 
relatively constant bore, said catheter having a distal end of 
tapered configuration and having its other end secured in a 
fluid-tight manner to a hub having a tapered socket terminat- 
ing at and connecting to this bore, the size of the socket pro- 
gressively increasing as it approaches and reaches the open 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



135 



end of the hub and having the axis of this tapered socket 
disposed at a divergent angle to the bore of the catheter so 
that the inner surface of one side portion of the tapered socket 
of this hub is parallel to the axis of the catheter bore; (b) a 
tubular intermediate member of semirigid material and having 
a residual bias and having both a tapered bore and an outer 
tapered configuration which mates with and is snugly fitted 
into the tapered socket of the hub. the tapered bore of said 
intermediate member sized and configured to provide a ta- 
pered socket to receive and retain the distal end of a fluid 
conducting system, and (c) a needle slidably mounted within 
the catheter bore, this needle positioned so as to lay along and 
on that inner side wall surface portion of the tapered socket 
portion of the hub that lies in a common plane with the cathe- 
ter axis, said needle having a sharpened point on its distal end, 
the outer diameter of the needle sized so as to be slidable in 
the bore of the catheter member, said needle when mounted 
in the catheter having a sufficient length to enable its midshaft 
to pass through the tapered socket of the hub and bore of the 
said catheter, the point of the needle extending beyond the 
distal end of the catheter while the needle is slidably retained 
between the outer surface of the intermediate member and the 
wall of the tapered socket of the hub. this needle midshaft 
displacing and to a degree compressing that inserted portion 
of the intermediate member adjacent the bore jf the catheter, 
the angle divergence of the axis of the hub of the catheter and 
the mounted intermediate member from the axis of the cathe- 
ter being sufficient for the shaft of the mounted needle to 
avoid interference with and permit ready seating and securing 
of the distal end of a fluid conducting system in the receiving 
socket of the intermediate member and as and after the needle 
is withdrawn from the bore of the catheter the intermediate 
member by its residual bias moves from its displaced condition 
and into a fluid scaling condition with the tapered socket 
formed with the hub. 



3,863,633 

COMPOSITION CONTAINING A SUBSTANCE SHOWING 
A TOPICAL EFFECT ON THE EYE, AND A METHOD OF 

PREPARING THE SAME 
Emma Marta Ryde, and Jan Erik Ekstedt, both of Uppsala, 
Sweden, assignors to Pharmacia Aktiebolag, Uppsala, Swe- 
den 

Filed May 24, 1972, Ser. No. 256,243 
Claims priority, application Sweden. June 4, 1971, 7221/71 

Int. CI. A61m 7/00, 31/00 
U.S. CI. 128-260 15 Claims 

1. A composition in the form of a solid lens-shaped body 
having at least one curved surface and softly rounded corners 
which is adapted for insertion in the cavity between the eye 
and surrounding tissue, said shaped body retaining its shape 
during the whole time of use and containing a substance hav- 
ing a topical effect on the eye, which composition comprises 
a mixture of 

a. 5 - 60 percent of at least one lipophilic substance having 
a melting point of 37 - TSt and being selected from the 
group consisting of higher hydrocarbons, waxes, fats and 
mixtures thereof that are physiologically acceptable in 
the eye cavity, 

b. 5 - 40 percent of at least one water-soluble or water- 
swellable polymer in solid, finely divided form and being 
selected from the group consisting of dextran, lower 
hydroxy-alkyi dextran, carboxy-methyl dextran, lower 
hydroxy-alkyi cellulose, lower alkyl cellulose, carboxy- 
methyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, dextrin, starch, poly- 
vinyl pyrrolidonc and polyalkylene glycols, the particle 
size of the solid polymer being less than approximately 
150 microns, 

c. 0.05 - 30 percent of at least one substance having a 
topical effect on the eye. being in solid, finely-divided 
form, with a particle size less than approximately 150 
microns, and being selected from the group consisting of 



drugs for glaucoma therapy and substances showing a 
mydriatic effect, 
d. 10-80 percent of at least one member of the group 
consisting of aliphatic monalcohols having 13-22 carbon 
atoms to serve as stabilizer for the mixture, 
the percentages relating to percent by weight calculated on 
the total weight of the mixture, whereby when said solid 
shaped body is inserted in an eye cavity and comes into 
contact with tear fluid, the polymer set forth in (b) which 
comes into contact with the tear fluid dissolves into a viscous 
solution or gel-like envelope that acts as a lubricating enve- 
lope, which, in cooperation with the shape of the unit 

I contributes to preventing mechanical irritation of the eye 
as a result of the shaped body and prevents the body from 
remaining in a specific position in the eye cavity, since it 
enables the unit to change position within the cavity. 

2. forms a diffusion barrier for the drug or drugs for glau- 
coma therapy and therewith prevents a topical overdose 
with subsequent accompanying irritation, and 

3. is free from difficulties with vision caused by ointment 
spread to the corneus tunic of the eye. 



3,863,634 
ASEPTIC SUCTION SYSTEM FOR BODY FLUIDS AND 
VALVE THEREFOR 
Gordon S. Reynolds; Karl A. Pannier, Jr., and James L. Soren- 
son, all of Salt Lake City, Utah, assignors to Sorenson Re- 
search Co., Inc., Salt Lake City, Utah 

Filed June 7, 1973, Ser. No. 367,831 

Int. CI. A61m l/OO 

U.S. CI. 128-276 II Claims 




1. A body fluid receiving system for use in locations where 
bodies are worked upon, said system including a fluid receiver 
with means for connecting the interior of the receiver to the 
body being worked upon and also to a vacuum system, 
wherein the improvement comprises 
a transparent housing in the vacuum line mounted so air 
passes through said housing from one end to the other 
drawn by the vacuum system, and 
entrapment means in said housing to entrap fluid particles 
in a manner visible from a distance to denote to an ob- 
server that some body fluid has passed beyond the re- 
ceiver, 
said entrapment means including a deflector plate spaced 
inwardly from the inlet end of the housing and shaped to 
cause the air passing through to assume a vortex. 



3,863,635 

VACUUM HANDPIECE INCLUDING INTEGRAL 

VACUUM VALVE 

Donald R. Swatman, Modesto, Calif., assignor to Den-Tal-Ez 

Mfg. Co., West Des Moines, Iowa 

Filed Feb. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 444,709 
Int. CI. A61c 17/04- 
U.S. CI. 128-276 10 Claims 

1. A vacuum valve comprising: 

a. a valve seat member having a smooth surface of given 
contour and a passageway therethrough terminating in an 
aperture of given cross-sectional area in said smooth 
surface; 

b. a valve slide member having a passageway therethrough 
and a smooth surface adapted to mate with said smooth 



136 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



surface of said given contour of said valve seat member 
with a given tolerance, said smooth surface of said valve 
slide member having a first portion with an area larger 
than said given cross-sectional area of said aperture in 
said smooth surface of said valve seat member and a 
second portion penetrated by an aperture communicating 
with said passageway through said valve slide member; 
. means attaching said valve slide member and said valve 
seat member to each other with said smooth surfaces 
thereof in mating relation for slidable movement with 
respect to each other between a first position in which 
said first portion of said smooth surface of said valve slide 
member is aligned with said aperture in said smooth 
surface of said valve seat member and a second position 




in which at least a part of said aperture in said second 
portion of said smooth surface of said valve slide member 
is aligned with said aperture in said smooth surface of said 
valve seat member; 

. annular resilient means surrounding said aperture in said 
smooth surface of said valve seat member, said annular 
resilient means being mounted on said valve seat member 
and projecting from said smooth surface of said valve seat 
member a distance substantially equal to said given toler- 
ance of said mating relation between said smooth surfaces 
of said valve seat member and said valve slide member; 
and 

means for moving said smooth surfaces of said valve slide 
member and said valve seat member with respect to each 
other between said first and second positions thereof. 



3,863,636 
TAMPON WITH INTERNALLY PACKED WITHDRAWAL 

STRING 
Carl W. Johnson, Neenzh, Wis., assignor to Kimb«rly -Clark 
Corporation, Ne«nah, Wis. 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 175,561, Aug. 27, 1971, 
abandoned. This application June 1, 1973, Ser. No. 366,126 

Int. CI. A61f 13/20 
U.S. CI. 128-285 9 Claims 




1. In a compressed tampon having a withdrawal string at- 
tached to one end thereof, the improvement comprising 
means for storing said withdrawal string in said tampon one 
end by being provided with an elongate open bore of small 
diameter extending longitudinally into the interior of said 
tampon for at least one-third of the tampon length; the diame- 
ter of said bore being less than the radius of said tampon; and 
the major portion of said string which extends between the 
attached and the free end of said string being packed and 



enclosed inside of said bore with sufficient tightness to be 
frictionally held therein until manually removed; said packed 
string being folded on itself at least once and the longitudinal 
axis of each of the longitudinal stretches of said folded string 
extending in the direction of the longitudinal axis of said bore; 
and a means for removing said major portion of said string 
from said bore comprising a minor portion of said folded 
string disposed outside the open end of said bore defining a 
free finger grasping end of said string. 



3,863,637 
FOLDED DISPOSABLE DIAPER 
Richard C. MacDonald, Rexdale; Noel E. Martin, Weston, 
Ontario, both of Canada, and Charles A. Lee, Knoxvilie, 
Tenn., assignors to International Paper Company, New 
York, N.Y. 

Filed Dec. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 313,595 

Int. CI. A61f 13/16 

U.S. CI. 128-287 ' 12 Claims 



\ 30/5^53 




1. In a disposable diaper having a rectangular outline and 
including an absorbent pad encapsulated between a backing 
sheet having an exposed surface and "a liquid pervious cover 
sheet, the improvement wherein said cover sheet is wider than 
said pad and said backing sheet and defines longitudinal side 
extensions on opposite sides of said diaper, each of said side 
extensions being wrapped around the side edges of said pad 
and said backing sheet and bonded to said exposed surface of 
said backing sheet at a location spaced inwardly from the 
respective side edge of said backing sheet, each side edge of 
said diaper being folded along a longitudinal fold line inwardly 
toward the centerline of said diaper to define a first longitudi- 
nal fold, further folded along a second longitudinal fold line 
away from said centerline and back upon said first fold to 
define a second longitudinal fold, and further folded along a 
third longitudinal fold line inwardly toward said centerline and 
back upon said second fold to define a third longitudinal fold, 
whereby said side extensions of said cover sheet are exposed 
on the respective outer surfaces of said third longitudinal folds 
in position to cover that portion of said backing sheet disposed 
in the upperside of said third folds and thereby isolate said 
backing sheet from the skin of the person to whom the diaper 
is applied. 



3,863,638 
SHEATH ARRANGEMENT FOR MALE URINAL DEVICE 
Crit H. Rogers, III, Natchitoches, La., and Joseph Sarto Ro- 
cheleau, Jr., Tiller, Oreg., assignors to Rogers Industries, 
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 331,683, Feb. 12, 1973, 
abandoned. This application Oct. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 404,346 

Int. CI. A61f 5/44 
U.S. CL 128-295 11 Claims 

2. A sheath arrangement for a male urinal device compris- 
ing: 
a urinal sheath of fiexible material designed for application 
to a penis for covering a substantial portion lengthwise of 
the same and having a connection means secured thereto 
for connecting the sheath through a suitable conduit to a 
urine receptacle, and 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



137 



liner pad of synthetic, resilicntly compressible deformable spaced relationship to each other and along opposite edges of 
waterproof material in the form of a strip of such material the wound, at least a portion of the adhesive substance on 
having a width sufficiently great to extend over a substan- each of said strip portions extending to the side edges of the 
tial portion lengthwise of a normal flaccid penis and of a respective surfaces thereof which arc to be attached along 
length substantially greater than the circumference of opposite edges of the wound, and cooperating engagable 

means including elongated male and female members extend- 




such a normal flaccid penis to enable the strip to be 
wrapped at least one and a half turns around the penis 
before application thereto of said sheath, at least the 
surface of the liner pad intended to be in contact with the 
penis being adhesive so that it tends to be held in place 
on the penis. 



3,863,639 
DISPOSABLE VISCERAL RETAINER 
Richard N. Kleaveland, 426 Medical Center, Spokane, Wash. 
99203 

Filed Apr. 4, 1974, Ser. No. 457,906 

Int. CI. A61b 17/00, 19/00 

L.S. CI. 128-303 R 22 Claims 




1. A collapsible retainer including means for temporarily 
retaining the body contents inside a patient during the suture 
of an incision following surgery, comprising: 

a. a biologically sterile sheet of flexible, crushable material 
configured to fit within and beneath said incision; 

b. an inflatable rib-like bladder formed in said sheet; 

c. inflation means connected to said bladder for forcing gas 
into said bladder to render said sheet substantially flat 
and rigid; and 

d. exhusting means connected to said bladder for releasing 
said gas therefrom to collapse said sheet. 



3,863,640 

BANDAGE CONSTRUCTION 

Charles B. Haverstock, 44 Frederick Ln., Glendale, Mo. 63122 

Filed Apr. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 355,188 

Int. CI. A61b 17/04 

U.S. CI. 128-335 19 Claims 

1. A bandage for closing a wound comprising firs* and 

second strip portions of a relatively flexible material, each of 

said strip portions having a skin attaching surface and a flange 

formed of a flexible material extending along one side edge 

thereof, a coating of an adhesive substance applied to at least 

a portion of said skin attaching surfaces on each of said strip 

portions for attaching the said strip portions to the skin in 




ing respectively along each of said flanges, said male member 
being movable into cooperative resilient engagement with the 
female member when pressure is applied against the respec- 
tive flanges in a direction to press the male and female mem- 
bers together thereby to unite and hold the strip portions and 
the skin along opposite side edges of the wound together. 



3,863,641 
THORACIC DRAINAGE CATHETER 
loan Pop D. Popa, Tirgu Mures, Romania, assignor to In- 
stitutul Pentru Creatie Stiintifica Si Teohnica, Bucharest, 
Romania 

Filed Sept. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 400,798 
Claims priority, application Romania, Sept. 29, 1972, 72375 
Int. CL A61m 27/00 
U.S. CI. 128-350 R l Claim 




1. A self cleaning catheter for thoracic drainage comprising: 
a catheter tube body having an end provided with lateral 
orifices and adapted to be received in a thoracic cavity, and 
another end having means connectablc to a suction source; 
means for selectively closing the tube comprising a semi- 
rigid tubular mandrel extending laterally into said tube 
and having an inflatable end and sized to slide along the 
wall of said tube along said orifices; and 
a syringe connected to said tubular mandrel for distending 

and collapsing the inflatable end thereof; 
a rigid tube extending laterally from said catheter tube and 
communicating with the interior thereof having means for 
being connected to a graduated cylinder for flushing the 
catheter tube with a heparine solution when the tube is 
closed by the end of the mandrel in its inflated state. 



138 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,642 
OBSTETRIC DEVICE FOR ANIMALS 
Werner Weiland, Bendorf-Sayn, Germany, assignor to Rhein- 
tcchnik Weiland & Kaspar OHG, Bendorf, Germany 

Filed July 2, 1973, Ser. No. 375,848 
Claims priority, application Germany, July 4, 1972, 
2232713 

Int. CI. A61b 17142 
U.S. CI. 128-352 11 Claims 



in said crop residue expansion region being displaced radially 
outwardly along substantially its entire three hundred and 
sixty degree circumference from the extended generally cylin- 
drical conflnes of the casing in the adjacent crop separating 
region, thus defming an expansion chamber for the crop resi- 
due issuing from such latter region and flung from the rotor, 
whereby such residue may assume a state of equilibrium and 
fall by gravity through said discharge outlet. 




1. An obstetric device for use with animals, particularly 
cattle and the like, comprising an elongated member having 
an end adapted to abut an animal giving birth; at least two 
members individually shiftably mounted on said elongated 
member and each adapted to be connected with an animal 
being born; control means for effecting individual movement 
of said shiftable members in a direction away from said end so 
that a tension may be continuously exerted on the animal 
being born when said shiftable members are connected with 
the latter to thereby aid the birth process; holding means for 
preventing movement of said shiftable members in a direction 
towards said end; and means for substantially simultaneously 
releasing said two shiftable members comprising release 
means coupled with said control means and operable by the 
same for disengaging said two shiftable members for sliding 
movement in a direction towards said end. whereby in case of 
emergency the tension exerted on the animal being born may 
be quickly released. 



3,863,643 
DISCHARGE CHUTE AND EXPANSION CHAMBER FOR 

AN AXIAL FLOW-TYPE COMBINE 
Richard A. DePauw, East Moline, III., assignor to International 
Harvester Company, Chicago, III. 

Filed June 29, 1973, Ser. No. 375,249 * 
Int. CI. AOlf 12144 
U.S. CI. 130-27 T 12 Claims 




1. In an axial flow combine, in combination, an elongated 
generally cylindrical rotor casing defming a front crop- 
impelling region, a crop-threshing region, a crop-separating 
region, and a rear crop residue-expansion region therealong, 
successively and in the order named, a rotor disposed within 
said casing in coaxial relationship and substantially coexten- 
sive therewith, cooperating crop-impelling, crop-threshing 
and crop-separating instrumentalities on said rotor and casing 
in said impelling, threshing and separating regions respec- 
tively, the lower portion of said rotor casing in said residue 
expansion region being provided with a downwardly opening 
discharge outlet for crop residue, the wall of said rotor casing 



3,863,644 
SMOKING ARTICLES 
Frederick J. Hunt, Southampton, England, assignor to Brown 
& Williamson Tobacco Corporation, Louisville, Ky. 

Filed Oct. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 295,453 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 21, 1971, 
49023/71 

Int. CI. A24d 01102 
U.S. CI. 131-9 4 Claims 



'-■K',-' 



¥ f 



1. A smoking article comprising a rod of smoking material 
and a filter at one end of said rod, at least two combustible 
tubes of small cross section, open at each end, and extending 
longitudinally through the rod of smoking material from 
points closely adjacent the filter to points short of the end of 
the rod of smoking material opposite the filter, said tubes 
being of different lengths, the ends of said tubes located at the 
end of the rod opposite said filter being positioned at such 
different distances from said rod end so that a programmed air 
ventilation effect is achieved whereby during the initial puffs 
a mixture of air and tobacco smoke is delivered through the 
tubes providing a delivery of a higher TPM smoke to the filter 
than that which would be delivered in the initial puffs during 
smoking of the same tobacco column without inclusion of the 
tubes, and during successive puffs, the ratio of air to tobacco 
smoke in said mixture is increased as the fire cone moves 
through the tobacco rod to the ends of the tubes. 



3,863,645 
PROCESS FOR TREATING TOBACCO 
Tien C. Tso, Beltsville, Md., assignor to The United States of 
America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture, 
Washington, D.C. 

Filed June 11, 1974, Ser. No. 478,417 
Int. CI. A24b 15104 
U.S. CI. 131— 17R 7 Claims 

1. A process for improving the combustion properties of 
cured leaf tobacco and for decreasing the amount of compo- 
nents associated with human health problems in the smoke of 
cured leaf tobacco comprising treating said cured leaf tobacco 
by applying to the tobacco a substance selected from the 
group consisting of CH3(CH2)«COOCH3 in which n is a num- 
ber from 4 to 12, CH3(CH2)bCHiOH in which n is a number 
from 4 to 12. and mixtures thereof, said substance being 



February 4, 1975 






GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



139 



applied in an aqueous mixture containing a combination emul- 
sifier and surface active agent and then bulking the treated 
leaf tobacco. 



3,863,646 
SMOKING DEVICE 
Richard W. Kahler, Clinton, Md., assignor to Surf and Psych, 
Inc., College Park, Md. 

Filed May 4, 1973, Ser. No. 357,186 

Int. CI. A24f 1130 

U.S. CI. 131-173 3 Claims 




1. A smoking device comprising: 

a chamber for maintaining a volume of fluid and having 
means defining a first opening within said chamber; 

first smoke conducting means disposed within said first 
opening means of said chamber and defining a first open 
end means inserted into said chamber so as to extend 
within said fluid and a second open end means extending 
outwardly from said chamber; 

second smoke conducting means also disposed within said 
first opening means of said chamber and defining a first 
open end means inserted into said chamber so as to ex- 
tend within said fluid and a second open end means ex- 
tending outwardly from said chamber, said first smoke 
conducting means also being inserted through means 
defining a second opening within said second smoke 
conducting means; 

means surrounding said first and second smoke conducting 
means providing a seal for said chamber opening means 
adjacent to said second opening in said second opening of 
said second smoke conducting means, and 

a smoking bowl connected to said second open end means 
of said first smoke conducting means for retaining smok- 
ing tobacco and permitting smoke to pass into said first 
smoke conducting means, 

whereby said smoke passing into said first means is drawn 
through said fluid and directed out through said second 
means. 



II 3,863,647 
PIPE SMOKING 
Richard A. Unger, 30 Bay State Rd., Rm. 928, Boston, Mass. 
02215 

Filed Dec. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 317,383 
Int. CI. A24f 5108 
U.S.CL 131-179 5 Claims 

1. A two pipe assemblage of similar pipes of different bowl 
sizes, each of said pipes comprising, 
means for forming a pipe bowl comprising a metal block 
with first and second intersecting passages therein ar- 
ranged orthogonally with respect to each other. 



a first one of said first and second passages being enlarged 
at a surface of the block compared to the other of said 
passages to form a bowl, 

means forming a transition section annular shoulder within 
said bowl, 

screen means overlying and seating on the annular shoulder 
with screen edges in frictional engagement with bowl side 
walls to prevent the screen's falling out and spanning the 
cross section of said bowl to contain smoking material in 
the bowl and limit access of the smoking material to the 
intersection of said first and second passages, 

means forming an elongated pipe stem with a lip end and a 
securing end engageable with said bowl and comprising 





means forming a central metal tube with smooth interior 
surfaces having a minimum cross-section area equivalent 
to a .200 inch diameter cylinder and a surrounding insu- 
lating jacket. 

the pipe further comprising means demountably securing 
the securing end of said pipe stem to the second of said 
first and second passages, 

the two pipes being nested with confronting bowls, one in 
the other, to form a total air flow passage comprising in 
sequence the tube lip end, tube, first and second passage 
intersection of one of the pipes and then through a vol- 
ume defined by the overlapping bowls and then through 
the first and second passage intersection, tube and tube 
lip end of the other pipe. 



3,863,648 
BELLOWS SMOKING PIPE 
Glenn Thomas Cathey, 1106 E. Saginaw, Lansing, Mich. 
48906 

Filed May 2, 1974, Ser. No. 466,207 

Int. CI. A24f 13104 

U.S. CI. 131-186 3 Claims 




1. In a smoking device, the combination comprising: 



140 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a. a resilient, partially collapsible flexible bellows body 
member defining a smoke expansion cooling chamber 
therein, said bellows body member provided with a 
smoke inlet check valve and a smoke outlet check valve 
in open communication with said cooling chamber; 

b. A smoke generating bowl externally provided on said 
bellows body member in association with said smoke inlet 
check valve, said smoke generating bowl adapted to 
supply smoke through said smoke inlet check valve into 
said smoke expansion cooling chamber during expansion 
of said bellows body member; 

c. a mouth member in association with said smoke outlet 
check valve, said mouth member adapted to receive 
cooled smoke through said smoke outlet check valve 
from said smoke expansion cooling chamber during com- 
pression of said bellows body member; 

d. resilient means adapted to expand said flexible body 
member when partially collapsed; and 

e. handle members at each end of said bellows body mem- 
ber adapted to be manipulated to partially collapse the 
same, said handle members having means extending 
therefrom for supporting said smoking device on a horir 
zontally disposed substantially flat surface. 



3,863,649 
SMOKER'S PIPE 
Ralph S. Scharfy, 3226 Collingwood Blvd., Toledo, Ohio 
43610 

Filed Feb. 14, 1974, Ser. No. 442,600 

Int. CI. A24f 7102 

U.S. CI. 131-192 4 Claims 




42-' 



H 



1. A smoking pipe comprising a hollow, generally elongate, 
tubular stem including a wall of preselected thickness, said 
wall including means providing an aperture, generally normal 
to the axis of said stem, and a bowl member of hollow configu- 
ration for receiving tobacco, said bowl snugly, slidably and 
removably fitting into said aperture means and also having 
means providing communication between the interior of the 
bowl and the interior of the stem, said bowl member having an 
inside configuration congruent to the outside of said stem 
member, permitting slidable reception of the extremity of said 
stem, whereby said bowl may be telescopically carried on the 
terminal end of said stem. 



3,863,650 
VARIABLE DEPTH HAIR COLORING APPLICATOR 
Louis De Maria. 1191 S.W. Sixth Ave., Deerfield Beach, Fla. 
33441 

Filed Sept. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 398,711 
Int. CI. A45d 1 100 
U.S. CI. 132-9 2 Claims 

1. A comb dispenser for dyeing human hair uniformly com- 
prising: 
a fluid receiving container means for receiving dye; 
a plurality of elongated hollow teeth, each of said teeth 
having a slotted free end portion longitudinally disposed; 
a plurality of flexible tubes, each of said tubes disposed in 



a different respective tooth and coupled moveably 
therein; 
a support means connected to said teeth, said inner tubes, 
and said container; 




means coupled to said inner tubes and said support means 
for moveably adjusting the longitudinal position of said 
tubes within said teeth; and 

conduit means connecting said inner tubes and in fluid 
communication with said container means. 



3,863,651 

AUTOMATIC HAIR WASHER, CONDITIONER AND 

DRYER COMBINATION 

Vincent Vaiano, 116-30 127th St., South Ozone Park, N.Y. 

11420 

Filed Nov. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 415,980 

Int. CI. A45d 1 100 

U.S. CI. 132-9 10 Claims 




1. An automatic hair washer, conditioner and dryer com- 
prising a base, a housing secured to said base, a post secured 
to said housing, a hood mounted on said post, a first semi- 
spherical shell spacedly mounted in said hood, a second semi- 
spherical shell mounted spacedly in said first shell and forming 
a chamber therebetween, means for supplying water to said 
chamber and the interior of said second shell, said second 
shell having a plurality of turbulence devices and a water 
outlet therein an air supply hose connected to said first shell 
soap supply means in said housing, soap and hair conditioner 
supply means in said housing, timing means in said housing for 
sequentially supplying water, soap, hair conditioner and air for 
drying a user's hair and blowe;^ means in said housing for 
forcing air into said second shell. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



141 



\ 



3,863,652 
ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN HEATED HAIR CURLING OR 

SETTING DEVICE 
Joseph P. Scivoletto, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Malibu Per- 
sonal Beauty Products, Inc., New York, N.Y. 

Filed Aug. 31, 1973, Ser. No. 393,330 

Int. CI. A45d 24100 

U.S.CL 132-11 A 8 Claims 



» r'^ '" f'^ , '° ,'" -''O 




1. An electrically driven hair treating device comprising, in 
combination; 

a. a first hollow housing; 

b. a drive motor mounted in said first hollow housing, said 
drive motor including an output shaft; 

c. a transmission system coupled to said drive motor 
through the output shaft thereof, said transmission system 
including an output pinion; 

d. a drive gear rotatabiy mounted in said first housing and 
in meshing engagement with said output pinion for said 
transmission system; 

e. a rotatable second hollow housing mounted in said first 
housing and coupled to said drive gear for rotation 
thereby, said second housing including at least one slot 
extending through the wall thereof; 

f. a non-rotatable shaft having first and second end sections 
mounted in said first housing and said second housing, 
respectively, and a mid section positioned eccentrically 
with respect to rotational axis of said second housing; 

g. at least one hair treating member loosely mounted on said 
eccentric mid section of said non-rotatable shaft, the hair 
treating member being in alignment with and adpated to 
traverse said slot; and 

h. means for selectively changing the direction of rotation 
of said housing. 



3,863,653 

METHOD FOR TREATING FIBERS BY SUBJECTING 
THEM TO HIGH FREQUENCY ELECTRIC FIELDS 
Georges Boudouris, Grenoble; Gregoire Kalopissis, Paris; 
Jean-Luc Levesquf, Paris, and Paul Roussopoulos, Paris, all 
of France, assignors to Societe anonyme dite: L'Oreal, Paris, 
France 
Continuation of Ser. No. 196,122, Nov. 5, 1971, abandoned. 
This application Sept. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 399,420 
Int. CI. A45d 7100 
U.S. CI. 132-33 10 Claims 




■- ■- ' '—^ 



• f-' f^ c^"^^0-pl^ 



3ii i\ 'i 'i_ *' V. »'. 1' 1. 





1. Process of treating fibers which comprises the step of 
subjecting them to the action of a high frequency electromag- 
netic field characterized by the fact that the fibers to be 
treated are placed in a resonator connected through a trans- 
mission line to a high frequency generator which generates 



electrical power at a frequency substantially equal to the 
resonant frequency of said resonator. 



3,863,654 
COSMETIC APPLICATOR 
Bruno P. Morane, Paris, and Jean Boulogne, L Hay Les Roses, 
both of France, assignors to Societe anonyme dite: L'Oreal, 
Paris, France 

Filed Jan. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 323,423 
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 18, 1972, 
72.01515; Dec. 11, 1972, 72.44054 

Int. CL A45d 40126 . 
U.S. CI. 132-88.7 1 Claim 



soa 




1. Cosmetic applicator comprising a flat strip of stiff mate- 
rial, one end of which is encircled by a thin layer of absorbent 
material adhesively secured thereto and having a substantially 
constant thickness, said layer being covered by a hard coating 
of lip rouge. 

and comprising a thin coating of wax between said absor- 
bent material and said lip rouge. 



3,863,655 

DENTRIFICE APPLICATOR METHOD 

Richard K. Smith, 5500 Anne Ln., Dayton, Ohio 45459 

Continuation of Ser. No. 181,184, Aug. 12, 1971, abandoned. 

This application Jan. 2, 1974, Ser. No. 430,207 

Int. CI. A61c 15/00 

U.S. CI. 132-91 5 Claims 




1. A method for applying a measured amount of dentrifice 
to tooth surfaces between the teeth comprising; 
a. selectively applying dentrifice to part of a length of dental 
floss by 

1. manually pulling a length of dental floss from a dry 
sterile container. 

2. inserting said dental floss, at a space from the leading 
end. between two opposed open-ended slots, each 
approximately 0.12 to 0.13 inches deep and approxi- 
mately 0.04 inches wide, which are formed integrally in 
the outlet neck of a tube, 

3. squeezing said tube until the toothpaste is at the upper 
edge of the neck, covering said dental floss, and 

4. passing the intermediate length of said dental floss 
through said slots, thereby coating said intermediate 
length with a measured amount of toothpaste while 
leaving the leading end and trailing end of the floss free 
of toothpaste. 



142 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



b. inserting the coated portion of said dental floss between 
the teeth, and 

c. moving said dentrificc coated dental floss so as to deposit 
said measured amount of dentrifice to the tooth surfaces 
between the teeth. 








1. Apparatus for the continuous cooling of a powdery and- 
/or granular solid material, such as foods, chemicals, minerals 
and foundry sand, to preferably room temperature and in a 
dry state, comprising: 

a trough provided with at least one horizontal or substan- 
tially horizontal perforated plate, 

conveyor means to move material deposited on one end of 
the said perforated plate along the perforated plate 
throughout the length thereof, the conveyor means in- 
cluding scrapers secured to an endless conveyor mecha- 
nism, 

a fluidization channel extending throughout the length of 
the perforated plate, 

air compressor means to direct an ascending flow of air 
upwardly through the perforations in the plate, the flow 
of air maintaining the said material in fluid suspension 
above the plate in the fluidization channel, 

spray nozzle means for spraying a liquid onto the said mate- 
rial in fluid suspension to dissipate heat thereby; 

a variable speed motor to drive said conveyor means, 

the said scrapers being positioned perpendicular to their 
direction of movement with the scrapers and flow of air 
imparting a whirling motion to the material during travel 
to provide uniform cooling, 

an outlet for the discharge of the material positioned adja- 
cent one end of the said plate, and 

a temperature sensor positioned upstream of said outlet to 
determine the temperature of the material, the tempera- 
ture sensor being connected to the variable speed motor 
to regulate the speed of travel of the material as a func- 
tion of its temperature. 



3,863,657 
DISHWASHER AND SINK COMBINATION 
Willard Irving, P.O. Box 402, Dunbar, W. Va. 25064 
Filed May 23, 1973, Ser. No. 363,109 
Int. CI. B08b 3104 
U.S. CI. 134-57 D 8 Claims 

1. In combination with a sink having a basin, a drain con- 
nected to the basin and a supply of water under pressure 
including a water outlet spigot, hot and cold water conduits 
and a manifold to which the spigot and the water conduits are 
connected, means for washing articles placed in the basin 



including receptacle means mounted on the basin for receiv- 
ing water therefrom above a predetermined level, drain con- 
trol means connected to the drain for selectively maintaining 
water in the basin and impeller means connected to the basin 
and the receptacle means for alternatively recirculating water 



3,863,656 

APPARATUS FOR COOLING AND DRYING SOLID 

MATERIAL IN GRANULAR OR POWDER FORM 

Gerhard Yves Richard, Precy sur Oise, France, assignor to 

Societe d 'Application de Produits Industriels et Chimiques 

Sari Departement SIGMA, Paris, France 

Filed Nov. 30. 1971, Ser. No. 203,274 
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 30, 1970, 
70.43009 

Int. CI. B08b 3102 
U.S. CI. 134-57 R 5 Claims 




and inducing flow of air through the basin, said basin including 
bottom, side and back walls, the impeller means being con- 
nected to the side walls and the drain means to the bottom 
wall, said receptacle means being mounted on the back wall 
and in fluid communication with the basin through an opening 
in the back wall. 



3,863,658 
EMPTY CONTAINER WASHER 
Kenneth D. Kramb, Portage; Richard L. Cramer, Kalamazoo, 
and Walter J. Isabell, Kalamazoo Township, Kalamazoo 
i County, all of Mich., assignors to K.I.C. Incorporated, Kala- 
mazoo, Mich. 

Filed June 23, 1972, Ser. No. 265,504 

Int. CI. B65g 17146: B67c 1106 

U.S. CI. 134-131 7 Claims 







1. A washing apparatus, particularly for washing magneti- 
cally attractable containers open at one end, comprising: 

housing means; 

conveyor means movable supported on said housing means 
for transporting containers, said conveyor means includ- 
ing a pair of spaced pulleys rotatably supported on said 
housing means and an endless conveyor belt extending 
between and supported on said pulleys; 

said endless conveyor belt including first and second spaced 
and substantially parallel belt reaches extending between 
said pulleys; 

first magnet means mounted on said housing means and 
positioned adjacent said first reach of said conveyor belt, 
said first magnet means being positioned closely adjacent 
the inside surface of said first reach for magnetically 
attracting and holding containers in engagement with said 
first reach; 

second magnet means mounted on said housing means and 
positioned closely adjacent the inside surface of said 
second belt reach for magnetically attracting and holding 
containers on said second reach; 

third magnet means associated with one of said pulleys for 
magnetically attracting and holding containers in engage- 
ment with the portion of the conveyor belt passing around 
said one pulley for permitting containers to be transferred 
between said first and second reaches; 

fourth magnet means associated with said other pulley for 
magnetically attracting and holding containers in engage- 
ment with the portion of the conveyor belt disposed in 
engagement with said other pulley for permitting contain- 



February4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



143 



ers to be transferred between said first and second 
reaches; and 
spray means including nozzle means positioned for spraying 
cleaning liquid into said containers when they arc mag- 
netically held on one of said reaches. 



3,863,659 

SHELTER STRUCTURE 

Robert E. Gillis, R.R. No. 1, Golconda, III. 62938 

Filed Mar. 19, 1974, Ser. No. 452,613 

Int. CI. A45f 1116 



U.S. CL 135-4 







9 Claims 



1. A shelter structure comprising: 

a skin having an inner side and an outer side; 

the skin having a series of apertures formed therein and 
extending therethrough; 

a strut assembly comprising a plurality of strut members, 
with said strut members arranged in rows; 

the strut members of each row being pivotally joined to one 
another at adjacent ends thereof, the rows being elon- 
gated; 

a first scries of said rows in substantially parallel relation to 
one another, and a second series of said rows in substan- 
tially parallel relation to one another; 

the first and second series of rows being interwoven with the 
respective struct members thereof passing sequentially 
above and below one another; 

connectors depending from the strut members at spaced 
locations above the aperatures of the skins, said connec- 
tors including means engaged with the skins; and 

spring means interposed between the skin and the strut 
assembly, the skin and strut assembly being mutually 
supportive of one another. 



3,863,660 

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING 

SUNLIGHT TRANSMISSION 

Werner T. Glaeser, c/o Eltron Export Company, 159 Maiden 

Ln., Richmond, N.Y. 10038 

Filed July 21, 1972, Ser. No. 273,852 

Int. CI. A45b 25120 

U.S. CI. 135-20 R 8 Claims 




1. An umbrella comprising, 
a central supporting pole, . 

cover supporting means extending about and supported by 
said supporting pole. 



and cover means supported by said cover supporting means 
and including means defining a plurality of continuously 
open apertures free from material over substantially the 
entire surface of said cover means that transmit both 
sunlight and air therethrough for continuously exposing 
the user thcrebeneath to a portion only of the sunrays 
energy incident upon the top of said cover means and 
transmitting the flow of air therethrough, 

the remainder of said cover means consisting of portions 
that alternate with said apertures for preventing the trans- 
mission of sunrays and air therethrough. 



3,863,661 
INFLATABLE UMBRELLAS 
Carlos Mota Aburto, Donceles 86-1, Mexico 

Filed May 21, 1973, Ser. No. 362,259 
Int. CI. A45b 19102 
U.S. CI. 135—20 B 



9 Claims 




1. An inflatable umbrella which comprises, in combination, 
a foldable inflatable cone-like shield or cover member and a 
support member therefor, centrally engageable in supporting 
relationship thereto; said inflatable cone-like shield or cover 
member comprising a downwardly flaring cone-like panel, a 
plurality of radially evenly distributed elongated inflatable 
receptacles provided on said cone-like panel and forming a 
part thereof, said elongated inflatable receptacles having their 
outer ends closed and their inner ends adjacent the apex of 
said cone-like configuration being open, a plurality of inflation 
nozzle means integrally engaged to said open inner ends of 
said elongated inflatable receptacles, air distributing means 
connected to each one of said inflation nozzle means, said air 
distributing means being disposed on the outer top surface of 
said downwardly flaring cone-like panel in the region of the 
apex thereof, inflation air valve means connected to said air 
distributing means and bookable eye means extending down- 
wardly from the inside center of said cone-like panel; and said 
support member comprising a body-engageable flexible mem- 
ber, a rigid circular plate means fixedly attached to one end 
of said body-engageable flexible member, hook means extend- 
ing outwardly from the center of said circular plate means 
being engageable and disengageable with said downwardly 
extending bookable eye means of said inflatable cone-like 
shield or cover member and a plurality of strip-like stiffener 
members extending upwardly from the periphery of said circu- 
lar plate means, said strip-like stiffener members when posi- 
tioned against the undersurface of said cone-like shield or 
cover member when the latter is inflated extending beyond the 
reach of said hook means to bear against said undersurface 
and to thereby exert an opening pressure on said inflated 
cone-like shield or cover member. 



144 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,662 

FUSIBLE LATCH FOR HOLDING OPEN A 

SELF-CLOSING VISCOUS LIQUID DRUM VALVE 

William J. Zehr, Des Plaines, III., assignor to The Prolectoseal 

Company, Bcnsenville, III. 

Filed Dec. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 424,468 

Int. CI. F16li 17140 

U.S. CI. 137-75 3 Claims 




1. A guillotine-type, self-closing drum valve having a body 
with a cylindrically-arcuate seat and sliding shoe supported on 
side arms centered on a trunnion axis passing through the 
discharge passage of the valve, which shoe is eccentrically 
actuated to close by compression springs acting on the side 
arms adjacent to the trunnion, and reacting against the body 
of the valve adjacent to the outlet of the discharge passage, 
and which shoe is normally loaded by said compression 
springs to pressure seal the shoe against the scat in the closed 
position wherein the improvement comprises: 

a. a halter pivotally mounted on one end in each side arm 
outside the point of action of the compression springs 
from the trunnion axis on the side arm, and extending 
outside the body of the valve; 

b. a fusible link fixedly connected to the halter at the other 
end and having an aperture at its free end; and 

c. a pin fixedly mounted in the valve body adjacent the 
lower end of the outlet of the discharge passage for seat- 
ing of the aperture of the fusible link thereon to hold the 
valve open against bias of the spring. 



3,863,663 
VACUUM FILLED LIQUID CONTAINER WITH CUT-OFF 

VALVE 
Walter J. Bornhorst, Acton, Mass., assignor to Thermo Elec- 
tron Corporation, Waitham, Mass. 

Filed May 17, 1973, Ser. No. 361,099 

Int. CI. A61m 1100 

U.S. CI. 137—205 15 Claims 




1. A disposable vacuum operated liquid collection con- 
tainer adapted for use with a vacuum source, said container 
comprising in combination: 
a. first means above the maximum liquid level for said 
container defining a fluid outlet port adapted for connec- 
tion to the vacuum source; i 



b. Second means defining a liquid inlet for admitting liquid 
into said container by aspiration in response to action of 
an energized vacuum source connected to said outlet 
port; 

c. a unitary sealing member cup-shaped for buoyancy defin- 
ing a surface for sealingly covering said outlet port; and 
d. flexible, unitary hinge means integral with said scaling 
member for mounting said sealing member internal of 
said container in operative position adjacent said outlet 
port, said hinge means permitting said member to depend 
below said port out of sealing position therewith and 
permitting movement of said member by floatation into 
said sealing position in response to a predetermined rise 
of liquid in said container, said member blocking commu- 
nication to the vacuum source when in said scaling posi- 
tion. 



3,863,664 

VACUUM-OPERATED FLUID BOTTLES IN SERIAL 

FLOW SYSTEM 

LeGrand K. Holbrook, and David S. Ostler, both of Salt Lake 

City, Utah, assignors to Medical Development Corporation, 

Salt Lake City, Utah 

Division of Ser. No. 187,275, Oct. 7, 1971, abandoned, and a 
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 876,438, Nov. 13, 1969, Pat. 
No. 3,620,408. This application Oct. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 402,750 

Int. Ci. A61,m 1100 
U.S. CI. 137-205 2 Claims 




1. In combination, first and second fluid collection bottles 
each having a fluid inlet port, a free vacuum port, and a fluid- 
level controlled, valved vacuum port; a fluid inlet conduit 
connected to said fluid inlet port of said first bottle; conduit 
means for coupling said free vacuum port of said first bottle 
to said fluid inlet port of said second bottle; vacuum pump 
means; and conduit means connecting said valved vacuum 
port of said second bottle to said vacuum pump means, said 
valved vacuum port of said first bottle being selectively close- 
able. 



3,863,665 
ANTI-BACK-SIPHONING WATER SUPPLY VALVE AND 

MIXER 
Valentine Hechler, IV., 26 Meadow View Rd., Northfield, III. 

60093 

Division of Ser. No. 333,309, Feb. 16, 1973, abandoned. This 

application Mar. 21, 1974, Ser. No. 453,290 

Int. CI. F16k 45100; F04f 7102; G05d 11102 

U.S. CI. 137-218 18 Claims 







1. In a safety device for potable water supply and distribut- 
ing system having a manually valved outlet; 



February 4, 1975 






GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



145 



a housing defining a flow compartment connected relcas- 
ably to the outlet having an inlet port, an outlet and a 
valve port opening to atmosphere disposed intermediate 
the inlet and outlet; 

an inlet valve closing against the inflow of potable water at 
the inlet; 

a vent valve in communication with said opening and open- 
ing inwardly to vent the compartment to atmospheric 
pressure; 

means interconnecting and coordinating said valves to open 
one while closing the other; and 

resilient means under pressure coacting with the intercon- 
necting means to close said inlet valve when the opening 
force of supply water upon the inlet valve and the closing 
forces of water pressure in said compartment upon the 
vent valve drops below a predetermined gauge pressure. 



II 






» '- 



r 




I. An assembly to be inserted into a fluid conduit compris- 



ing 



first, second and third components to be inserted in series 
into the conduit, each component having opposite exter- 
nal surfaces having a port defined therein to allow fluid 
flow therethrough. 

a clamping flange on each of two fluid conduit sections 
between which the components are to be inserted, and 

a pair of bolts for each flange, 

characterized in that 

said second component has four threaded bolt receiving 
holes on each of its opposite surfaces circumferentially 
spaced around the respective port in each surface, the 
centers of the holes defining a square, 

said first and third components each have a pair of bores 
therethrough opening in each of said opposite surfaces 
and a pair of threaded bolt receiving holes in each of said 
surfaces, the centers of the bores and holes on each sur- 
face defining a square with the bores being located at 
diagonally opposite corners, and 

the bolts project through the flange and through the bores 
in said first and third components to engage the threaded 
holes in said second component. 



3,863,667 

COMBINED SHEAR HEAD AND HOUSING PLUG 
Gene T. Ward, Highland Heights, Ohio, assignor to The Pipe 
Line Development Company, Cleveland, Ohio 
Filed Mar. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 343,505 
Int. CL P23b 41/08; ¥l6e 4 1/04 
U.S. CL 137-318 1 1 13 Claims 

9. Apparatus for controlling fluid flow in a conduit in ser- 
vice comprising a fluid tight housing adapted to be sealingly 



in the housing, an actuator external of the housing for extend- 
ing the cutter means radially into a wall of the conduit and 
retracting the cutter means from the conduit, said actuator 
being operable through an aperture in the housing, guide 
surfaces in the housing for guiding the cutter means along a 
direction substantially radial to the conduit, said guide sur- 
faces being solely outside of a zone defined by a radial projec- 
tion of said aperture, said cutter means having aperture seal- 



3,863,666 

ASSEMBLY FOR INSERTION IN A FLUID CONDUIT 
Adam Bonne, and Jorgen Hogh, both of Copenhagen, Den- 
mark, assignors to A/S Teknova, Niva, Denmark 

Filed Aug. 1, 1973, Ser. No. 384,422 
Claims priority, application Denmark, Aug. 8, 1972, 
3907/72 

Int. CL ¥16123/00 
U.S. CL 137-269 1 Claim 



>• 




rm rm^ rrn 



ing surfaces outward of and peripherally continuous around 
said zone whereby said cutter means is adapted to seal said 
aperture when it is retracted from said conduit to a position 
where said sealing surfaces engage a portion of said housing 
surrounding said aperture, and means to separate said actua- 
tor from said cutter means when said sealing surfaces of said 
cutter means are in sealing engagement with said housing 
portion surrounding said aperture. 



3,863,668 

LINED FLUID FIXTURE 

Frank J. Waters, Northridge, and Lawrence R. Good, Redondo 

Beach, both of Calif., assignors to Fansteel Inc. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 198,153, Nov. 12, 1971, abandoned. 

This application Oct. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 403,321 

Int. CI. F16k 31/52 

U.S. CL 137-375 18 Claims 



"f •fa a 




1. A corrosion resistant valve structure capable of with- 



secured on the exterior of a section of conduit, cutter means standing internal pressures of 300 p.s.i.g. comprising: 



146 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a split valve body, said valve body defining therein a pas- 
sage; 

said body being formed by at least two interconnected 
separable body sections, said body sections being separa- 
ble to provide access to said passage; 

a one piece, integral, preformed, rigid, thin-wallcd generally 
tubular, corrosion resistant liner disposed within said 
passage, the configuration of the outer surface of said 
liner being substantially identical to the configuration of 
said passage, said outer surface of said liner being in 
intimate contact with the passage defining surfaces of said 
valve body to inhibit relative movement therebetween, 
whereby said liner is securely held against relative move- 
ment with respect to said valve body. 



3,863,669 
LIQUID NITROGEN LEVEL CONTROLLER 
Takanobu Ishida, Staten Island; Anthony M. Popowicz, Brook- 
lyn, and Joseph Glickstein, New York, all of N.Y., assignors 
to The United States of America as represented by the United 
States Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C. 
Filed July 31, 1973, Ser. No. 384,326 
Int. CI. ¥l6k 21/18 
U.S. CI. 137-386 3 Claims 




1. Apparatus for maintaining the level of cryogenic nor- 
mally gaseous fluid which is at a liquefied temperature com- 
prising: 

a. means for containing thssJiquid forming a free surface; 

b. gas thermometer means having a sealed fluid containing 
tube with an end extending into said container means for 
partial immersion in said liquid and the other end extend- 
ing out of said container, the aforesaid fluid within said 
tube at a pressure at which said fluid within said tube is 
liquid at the temperature of said liquid within said con- 
taining means so that said tube contains vapor and con- 
densed vapor of said fluid; 

c. solenoid valve means upon actuation for adding liquid to 
said container means; and 

d. bourdon gauge means responsive to pressure within said 
tube having a magnetically operated switch for initiating 
said valve means to add liquid to said container means 
when the pressure within said gas thermometer means 
increases to a selected value due to declining level of said 
liquid causing vaporization of some condensed vapor 
therein, said valve means terminating the addition of 
liquid when said pressure decreases below said selected 
value due to rising level of said liquid causing condensa- 
tion of vapor within said tube, said bourdon gauge means 
having a gauge pointer with a magnet thereon to energize 
and deenergize said switch upon reaching or receding 
from the aforesaid selected value, respectively. 



3,863,670 

HUMIDIFIER VALVE ASSEMBLIES 

Richard J. Yeagle, 3823 Glen Hills Dr., Hartland, Mich. 48029 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 157^8, June 28, 1971, Pat. 

No. 3,774,588. This application May 24, 1973, S«r. No. 

363.620 

Int. CL FI6k 3J/24 

U.S. CI. 137-437 II Claims 




\ :■» l ^ts^^s■».^^'.^.^%^\.-■■^.^■..^^^.v-q^7:^^^,.^^^,.^x.^. 



1. A valve assembly for a humidifier comprising an integral 
combined inlet conduit, discharge nozzle and shroud member 
formed of water resistant shape retaining plastic, said shroud 
being cup-shaped and comprising a rear wall from opposite 
sides of which project said conduit and nozzle in generally 
horizontal alignment and comprising a continuous side wall 
laterally spaced from said nozzle and projecting away from 
said wall beyond said nozzle, a valve support member pivoted 
directly on a pin extending between opposed shroud side wall 
portions for rockably mounting said valve support member for 
movement about a generally horizontal axis that is disposed 
below the level of said nozzle and at right angles to said nozzle, 
said valve support member having a lower portion projecting 
rearwardly out of said shroud, a depending float attachment 
arm mounted on said lower portion of the valve support mem- 
ber externally of said shroud and having means on its lower 
end for securing it to a float, and a valve element having a 
resilient face for engaging the open end of said nozzle 
mounted on said valve support member. 



3,863,671 
VACUUM REGULATOR CONTROL 
Bernard Heimann, Washington, Mo., assignor to Zero Manu- 
facturing Company, Washington, Mo. 

Filed Mar. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 340,298 

Int. CI. F16k 15/00 

U.S. CI. 137-526 8 Claims 




1. A vacuum regulator control for admitting air in a circuit 
under partial vacuum, comprising an inlet with a valve seat 
communicating with said circuit and a movable valve body 
positioned adjacent said seat to open and close same, an 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



147 



L-shaped lever member located above said seat and said mem- 
ber comprising an upwardly extending leg and a generally 
horizontal leg, said horizontal leg being supported on a ful- 
crum, said valve body being pivotably connected to the upper 
part of the upwardly extending leg at a location substantially 
above said fulcrum, said valve body being unseatable when the 
partial vacuum exceeds a predetermined amount and the pivot 
connection on said lever is moved to its lowermost position, 
said valve body being scatable in its uppermost p<isition to 
maintain the partial vacuum in said circuit, said pivot connec- 
tion being movable upwardly and in a non vertical direction 
towards said fulcrum, weight means on said horizontal leg, the 
position of said weight means being adjustable with respect to 
said fulcrum to vary the degree of partial vacuum needed to 
unseat said valve body. 



3,863,672 

DUAL ACTION PILOT 

Gerold F. Theriot, Bourg, and Frank M. Hoofnagle, Houma, 

both of La., assignors to B.W.B. Controls, Inc., Houma, La. 

Filed Sept. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 394,850 

Int. CI. F15b 13/042 

U.S. CL 137-596.18 7 Claims 




1. A pilot valve comprising a valve body, a bore within said 
body, first and second valve pistons movably disposed within 
said bore, said pistons being movable both as a unit and inde- 
pendently of each other, a control fluid inlet in communica- 
tion with said bore, a control fluid outlet in communication 
with said bore, a control fluid bleed port, a pressure sensing 
inlet in said body, biasing means biasing said first and second 
valve pistons to a first position responsive to sensing of pres- 
sure below a predetermined minimum pressure where said 
control fluid inlet is blocked and said control fluid outlet is 
communicated with said bleed port, pressure means moving 
said first and second valve pistons as a unit to a second posi- 
tion responsive to the sensing of a predetermined pressure at 
said pressure sensing inlet, at which second position said 
control fluid inlet is communicated with said control fluid 
outlet and said bleed port is blocked, said biasing means com- 
prises first and second compression springs respectively asso- 
ciated with said first and second valve pistons, the second 
spring being of greater rigidity than the first spring and main- 
taining said second piston in a fixed position relative to said 
first piston in said first and second positions, the first spring 
controlling movement of said first and second pistons as a unit 
from the first to the second position, said pressure means 
moving said first and second valve pistons to a third position 
responsive to sensing an excess of pressure at said pressure 
sensing inlet thereby causing a blocking of said control fluid 



inlet, said pressure sensing means comprising a unitary pres- 
sure piston positioned inwardly of said pressure sensing inlet 
and operativcly engaged with said valve pistons, and including 
means for independently adjusting the biasing force of the first 
spring without affecting the force required to move the second 
piston from the second piston to the third position. 



3,863,673 

CONTAINER DISPENSER VALVE 

Robert E. Sitton. 4829 Bay Ct., Tampa, Fla. 33611 

Filed Apr. II, 1973, Ser. No. 350.238 

Int. CL B67d I/J2; F16k 47// f> 

U.S. CL 137-614.11 5 Claims 




1. Container dispensing apparatus comprising stopper 
means to be selectively mounted on a container having fluid 
therein, said stopper means including a body having spaced 
first and second valve scats, first and second spaced valve 
members carried by said stopper means, resilient means con- 
necting said first and second valve members and simulta- 
neously urging said first and second valve members in oppo- 
site directions, said first valve member being urged by said 
resilient means toward said first valve seat and normally being 
in engagement therewith, said second valve member being 
urged away from said second valve seat by said resilient 
means, means for maintaining said second valve member in 
spaced relationship with said second valve seat, means for 
selectively operating said first valve member, and said second 
valve member being urged toward said second valve seat by 
fluid within the container when said first valve member is 
operated, whereby said second valve member controls the 
flow of fluid through said stopper means when said first valve 
member is operated. 



3,863,674 
FLUID FLOW CONTROL VALVE 
Paul -J. Scaglione, 30180 Richmond Hill Dr., Farmington, 
Mich. 48024 

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 290,259 

Int. CI. F16k 29/00 

U.S. CL 137-614.16 7 Claims 






W 22/^/y9f 




1. A fluid flow control valve comprising: 

a. a valve body having a chamber therein; 

b. an inlet passage communicating with said valve body 
chamber and an outlet passage co-axially aligned with 



148 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



said inlet passage and communicating with said valve 
body chamber; 

c. a seal mens operatively mounted within said valve body 
chamber and being operative to seal around the inner 
ends of said inlet and outlet passages; 

d. a rotatablc valve operatively mounted in said valve body 
chamber in sealing engagement with said seal means; 

e. means for holding said rotatable valve in a constant wedg- 
ing and rotatable sealing relationship with said seal means 
in all positions of the rotatable valve on the seal means 
and during rotation of the rotatable valve; 

f. said rotatable valve being provided with a pair of cham- 
bers formed therein by a sloping dividing wall with one of 
said chambers comprising an inlet chamber having an 
inlet port communicating with said inlet passage and an 
outlet port in said sloping dividing wall communicating 
with the other of said pair of chambers which comprises 
an outlet chamber, and said outlet chamber having an 
outlet port co-axial with the inlet port of said inlet cham- 
ber and communicating with said outlet passage, whereby 
fluid entering said inlet passage will pass through said 
rotatable valve inlet chamber and into said rotatable 
valve outlet chamber and thence into said outlet passage; 
g. valve means operatively mounted in said valve body 
chamber above the rotatable valve for regulating the flow 
of fluid through the outlet port in said dividing wall from 
said valve body inlet chamber into said outlet passage; 

h. means mounted exteriorly on the lower end of the valve 
body in a position below the rotatable valve and releas- 
ably connected to said rotatable valve for rotating said 
rotatable valve to a first position to permit said flow of 
fluid from said inlet passage and through said rotatable 
valve to said outlet passage and to a second position 
whereby the flow of fluid between the inlet passage and 
outlet passage is blocked by said rotatable valve; and, 

i. said means for holding said rotatable valve in a rotatable 
sealing relationship with said seal including a cam means 
mounted exteriorly of the valve body and operatively 
attached to said means for rotating said rotatable valve by 
gradual inclination toward the seal means to retain the 
rotatable valve in a further wedged and locked position 
when it is rotated to said second position. 



3,863,675 
POSITIVE INTERLOCK FOR A MULTIPORT VALVE 
Arthur J. Wiltshire, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to Pacific Fabri- 
cation. Inc., Chardon, Ohio 

Filed Dec. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 420,957 

Int. CI. FI6k ///02 

U.S. CI. 137-624.27 4 Claims 




said chamber, valving means comprising a selector plate cov- 
ering said outlet port means and having an aperture therein for 
providing selective fluid communication between said cham- 
ber and one of said outlet ports, and means for rotating said 
selector plate to provide said selective fluid communication, 
in combination therewith the improvement comprising pres- 
sure-responsive means fixed to said valve body and responsive 
to pressure in said chamber, and means responsive to said 
pressure-responsive means to lock said selector plate in a 
selected position and against movement in either direction 
when the pressure in said chamber is above a preselected 
value and to unlock said selector plate from its selected posi- 
tion when the pressure in said chamber is below said prese- 
lected value. 



3,863,676 
PISTON TYPE ACCUMULATOR 
Manuel A. Tarsha, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to Parker- 
Hannifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio 

Filed Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 353,763 

Int. CI. F 161 55/04 

U.S. CI. 138-31 II Claims 







1. An accumulator comprising a cylinder closed at both 
ends and having an inner cylindrical surface, a main piston 
slidable in the cylinder in sealed engagement with said surface, 
said main piston having a bore forming a piston chamber open 
at each end to the interior of the cylinder, an axially extending 
cylindrical member mounted in the main piston, and an auxili- 
ary piston slidably mounted on the member and in sealed 
engagement at its outer periphery with said bore. 



3,863,677 

ACCUMULATOR WITH COMBINATION GUIDE AND 

SEAL RING 

Manuel A. Tarsha, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to Parker- 

Hannifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio 

Filed Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 353,795 

Int. CI. F 161 55/04 

U.S. CL 138—31 4 Claims 




I. In a mulitport valve for selectively connecting a plurality 1. An accumulator comprising a shell having a cylindrical 

of valve ports, comprising a valve body, a main pressure cham- inner wall, a piston axially movable in said shell and dividing 

ber defined by said body, inlet port means and a plurality of the interior of the shell into two chambers, a combination 

outlet port means in said valve body, and communicating with guide and seal ring carried by the piston at each end thereof 



February 4, 1975 



I 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



149 



in slidable contact with said wall for guiding movement of said 
piston, each of said combination rings being adjacent a respec- 
tive one of said chambers, said combination ring projecting 
radially outwardly of said piston whereby it maintains adjacent 
portions of the piston out of contact with said wall, a main seal 
ring carried by the piston between said combination rings and 
in sealing contact with said cylindrical inner wall, means for 
conducting fluid from each of said chambers past the respec- 
tive combination ring to said main seal ring, an annular valve 
face at one end of the shell sealingly engageable with a trans- 
verse surface on one of said combination rings when said 
piston is moved to said one end of the shell to prevent flow of 
fluid between said chambers around said piston in the event 
said main seal ring fails to maintain sealing contact with said 
cylindrical inner wall. 



3,863,678 
PIPE GRATING STRUCTURE 
Birger Pettersson, Aita, and Bo Sangfors, Ektorp, both of 
Sweden, assignors to Svenska Rotor Maskiner Aktiebolag, 
Nacka, Sweden 

Filed June 21, 1973, Ser. No. 372,022 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 11, 1972, 
37557/72 

Int. CI. F16I 55/00 
U.S. CL 138-37 6 Claims 




1. A grating structure adapted to be inserted in a conduit in 
order to homogenize a fluid flow passing therethrough, com- 
prising a disc-like member traversed by passages which are 
arranged in parallel rows and which extend between the oppo- 
site major surfaces of the disc, the passages being curved and 
having inlet portions extending in a direction substantially 
parallel with the main direction of fluid flow over a distance 
which is substantial relative to the overall thickness of the 
disc-like member and having outlet portions communicating 
with respective inlet portions, the outlet portions of the pas- 
sages of adjacent rows being inclined in opposite directions 
relative to the main direction of fluid flow through the disc. 



U.S. 
1. 

a. 
b. 



3,863,679 
PIPELINE ASSEMBLY 
Joseph Young, Red Mill Rd., R.D. 2, Peekskill, N.Y. 10566 
Filed Feb. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 329,532 
Int. CL F16I 7/00 
CL 138-106 13 Claims 

A pipeline assembly comprising: 
a pipe for conveying fluid material; 
a pipeline safety casing for receiving the pipe including: 
i. an elongated, tubular, corrugated casing body, and 
ii. A channel located adjacent the periphery of the casing 
body, the channel of the safety casing extending longi- 
tudinally along the casing body and communicating 
with the interior of the casing body to collect fluid 
material from within the casing body and to conduct 
the fluid material to a collection point; and 
c. carriers for supporting the pipe generally concentrically 
in the casing body, each carrier including: 



i. a generally semicircular seat part formed to fit closely 
an interior circumference of the casing body, and 




. A cradle part having an arcuate portion formed to fit 
closely an exterior circumference of the pipe, the scat 
parts of the carriers conforming to the corrugations of 
the casing body so as to restrain movement of the 
carriers longitudinally along the casing body. 



3,863,680 
BEATING-UP DEVICE FOR LOOMS 
Dmitry Vladimirovich Titov, 13 Parkovaya ulitsa 27, korpus 2, 
kv. 49; Nikolai Ivanovich Makachev, ulitsa Tsjurupy, 12. 
korpus 1, kv.27; Jury Pavlovich Sidorov, ulitsa Tsjurupy. 
12, korpus 1, kv. 69; Tatyana Konstantinovna Filatova, B. 
Dorogomilovskaya, 31, kv. 290; Alexei Vasilievich Butuzov, 
Bolaklavsky prospekt, 38, kv. 61; Anatoly Grigorievich 
Selivanov, ulitsa Lobachevskogo, 44, kv. 59, all of Moscow, 
and Alexandr Mikhailovich Dyachkov, ulitsa Roschinskaya, 
1, kv. 14, Klimovsk Moskovskoi oblasti, all of U.S.S.R. 
Filed June 9, 1972, Ser. No. 261,544 
Int. CI. D03d 47/26 
U.S.CL 139-12 3 Claims 




1. A beating-up device for looms, comprising: a drive shaft; 
toothed disks freely mounted on said shaft and movable trans- 
lationally along said shaft, said disks being positioned angu- 
larly offset relative to each other so that their teeth form a 
helical surface, the teeth on each disk being grouped within an 
arc section of the disk, so that at the same time the addendum 
of one tooth is located at the fell of fabric, the addendum of 
another tooth entering between the warp threads of the shed 
section formed by the latter, said teeth on each disk having 
their heights increasing in the direction of the disk rotation, so 
that the first of the short teeth is adapted to shift the weft 
thread to the fell of the fabric and the last of the long teeth is 
adapted to beat it up; stationary separating plates having 
clearances therebetween for letting through the warp threads, 
each of said plates being mounted with a clearance relative to 
said disk and to the addendum of its tooth; auxiliary stationary 
plates having said disks placed therebetween, said auxiliary 



150 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



plates entering the clearances between said separating plates 
for locating the disks opposite said auxiliary separating plates, 
the dedendum of said teeth coinciding with the axis of said 
shaft, the addendum of said teeth being formed along an arc 
by a single radius whose center coincides with the center of 
the addendum and being displaced relative to said axis of the 
shaft toward the beating-up tooth, the radius of the dedendum 
exceeding the distance between said shaft axis and the lower 
side of the shed but being less than the distance from said axis 
to the median line of said shed, the arc length at the addendum 
of the beating-up tooth having a magnitude so that at the 
beating up moment no more than four beating-up teeth are in 
simultaneous contact with the weft thread, and the arc length 
at the addendum of each successive tooth of the same arrow 
of teeth is substantially 3-7 mm and equals the length of the 
arc substantially 20-35 mm between the upper and lower sides 
of the shed as measured along the generatrix of the addenda 
of teeth as described by a predetermined radius. 



3,863,681 
DEVICE FOR DRIVING MOVABLE MACHINE PARTS IN 

REVERSE DIRECTION 
Pravomil Dostal, No. 910 U dubu, Tyniste nad Orlici, Czecho- 
slovakia 

Filed Jan. 22, 1973, S«r. No. 325,769 
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Jan. 20, 1972, 
365-72 

Int. CI. D03c 13100 
MS. CI. 139-55 4 Claims 




1. A device for driving healds of weaving machines in re- 
verse directions, comprising at least one double-acting driving 
piston unit and at least one double-acting driven piston unit, 
a by-passing circuit mutually interconnecting the two units, 
and a mechanism for controlling said by-passing circuit, the 
by-passing circuit comprising at least two separate branches of 
which each connects one point at one terminus of travel of the 
piston of the driving unit with two points at the termini of 
travel of the piston of the double-acting driven piston unit, a 
distribution sliding valve and a channel closed thereby 
mounted within the area of branching of the branches of said 
circuit, said channel mutually interconnecting both of said 
branches of the by-passing circuit, the branches of the by- 
passing circuit which are connected to the termini of the travel 
of the piston of the driving unit being provided at the points 
of mounting the distribution slide valve with pairs of parallel 
by-passing channels, in the center of each pair of said parallel 
by-passing channels there being by-passing channels of one 
branch of the by-passing circuit connected to one point at one 
terminus of travel of the piston of the driven piston unit, both 
sides of the said parallel by-passing channels of the other 
branch of the by-passing circuit being connected to the point 
at the other terminus of travel of the piston of the driven 
piston unit. 



3,863,682 
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED RACE FOR PRODUCING A 

TRAVELLING FIELD 
Walther Filter, Langenhagen, and Claus Filter, Rethem/Aller, 
both of Germany, assignors to Vereinigte Osterreichisch^ 
Eisen-und Stahlwerke-Alpine Montan Aktiengescllschaft, 
Vienna, Austria and Etablissement Wanderfield & Co., 
Schaan, Liechtenstein 

Fikd July 16, 1973, Scr. No. 379,409 
Claims priority, application Austria, July 27, 1972, 6455/72 

Int. CI. D03d 49144 
U.S. CI. 139-134 6 Claims 




1. An electrically operated traveling field race for propel- 
ling a movable body along the race, the race comprising body 
propelling means consisting essentially of 

1. a laminated iron core having a plurality of pole limbs 
deflning slots therebetween and formed with pole heads 
having slot defining surfaces which define outer end 
portions of the slots, and 

2. exciting electrically conductive winding means disposed 
in the slots and defining a plurality of poles each having 
a pole pitch and energizable to produce a magnetic flux 
emerging from the pole heads, 

a. whereby the race has a plurality of pole pitch portions 
each of which corresponds to one of the pole pitches 
and 

b. each pole pitch portion is adapted to be temporarily 
uncovered and at least partly covered by the movable 
body as it is propelled along the race, 

c. the pole heads having a height sufficient to enable the 
slot defining surfaces thereof to pass substantially the 
entire magnetic flux produced in any uncovered pole 
pitch portion between the outer end portions of the 
slots from pole head to pole head, and 

d. the reluctance presented to the magnetic ^x passing 
through the outer end portions of the slots inNany un- 
covered pole pitch portion exceeding the reluctance 
presented to the magnetic flux passing through the 
movable body in any at least partly covered pole pitch 
portion. 



3,863,683 
TIRE CORD FOR PNEUMATIC TIRES AND PNEUMATIC 

TIRES CONTAINING THE SAME 
Raymond Guyot, Paris, France, assignor to Compagnie Indus- 

trielk de Textiles Artificiels et Syntheliques, Paris, France 

Continuation of Ser. No. 777,128, Nov. 19, 1968, abandoned, 

which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 396,308, Sept. 14, 

1964, abandoned. This application Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 

71,250 f 

Int. CI. D03d 15100 
U.S. CI. 139-426 R 5 Claims 

1. A method of preparing a woven fabric of parallel, equi- 
distant cords for use in pneumatic tires comprising the steps 
of 
weaving said cords as warp yam with a composite weft yarn 
including a core yarn of low mechanical strength and a 
cover yarn helically wound around said core yam, said 
cords being positioned in first and second planes after 
weaving with said composite weft yarn, and said core yarn 
having a length to maintain said cords in said first and 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



151 



second plane positions in parallel, equidistant relation- overlapping relationship during tensioning of the loop to facil- 



ship; and 
processing said woven cords to position said cords in a 



itate the sealing thereof. 



single plane, said core yarn being broken during said 

processing step due to tensile stress caused by increased 3,863,685 

length requirement to maintain said cords in said parallel. MONORAIL TRUCK TRAY LOADER 

Ralph C. Parkes, Hancock & Uhigh Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 
19133 

Filed July 10, 1973, Ser. No. 377,937 

Int. CI. B65b 1104 

U.S. CI. 141-1 22 Claims 




' 



equidistant relationship exceeding said low mechanical 
strength of said core yarn and said cover yarn being 
straightened during said processing step and said cover 
yarn having a predetermined straightened length exactly 
equal to the length required to maintain said cords in said 
single plane in parallel, equidistant relationship. 



3,863,684 
STRAPPING TOOL 
James R. Simmons, Frankfort, III., assignor to Interlake, Inc., 
Chicago, III. 

Filed Nov. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 418,231 

Int. CI. B21f 9102 

U.S. CI. 140-93.4 15 Claims 




1. A strapping tool for applying a length of strap around an 
object in a loop with overlapping end portions, said strapping 
tool comprising tensioning means for tensioning the loop of 
strap about the object, sealing mechanism for sealing together 
the overlapped portions of the tensioned strap to secure the 
strap about the associated object, strap guide means movable 
between a retracted position away from the strap loop and a 
strap guiding position alongside the opposite side edges of 
both of the overlapped portions of the strap for limiting lateral 
movement of both of the overlapped portions of the strap 
while freely accommodating longitudinal movement thereof, 
and means for moving said strap guide means to the strap 
guiding position thereof at the initiation of operation of said 
tensioning means after the end portions of the strap have been 
placed in overlapping relationship and for moving sajb strap 
guide means back to the retracted position thereof after seal- 
ing of the tensioned strap, whereby said strap guide means 
insures that the end portions of the strap loop will remain in 




15. The method of loading material in granular form com- 
prising the steps of 

A. stacking a plurality of trays having open fronts horizon- 
tally in a tray truck; 

B. moving the tray truck in an initial position into a tray 
loading station; 

C. rotating the tray truck within the tray loading station to 
a loading position to face the open fronts vertically up- 
wardly; 

D. moving a plurality of filled measuring pockets into the 
tray loading station and vertically aligning the pockets 
over the open fronts; 

E. dumping the material from the filled measuring pockets 
into the trays; 

F. rotating the tray truck to a leveling position; and 

G. leveling the material within the trays when the tray truck 
is maintained in the leveling position. 



3,863,686 

APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR ARTICLE FILLING 

UNDER REDUCED PRESSURE 

Edward I. Klein, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, assignor to V- 

Mark Automation Ltd., Montreal, Quebec, Canada 

Filed Oct. 16, 1972, Ser, No. 297,935 

Int. CI. B43k 11102 

U.S. CI. 141—20.5 2 Claims 



TO stvme r- 

Of ^avctB -•— t 




1. A method for adding a controlled amount of liquid or 
fluid to an absorbent article in an air tight container; 

said container comprising first means being in airtight com- 
munication with a source of reduced pressure; 

said container further comprising second means adapted to 
be placed in airtight communication provided under 
pressure; 

wherein said first means comprises: 

plug means in airtight engagement with said container at 
one end thereof, said plug means comprising an opening 
providing a communications path to said interior portion; 



152 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a flexible tube being in airtight connection with said plug 
adjacent to and surrounding said opening at said one end 
of said tube; 

the other end of said tube being connected to said source of 
reduced pressure; and two spaced-apart clamp valves on 
said tube between said plug and said source of reduced 
pressure, comprising a first clamp close to said plug and 
a second clamp close to said source of reduced pressure; 
said method including the steps of activating said first 
clamp valve to close while said second valve remains 
open; 

activating said source of reduced pressure to provide a zone 
of reduced pressure in said tube between said first valve 
and said source of reduced pressure; 

activating said second valve to close thereby providing a 
zone of reduced pressure between said two valves, 

activating said first valve to open; 

whereby the reduced pressure in said zone between the two 
valves is communicated to the interior portion of said 
container to thereby reduce the pressure in said interior 
portion to draw said controlled amount of liquid or fluid 
into said container by a sucking action, said controlled 
amount of said fluid or liquid being absorbed by said 
absorbent article while said absorbent article is in said 
container. 



3,863,687 
RETURN OF VAPOR CONDENSATE FORMED IN 
DISPENSING VAPOROUS LIQUID 
Henry E. Alquist, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips Petro- 
leum Company, Bartlesville, Okla. 

Filed May 4, 1972, Ser. No. 250,295 

Int. CI. B65h 31100 

U.S. CI. 141-45 5 Claims 




11 






51 



1. A means for removing a liquid from a reservoir in which 
it accumulates which comprises: 

a. a reservoir for the accumulation of said liquid; 

b. means for pumping a liquid to be dispensed from a place 
of storage to a place at which it is to be dispensed, said 
liquid yielding vapors during this dispensing and said 
vapors condensing, thus yielding said liquid which accu- 
mulates in said reservoir; *" 

c. a conduit means for conveying said liquid to be dispensed 
to a place for its dispensing through which said means for 
pumping a liquid pumps said liquid, thus creating a fluid 
pressure; and 

d. fluid pressure actuated means cooperatively functioning 
with said reservoir adapted to remove from said reservoir 
liquid accumulated therein and means operatively con- 
nected between said conduit means and said fluid pres- 
sure actuated means to transmit the pressure of said fluid 
in said conduit means to said fluid pressure actuated 
means. 



3,863,688 
CONVERTOR FOR TOP LOADING TANKS 
James S. Millar, Fountain Valley, and Charles V. Gardner, 
Santa Monica, both of Calif., assignors to Parker-Hannifin 
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio 

Filed June 18, 1973, Ser. No. 370,682 

Int. CI. B65b 3/18 

U.S. CI. 141-59 16 Claims 




1. A convertor for use in filling a tank with liquid through 
an opening in the tank, the convertor including a closure plate 
sealingly engageable with the tank for closing said opening, 
latch means carried by said convertor and engageable with the 
tank for locking the closure plate to the tank, a fitting on said 
closure plate for receiving a flow line, and actuator means for 
said latch means movable between a release position in which 
the latch means interferes with the attachment of the flow line 
to said fitting and a lock position in which the latch means 
permits said attachment. 



3,863,689 
SPLASH PREVENTOR FOR TANK TRUCK LOADING 

RACK 
Donald W. Lanning, Friendwood; Leonard J. Lambin, and 
John G. Pratt, both of Houston, ail of Tex., assignors to 
Shell Oil Company. Houston. Tex. 

Filed Sept. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 285,946 

Int. CI. B65b 3/02; B67c 3/02 

U.S. CI. 141-115 4 Claims 




1. A device for preventing splashes during tank filling oper- 
ations, said device comprising: 

a valve assembly including a check valve having a poppet 
with a shaft extending downwardly therefrom and a dis- 
charge port therethrough 

a fluid deflector disposed at the lower end of the device 
adjacent the discharge port of said check valve and in line 
therewith; 

means for connecting said deflector to said check valve; 
said poppet valve shaft including a shaft extension ex- 



/ 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



153 



tending through said deflector and being connected at its 
upper end to said poppet shaft, said poppet shaft exten- 
sion having a poppet shaft tip at its lower end; and 
manually-operable drain lever means operatively engaging 
said valve shaft and extending to a point laterally outside 
said device for the operation of said valve. 



3,863,690 

RADIATOR FILLER 

John O. Dean, 370 N. 300 E., American Fork, Utah 84003 

Filed June 11, 1973, Ser. No. 368,508 

Int. CI. B65b 3/18 

U.S. CL 141-364 9 Claims 




I. A radiator filler comprising 

a valve assembly including a valve housing; 
connection means for coupling said valve housing into a 

cooling system of an internal combustion engine; 
valve means within said valve housing for selectively 
opening and closing off fluid passage therethrough; 

a filler tank housing having a depending neck portion; 

means for connecting said depending neck portion to said 
valve housing above said valve means; 

a filler opening in said filler tank housing through which 
liquid is introduced into said tank housing; 

cap means for releasably closing said filler opening; 

a filler tube slidably extending through said filler tank hous- 
ing and into said neck portion; 

filler tank means secured to said filler tube and arranged to 
close said filler tank neck portion to control liquid pas- 
sage from said filler tank housing to said upstanding first 
housing around said filler tube; 

means for coupling said valve means in said valve housing 
to said filler tube such that movement of said filler tube 
will open said filler tank valve means and said valve 
means in the valve housing; and 

means for admitting pressure from said valve housing to an 
upper portion of said filler tank housing when said valve 
means in said housing is opened. 



3,863,691 
CONTOUR COPYING LATHE 
Erich Schmidt, Wien, Austria, assignor to Maschinenfabrik 
Zuch«rmann Komm-Ges. Wien, Wien, Austria 
Filed Mar. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 338,814 
Claims priority, application Austria, Mar. 10, 1972, 
2064/72 

Int. CI. B23b 3/28 
U.S. CI. 142-7 11 6 Claims 

1. A contour-copying machine comprising: 
means for supporting a model and a workpiece rotatably 

about parallel respective model and workpiece axes; 
means for rotating said model and said workpiece about 

their respective axes at a first peripheral speed; 
means defining a pivot axis substantially orthogonal to said 

model and workpiece axes; 
means for relatively displacing said pivot axis and said 
model and workpiece axes at a feed speed parallel to said 
model and workpiece axes; 



a model arm swingable about said pivot axis and having a 

feeler and engageable with said model; 
a workpiece arm pivotal about said pivot axis and angularly 

fixed to said model arm, said workpiece arm having a tool 

and engageable with said workpiece; 
means for urging said feeler end and said tool end against 

said model and said workpiece. respectively; 
a tool at said tool end of said workpiece arm rotatabic about 

a tool axis transverse to said workpiece axis and parallel 

substantially to said pivot axis and comprising a rotatable 

drum, an endless sanding belt spanned over said drum. 

and means on said workpiece arm for maintaining said 

belt tight about said drum; 
means for rotating said tool drum about said tool axis at a 

second peripheral speed many times greater than said 

first peripheral speed and said feed speed for machining 

said workpiece and reproducing therein the contours of 

said model; 
means defining a second pivot axis transverse to said model 

and workpiece axes; 




means for relatively displacing said second pivot axis and 
said model and workpiece axes at said feed speed parallel 
to said model and workpiece axes; 

a second model arm pivotal about said second pivot axis and 
having a feeler end engageable with said model; 

a second workpiece arm pivotal about said second pivot axis 
and angularly fixed to said second model arm. said second 
workpiece arm having a tool end engageable with said 
workpiece; 

means for urging said feeler end and said tool end of said 
second arms against said model and said workpiece, 
respectively; 

a second tool at said tool end of said second workpiece arm 
and rotatable about a second tool axis; and 

means for rotating said second tool about said second tool 
axis, said second tool being disposed ahead of the first- 
mentioned tool with reference to the direction of relative 
displacement of said second pivot axis, said second tool 
having a coarser material-removal characteristic than 
said first tool. 



3,863,692 
BARK STRIPPING MACHINE 
Yoshiaki Hasada, Asahikawa, Japan, assignor to Eho Indus- 
tries Co., Ltd., Hokkaido, Japan 

Filed July 27, 1973, Ser. No. 383,144 
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 21, 1972, 47- 
104855 

Int. CI. B271 1/00 

U.S. CI. 144-208 E 4 Claims 

1. A bark stripping machine comprising a rotary drum and 

a plurality of knives, each of said knives having a cutting 

member at one end, a wing member at the other end thereof 



154 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



and a weight detachably mounted on said wing member, said 
knives being mounted on the inner peripheral wall of said 




I— 



rotary drum in such a manner that each said cutting member 
is pivotable toward the center of the rotary drum. 



3,863,693 

COMBINATION HANDLE AND HAND LEVER FOR 

SCREWDRIVERS 

Roy L Carriker, 95 E. Ice Harbor Dr., Pasco, Wash. 99301 

Filed Feb. 4, 1974, Scr. No. 439,230 

Int. CI. B25b 15102; B25g 1100 

L.S. CI. 145-50 R 1 Claim 



It. 

30, 



:^^ 







1. A combination handle and hand lever for a screwdriver 
comprising: 

an elongated handle body of electrically non-conductive 
material having a continuous semi-cylindrical peripheral 
surface extending between ends of said handle along one 
side of a central longitudinal handle axis and a hand-grip 
surface extending along the remaining handle surface on 
the other side of said axis; 

socket means at one end of said handle for rigidly mounting 
a screwdriver shank coaxially with said handle axis; 

a semi-cylindrical lever of magnetic metal pivotably 
mounted to the handle for free pivotal movement about 
a pivot axis perpendicular to and intersecting the handle 
axis and having a concave inner surface formed about a 
lever axis complementary to the semi-cylindrical periph- 
eral surface of the handle and a convex outer peripheral 
surface concentric to the inner surface; 

an abutment surface on the lever radially spaced from the 
pivot axis; 



whereby the lever is pivotable to a closed position wherein 
the concave inner surface is located adjacent to and 
partially overlapping the semi-cylindrical peripheral sur- 
face of the handle with the lever axis and handle axis 
coaxial, and to an open position wherein the abutment 
surface is pivoted to engage the semi-cylindrical periph- 
eral surface and the lever axis is substantially perpendicu- 
lar to the handle axis; and 

magnet means adjacent a remaining end of the handle for 
ruleasably securing the lever in the closed position: 

said pivot axis being defined by a wrist pin extending 
through a complementary aperture in the handle body at 
a location thereon clear of the socket means to thereby 
electrically insulate the lever from a screwdriver shank. 



3,863,694 
DEPLOYABLE SYSTEM FOR CONTAINING OIL SPILLS 
Edwin N. Fisher, 7632 Wandering Dr., Ancliorage, Alaska 
99502 

Filed Sept. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 291,255 
Int. CI. B65d 65102 
U.S. CL 150-1 



9 Claims 



\ 



.»ixz 



/4 




m^^^^^w^^. 



1. A deployable containment system for containing spills 
from a storage container, comprising: 

a. a deployable substantially planar diaphragm formed of 
relatively flexible material and having a radial dimension 
substantially equal to the radial dimension plus the height 
of said container so that said diaphragm is capable of 
containing substantially the entire contents of said con- 
tainer; 

b. said diaphragm disposed beneath said container and 
suspended from and extending substantially to the upper 
edge of said container; and 

c. means for suspending said diaphragm from the upper 
edge of said container and holding said diaphragm sub- 
stantially tightly against the outer surface of said con- 
tainer in the initially installed undeployed condition; so 
that any leak or spill of the contents of said storage con- 
tainer will be contained within said diaphragm and said 
diaphragm will deploy downwardly and expose the sur- 
face of said container as it becomes filled with said con- 
tents. 



3,863,695 
PNEUMATIC TIRES AND BREAKERS THEREFOR 
Henri J. Mirtain, Compiegne, France, assignor to Uniroyal, a 
Societe Anonyme, Clairoix, France 

Filed June 6, 1973, Ser. No. 367,468 
Claims priority, application France, July 6, 1972, 72.24526 
Int. CL B60c 9118 
U.S. CL 152-361 FP 13 Claims 

1. A pneumatic tire comprising a-radial ply carcass having 
a crown region, a tread overlying said crown region, and a 
reinforcing breaker interposed between said tread and car- 
cass, said breaker comprising a first folded ply having a fold 
region proximate one circumferential edge of said tread, and 
a second folded ply having a fold region proximate the other 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



155 



circumferential edge of said tread, said fold regions of said 3,863,697 

first and second plies, respectively, dividing said plies each INSTANT VALVE INSERT 

intoapairof webs, said webs of said first ply and said webs of Roland Clough Brown, 425 Stratford Ct., Del Mar, Calif. 

said second ply cooperatively defining in cross-section a sub- 92014 

stantially S-shaped array wherein one web of said first ply and Filed Dec. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 425,238 

one web of said second ply lie in an intermediate mutual Int. CL B60c 29100 

circumferential plane and have respective non-overlapping U.S. CL 152—427 5 Claims 

marginal edges confronting one another in spaced relation 



ix 



i 



!Y 



which define an annular gap therebetween, said one web of 
said first ply having physical characteristics different from said 
one web of said second ply in said intermediate mutual cir- 
cumferential plane, whereby said breaker displays asymmetri- 
cal physical characteristics relative to a median equatorial 
plane thereof at least in said intermediate circumferential 
plane, said first and second plies each including a plurality of 
reinforcing cords therein, the cords in said first ply having a 
greater diameter than the cords in second ply. 



3,863,696 

MINI-PLY IMPROVED PNEUMATIC TIRES 

Lawrence R. Sperberg, 6740 Fiesta Dr., El Paso, Tex. 79912 

Continuation of Ser. No. 102,023, Dec. 28, 1970, abandoned, 

which is a continuation of Ser. No. 695,932, Jan. 5, 1968, 

abandoned. This application Oct. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 295,142 

Int. CI. B60c 9106 



U.S. CL 152-356 



13 Claims 




1. In a pneumatic tire having spaced beads, a tread portion, 
a main carcass ply which extends from bead to bead to form 
a sidewall and which supports the tread portion, with said 
sidewall including a shoulder area thereon, the improvement 
comprising: 
two mini-plies for imparting structural rigidity into the main 
carcass ply; each of said mini-plies being comprised of an 
individual circumferentially extending reinforcing strip 
lying parallel to one another and adjacent to the main 
carcass ply; 
each of said mini-plies being spaced apart from each other 
and from the equatorial plane of the tire and from the tire 
beads and positioned in the shoulder region so as to 
decrease the bend point in the shoulder area as the tire 
contacts a supporting surface; 
each of said mini-p^ies including two superimposed oppo- 
sitely biased individual plies of tire cord material disposed 
at unlike angles relative to the equatorial plane of the tire. 




1. In combination with an old valve plug as broken off from 
the old valve stem and remaining in the hole of the wheel 
flange of a vehicle with a tubeless tire, an instant valve insert, 
comprising a valve stem with a valve cap and a valve spring 
assembly, fitted on the said old valve plug in the said hole in 
the said wheel flange from the outside- with air-tight clamping 
and locking means for securing the said valve insert to the said 
old valve plug at the opposite end of the said instant valve 
insert from the said valve cap, and fitted with air-tight anchor- 
ing means to assist the said clamping and locking means in 
securing the said old valve plug in the said hole in the said 
wheel flange of the said vehicle permanently and rigidly to the 
said instant valve insert. 



3,863,698 
CHAIR WITH A DETACHABLE SEAT 
Suekichi Uchida, Aza Gonishi, Japan, assignor to Uchida Sha- 
ryo Co., Ltd., Nagoya-shi, Japan 

Filed Jan. 4, 1974, Ser. No. 430,658 
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 10, 1973, 48- 
30252 

Int. CI. A47c 5106 
U.S. CL 160-327 6 Claims 




1. A chair having a detachable seat comprising in combina- 
tion 

a. a frame assembly including a pair of side frames and a 
pair of lateral bars rigidly connected to the respective side 
frames, said respective lateral bars having a plurality of 
engaging holes longitudinally arranged in a line and 
spaced apart at predetermined intervals; 

b. a seat having both sides doubled back to provide bag-like 
portions adapted to be wrapped around the respective 
lateral bars; and 

c. a pair of fixing bars inserted into the respective bag-like 
portions of the seat and having two groups of engaging 



156 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



projections projecting normal to the axis of the fixing bar 
and engaged in said engaging holes of the lateral bar; 
. said fixing bars, prior to assembly, having one group of 
the engaging projections differing in a relative angle from 
the other group of engaging projections so that, when the 
engaging projections of said one group are engaged with 
the respective holes of said lateral bars, the engaging 
projections of said other group are forced into the corre- 
sponding holes of said lateral bars, in a direction that the 
relative angle to the projections of said one group is 
decreased, whereby the seat is removably fixed to the 
lateral bar through the fixing bar. 



3,863,699 
PLANT FOR THE ELECTROSLAG MELTING OF 
HOLLOW INGOTS 
Boris Izrailevich Medovar, ulitsa A. Barbjusa, 22/26, kv. 109; 
Valery Evgenievich Lanevsky, ulitsa V. Kuchera, 2, kv. 8; 
Jury Fedorovich Alferov, buivar Lepse, 29, kv. 64; Rudolf 
Solomonovich Dubinsky, Politeknicheskaya ulitsa 5, kv. 209; 
Mikhail Elevich Berezovsky,, ulitsa Lomonosova, 21/14, kv. 
54; Leonty Vasilievich Chekolilo, ulitsa A. Barbjusa, 22/26, 
kv. 64; Leonid Viktorovich Pavlov, ulitsa Borschagovskaya, 
234, kv. 6, all of Kiev; Veniamin Alexandrovich Ishunkin, 
ulitsa Tolbukhina, 7, kv. 142, Moscow; Anatoiy Ivanovich 
Shevtsov, ulitsa Vorovskogo, 5, kv. 9, and Semen Yakov- 
levich Grinshpon, ulitsa Butova, 128, kv. 37, both of 
Kulebaki Gorkovskoi oblasti, all of U.S.S.R. 

Filed Dec. 11, 1973, Ser. No. 423,750 

Int. CI. B22d 27102 

U.S. CL 164-252 2 Claims 




Ji,>>. iwtrn 'WfW/:j>fi..,„ji,j,vujt')fjw} 



1, A plant for the electroslag melting of hollow ingots com- 
prising a mast; a top carriage fastened to said mast so as to 
allow its transfer in a vertical direction; an electrode holder 
secured to said top carriage; a drive for carrying said top 
carriage; a cooled mold having a space for building up an 
ingot; a base plate mounting said cooled mold; said base plate 
being defined by a car provided with an opening in the zone 
of shaping the ingot space, horizontal guide bars in which said 
car is mounted; a bottom carriage fastened to said mast to 
allow its vertical transfer; a mandrel adapted to shape the 
ingot space, said mandrel being secured to said bottom car- 
riage with the aid of a bracket and introduced into the space 
of said cooled mold through said opening in the base plate; 
and said mandrel having a base in which a ball-shaped support 
is secured intermediate of sockets mounted on said bracket of 
said bottom carriage to provide an angular deflection of said 
mandrel in relation to the longitudinal axis of said bracket for 
maintaining the vertical position of the mandrel. 



3,863,700 

ELEVATION OF MELT IN THE MELT EXTRACTION 

PRODUCTION OF METAL FILAMENTS 

John R. Bedell, (Lake Mohawk) Sparta, and John A. Well- 

slager. Mount Arlington, both of NJ., assignors to Allied 

Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y. 

Filed May 16, 1973, Ser. No. 360,887 

Int. CI. B22d 11106 

II.S. CI. 164-87 12 Claims 




1. In a melt extraction method for the production of metal 
filaments from a molten reservoir wherein a quenching wheel 
is positioned contiguous to the melt and extracts a filament 
directly from the melt reservoir, the improvement comprising 
elevating a discrete amount of the melt directly from the melt 
reservoir to contact the quenching wheel by means of an 
auxiliary rotating hot wheel which is partially immersed within 
the melt thereby utilizing substantially the entire quenching 
capacity of said quenching wheel to quench said discrete 
amount of the melt. 



3,863,701 
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING HEAT-INSULATED 

CASTINGS 
Itaru Niimi, Nagoya; Yasuhisa Kaneko, Toyota; Akiyoshi 
Morita, Toyota; Katumi Yagi, Toyota, and Hiromitu Ka- 
shiwagi, Toyota, all of Japan, assignors to Toyota Jidosha 
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota-shi, Aichi-ken, Japan 

Filed May 17, 1972, Ser. No. 254,228 
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 17, 1972, 47-6738 
Int. CI. B22 19100 
U.S. CL 164—98 4 Claims 




1. A process for manufacturing heat-insulated castings 
comprising the steps of providing a hollow metal core having 
resistance to heat and corrosion, applying a bonding agent to 
the outside of the core and thereafter coating a foamed alu- 
mina onto the bonding agent on the outside of the metal core, 
drying the thus obtained double structure at room tempera- 
ture, and then at a temperature of approximately ZSO^C. for 
at least about 10 hours followed by drying at about 500°C. for 
several-hours, positioning the double structure in a mold, and 
pouring molten metal into the mold to surround the double 
structure in a metal casting. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



157 



3,863,702 

CENTRIFUGAL CASTING METHOD 

William L. Hallerberg, and Gilbert W. Gordon, both of Ko- 

komo, Ind., assignors to Cabot Corporation, Kokomo, Ind. 

Filed Jan. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 323,104 

Int. CL B22d UIOO 

U.S.CL 164-114 7 Claims 



water cooling to the back surface of the mold; and 
subsequently removing the cast plate from said mold. 




*./>*^^'5.i-, ■ 



■i^-- <. ■^■::: #i-^- ?!••■'• 7 •:■■. 




3,863,703 
METHOD FOR CASTING A LARGE LEAD ANODE PLATE 
Yuki Nishimura, Takehara, Japan, assignor to Mitsui Mining 
& Smelting Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Feb. 14, 1974, Ser. No. 442,575 

Int. CL B22d 25/04, 35/04 

U.S. CL 164-128 7 Claims 




1. A method for casting a large lead anode plate comprising: 
providing at least one open topped anode plate mold; 
providing a pouring trough opening into said mold; 
transporting melted crude lead through said trough at a 

temperature within the range of from about 340°C to 

350°C; 
reducing the velocity of the melt without decreasing the 

volume of flow of melt during pouring of the melt into 

said mold; 
sequentially applying discrete first and second stages of 

water cooling to the melt surface and a third stage of 



931 O.G.-6 



3,863,704 

METHOD OF CASTING BY POURING METAL FROM A 

MELT SUPPLY THROUGH A FEEDER INTO A MOLD 

Freidhelm Kahn, 2, Muhlbachstrasse, 6332 Ehringshausen, 

Germany 

Filed Jan. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 320,686 

Int. CL B22d 33/02 

U.S.CL 164-130 10 Claims 



1. The method of centrifugally casting hollow metal objects 
comprising the steps of: 

a. casting molten metal into a rotating centrifugal casting 
mold, 

b. adding a molten self-disintegrating slag which on solid 
state transformation breaks up to said rotating centrifugal 
casting mold immediately after casting said molten metal 
therein. 

c. cooling said mold to solidify the metal and cause the slag 
to solidify and disintegrate, and 

d. removing the cast metal object from the mold and the 
disintegrated slag from the cast object. 




1. The method of producing castings by pouring melt from 
a melt supply into a mold through a feeder, comprising the 
steps of: 

a. moving said mold and said feeder in a circular orbit in a 
vertical plane about a given point; 

b. maintaining a level of said melt in said melt supply verti- 
cally above said given point; 

c. further moving said mold for solidification in said vertical 
plane through a plurality of positions relative to the direc- 
tion of gravity having said feeder in connection with said 
melt below said given point for filling said mold through 
said feeder below said melt level; and 

d. removing said casting from said mold connected with said 
feeder after solidification. 



3,863,705 
SAND BLOW RESERVOIR FOR A FOUNDRY MOLDING 

MACHINE 
Barry G. Leeson, Bay Village, Ohio, assignor to The Sherwin- 
Williams Company, Cleveland, Ohio 

Filed Oct. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 298,297 

Int. CI. B22c 15/24 

U.S. CL 164-202 12 Claims 




1. A sand blow reservoir for a foundry molding or core 
blowing machine wherein said reservoir is initially charged 
with sand which is subsequently blown from said reservoir into 
a mold or core box, said reservoir comprising a selectively 
rotatable housing and agitation means in said housing fixed 
with respect thereto, said housing being rotated during said 
blowing to assist the agitation means in maintaining the sand 
in said housing in a flowable condition, thereby uniformly to 
feed the sand to the mold or core box, said agitation means 



158 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



including scraper arms mounted on one of said ends and 
positioned closely adjacent the interior of said cylindrical 
housing, and radially inwardly extending blades on said 
scraper arms. 



3,863,706 
METAL CASTING 
George D. Chandley, and John N. Lamb, both of Amherst, 
N.H., assignors to Hitchiner Manufacturing Co., Inc., Mil- 
ford, N.H. 

Filed Dec. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 312,138 

Int. CI. B22d 21116 

U.S. CI. 164—255 6 Claims 




1. In casting apparatus having 

a scalable melting and mold pouring chamber, 

a scalable loading compartment mounted on said chamber 
and 

valve and conduit means communicating between said 
chamber and said compartment 

that improvement comprising: 

a scalable mold container having a bottom opening for 
sealing around the lower open end of a gas permeable 
mold supported therewithin and extending downwardly 
therebeyond 

said mold container including upper and lower cup ele- 
ments movable into sealed relationship with one another 
a crucible in said chamber having surrounding induction 
coils for holding and stirring molten metal to cause out- 
ward surface movement thereof along its surface to carry 
impurities away from the central area of said crucible 

power means including piston means independently sup- 
porting said cup elements from above for relative move- 
ment into said sealed relationship and for movement 
between said compartment and said chamber through 
said valve and conduit means to said central area of said 
crucible and 

means for selectively varying the pressure of said chamber, 
compartment and container 

to fill said mold after lowering said container with the lower 
open of said mold beneath the surface of molten metal in 
said central area of said crucible and 

permit loading and unloading said mold from said container 
in raised position by relative movement of said cup ele- 
ments within said compartment while maintaining the 
chamber pressure by closure of said valve and conduit 
means. 



3,863,707 

METHOD FOR STABILIZING THE TEMPERATURE OF 

AN INSTRUMENT, PARTICULARLY OF A WRIST 

WATCH 

Johannes Geiss, Hinterkappelen, and Peter Eberhardt, Gumli- 

gen, both of Switzerland, assignors to OMEGA Louis Brandt 

& Frere S.A., Bienne, Switzerland 

Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 225,772 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 14, 1971, 
2729/71 

Int. CI. F28b 3100 
U.S. CI. 165-1 5 Claims 



%^f^uMiWiiy.i\i^^ ^ 



^ 



1. Method for stabilizing the temperature of a timepiece to 
permit it to operate within its normal working temperature 
range which comprises introducing the timepiece into a con- 
tainer having therein a body of a temperature stabilizing me- 
dium which exhibits at least one heat transformation point, 
whereby the latent heat of transformation absorbed or emitted 
by said medium at the time of passage through its transforma- 
tion point produces a rise or fall in the temperature of said 
timepiece thereby stabilizing it. 



3,863,708 
MODULATABLE HEAT EXCHANGER WITH RESTRAINT 

TO AVOID CONDENSATION 
George R. Grimes, deceased, late of Burgettstown, Pa. (by 
Mary E. Grimes; executrix), assignor to Amax Inc., New 
York, N.Y. 

Filed Jan. 7, 1974, Ser. No. 431,121 

Int. CI. B60h UOO 

U.S. CI. 165-1 9 Claims 



f^.m 




1. A modulatable heat exchanger system for cooling hot 
dust-laden flue gas having an elevated dew point which com- 
prises, 
a heat exchanger unit formed of a bank of tubes coupled to 
tube manifolds such that the bank of tubes communicates 
with a hot gas inlet and a hot gas outlet coupled respec- 
tively to said manifolds, 

each of said tubes being surrounded by a tube to provide 
annular spaces having manifolds communicating there- 
with through which air is circulated in said heat ex- 
changer in concurrent flow with said hot flue gas, 
means for maintaining a flow of hot flue gas through said 
heat exchanger to a downstream line. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



159 



a closed circuit air line including a blower for maintaining 

a flow of air through said heat exchanger in concurrent 

flow and heat exchanging relationship with said hot flue gas, 

first valve means for feeding fresh air into said air line 

when needed, 

first temperature-sensing means for sensing the temperature 

of the flue gas downstream of said heat exchanger, 
second valve means in said air line operable in accordance 
with the temperature sensed by said first temperature 
sensing means for controlling the rate of flow of said air 
through said heat exchanger according to the tempera- 
ture sensed by said first temperatures-sensing means, 
second temperature-sensing means associated with a por- 
tion of the heat exchanger in contact with said flue gas for 
sensing the temperature of the heat exchanger at said 
portion, 

said second temperature-sensing means being operably 

coupled to said first valve means for controlling the 

feeding of fresh air to said air line, 

and a pressure-sensing device in said air line coupled to a 

third valve means comprising an exit air gas valve for 

opening said valve to expel air from said line when a 

pressure above a predetermined pressure is sensed in the 

air line, 

whereby the flow of air through the heat exchanger is 
independently controlled relative to the flow of said 
flue gas so as to maintain the temperature of said heat 
exchanger above the dew point of said hot flue gas 
during the cooling thereof in accordance with the tem- 
perature sensed by the temperature-sensing means of 
the system. 



3,863,709 

METHOD OF RECOVERING GEOTHERMAL ENERGY 
John L. Fitch, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Mobil Oil Corporation, 
New York, N.Y. * 

Filed Dec. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 426,851 
Int. C(. F24j i/02; F28d 2//00 



U.S. CL 165-1 




9 Claims 



1. A method of recovering geothermal energy from a low 
permeability subterranean gpothermal formation having a 
preferred vertical fracture orientation, comprising the steps 
of: 

a. providing a first and a second well which extend from the 
surface of the earth and penetrate said geothermal forma- 
tion at an angle of at least 10° measured from the vertical 
and extend into the formation in a direction transversely 
of said preferred vertical fracture orientation; 

b. hydraulically fracturing said formation to provide a plu- 
rality of vertical fractures which are spaced laterally one 
from the other a predetermined distance measured in a 
direction approximately normal to the preferred vertical 
fracture orientation and which fractures extend into the 
formation and intersect said first and said second wells; 

c. providing fluid communication intermediate each of said 
plurality of vertical fractures with each of said first and 
said second wells; 



d. injecting a fluid via one of said first and said second wells 
into said plurality of vertical fractures; 

e. flowing said fluid through said plurality of vertical frac- 
tures to heat said fluid; and 

f. producing said heated fluid from said plurality of vertical 
fractures via the other of said first and said second wells. 



3,863,710 

HEAT EXCHANGE SYSTEM 

Richard M. Masters, 1 Burns Rd., Lexington, Mass. 02173 

Filed Dec. II, 1972, Ser. No. 313.934 

Int. CI. F28f im 

U.S. CL 165—46 25 Claims 




1. A heat exchange system comprising 

a heat source for heating a fluid material; 

a plurality of independently operable heat exchange de- 
vices, each of said devices being formed as a substantially 
flexible container capable of dissipating heat; 

means for conveying said heated fluid material to each of 
said heat exchange devices in thermal relationship there- 
with so that heat contained in said heated fluid material 
is transferred to said heat exchange devices; and 

means for mounting said heat exchange devices so that each 
of said flexible containers slopes in a substantially uni- 
form direction from said conveying means independently 
of the pressure of the heated fluid material in the system 
and the heat from said heated fluid material is effectively 
transferred via said heat exchange devices to the regions 
adjacent thereto. 



3,863,711 

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING 

SUBSTANTIAL UNIFORMITY IN THE TEMPERATURE 

OF A HEAT-EXCHANGING FLUID 
Georg Beckmann; Paul Viktor Gilli, both of Vienna, and Josef 
Lippitsch, Graz, all of Austria, assignors to Waagner-Biro 
Aktiengesellschaft, Vienna, Austria 

Filed Feb. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 330,623 
Claims priority, application Austria, Feb. 9, 1972, A 
1027/72 

Int. CI. F28f 9122 
U.S. CI. 165-145 12 Claims 





■_ 


y« 


jV_ 


1. 


V 



\ ' 



II li "-I? 



1. In a heat exchanger, first and second groups of tubes 
communicating with each other for directing an inner heat- 
exchanging fluid along the interior of said groups, said first 



160 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



and second groups of tubes having a predetermined relation- 
ship with respect to an axis of the heat exchanger, means for 
directing an outer heat-exchanging fluid first across the exte- 
rior of said first group of tubes and then across the exterior of 
said second group of tubes to form from said outer fluid an 
entering stream distributed across said first group of tubes and 
an exiting stream distributed across said second group of 
tubes, said entering stream being composed of first and second 
stream portions which respectively have first and second 
relationships with respect to said axis and second exiting 
stream also being composed of first and second stream por- 
tions which have also said first and second relationships, re- 
spectively, with respect to said axis, and baffle means situated 
between said groups of tubes for deflecting said first stream 
portion of said entering stream to a location where said first 
stream portion of said entering stream forms said second 
stream portion of said exiting stream and for deflecting said 
second stream portion of said entering stream to a location 
where said second stream portion of said entering stream 
forms said first stream portion of said exiting stream, so that 
the temperature of said exiting stream will be substantially 
uniform. 



3,863,712 

LIQUID HEAT EXCHANGE SYSTEM 

Frank T. Smith, 2521 Bona Rd., and Robert D. Smith, 2407 

Kingman Dr., both of Wilmington, Del. 19803 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 63,851, Aug. 14, 1970, 

abandoned. This application Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,108 

Int. CI. F28c 7106 
U.S. CI. 165- 145 14 Claims 




1. An apparatus for accomplishing heat exchange between 
a flowing first liquid and a second liquid having a temperature 
significantly different from that of the first liquid which com- 
prises 

a. an elongated tank having an input means for receiving the 
flowing first liquid and an output means by which the 
flowing first liquid exits, 

b. a plurality of tube bundles each of which comprises a 
plurality of small diameter flexible tubes made from an 
organic polymer composition, one end of each of which 
bundles is coupled to an inlet means while the other end 
is coupled to an outlet means to permit the flow of the 
second liquid through the interior of the tubes, each tube 
bundle being disposed within and extending substantially 
from the top to the bottom of the tank and in relationship 
to the input and output means of the tank such that a 
substantially unbroken heat exchange region is provided 
and the tank is divided into an input side and an output 
side, 

c. means for directing the passage of a substantially uniform 
volume of the first liquid substantially radially through 
each unit area of the tube bundles. 



3,863,713 
HEAT EXCHANGER 
Vernon N. Tramontini, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Stewart- 
Warner Corporation, Chicago, III. 

Filed Aug. 27, 1973, S«r. No. 391,540 

Int. CI. F28b 9114 

U.S. CI. 165-158 3 Claims 



^t::*'- 




m *" 



1. A heat exchanger assembly, comprising; a generally 
tubular housing, a flat header plate adjacent each end of the 
housing having an original exterior dimension less than the 
original interior dimension on said housing, a plurality of heat 
exchange tubes supported in said header plates, said housing 
having a peripherally compressed portion radially of at least 
one of said header plates for firmly holding said one header 
plate in position, said one header plate having a peripherally 
compressed portion firmly engaged with said peripherally 
compressed portion of the one header plate. 



3,863,714 
AUTOMATIC GAS WELL FLOW CONTROL 
David Reed Watson, Jr., Midland, Tex., assignor to Compati- 
ble Controls Systems, Inc., Midland, Tex. 

Filed Apr. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 352,043 

Int. CI. E21b 43100 

U.S. CL 166-53 13 Claims 




1. A control apparatus for a petroleum well having a tubing 
string and discharge line discharging into a sales line compris- 
ing: 

a control valve interposed between said tubing string and 
sales line adapted to open or shut-in said well; 

flow sensing means for monitoring the petroleum flow from 
said well and adapted to close said valve to shut-in said 
well when the flow decreases below a predetermined rate; 
and 

pressure monitoring means for measuring the pressure dif- 
ferential between the tubing string and sales line and 
adapted to open said valve permitting delivery of petro- 
leum from said well only when a predetermined diflFeren- 
tial therebetween exists whereby said well remains shut- 
in until the differential pressure builds to a level for ac- 
ceptable volumetric flow from the well. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



161 



3,863,715 

LANDING AND RUNNING TOOL ASSEMBLY 
John H. Yonker, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Otis Engineering 
Corporation, Dallas, Tex. 

Filed Oct. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 405,084 

Int. CI. E21b 23100 

U.S. CI. 166-217 7 Claims 




1. An anchoring tool comprising, 

an elongate body, 

external lug means carried by the body and adapted to be 
extended into a latching groove in a mandrel. 

internal lug means carried by the body ada|;rt,ed to be ex- 
tended above a shoulder on a running tool, 

said body holding said internal lug means against movement 
along said elongate body relative to said external lug 
means while permitting said internal lug means to move 
laterally of the elongate body, 

expander means having external land means and groove 
means coopcrable with the external lug means and inter- 
nal land means and groove means cooperable with the 
internal lug means, 

said expander means movable between a running position in 
which the external groove means cooperates with the 
external lug means permitting them to retract and the 
internal land means cooperates with and extends the 
internal lug means and an anchoring position in which the 
external land means cooperates with and extends the 
external lug means and the internal groove means cooper- 
ates with and permits the internal lug means to retract. 



3,863,716 

CEMENTING PLUG RELEASE ASSIST APPARATUS 
Steven G. Streich, Duncan, Okla., assignor to Halliburton 

Company, Duncan, Okla. 

Filed Apr. 5, 1974, Ser. No. 458,197 

Int. CL E21bii/05 

U^S. CI. 166-70 II 8 Claims 

1. Apparatus for assisting in the release of a cementing plug 
within a cementing plug container of the type which includes 
a closed tubular body having an upper end portion, a lower 
end portion for communication with the upper end of a casing 
string, a substantially cylindrical cavity formed in the body 
communicating with the lower end portion, a fluid inlet 
formed in the body intermediate the Upper and lower end 
portions and communicating with the cavity, a plug retaining 
and releasing pin alternately insertable into the cavity and 
removable therefrom to support the cementing plug in the 
cavity above the fluid inlet, and, alternately, release the ce- 
menting plug, comprising: 



a body member having an upper end portion and lower end 
portion and a longitudinal passageway extending there- 
through and intersecting the upper and lower end por- 
tions thereof; 

means formed on said body member for securing said body 
member in the upper end portion of the cementing plug 
container with the longitudinal passageway of said body 
member communicating with the cylindrical cavity in the 
plug container in substantial alignment therewith; 

rod member means, having upper and lower end portions, 
movably disposed within the passageway of said body 
member for longitudinal movement between a lower 
position and an upper position in said body member; 

seal means carried by said body member for providing a seal 
between said body member and said rod member means; 
biasing means interposed between said body member and 
said rod member means for urging said rod member 
means upwardly relative to said body member; 

extendable linkage means, having an upper end, a lower end 
and a medial portion intermediate the upper and lower 




ends, with the upper end thereof secured to the lower end 
portion of said rod member means and the medial portion 
secured to the lower end portion of said body member, 
for extending the lower end of said linkage means down- 
wardly relative to said body member in response to up- 
ward movement of said rod member means relative to 
said body member; 

plug contacting means on the lower end of said extendable 
linkage means for contacting the cementing plug in the 
cementing plug container and moving the cementing plug 
downwardly within the cylindrical cavity of the cement- 
ing plug container in response to the extending of the 
lower end of said linkage means downwardly; and 

rod retaining and releasing means mutually engageable 
between said body member and said rod member means 
for retaining said rod member means in the lower position 
in said tubular body member against the urging of said 
biasing means and, alternately, releasing said rod member 
means for upward movement in said body member to the 
upper position in said body member. 



162 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,717 

METHODS FOR FORCING A LIQUID INTO A LOW 

PRESSURE FORMATION 

Robert Ernest Cooper, London, England, assignor to Compag- 

nie Dcs Services Dowell Schlumberger, Paris, France 

Filed Jan. 29, 1974, Ser. No. 437,651 
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 16, 1973, 
73.01379 

Int. CI. E21b 43125 
U.S. CI. 166—279 6 Claims 




1. In a process for treating wells extending from the surface 
of the earth to a reservoir formation from which oil having a 
gas in solution therein is produced, the steps of: 

injecting into the well a sufficient volume of a liquid chemi- 
cal agent adapted to stimulate said reservoir formation; 

injecting a sufficient column of stable foam into the well 
under sufficient pressure to drive the column of liquids 
then present into the well back into the reservoir forma- 
tion; 

terminating pressure injection of said foam into said well 
when at least a substantial portion of said column of 
liquids has been forced back into said formation; 

closing said well at the surface for a desired period of time; 
and 

opening the well and allowing said foam column and even- 
tually the remaining portion of said column of liquids to 
rise normally under the influence of formation pressure, 
thereby ejecting said foam as a column formed by a mix- 
ture of liquid chemical agent and of oil and gas in solution 
rises within said well. 



3,863,718 

CEMENTING PROCEDURE FOR AVOIDING MUD 

CHANNELING 

Edmond H. Bruist, New Orleans, La., assignor to Shell Oil 

Company, Houston, Tex. 

Filed Mar. 27, 1974, Ser. No. 455,171 
Int. CI. E21b ii//4.ii//6 
U.S. CI. 166-285 9 Claims 

1. A process for installing a pipe section that is to be ce- 
mented within a drilling-fluid-containing portion of a borehole 
of a well, which process comprises; 
extending a relatively slender pipe string having an outer 
diameter significantly less than the borehole diameter 
into the borehole until it extends to at least near the 
bottom of the portion of the borehole in which the pipe 
section is to be cemented; 



flowing fluid through the relatively slender pipe string to 
displace substantially all of the drilling fluid out of that 
portion of the borehole; 

filling that portion of the borehole substantially completely 
with a subsequently soiidifiable fluid that has a density at 
least substantially equalling that of the displaced drilling 
fluid and has a chemical composition that adapts it to 
remain pumpable, while remaining at the borehole tem- 




perature until the pipe section has been installed and a 
cement slurry has been inflowed, and then become sub- 
stantially solid and impermeable; 

removing the relatively slender pipe string and installing the 
pipe section to be cemented, and 

flowing a cement Slurry into the annular space around the 
pipe section and allowing the solidification of both the 
cement and any subsequently soiidifiable fluid that is 
present in that annular space. 



3,863,719 
RETRIEVABLE WELL PACKER WITH REVERSING 
FEATURE AND METHOD OF USE THEREOF 
Charles Weber Parker, Odessa, Tex., assignor to Dresser In- 
dustries, Inc., Dallas, Tex. 

Filed Oct. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 408,783 

Int. CI. E21b 331129, 33113, 43/25 

U.S. CI. 166—305 R 16 Claims 




1. Packer and valve apparatus having reverse-out features, 
said apparatus comprising: resilient packer means; 

internal elongated tubular mandrel means having an unre- 
stricted bore passage therethrough; 

tubular elongated packer mandrel means containing said 
resilient packer means and telescopically mounted on 
said internal mandrel means; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



163 



anchor means on said packer mandrel means; 

packer actuation means on said apparatus adapted to actu- 
ate said resilient packer means and said anchor means 
into contact with the wcllborc; 

friction means on said packer mandrel means to provide 
frictional engagement of said packer and valve apparatus 
in a wellbore; 

passage means located between said internal mandrel 
means and said packer mandrel means; 

valve means between said packer mandrel means and said 
bore passage of said internal mandrel means, said valve 
means arranged to provide in a first position of said vulvc 
means communication through said bore passage in said 
internal mandrel means to the annulus below said resil- 
ient packer means and in a second position of said vulve 
means, communication from said internal mandrel means 
bore passage through said passage means to the annulus 
above said resilient packer means; and 

valve actuation means on said apparatus adapted to actuate 
said valve means. 

14. A method of injecting liquids and semi-liquids under 
pressure into an underground formation penetrated by a bore- 
hole, said method comprising: 

lowering into said borehole a string of conduit containing 
annulus sealing means, friction engaging means, a plural- 
ity of passage means, and valve means adapted to com- 
municate alternately with one or more of said passage 
means; 

positioning said conduit in said borehole so that said annu- 
lus sealing means is located above said formation to be 
treated and said valve means is in a first position; 

expanding said annulus sealing means against the borehole 
wall to isolate the annulus area therebelow between the 
conduit string and the borehole wall; 

actuating said valve means to a second position thereby 
communicating said conduit string with the annulus 
above said expanded annulus sealing means; 

injecting the desired liquids or semi-liquids into the conduit 
string in sufficient quantity to just fill the conduit string, 
while maintaining said valve means open between said 
conduit string and the annulus above said annulus sealing 
means; 

actuating said valve to said first position thereby communi- 
cating said conduit string with the formation below said 
annulus sealing means; 

injecting an additional amount of liquid or semiliquid mate- 
rial in the amount desired into said conduit string under 
pressure, into the annulus below said sealing means and 
into said formation; 

actuating said valve means to said second position to close 
communication between said conduit string and said 
annulus below said sealing means while maintaining said 
sealing means engaged against the borehole wall and 
without releasing pressure on said formation, said second 
position arranged to communicate said conduit string 
with the annulus above said sealing means; and 

injecting a displacement fluid into the annulus at the surface 
under pressure in sufficient quantities to flow down said 
annulus, through said passage means, said valve means, 
and up through said conduit means therby displacing the 
liquids in said conduit string. 



3,863,720 

ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE FUSIBLE LINK FOR A 
SPRINKLER HEAD 

Richard J. Young, 2131 S.W. 42. Oldahoma City. Okla. 73119 

Filed Mar. 13, 1974, Ser. no. 450,951 

Int. CI. A62c 37/18 

U.S. CI. 169-59 4 Claims 

1. An electrically actuated release for an individual sprin- 
kler head having a body including a cap normally closing an 
orifice axially aligned with a water deflector and having lever 
means interposed between the cap and water deflector with at 



least one portion of the lever means being separable from 
another portion to release the cap, the improvement compris- 
ing: 







lever connecting means including an electrically fusible 
strand normally preventing separating movement be- 
tween said lever means; and, 

an electrical circuit including a normally open switch con- 
necting a source of electrical energy to ground through 
said strand. 



3,863,721 

INERTIAL ORBITAL VIBRATING PLOW APPARATUS 

Louis Joseph Scerbo, Randolph Twp., Morris County, and 

William Wallace Wood, Jr., Denville, both of N.J., assignors 

to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Murray Hill, N.J. 

Filed July 16, 1973, Ser. No. 379,583 

Int. CI. E02f 5/02 

U.S. CI. 172-40 2 Claims 




1. An incrtial orbital vibrating plow apparatus for forming 
a trench in the soil comprising in combination: 

a mounting frame for receiving a force to move said appara- 
tus along a preselected direction of travel; 

a large inertia structural member having a center of rota- 
tion; 

a plowshare rigidly mounted to and depending from said 
member to contact said soil, said member and said plow- 
share having a combined mass center which is located to 
the rear of said rotation center with respect to said direc- 
tion of travel; 

suspension means for mounting said structural member 
within said frame in such a manner that said force is 
transmitted from said frame to said member while said 
frame is substantially isolated from motions of said mem- 
ber, said suspension means including: 

a torsion bar inserted through and having respective ends 
extending from said structural member, said bar being 
located to the rear of said rotation center with respect to 
said direction of travel and oriented substantially perpen- 
dicular to said direction; 



164 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



mounting blocks rigidly mounted on said respective ends, 
said blocks including shafts extending therefrom substan- 
tially in said direction of travel; 

a housing surrounding said blocks and adapted for connec- 
tion to said frame; 

bearing means in said housing into which said shafts extend, 
said bearing means allowing free movement of said shafts 
in said direction of travel and preventing movements in 
other directions; and 

resilient mounting means for mounting said blocks to said 
housing to permit relative movement therebetween in 
said direction of travel; and 

means for generating an orbital vibrating motion of said 
member about said center of rotation whereby said plow- 
share has an elliptical vibratory path with said path having 
a major axis inclined upwardly and forwardly with respect 
to said direction of travel. 



near to the bottom of said hole whereby said gases carry 
the debris upward out of said hole through the annular 



3,863,722 

MOTOR GRADER BLADE-SHIFTING HYDRAULIC 

ACTUATOR AND MOUNT THEREFOR 

Paul Edmund Hanser, Moline, III., and Thomas Edward 

Gebauer, Dubuque, Iowa, assignors to Deere & Company, 

Moline, III. 

Filed Dec. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 427,467 

Int. CI. E02f 3112 

U.S. CI. 172-795 5 Claims 




I. A motor grader blade assembly comprising: a support 
frame; an elongate blade having front and rear sides; mounting 
means securing said blade to said frame for substantially linear 
guided movement in the direction of the length of said blade; 
a linear actuator means being fixed to said frame adjacent said 
blade and including a unitary reciprocable rod means oriented 
for movement lengthwise of said blade and having opposite 
concurrently shiftable ends; connection means securing the 
opposite ends of said rod means to said blade and acting so as 
to maintain said rod means in tension during reciprocating 
movement and during times when an end portion of the blade 
is deflected rearwardly within predetermined limits. 



3,863,723 
HOLE DRILL AND DEBRIS CLEARANCE METHOD AND 

MEANS 

Charles S. Godfrey, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Physics Inter- 
national Company, San Leandro, Calif. 

Filed Jan. 23. 1974, Ser. No. 435,632 
Int. CI. E21b 19100; E21b 7100 

U.S. CI. 175-4.5 7 Claims 

1. In a system wherein a hole is excavated using a cannon 

which fires a frangible projectile by means of propcllant gases 

into said hole, the method of removing debris from the bottom 

of said hole, comprising 
emitting gases including propellant gases from said cannon 




space between the walls of said hole and the barrel of said 
cannon. 



3,863.724 

INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEM 

Nichola Dalia, Jr., 803 Smith St., Linden, N.J. 07036 

Filed Sept. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 398,964 

Int. CI. GOlg 3114 

U.S. CI. 177-25 12 Claims 




1. Apparatus for determining the amount of material dis- 
pensed from a container during at least first and second points 
in time, comprising, in combination: 
container support means for supporting at least one con- 
tainer of material to be dispensed, said container support 
means comprising a housing including a container sup- 
port surface which is at least partially flexible and is 
responsive to the weight of said container and the mate- 
rial therein, so that movement of said container support 
surface produced by said container and the material 
therein resting on said container support surface corre- 
sponds to the weight of said container and the material 
therein, 
transducer means mounted within said housing and respon- 
sive to movement of said container support surface for 
converting movement of said container support surface 
into a corresponding electrical signal, said electrical sig- 
nal corresponding to the weight of said container and the 
material therein, 
and conversion means responsive to said transducer means 
for sampling the signals provided thereby at first and 
second points in time and converting said electrical sig- 
nals into a useful format relating to the weight of material 
in said container during said first and second points in 
time and operating on said converted signals to determine 






February 4, 197 



\ 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



165 



the amount of material dispensed from said container 
between said first and second points in time. 



3,863,725 
CONVEYOR WEIGHING SCALE 
Stephen Henry Raynes, Aylesbury, England, assignor to Ar- 
thur Guinness Son and Company (Park Royal) Limited, 
London, England 

Filed June 1, 1973, Ser. No. 366,112 

Int. CL GOlg 13100 

U.S. CI. 177-52 5 Claims 




1. A weigh assembly for a conveyor which comprises a 
weigh device comprising at least two substantially parallel 
diaphragms secured in overlying and vertically spaced rela- 
tionship by rigid tubular support means, the diaphragms being 
substantially rigid in the planes of their extent and having a 
degree of flexibility in the direction normal to such planes; 
rigid coupling means located within the confines of said tubu- 
lar support means, said coupling means extending axially 
between and being secured to the diaphragms at positions 
remote from the support means and substantially centrally 
thereof; a substantially horizontal platform rigidly secured 
relative to one of said means and in substantially vertical 
alignment with that said means, said platform being intended 
to receive an article to be weighed, said article being locatable 
in any position over the surface of said platform; a measuring 
device responsive to relative vertical displacement of, or rela- 
tive vertical loading on. the one said means relative to the 
other said means as a result of an article being supported on 
the platform from which displacement or loading the weight 
of the article may be determined; and wherein said dia- 
phragms each have an array of radially extending reinforcing 
means thereon which are circumferentially spaced relative to 
the axis of the coupling means and provide localized stiffness 
in the diaphragms radially relative to said axis, each said 
reinforcing means having an elongated configuration and 
being located on its respective diaphragm with the larger 
dimension lying radially relative to said axis over the portion 
of the diaphragm between said support means and said con- 
necting means, 
said device being carried by a lift frame which is intended 
to be mounted with the platform underlying the con- 
veyor, and wherein lift means is provided to raise and 
lower the lift frame so that the platform of the weigh 
device when raised can receive thereon articles from the 
conveyor for weighing purposes. 



3,863,726 
TRACKED DRIVE FOR VEHICLES 
Roy E. O'Brien. 17834 Millar Rd., Mt. Clemens, Mich. 48043; 
Donald J. Leslie, 1310 N. Washington, Apt. No. 11, Royal 
Oak, Mich. 48067, and Michael R. Leslie, 1947 Robina 
Ave., Berkley, Mich. 48072 

Filed Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 353,599 

Int. CI. B62d 55104 

U.S. CI. 180-5 A 9 Claims 

I. A tracked drive for vehicles having a driven axle having 

a leaf spring structure connected thereto comprising an end- 



less ground-engaging track, a housing operativcly mounting 
said track, first sprocket means journaled in said housing 
operatively engaging the track for driving same, second 
sprocket means conncctiblc to the axle to be driven thereby, 
means drivingly connecting said first and second sprocket 




means, and means for connecting the tracked drive to a vehi- 
cle, said means for connecting the tracked drive to a vehicle 
including additional leaf spring means connected to the hous- 
ing, and structure for connecting said additional leaf spring 
means to the vehicle leaf spring means and vehicle driven axle. 



3,863,727 
SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR TRACKED VEHICLES 
Regis C. Michrina, Lansing, Mich., assignor to Allied Leisure, 
Inc., Lansing, Mich. 

Filed May 10, 1973, Ser. No. 358,884 

Int. CI. B62m 27100; B62d 55100 

U.S. CI. 180-5 R 7 Claims 




1. A suspension system for tracked vehicles comprising: 

two parallel spaced apart axles, at least one of said axles 
being driven; 

a lower frame element in spaced relation beneath said two 
axles; 

a pair of frame extenders, one depending from each of said 
fixed axles and supporting said lower frame, said extend- 
ers being equal in length and parallel to each other when 
connected to the fixed axles and said lower frame; 

an endless drive track supported internally on said fixed 
axles and said lower frame and driven by the driven one 
of said axles; and 

a variable compression spring means acting against the 
lower frame and said fixed axles whereby said lower 
frame is controllably depressible and extendable toward 
and away frdm said fixed axles in the manner of a parallel- 
ogram. 



3,863,728 
VEHICLE INSECT PROTECTION APPARATUS 
Theodor H. Mittendorf, Rte. 1 , Box 102, Tavares, Fla. 32778 
Filed Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 414,204 
Int. CI. B60k y//02 
U.S. CI. 180-68 P 5 Claims 

1. An insect protection apparatus for moving vehicles com- 
prising in combination: 



166 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



a. an adjustable screen means removably attachable to the 
front of a vehicle for preventing insects from passing 
therethrough onto the front end of said vehicle, said 
screen means having a plurality of panels, each panel 
having a frame and being adjustable relative to each other 
panel whereby said screen means can be adjusted for 
different vehicles; 

b. a deflector shield attached to said screen means and 
having a deflector surface for directing air currents and 
insects away from a vehicle windshield; 

c. a plurality of brace members attached to said adjustable 
screen means for engaging the front end of a vehicle to 
provide support for said apparatus; 

d. attachment means for attaching said adjustable screen 
means to the front of a vehicle, said attachment means 




to said upper and lower edges; a first longitudinal door nor- 
mally located in a closed position wherein it is vertically dis- 
posed beside and outwardly of a lower portion of said baffle 
plate and cooperate therewith to form a downwardly and 
inwardly directed passage leading to the engine compartment, 
said first door being pivotally mounted, adjacent to lower edge 
thereof, to said door support means for vertical swinging 
movement about a first horizontal, longitudinal axis from said 
closed position to an open position; a second longitudinal door 
normally located in a closed position wherein it is vertically 
disposed beside and outwardly of an upper portion of said 







including means for attaching one portion of said adjust- 
able screen means to the tire well of a vehicle with flexi- 
ble members and means for attaching a second portion of 
said screen means to the front of a vehicle with at least 
one rigid bracket; 

e. said screen means including a horizontal grooved frame 
member for the bottom portion of the screen panel to fit 
into and a pair of vertically extending frame members 
attached to at least one panel member, said vertically 
extending frame members having said deflector shield 
attached thereto; and 

{. the top portion of said panels being held together by the 
overlapping portion of said panels and an overlapping 
portion of said deflector shield and said vertically extend- 
ing frame members having a portion extending over the 
top of said screen panels. 



3,863,729 
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SIDE SHIELD STRUCTURE 
Cy William Von Fummetti, and David Dennis Latham, both of 
Dubuque, Iowa, assignors to Deere & Company, Moline, III. 
Filed Apr. 19, 1974, S«r. No. 462,587 
Int. CI. B62d 25/10 
U.S. CI. 180—69 R 3 Claims 

1. In an industrial vehicle of a type including a longitudinal 
frame supported on rotatable ground-engaging means, an 
engine mounted on the frame and located in an engine com- 
partment bounded at top and upper side portions by a hood, 
at bottom and lower side portions by said frame and at oppo- 
site intermediate side portions by a pair of side shield struc- 
tures extending between said frame and said hood, the im- 
provement comprising: at least one of the side shield struc- 
tures including a longitudinal upright door support means 
fixed to said frame and extending upwardly alongside said 
engine between the frame and hood; said support means in- 
cluding a baffle plate having upper and lower horizontal longi- 
tudinally extending edges respectively spaced below and 
above said hood and frame and inwardly from a bend line 
located substantially halfway between and extending parallel 



baffle plate including said upper edge and cooperates there- 
with to define an upwardly and inwardly directed passage 
leading to the engine compartment; and said second door 
being pivotally mounted, adjacent a lower edge thereof, to 
said door support means for vertical swinging movement 
about a second horizontal, longitudinal axis from said closed 
position to an open position; latching means for releasably 
latching said first and second doors in their closed positions; 
and said first and second doors cooperating with said baffle 
plate to block manual access to the compartment when said 
doors are in their closed positions. 



3,863,730 
ANTI-SKID CONTROL DEVICE FOR VEHICLES WITH 

CLUTCH RELEASING 
Hisato Wakamatsu; Noriyoshi Ando, and Kazu Majima, all of 
Kariya, ..'apan, assignors to Nippon Denso Company Lim- 
ited, Kariya-shi, Aichi-ken, Japan 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 61,407, Aug. 5, 1970, 
abandoned, and a continuation of Ser. Nos. 808,596, March 
19, 1969, abandoned, and Ser. No. 829,901, June 3, 1969, Pat. 
No. 3,653,726. This application Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 

119,311 
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 22, 1968, 43- 
26923; June 3, 1968, 43-37904; June 6, 1968, 43-38879; Oct. 
31, 1968, 43-79445; Jan. 11, 1969, 44-2177 

Int. CI. B60t 8/08 
U.S. CI. 180-82 R 32 Claims 

1. An anti-skid control arrangement for vehicles having a 
wheel braking system and a cooperating braking force releas- 
ing means and a motor-wheel clutch comprising; 
clutch releasing means, 

means for automatically energizing said braking force re- 
leasing means upon sensing wheel angular deceleration 
exceeding a predetermined value to effect automatic 
releasing of said braking force at least until said decelera- 
tion decreases to said predetermined value, 
means operative at least upon the condition that said ener- 
gizing means is operative, for automatically actuating said 



II 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



167 



clutch releasing means to effect automatic releasing of 
said clutch, and 
means operable by said energizing means and upon sensing 
substantially zero wheel speed for maintaining said ener- 




gizing means operative as aforesaid and for at least condi- 
tionally operating said actuating means to cause said 
clutch to be released by said clutch releasing means as 
aforesaid. 



3,863,731 
•INSTRUMENT PANEL SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION 

OF VEHICLES 
Ichiro Suzuki, Toyota, and Fumio Sugiura, Nisshin-cho, both 
of Japan, assignors to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki 
kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan 

Filed Aug. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 390,787 
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 19, 1973, 48-44324 
Int. CI. B60k 37/00 
U.S. CI. 180-90 5 Claims 



y^7-'^ 



^j'- 




1. In an instrument panel supporting construction for a 
vehicle comprising first supporting means for hanging a por- 
tion of an instrument panel onto a cowl panel of the vehicle 
body, and second supporting means for supporting a steering 
column assembly of the vehicle on the vehicle body, 

the improvement wherein said first supporting means com- 
prises a pair of struts for independently hanging the bot- 
tom portions of said instrument panel separated at the left 
and right sides of said steering column assembly from said 
cowl panel and said second supporting means comprises 
a first and a second supporting members for supporting 
said steering column assembly from said cowl panel and 
a dash panel of the \^ehicle body. 



3,863,732 
FLEXIBLE SKIRT ASSEMBLIES FOR FLUID CUSHION 

SUPPORTED VEHICLES 
Peter Rowland Crewe, Newport, Isle of Wight, England, as- 
signor to British Hovercraft Corporation Limited, Westland 
Works, Veouil, Somerset, England 

Filed Jan. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 322,178 
Claims priority, applkation Great Britain, Jan. 12, 1972, 
1439/72 I 

I'lnt. CL B60v 1/16 
U.S. CI. 180-124 13 Claims 

1. In a vehicle which receives support from at least one 
pressurized fluid cushion, a flexible skirt assembly for forming 



part of the cushion sealing means of the vehicle, wherein the 
skirt assembly includes a horizontal inflatable flexible cylindri- 
cal member which in operation of the vehicle is supported 
below rigid structure of the vehicle by arcuate inflatable flexi- 
ble tubular members, and a flexible impermeable sealing 
curtain which in operation has one edge attached to the un- 




derside of rigid structure of the vehicle and is supported 
against forces generated by fluid cushion pressure by the 
horizontal inflatable flexible cylindrical member and the arcu- 
ate inflatable flexible tubular members, said flexible skirt 
assembly being fitted beneath the vehicle across the aft end so 
that the arcuate members are substantially parallel to the 
longitudinal axis of the vehicle. 



3,863,733 
EXHAUST SILENCER FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION 

ENGINE 
Charles J. Raudman, Jr., Newhall, and Clyde W. Robertson, El 
Monte, both of Calif., assignors to Skyway Machine, Inc., 
San Fernando, Calif. 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 240,633, April 3, 1972, 
abandoned. This application Aug. 24, 1973, Ser. No. 391,225 

Int. CI. FOln 1/04 
U.S. CI. 181—42 8 Claims 




1. An exhaust silencer for receiving an exhaust stream from 
a combustion engine comprising: 

a housing adapted to be connected to receive said exhaust 
stream; 

an open ended core mounted in said housing with an open 
space formed between the outer wall of the core and the 
inner wall of the housing, said space including first and 
second portions, said second space portion having a sub- 
stantially greater longitudinal extent than said first por- 
tion, said core having a plurality of inwardly extending 
louvers formed along the longitudinal extent of said core 
and circumferentially thereabout, the openings of all of 
said louvers facing towards the direction of flow of said 
exhaust stream, said louvers having curved surfaces ta- 
pered in the direction from which said exhaust stream 
flows; and 

sound absorbing material substantially filling only said sec- 
ond space portion, thereby impeding the flow of gas 
through the louvers to said second portion; 

the curved tapered surfaces of said louvers operating to 
shape the sound waves so as to create a low pressure 
barrier which tends to attenuate the sound energy. 



168 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,734 
MIFFLER FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES 
Julian S. Pawlina, Elkhart, Ind., assignor to Tecumseh Prod- 
ucts Company, Tecumseh, Mich. 
Continuation of Ser. No. 300,842, Oct. 25, 1972,. This 
application Jan. 14, 1974, Ser. No. 433,115 
Int. CI. FOln 1108 
U.S. CI. 181—49 20 Claims 




1. A muffler comprising, a closed chamber having an ex- 
haust inlet adjacent one end. an exhaust outlet adjacent the 
other end, a first outer wall portion with said exhaust inlet 
therein and at least two spaced mounting holes extending 
therethrough adjacent said exhaust inlet adapted to receive 
bolts for mounting said muffler on an engine, and a second 
outer wall portion axially spaced from and generally opposed 
to said first outer wall portion with second mounting holes 
therethrough coaxial with said first-mentioned mounting 
holes, a one-piece baffle member having two spaced perforate 
panel portions integrally interconnected by a bight portion, 
said baffle member being fixed in said chamber between said 
inlet and outlet and oriented therein with said panel portions 
spaced apart in the direction of gas flow through said chamber 
to divide said chamber into at least three compartments 
through which exhaust gases pass, and a one-piece spacer 
member received in said chamber immediately adjacent said 
exhaust inlet such that at least a portion of the exhaust gases 
from the inlet pass therethrough before passing through said 
baffle member, said one-piece spacer member having spacer 
tubes extending between said coaxial first and second mount- 
ing holes and a perforate portion extending between and 
rigidly interconnecting said spacer tubes. 



3,863,735 

INDOOR ESCAPE DEVICE 

Hiromitsu Naka, No. 39, Oaza Shinmachi, Yashio-cho, Minami 

Saitama-gun, Saitama-ken, Japan 

Division of Ser. No. 124,034, March 15, 1971, Pat. No. 

3,768,593. This application Aug. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 388,446 

Int. CI. E06c 1156 
U.S. CI. 182-81 3 Claims 




I. An escape system to be positioned between the floor of 
one story of a building and the ceiling of a story below the first 
«vmentioned story, said system comprising: 

an escape means including a first frame means adapted to 
be positioned at one end of a hole formed between a slab 
of the floor of said one story and the slab of the ceiling of 
said storv below said first mentioned story, and a second 



frame means adapted to be positioned at the other end of 
said hole; 

a cover member positioned over each of said frames for 
closing the hole when the system is not in use. each of said 
cover members being pivotally mounted to its respective 
frame means; 

means operatively connecting said cover members to each 
other so that when the cover member positioned over said 
first frame means is opened, the other cover member 
opens automatically, said means connecting said cover 
members together comprising a spring biased lever and 
I an abutment means, said lever being biased toward the 
opening direction of the cover member positioned over 
said first frame means and said abutment means being 
mounted on said other cover member, said lever engaging 
both said abutment means and said cover member posi- 
tioned over said first frame means when said cover mem- 
bers are closed, whereby when said first mentioned cover 
member is opened, said lever moves away from said 
abutment means releasing said other cover member; and 
an escape unit secured within or adjacent said escape 
means and adapted to extend through at least part of said 
escape means when said cover members are open for use 
by the evacuee in passing through said escape means. 



3,863,736 
HELICOPTER-MOUNTABLE LANDING PLATFORM AND 
WORK SCAFFOLD AND METHOD OF PLACING SAME IN 

OPERATING POSITION 
Roy J. McWilliams, Pomona, N.Y., assignor to Decair Helicop- 
ters, Inc., Spring Valley, N.Y. 

Filed May 31, 1973, Ser. No. 365,713 

Int. CI. E04g 3108 

U.S. CI. 182-150 II Claims 




1. A landing platform and work scaffold adapted to be 
positioned on a pole structure by a helicopter or the like 
comprising: 

a scaffold for supporting one or more persons; 

means mounted on said scaffold enabling said scaffold to be 
suspended from a helicopter; 

means mounted on said scaffold for engaging a pole struc- 
ture to support said scaffold at the top of the pole struc- 
ture when said scaffold is lowered onto the pole structure; 
and 

a landing platform mounted on top of said scaffold in a 
position to provide clearance between the top of the pole 
structure and the rotor of a hovering helicopter touching 
said landing platform, said landing platform being of a 
size to permit one or more persons to step directly from 
the cabin of a hovering helicopter onto said landing plat- 
form when said scaffold is supported at the top of the pole 
structure. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



169 



3,863,737 

LUBRICATING OIL SUPPLYING APPARATUS FOR 
STERN TUBE BEARING 
Minoru Kakihara, Okayama, Japan, assignor to Mitsui Ship- 
building and Engineering Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed May 14, 1973, Ser. No. 359,667 
Claims priority, application Japan, May 19, 1972, 47-50103 
Int. CL F16c 171 10 
U.S. CI. 308-122 I Claim 




3,863,738 

COMBINED DRAINING AND BRAKE ADJUSTMENT 
MEANS FOR A BAND BRAKE ASSEMBLY 
Gerald F. Moltoy, Aurora, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor 
Co., Peoria, III. 

Filed Feb. 1, 1974, Ser. No. 438,597 

Int. CI. F16d 57/04 

U.S. CL 188-77 R 7 Claims 



« -SS 2S 20 SI 




1. In a band brake assembly, at least partially enclosed by 
a housii^. comprising a rotatable drum, a flexible band having 
a lining secured internally thereon to at Jeast partially circum- 
vent said drum for selective frictional engagement therewith 
and actuating means operatively connected to said band to 
selectively clamp and frictionally engage said lining with said 
drum, the invention comprising combined draining and brake 



adjustment means comprising a drain plug removably 
mounted exteriorly on a bottom wall of said housing and brake 
adjustment means comprising a screw threadably mounted on 
said drain plug to dispose an adjustement end thereof interi- 
orly of said housing in close proximity to said band to insure 
uniform braking contact between said lining and said drum 
and rclcasable locking means for selectively locking said 
screw relative to said drain plug. 



3,863,739 
RETARDER CONTROL 
Robert H. Schaefer, Westfield, and Carl A. Lcntz, Mooresville, 
both of Ind., assignors to General Motors Corporation, De- 
troit, Mich. 

Filed Oct. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 408,277 

Int. CL F16d 57102 

U.S. CL 188-296 20 Claims 



1. A lubricated stern tube bearing assembly, comprising: a 
bearing, a stern tube surrounding said bearing, a shaft extend- 
ing through said stern tube and rotatably mounted in said 
bearing, sealing means associated with said shaft at opposite 
end of said stern tube for cooperating with said bearing and 
stern tube to define a fore lubricant reservoir at one end of 
said bearing and an aft lubricant reservoir at the other end of 
said bearing, passage means for flowing lubricant through said 
tube and along said bearing and to the aft reservoir from a 
location adjacent said fore reservoir, a plurality of peripheral- 
ly-spaced lubricant grooves extending longitudinally in said 
assembly between said bearing and said tube for providing 
fluid communication between said reservoirs, said bearing 
having a plurality of apertures providing fluid communication 
between said lubricant grooves and said shaft, and means 
providing a lubricant outlet from said fore reservoir, whereby 
lubricant supplied to the aft reservoir returns through the 
grooves to the fore reservoir while lubricating and cooling the 
bearing. 











1 j^^WWg .. 









«^*BOe<« OFF 



1. In a hydrodynamic rctarder, a stator chamber having 
stator blades, an inlet connected to a radial inner portion and 
an outlet connected to a radial outer portion, a rotor rotatably 
mounted in said stator chamber and pumping fluid from said 
inlet to said outlet during rotor rotation; cooler means includ- 
ing an inlet and an outlet and providing a pressure drop there- 
between; a sump; source means connected to said sump and 
said cooler means supplying fluid from said sump under pres- 
sure to said cooler means; a low pressure regulator valve 
connected to said cooler outlet to regulate cooler outlet pres- 
sure at a low value and exhaust excess fluid to said sump; 
retarder on off valve means operative in off position to con- 
nect said retarder outlet and retarder inlet to exhaust and in 
on position connecting said retarder outlet to said cooler inlet 
and said cooler outlet to said retarder inlet; retarder pressure 
regulator valve means connected to said retarder inlet and 
said retarder outlet and having biasing means including pian- 
ual control means movable from a retarder off position to a 
full retarding demand position for increasing retarding de- 
mand and outlet pressure responsive control means connected 
to said retarder outlet; said biasing means operative in re- 
sponse to said manual control means increasing retarding 
demand to increase the force of said biasing means and to 
decrease the force of the biasing means as a function of re- 
tarder outlet pressure and said regulator valve means regulat- 
ing said retarder inlet pressure at increasing pressure values as 
a function of increasing bias force to provide retarder torque 
increasing with retarding demand and increased with speed at 
a rate reduced with increasing speed. 



170 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,740 
SEAL FOR HYDRAULIC DAMPER 
George Kinman, Birmingham, England, assignor to Girling 
Limited, Birmingham, England 

Filed May 30, 1972, Ser. No. 257,520 , 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 2, 1971, 
18700/71 

Int. CI. F16f 5100. 9/36 
U.S. CI. 188-322 3 Claims 




1. In a twin tube hydraulic damper including a cylindrical 
reservoir tube of permanently deformable metal the invention 
which comprises a rod seal housing adapted to receive a rod 
seal for sealing the piston rod of said damper, said housing 
being located in said tube and being of a cold deformable 
plastic material normally having an upper outer annular edge 
of approximately 90°, said tube having an end portion rolled 
over into direct engagement with said seal housing to deform 
said edge and maintain said edge deformed to form a liquid 
tight seal at said deformed edge between said tube and said 
housing without the interposition of a separate sealing gasket. 



3,863,741 
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR WINDING POWER SUPPLY 

CABLE 
Yoshiji Mitsuishi, Midori-ku, Yoiiohama, and Toru Aihara, 
Sagamihara, both of Japan, assignors to Caterpillar Mit- 
subishi Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Apr. 15, 1974, Ser. No. 460,776 
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 13, 1973,48-43774 
Int. CI. H02g U/00 
U.S. CI. 191— 12.2 A 3 Claims 




1. Control system for winding and unwinding a power sup- 
ply cable for an electric-powered earthmoving or construction 
machine, comprising a reel assembly for winding the cable, a 
three-phase induction torque motor mechanically connected 
to drive said reel assembly, first contact means of connecting 
the torque motor to a three-phase AC electric source by a 
delta connection type, said contact means of connecting said 
torque motor to said three-phase AC electric source by a Y- 
connection type and a control circuit arranged to be actuated 
with changeover means for directional control of the machine, 
for alternately and selectively actuating the first and second 
contact means whereby said torque motor is connected to the 
electric source by the Y-connection type when the machine 
moves forward and by the delta connection type when it 
moves backward. 



3,863,742 
RETAINER FOR OVERRUNNING CLUTCH 
J. Russell Elmore, New Hartford, and Gerard William Gehrke, 
Litchfield, both of Conn., assignors to The Torrington Com- 
pany, Torrington, Conn. 

Filed Aug. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 386,612 

Int. CI. F16d 15100, 41/06 

U.S. CI. 192-45 19 Claims 




1. A retainer for an overrunning clutch having an outer 
member and an inner member of less outside diameter than 
the inside diameter of the outer member with one of said 
members having a cam surface and rolling members in the 
space between the outer member and the inner member com- 
prising: 
a pair of longitudinally spaced rims; 

and at least one resilient spring bar member directly inter- 
connecting the rims, said resilient spring bar member 
having a portion adapted to be engaged by a rolling mem- 
ber when the retainer and rolling members are assembled 
in the outer member with the inner member installed to 
flex said spring bar member circumferentially thereby 
causing a spring bias to be exerted against the rolling 
members and the spaced rims to move axially. 



3,863,743 

SUBASSEMBLY FOR MAGNETIC FRICTION COUPLING 
Robert D. Rule, Rockford, III., assignor to Warner Electric 
Brake & Clutch Company, South Beloit, III. 

Filed Oct. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 403,931 

Int. CI. F16d 27110 

U.S. CI. 192-84 C 7 Claims 




/ 
1. A subassembly for a magnetic friction coupling and com- 
prising a frame member adapted to be fixed axially and radi- 
ally with respect to a rotatable shaft, an annular magnet mem- 
ber fixed axially and radially with respect to said frame mem- 
ber, a rotor telescoped with and rotatable relative to said 
magnet member and adapted to be telescoped with and an- 
chored to said shaft, there being a bearingless fit and radial 
clearance between all telescoped parts of said magnet member 
and said rotor so as to permit radial floating of said rotor 
relative to said magnet member prior to telescoping of said 
rotor with said shaft, and means coacting between said rotor 
and one of said axially and radially fixed members to locate 
said rotor axially relative to said magnet member without 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



171 



preventing said radial floating of said rotor relative to said 
magnet member, saiit-mcans comprising a flange projecting 
radially from one of said rotor and said one axially and radially 
fixed member, and a groove extending circumferentially 
around and opening radially from the other of said rotor and 
said one axially and radially fixed member and receiving said 
flange with radial clearance. 



3,863,744 
STEERING CLUTCH ACTUATING SYSTEM 
John W. Bridwell, Peoria; Conard E. Leighty, Metamora, and 
John G. Wellwood, Peoria, all of III., assignors to Caterpillar 
Tractor Co., Peoria, III. 

Filed Sept. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 285,925 

int. CL F16d 25/08 

U.S. CL 192-91 R 3 Claims 




1. In a track-type vehicle having a steering clutch for selec- 
tively discontinuing power transmission to a track of said 
vehicle; yoke means associatd with said clutch for disengaging 
said clutch when disposed in a first predetermined position 
and for engaging said clutch when disposed in a second prede- 
termined position, actuator means connected to an externally 
accessible portion of said vehicle for moving said yoke means 
toward said first predetermined posit-on, single rod means 
connected between said yoke means and said actuator means 
for transmitting actuator forces to said yoke means for move- 
ment thereof, said single rod means being connected between 
said actuator means and said yoke means by means of spheri- 
cal joints movably mounted within sockets in said actuator 
means and in said yoke means, said actuator means including 
a fluid motor having a piston which receives a portion of said 
single rod means therein, said piston being mounted within a 
fluid-tight cylinder having a pressure chamber therein directly 
*communicating with a portion of said piston and wherein a 
fluid bleed port is provided in said cylinder which communi- 
cates said pressure chamber with the exterior of said cylinder, 
said bleed port being accessible from the exterior of said 
vehicle, said actuator means including a flange member which 
is directly connected to said externally accessible portion of 
said vehicle by means of readily removable fastening means 
and wherein upon removal of said fastening means from said 
flange member said actuator means may be removed from said 
vehicle, said externally accessible portion of said vehicle in- 
cluding an access ^p^ning having a dimension greater than 
that of a portion of said fluid-tight cylinder, said flange mem- 
ber being attached to said fluid-tight cylinder externally of 
said access opening while said portion of said fluid-tight cylin- 
der is disposed within said access opening, said fluid-tight 
cylinder being removable through said access opening upon 
removal of said fastening means. 



3,863,745 
CAM OPERATED CLUTCHES WITH AUTOMATIC LOCK 
Jeremy Joseph Fry, Bath, England, assignor to Rotork Lim- 
ited, Lower Weston, Bath, Somerset, England 

Filed Mar. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 339,712 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 23, 1972, 
13630/72 

Int. CI. FIM 11/04 
U.S. CI. 192-93 R 10 Claims 




1. In a drive mechanism which has an output shaft, power 
means for rotating the output shaft, and means for manually 
rotating the output shaft, an annular clutch member non- 
rotatably mounted on the output shaft and having bearing 
surfaces slideable axially thereon operably connecting the 
output shaft to said manually rotating means and said power 
means, a clutch ring on said clutch member, a clutch actuator 
associated with said clutch member and engaging said clutch 
ring, resilient means for urging the clutch member away from 
the manually rotating means, said actuator being rotatable 
about an axis which is perpendicular to the axis of the clutch 
member for moving said clutch member axially against said 
resilient means for operably connecting the output shaft to the 
manually means, one of the engaging surfaces of the clutch 
ring and actuator being shaped as a cam surface sloping to- 
wards the axis of said shaft whereby the force exerted on the 
clutch member against said resilient means by the actuator as 
it is rotated is applied at a constant angle relative to the center 
line of the clutch member and always intereacts the shaft 
within the length of said bearing surfaces so as to prevent 
jamming between the clutch member and the output shaft. 



3,863,746 

CENTRIFUGALLY BALANCED ROTATING CLUTCH 
Gunter W. Schuiz, Peoria, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor 

Co., Peoria, III. 

Filed Mar. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 346,648 

Int. CI. F16d 25/063 

U.S. CI. 192-106 F 1 Claim 

1. In a fluid operated rotary clutch having rotatable clutch 
discs and plates which are movable into frictional engagement 
for engaging said clutch and movable out of frictional engage- 
ment for disengaging said clutch and having fluid pressure 
responsive actuating means for selectively engaging and disen- 
gaging said clutch; balance means for negating the effect of 
centrifugally generated fluid pressure upon said actuating 
means, said actuating means including first separate actuator 
piston means movable in response to fluid pressure for causing 
said discs and plates to engage said clutch, said balance means 
including second separate balance piston means connected to 
and movable with said actuator piston means, said actuator 
piston means and said balance piston means being housed 
respectively within separate first and second axially spaced 
aligned chambers having substantially equal cross-sectional 
areas and being separated by an annular radial wall, said first 
and second aligned chambers being annular and the inner and 
outer radii of each of said first and second chambers being 
respectively equal, said actuating means further including a 
source of high pressure actuating fluid and communication 
means for selectively communicating said high-pressure fluid 
to said first chamber and for selectively venting said first 
chamber, said separate first and second aligned annular cham- 



172 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



/ 



bers being separated by said annular radial wall, said wall 
being transpierced by at least one axial bore, and rod means 
slidably extending through said at least one axial bore and 
interconnecting said separate actuator piston means and said 
separate balance piston means for unitary axial movement 
thereof, said balance means further including spring means 
disposed between said annular radial wall and said balance 
piston means for urging said balance piston means axially 
away from said annular radial wall, said balance means further 
including a source of low-pressure fluid and further communi- 
cation means for selectively communicating said low-pressure 
fluid to said second chamber and for venting fluid therefrom. 







said fluid operated rotary clutch further including an annular 
output gear for providing clutch output torque, and said first 
and second aligned annular chambers being disposed concen- 
trically within said annular output gear, said fluid operated 
rotary clutch receiving input torque from a first shaft and said 
further communication means including a second passageway 
formed within and extending axially along said first shaft, 
cooling means for supplying cooling fluid to said discs and 
plates, said cooling means including a radial passage in com- 
munication with said second passageway formed within said 
first shaft and receiving coolant fluid from said source of 
low-pressure fluid. 



3,863,747 

FRICTION DISC ASSEMBLY FOR A FRICTION 

COUPLING 

Karl>Heinz Werner, and Karl-Heinz Dotter, both of Schwein- 

furt am Main, Germany, assignors to Fichtel & Sachs AG, 

Schweinfurt am Main, Germany 

Filed July 30, 1973, Ser. No. 383,614 
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 3, 1972, 287286 
Int. CI. F16d 3/14, 47/02 
CI. 192-106.2 11 Claims 

A coupling disc assembly for a friction coupling compris- 



U.S 
1 

ing: 
a 



a hub unit including a tubular hub member having an axis, 
and a flange member projecting from said hub member in 
a radially outward direction; 

a disc unit including a first radial disc member and a 
second radial disc member coaxially movable relative to 
said hub unit and offset from said flange member in oppo- 
site axial directions, and a plurality of spacer members 
fixedly connecting said disc members for joint movement; 

c. first yieldably resilient means operatively interposed 
between said units for angularly biasing said disc unit 
toward an angular rest position relative to said hub unit; 

d. an annular damper element coaxially movable relative 
to said units; 



e. second yieldably resilient means operatively interposed 
between said disc unit and said element for angularly 
biasing said element toward an angular rest position rela-" 
tivc to said disc unit; 

f. cooperating abutment means on said element and on said 
hub unit engageable for limiting angular displacement of 
said element relative to said hub unit; 

g. first brake means for impeding angular movement of said 
element relative to said hub unit between said rest posi- 
tion of the clement and a position of abutting engagement 
of said abutment means, said first brake means including 
1 . spring means operatively interposed between said 
flange member and one of said disc members for biasing 
said one disc member axially away from said flange mcm- 



V26 



-25 



ber and for thereby biasing the other disc member toward 
said flange member, 

2. motion transmitting means operatively connecting said 
element to said other disc member for joint axial move- 
ment when said other disc member moves toward said 
flange member under the biasing force of said spring 
means, and 

3. friction means axially interposed between said element 
and said flange member for simultaneous engagement 
with said element and said flange member; 

. second brake means interposed between said disc unit 
and said element for frictionally impeding angular move- 
ment of said element relative to said disc unit; and 
friction facing on a radially outer circumferential portion 
of said first disc member. 



3,863,748 
SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM 
Richard Dale Trezise, Fremont, Calif., assignor to The Singer 
Company, New York, N.Y. 

Filed Nov. 14, 1973, Ser. No. 415,887 

Int. CI. B41j 5/22 

U.S. CI. 197— 107 4 Claims 




1. In combination with a manual keyboard with manual keys 



February 4. 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



173 



dcpressible relative to a keyboard mounting plate, a shift lock 
key mechanism comprising: 

a manually actuatabic shift key positioned in the keyboard; 
a manually actuatable lock key positioned adjacent to the 
shift key; 

a stem on said shift key being substantially identical with a 
stem on the locking key; 

means mounted between said keys and engageable by said 
shift key stem and said lock key stem so as to hold said 
shift key depressed when said lock key is depressed, said 
means comprising a bellcrank having a latch arm and a 
release arm, said release arm being engageable by said 
shift key and said latch arm being engageable by said lock 
key, said lock arm further being positioned to engage said 
lock key stem when the latter is depressed, and 

means engaging said shift key so as to depress said shift key 
upon depression of said lock key. 



3,863,749 

SPOOLLESS RIBBON CARTRIDGE WITH LIFT AND 
FEED FEATURES COMBINED 
Donald S. Perry, Los Altos, Calif.; Wyland L. Fowler, Green; 
Richard E. Shattuck, and Hans W. Mueller, both of Cort- 
land, all of N.Y.. assignors to SCM Corporation, New York. 
N.Y. 
Division of Ser. No. 259,766, June 5, 1972. This application 
Apr. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 351,694 
Int. CL B41j 33/14 
U.S. CI. 197-151 5 Claims 







2, In a printing machine of the type having: 

1. at least one print element; 

2. means for mounting a ribbon in the printing machine, the 
ribbon mounting means having projecting members to 
hold a portion of the ribbon between the projecting mem- 
bers; 

3. a first bell crank pivotally mounted in the printing ma- 
chine and engaging the ribbon mounting means; 
a cam follower; 

means for connecting the cam follower to the first bell 
crank; 

means for imparting motion; 
a cam connected to the motion imparting means and 

engaged by the cam follower to oscillate the projecting 
members to move the portion of the ribbon held by the 
projecting members from a home position to a print 
position for impact by the print element to print on a 
record medium; and 

8. a rotor in contact with the ribbon; wherein the improve- 
ment comprises: 

a second bell crank having a cam arm and a pawl arm and 
pivotally connected to the first bell crank, the cam arm of 
the second bell crank having a cam slot engaging a stud 
in the printing machine and the pawl arm of the second 
bell crank positioned to engage the rotor to feed the 
ribbon during oscillation of the projecting members. 



3,863,750 

DEVICE FOR FORMING PAIRS OF AXIALLY ALIGNED 

CIGARETTES WITH AN INTERPOSED DOUBLE FILTER 

Filippo Giatti, Bologna, Italy, assignor to AMF Incorporated. 

White Plains, N.Y. 

Filed Jan. 31, 1973, Ser. No. 328,493 

Int. CI. B65g 47/00 

U.S. CI. 198-20 C 9 Claims 




cm 



1. A device for continuously moving rod-like articles in an 
orderly manner and for reorienting the articles being moved, 
comprising: 

means for providing a linear path for a row of rod-like 
articles disposed end to end in axial alignment and ad- 
vancing in an axial direction along said linear path; 

means for receiving pairs of said articles in spaced axial 
alignment substantially parallel to the linear path with the 
interspace between the spaced ends of the articles of each 
pair being of predetermined length, and for moving said 
pairs of articles in a direction lateral to their axes; 

means for transferring pairs of said articles from the row 
advancing along the linear path to said receiving means; 
. said receiving and transferring means each being pro- 
vided with controlled vacuum means for selecti%cly hold- 
ing said pairs of articles while being moved thereby; and 
means for providing rod-like members to said receiving 
means each being positioned in axial alignment in the 
interspace between a spaced pair of said rod-like articles. 



3,863,751 
FEEDING DEVICES FOR TEXTILE MACHINES 
Louis Vignon, Geneva, Switzerland, assignor to Heberlein 
Hispano S.A., Vernier-Geneva, Switzerland 

Filed Feb. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 333,472 
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Feb. 25, 1972, 
64841 

Int. CI. B65g 47/52 
U.S. CI. 198-27 9 Claims 




1. In apparatus for feeding empty bobbins each having a 
head at one end, to a bobbin changing device including spaced 
bobbin gripping means and means for advancing same, means 
for orienting bobbins for engagement of the heads by the 



174 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



gripping means, bobbin carrying means mounted for pivotal 
movement between first and second positions and adapted to 
receive oriented bobbins from said orienting means when in 
said first position, drive means pivoting said carrying means to 
said second position to effect presentation of said bobbin 
heads to the advancing gripping means, means for urging the 
pivot axis of said carrying means in a direction to complete 
presentation of the bobbins to the gripping means at the end 
of the excursion of said carrying means from said first to 
second position, and retaining means rendering said urging 
means ineffective until said carrying means approaches its 
second position. 



3,863,752 

SUPPORT UNIT FOR A MOBILE BELT CONVEYOR 

John R. Sibley, 401 Circle St., Franklin, Pa. 16323 

Filed Feb. 5, 1973, S«r. No. 329,629 

Int. CI. B65g 41/00 

U.S. CI. 198-109 13 Claims 




1. A conveyor train comprising: a scries of support sections 
having portions cooperable to support a horizontally flexible 
conveyor belt to permit conveying of material along a gener- 
ally horizontal elongated path; said support sections pivotally 
connected and relatively movable to vary the configuration of 
said path; adjacent portions of at least certain ones of said 
support sections having belt supporting means carried thereby 
and means mounting said belt supporting means for move- 
ment transversely and horizontally of said path; and connect- 
ing means connecting said adjacent sections and said belt 
supporting means to move said belt supporting means in said 
transverse and horizontal manner upon said relative move- 
ment of said certain ones of said support sections. 



3,863,753 
CHUCK APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CONTAINERS 

BY THE FINISH PORTION THEREOF 
Herbert C. Shank, Jr., Lancaster, Ohio, assignor to Anchor 
Hocking Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio 

Filed May 10, 1973, Ser. No. 358,864 
Int. CI. B65g 19/00 
U.S.CL 198-179 6 Claims 

1. Apparatus for supporting a container in a vertical posi- 
tion by a finish portion thereof comprising, in combination, 
a chuck assembly comprising: 
a spindle. 

means for mounting said spindle vertically, 
a chuck body carried by said spindle, 
a plurality of chuck jaws mounted by said body for pivotal 
movement about horizontal axes, between a radially 
outward open position and a radially inward closed posi- 
tion, said jaws being so shaped that when in said closed 
position in use they form a substantially closed mask 
about the finish portion of a container supported by the 
chuck assembly, 
and an annular sleeve shiftable along said spindle and oper- 
ative to engage and cam said jaws to pivot about the 
horizontal axes thereof from said open position to said 
closed position. 



each said jaw including a lip portion adapted to engage said 
finish portion when in said closed position so that said 
Jaws support said container. 

the mounting of each said jaw for pivotal movement being 
such that each jaw is biased by the force of gravity to 







pivot from said closed position outwardly toward said 
open position when said sleeve is out of engagement 
therewith; 
vertically movable means for shifting said sleeve along said 
spindle into and out of closing engagement with said jaws, 
and support means for said vertically movable means. 



3,863,754 

FLAT WIRE CONVEYOR BELT WITH IMPROVED 

COVERING 

Carmen J. Van Lake, Waukegan, III., assignor to United States 

Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Filed Oct. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 299,989 

Int. CI. B65g / 7/06 

U.S. CI. 198-195 2 Claims 



/< t 14 // /4 



'f a I* go 




1. In a conveyor belt having flat wire links joined together 
by pintle rods an improved covering providing for hindrance 
free transverse and longitudinal sliding movement of the ob- 
jects to be conveyed while on the moving conveyor belt com- 
prising 
a plurality of generally flat rectangular cover plates with 
each of said cover plates fastened to the top surface of an 
alternate link of the belt, 
said alternate links having a height greater than the links 
connecting the alternate links whereby openings are 
created below the top surface of the alternate links, 
said cover plates having the surface adjacent the transverse 
edges extending slightly downward into the adjacent 
opening and 
with each of said cover plates having straight continuous 
transverse edges with each edge nearly meeting the edge 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



175 



of the adjacent cover plate thereby providing a smooth 
surface for sliding objects over the face of the belt. 



I ! 3,863,755 
END STRIPPER FOR A TRAVELING GRATE CONVEYOR 
Walter J. Hartwig, Hartland, Wk., assignor to Allis-Chalmers 

Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis. 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 356,049. April 30, 1973, Pat. 
No. 3,815,727. This application Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 

414,405 

Int. CI. B65g 45/00 

U.S. CL 198-230 10 Claims 




1. An end stripper adapted to strip material being processed 
from the discharge end of a grate conveyor, said end stripper 
comprising a main body member adapted to be supported by 
stationary support structure at a location in spaced relation 
from the stripping end of said stripper, a detachable side wall 
member positioned at a lateral edge of said end stripper, 
cooperating means carried by said side wall member and by 
said main body member for slidably detachably interlocking 
said side wall member with said main body member of said 
end stripper, and a replaceable stripper tip adapted to be 
detachably mounted on said main body member at the strip- 
ping end of said stripper, said replaceable stripper tip when 
assembled on said end stripper being in obstructing relation to 
detaching movement of said side wall member whereby to 
retain said side wall member in assembled relation on said end 
stripper, said stripper tip being provided with means adapted 
to be connected to a normally downwardly acting tension 
means whereby the tension means when connected to said 
stripper tip acts to engage said stripper tip and said main body 
member in firmly assembled relation with each other. 



3,863,756 
RECIPROCATING CONVEYOR 
Lucas J. Conrad, Winston-Salem; Gerard E. Leonard, Kern- 
ersville, and Gary J. Simmons, Westfield, ail of N.C., assign- 
ors to R. J. Reynolds Company, Winston-Salem, N.C. 
Filed Aug. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 390,969 
Int. CI. B65g 27/00 
CI. 198-220 CC 13 Claims 

A reciprocating conveyor comprising: 
pan means for carrying a live load to be transported by 
said conveyor; 

means for supporting said pan means; 
drive and release means attached to an acting on said pan 
means for imparting a first acceleration force to said pan 
means in a first direction and terminating said first accel- 
eration force imparted to said pan means at a predeter- 
mined location; and 

pressurized pliable, right circular cylindrical, tubular, 
pneumatic spring means being contacted by said drive 
and release means and compressed as said drive and 
release means imparts said first acceleration force to said 
pan means in said first direction, whereby energy will be 
stored in said tubular pneumatic spring means, said tubu- 



U.S. 
1. 

a. 

b. 
c. 



lar pneumatic spring means imparting a second and 
greater accelerator force to said pan means in a second 
direction opposite said first direction through said drive 
and release means as it disengages from said tubular 




pneumatic spring means, whereby the inertial force of the 
live load will overcome the frictional force between the 
pan means and the live load allowing the live load to slide 
in said first direction along the pan means. 



3,863,757 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ORIENTING 
ELEMENTS HAVING A CONCAVE PORTION 
Alfred W. Kinney, Kansas City, Mo., assignor toJ^hillips Petro- 
leum Company, Bartlesville, Okla. 

Filed May 9, 1973, Ser. No. 358,533 

Int. CI. B65g 41/24 

U.S. CI. 198-271 15 Claims 




1. An apparatus for recovering articles having a concave 
portion defined by a top and a side portion from a bulk source, 
orienting said articles with the concave portion of said articles 
directed downwardly and delivering said oriented articles to a 
preselected location, comprising: 
first means for receiving articles from the bulk source, 
maintaining each individual article resting on its side 
portion against the supporting structure of the first 
means, and moving said article upwardly; 
second means for receiving from the upper end of the first 
means an article having its concave portion directed 
toward the supporting structure of the first means and 
moving the article from the first means to preselected 
location, retaining the position of the concave portion of 
the article directed toward the structure supporting the 
article on the second means and at the preselected loca- 
tion; 
third means for contacting an oriented article supported by 
said first means, pivoting outwardly from the first means 
and onto a fourth means for receiving and moving only an 
article having its concave portion directed outwardly 
from the supporting structure of the first means, said 
pivoted article being pivoted about its side portion; and 



76 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



fourth means for receiving and moving to a preselected 
location an article pivoted from the first means by the 
third means, said pivoted article positioned on the fourth 
means and at the preselected location having its concave 
portion directed toward the structure supporting said 
article. 



to Hercules 



3.863,758 
MOLDING COMPOSITIONS 
Frank J. Connelly, Wilmington, Del., assignor 

Incorporated, Wilmington, Del. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 194,951, Nov. 2, 1971, abandoned. 

This application Nov. 29, 1973, Ser. No. 420,359 

Int. CI. B32b 3/00; B65d 81/00 

U.S. CI. 206-84 2 Claims 




1. A thermoplastic molding composition in the form of a 
packet consisting essentially of a blend of pulverulent thermo- 
plastic film-forming polymer and up to 85 percent by weight 
of said blend of reinforcing fibers selected from the group 
consisting of glass fibers, asbestos fibers, graphite fibers and 
carbon fibers enclosed between two thermoplastic cover films 
of the same polymer as said pulverulent thermoplastic poly- 
mer, said cover films being heat sealed at least along the open 
edges. 



3,863,759 

PLASTIC CRATE FOR TRANSPORTING BOTTLES IN 

BOTTLE CARRIERS 

Ulrich Heinrich Prodel, Bad Salzuflen, Germany, assignor to 

Spumalit-.Anstalt. Liechtenstein 

Filed Oct, 18, 1973, Ser. No. 407,561 

Int. CI. B65d 75/00 

I'.S. CI. 206-203 9 Claims 




1. Packaging for the transport of bottles, comprising a plu- 
rality of bottle carriers each holding a plurality of bottles and 
a plastic carton of a size to receive a plurality of said bottle 
carriers, said carton having side walls and a bottom, and posi- 
tioning elements projecting up from the bottom of said carton 
and fitting between the bottles in bottle carriers placed in said 
carton to position said bottles and prevent them from bumping 
one another during transport, said carriers having openings in 
their bottoms through which said positioning elements extend. 



3,863,760 

CIGARETTE PACKAGE AND CIGARETTE-EJECTION 

TAB DEVICE 

Ryou Dong II, No. 1 1 1 Mla-Dong, and Hong Sung Pyo, No. 

46-8 Woo E-Dong, both of SungBuk-ku, Seoul, South Korea 

Filed May 7, 1973, Ser. No. 357,697 

Int. CL A24f 15/14; B65d 85/10 

LI .S. CL 206-250 3 Claims 




2. An article of manufacture providing a package for pack- 
aging a plurality of articles and for simultaneously withdraw- 
ing a first article from the packaged articles during the open- 
ing of the package, comprising in combination; a package 
having a sealed opening provided with a sealing sheet material 
having a slit therein, a tab member extending through said slit 
and having a free distal end exposed to exterior space, and the 
tab member having a base portion structure in a shape such 
that it is attachable to an article adjacent to said sealed open- 
ing of the package such that upon pulling upwardly on said 
free distal end the sheet material is such that it will be torn 
away from the opening, said article being a cigarette and the 
tab base being of conical shape and being wedged onto an 
upper portion of the cigarette structure. 



Jones 



3,863,761 
LABEL WEB 
Herbert LaMers, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to R. A. 

& Company, Inc., Covington, Ky. 
Division of Ser. No. 89,492, Nov. 13, 1970, Pat. No. 3,776,801, 
which isadivisionof Ser. No. 756,651, Aug. 30, 1968, Pat. No. 
3,661,625. This application June 5, 1972. Ser. No. 259.719 

Int. CL D06f 69/00; B32b 3/10 
L'.S. CI. 206-390 6 Claims 




1. A rolled, pre-printed, precut label supply including an 
elongated web supporting labels therein, for use in apparatus 
adapted to apply labels to products, said apparatus including 
means for establishing a tacky surface to one side of said 
labels, a reciprocating resilient plunger means for engaging 
labels, for passing through said web and detaching labels 
therefrom, for carrying labels toward and applying labels to 
products, and thereafter withdrawing through a web remnant, 
said resilient plunger means having a forward label engaging 
face with a predetermined shape, and sprocket means for 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



177 



transporting said web through said label applying apparatus, 
said pre-printed, precut label supply comprising: 

an elongated single-ply web in the form of a roll including 
a plurality of die-cut labels and a web remnant to which 
said labels are attached, said labels being located 
throughout said remnant from one end to the other of 
said web, 

said labels being partially cut from said web remnant by a 
plurality of cuts extending completely through said web, 
the ends of said cuts being spaced apart to leave bridging 
means between said labels and said web remnant thereby 
to releasably hold said labels in said remnant, 

said bridging means having predetermined widths selected 
to permit the detachment of said labels by said resilient 
plunger, transversely to said web remnant, without indis- 
criminate tearing of the label, 

said labels having two sides, each free from adhesive, one of 
which sides is adapted for receiving adhesive and another 
side which bears printed indicia, and 

sprocket holes in said web remnant and extending there- 
along, said sprocket holes disposed in said remnant to 
permit accurate registration of said remnant and said 
labels with respect to said resilient plunger. 



I 3.863,762 
TAPE CONTAINER 
Takuya Aral, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Fugi Photo Film Co., 
Ltd., Minami Ashigara-shi, Kanagawa, Japan 

Filed Sept. 7, 1973. Ser. No. 395,116 
Claims priority, application Japan. Sept. 7. 1972, 47-89704 
Int. CI. A47j 27/08, 36/10 



U.S. CL 206-405 



II Claims 








I. A container for a tape or the like comprising: 

a body portion having a flat bottom plate, a circumferential 
wall fixed to said bottom plate integrally therewith, and 
a socket fixed to the inside surface of said bottom plate 
at the center thereof, 

said socket having a cylindrical portion and an upper end 
plate, said end plate having an elongated shaped opening, 
a cover portion having a flat top plate, a circumferential 
wall fixed to said top plate thereof integrally therewith, 
and a recess formed at the center of said top plate, and 
latch means provided in the recess of said top plate, 

said latch means comprising a latch plate rotatable in said 
recess, a finger plate associated with said latch plate so as 
to be rotated with said latch plate, the shape of said finger 
plate being so formed that said finger plate may pass 
through said elongated opening of said socket when said 
finger plate is in alignment with said elongated opening 
and may not pass through said elongated opening when 
said finger plate is rotated from the position of alignment, 
and latch holes provided on the internal surface of said 
recess for holding said latch plate in predetermined posi- 
tions. 



3.863.763 
EQUIPMENT FOR THE INSPECTION OF FILLED 
AMPOULES 
Arpad Kollar; Istvan Takacs; Bela Sandor. and Sandor Nep- 
per, all of Budapest, Hungary, assignors to Richter Gedeon 
Vegyeszeti Gyar R.T., Budapest, Hungary 
Continuation of Ser. No. 300,654, Oct. 25, 1972, abandoned. 
This application Jan. 24, 1974, Ser. No. 436.383 
Claims priority, application Hungary, Oct. 30, 1971. RI 453 
Int. CI. B07c 5/342 
U.S. CI. 209-111.7 9 Claims 




1. In an ampoule inspection device a combination compris- 
ing a rotary forwarding wheel having a frustoconical periph- 
eral surface provided with a plurality of circumferentially 
spaced nests for holding ampoules therein; illuminating means 
adjacent said peripheral surface for illuminating ampoules 
located in said nests; a rotating wheel arranged adjacent said 
peripheral surface of said forwarding wheel ahead of said 
illuminating means, as considered in the direction of rotation 
of said forwarding wheel, for rotating ampoules in said nests 
about their axes; and means for feeding containers to be in- 
spected seriatim into said nests of said forwarding wheel. 



3,863.764 
METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING 
NONMAGNETIC ARTICLES 
Stephen A. Myslinski. Whitehall; Edwin J. Pritchard, Coopers- 
burg, and Howard A. Tooker, Allentown, all of Pa., assignors 
to Western Electric Co., Inc.. New York. N.Y. 

Filed Feb. 28, 1974. Ser. No. 446.888 

Int. CI. B07c 5/344 

U.S. CI. 209- 1 1 1.8 15 Claims 




I. A method of identifying nonmagnetic articles which 
comprises the steps of: 

coating the article with a material which is capable of re- 
taining a magnetic flux when magnetized; 

testing the articles individually to determine which articles 
are to be identified; 

and contacting the individual articles to be identified in 
accordance with the testing, with a tip of a marking mem- 
ber having a magnetic flux concentrated at the tip thereof 
to magnetize the material and identify the articles. 



178 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,765 
ANTI-BLINDING WIPER ASSEMBLY FOR VIBRATORY 

SEPARATOR 
Erk G. Gray, 46 Flavian Crescent, Willowdale 428, Ontario, 
Canada 

Filed May 8, 1972, Ser. No. 251,006 

Int. CI. B07b 1152 

U.S. CL 209—323 21 Claims 




1. A wiper assembly for a vibratory separator including a 
generally horizontal separator screen mounted in an annular 
casing, said wiper assembly comprising: 

an annular cover means of small diameter than said annular 
casing, for inhibiting splashing of material on said separa- 
tor screen, said cover means being disposed above the 
separator screen and movable relative thereto, said cover 
means including an opening for enabling the substance to 
be separated to be passed to the region intermediate the 
cover means and the separator screen; 
a feed pipe means for introducing said substance to be 
segregated to said opening in said cover means, said feed 
pipe means extending to an elevation which is lower than 
the elevation of the top of said opening whereby the lower 
portion of said feed pipe limits the excursion of said wiper 
assembly within an area which is approximately concen- 
tric with said annular casing; and 
a plurality of wiper members secured to the underside of 
said annular cover means, said wiper members being 
operative to space the cover means from the screen to 
enable said substance to move along the upper surface of 
the screen; and said wiper members being operative, 
during operation of the separator, to move with the cover 
means relative to the screen in such manner as to dislodge 
portions of the substance which may coat the upper sur- 
face of the screen. 



3,863,766 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SORTING AND 
SEPARATING GRANULAR MIXTURE 
Hans Oetilter. Salisstr. 4 CH-900 St. Gallen. Switzerland 
Continuation of Ser. No. 167,933, Aug. 2, 1971, abandoned. 
This application Dec. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 428,890 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 3, 1970, 
11641/70 

Int. CI. B07b 4108 
U.S. CI. 209-469 3 Claims 

1. In apparatus for sorting and separating a minority of 
grains, having a low suspension velocity, and a majority of 



grains, having a higher suspension velocity, from mixtures of 
granular material, under the influence of swinging-thfow 
movements of a plane inclined gas-permeable support and of 
an air current flowing upwardly through the support, and of 
the type including a feeding device extending to an inlet on the 
plane inclined gas-permeable material support, a swingable 
bearing carrying the material support, a swing drive opera- 
tively associated with the material support to produce the 
swinging-throw movements, means producing an air current 
flowing upwardly through the support, and outlets, for the 
minority grains and the majority grains, adjoining the material 
support: the improvement comprising, in combination, the 
swinging movement of said support establishing a direction of 
conveyance, for the discharge of the majority grains, extend- 
ing from said inlet horizontally and laterally; the outlet for the 
majority grains being arranged in said horizontal region; 
means providing a flow region on the material support, lo- 
cated downwardly from said horizontal region, for the floating 
evacuation of the minority grains on the material support 
extending between the material fall line on said support ex- 
tending through the inlet with the steepest inclination and a 
line on said support having an inclination which is one-half the 




4 « a 



inclination of the fall line and intersecting the inlet; the outlet 
for the minority grains being arranged in said last-mentioned 
flow region; the direction of the swinging-throw movements 
produced by said swing drive being oriented at an acute angle 
to and in the direction of conveyance; the bearing carrying 
said swingabJe material support being adjustable in height 
both in the dfrection of the swinging-throw movements and at 
a right angle thereto, to vary the inclination of the material 
support with respect to a fixed base; the bearing for said 
material support having three support members provided with 
swinging elements; said three support members being con- 
nected, on one side of said swinging elements, to the swingable 
part of said apparatus and, on the other side of said swinging 
elements, to a first rocker; a second rocker; means pivotally 
mounting said first rocker on said second rocker; a fixed base; 
means pivotally mounting said second rocker on said fixed 
base; the axis of said last-named pivotal mounting means 
extending horizontally and parallel to the direction of the 
swinging-throw movements, and the axis of said first men- 
tioned pivotal mounting extending at a right angle thereto; and 
means operatively associated with each rocker and operable 
to adjust the inclination thereof. 



February 4, 197;i 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



179 



3,863,767 
BICYCLE SECURITY RACK 
William Guy Garwood. 1650 Waverly St., Palo Alto, Calif. 
94301 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No, 223,581, Feb. 4, 1972, 
abandoned. This application Dec. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 424,509 

Int. CL E05b 77/00 
U.S.CL 211-5 10 Claims 




lar section and a connecting section at one end of the tubular 
section, the connecting section being integral with and form- 
ing a deformed extension of said main tubular section, the 
connecting section having a pair of spaced apart, elongated 
portions and a web section joining the elongated portions, said 
web being formed integrally with said elongated portions and 
comprising a pair of adjacent wall sections, extensions of said 
wall sections forming a merging section flaring outwardly from 
the connecting section to the main tubular section and being 
joined integrally with said main tubular section, the elongated 



1, A bicycle securfty rack comprising: front wheel securing 
means including a horizontal U-shaped portion and a gener- 
ally vertical U-shaped portion in combination for limiting 
movement of the front wheel of an upright two-wheel bicycle 
forwardly and transversely when said wheel is inserted therein; 
rear wheel securing means extending aftwardly from and fixed 
to the front wheel securing means; arm means extensible 
transversely from the rear wheel securing means, said arm 
means adapted to be extended to a position slightly above and 
at least partially spanning the chain stays of a two-wheel bicy- 
cle when the front wheel of said bicycle is inserted in the front 
wheel securing means so that said arm means extends through 
the spokes of the rear wheel of said bicycle, said arm means 
including depending portions adapted to coact with said chain 
stays; and means for locking the arm means in its extended 
position to prevent removal of each of the wheels and frame 
of said bicycle, either individually or assembled, when »aid 
bicycle is inserted in said rack. 



3,863,768 
Patent Not Issued For This Number 



3,863,769 
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PROVIDING 
RELEASABLE CONNECTIONS AND STRUCTURES 
INCORPORATING THE MEMBERS 
Norman H. Goddard, Chateauquay Center, Quebec, Canada, 
assignor to JCN Wire Industries Ltd., East Montreal, Can- 
ada and JCN Wire Industries Ltd., Quebec, Canada 

Filed Dec. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 31 1,553 

Claims priority, application Canada, Sept. 21, 1972^52300 

Int. CI. A47f 5110 

U.S. CL 211 — 182 8 Claims 

1. A pair of elongated structural members adapted to be 

connected together, one of said members having a main tubu- 






portions extending substantially parallel to, and substantially 
symmetrically about, the longitudinal axis of the one member, 
the other member having aperture means for receiving the 
connecting section of the first member, the shape and size of 
said aperture conforming substantially with the cross-sectional 
shape and size of the connecting section, whereby, when the 
connecting section of said first member is inserted in the 
aperture of said second member and forced in the direction of 
said second member, the first member will be releasably held 
in said second member by frictional engagement between 
edges of said aperture and said merging section of said web. 



3,863,770 
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING AN 
IRRADIATED FUEL ASSEMBLY 
John M. Shallenberger; Robert E. Meuschke, and Walter E. 
Desmarchais, all of Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Westing- 
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Filed Apr. 11, 1973, Ser. No. 350,243 
Int. CI. B66c 5102, 1128 
U.S.CL 212-14 13 Claims 

1. Apparatus for handling irradiated fuel assemblies of a 
nuclear reactor during underwater transfer operations, said 
apparatus comprising means for lifting and lowering a fuel 
assembly, means for moving the fuel assembly in a horizontal 
direction, first support means for structurally supporting the 
fuel assembly during the handling operations, said first sup- 
port means including apparatus for grasping the fuel assembly, 
and second support means for redundantly supporting the fuel 



180 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



assembly, said second support means including apparatus for 
redundantly grasping the fuel assembly, said redundant grasp- 




w 



-i» 



H 





ing apparatus being activated so as to engage the fuel assembly 
by lifting of the fuel assembly with said lifting means. 



3,863,771 
GANTRY CRANES 
Charles Herbert Dobbie, Winchelsea, and John David Wind- 
ers, Epsom, both of England, assignors to Charles Herbert 
Dobbie, Winchelsea; Thaddeus Marian Prus-Chacinski, 
London: Norman Ivor Pallett, Tonbridge; John David Wind- 
ers, Epsom and William Brown Harris. Penarth, all of 
England 

Filed Dec. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 422,323 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 8, 1972, 
56876/72 

Int. CI. B66c 19/00 
U.S. CI. 212-14 7 Claims 




1. A movable gantry crane useful in the erection of a struc- 
ture comprising several bridge-like sub-structures arranged 
side by side in spaced relationship; which crane comprises a 
girder long enough to span the structure, supported by mov- 
able supporting columns, at least two sets of hangers which 
suspend a platform from the girder in a position to lie beneath 
a bridge-like sub-structure to be erected with the aid of the 
crane, at least one set being disposed to occupy a position in 
front of the said sub-structure and at least one other set being 
disposed to occupy a position to the rear of the said sub- 
structure, a lifting device movable along the girder between 
sets of hangers disposed to occupy positions respectively in 
front of and to the rear of the said sub-structure, and the 
hangers of the said other set or sets being removable or dis- 
placeable to permit the crane including the platform to be 
moved forwards when this sub-structure has been made self- 
supporting and laterally stable. 



3,863,772 
CRANE HOIST HEIGHT CONTROL 
George F. Schwartz, Hampton Township, Allegheny County, 
Pa., assignor to United States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, 
Pa. 

Filed Feb. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 328,976 

Int. CL B66c /7//« 

U.S. CI. 212-21 3 Claims 




1. A crane hoist height signal system for a crane having a 
hoist block comprising 

a cable having one end attached to the hoist block, 

a revolving drum mounted on the crane and attached to the 
other end of the cable for winding and unwinding the 
cable as the hoist block is raised and lowered, 

a shaft attached to the drum to revolve with the drum, 

a constant torque spring motor attached to the shaft for 
continuously applying a force to the drum lending to wind 
the cable onto the drum, 

a pulse generator attached to the shaft for providing a first 
type pulse for each predetermined increment of winding 
the cable and a second type pulse for each predetermined 
increment of unwinding the cable and 

means connected to said pulse generator for adding the first 
type pulses and subtracting the second type pulses from 
a predetermined total correlated with a selected hoist 
block height thereby providing a pulse total representa- 
tive of the hoist block height. 



3,863,773 

ROTARY TOWER CRANE SUITABLE FOR HIGHWAY 

TRANSPORTATION 

Elmar Reich, Biberach an der Riss. and Alfons Kohle. 

Pflummernstrasse. both of Germany, assignors to Hans 

Liebherr, Biberach an der Riss. Germany 

Filed July 9, 1973, Ser. No. 377,757 
Claims priority, application Germany, July 10, 1972, 
2233828 

Int. CI. B66c 23/62 
U.S. CI. 212-46 B 7 Claims 

1. A tower crane comprising: 
a tower having a lengthwise axis adapted to stand vertically 

during hoisting operations of said crane; 
a boom for hoisting, having a lengthwise axis adapted to 
extend transversely from the lengthwise axis of said tower 
during hoisting operations of said crane; 
means supporting said boom in said transverse position 

during hoisting operation of said crane; 
means to move said lengthwise axis of said boom to a posi- 
tion substantially coaxial with said lengthwise axis of said 
tower, comprising: 



February 4, 1973 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



18 



boom actuating means extending transverse from the 

lengthwise axis of said boom; 
means pivotally connecting said boom actuating means to 

said tower; 
means connecting said boom actuating means to said 

boom; and 
means to pivot said boom actuating means about said 
tower to raise said boom and thereby bring said length- 
wise axis of said boom into alignment with said length- 
wise axis of said tower; 
means to move said boom at least partially into said tower 
in coaxial telescoped relationship to said tower, compris- 
ing: 

line means operatively associated with said boom for 
hoisting operation of said crane; 




guide means connected to said tower and adapted to hold 
said line means in contact with a guide means on said 
boom; 

guide means on said boom vertically spaced when said 
boom is in its horizontal positions, said guide means 
adapted to engage said line means when said boom is 
disposed with its lengthwise axis aligned with said 
lengthwise axis of said tower; and 

said tower guide means and said boom guide means rela- 
tively disposed to allow said boom to move into and out 
of said tower upon lengthening and shortening of said 
line means; and 

means to guide movement of said boom when moving 
into and out of telescope relationship with said tower. 



3,863,774 
SKYLINE CARRIAGE 
Dennis L. Brandt, Broken Bow, Okla., assignor to Weyerha- 
euser Company, Tacoma, Wash. 

Filed Mar. 18, 1974, Ser. No. 452,022 
Int. CI. B66c2//00 
U.S. CI. 212-94 3 Claims 

1. A skyline carriage of the type with first and second sides 
and a bottom adapted to traverse a skyline cable and having 
mainline and haulback cables in operative communication 
therewith together with means to independently actuate said 
mainline and haulback cables with the improvement compris- 
ing: 
means within the carriage to direct the mainline cale from 
its entry point at the first side of said carriage to the 
bottom thereof such that a portion of said mainline cable 
extends downwardly from the bottom of said carriage, 
means to direct the haulback cable from its entry point at 

the second side of said carriage toward said first side, 
means to join the end of said haulback cable to said main- 
line cable at a position which is above said mainline cable 
directing means and generally in the same plane there- 
with, and 



a locking mechanism for sequentially locking and unlocking 
said carriage to said skyline cable and to said haul-back 
cable comprising: 

means to sense a vertical position of the downwardly ex- 
tending portion of said mainline cable, 

first means responsive to said sensing means to lock the 
carriage to the hualback cable and to substantially simul- 
taneously unlock the carriage from said skyline cable 







when the downwardly extending portion of the mainline 
cable is substantially in its uppermost position, and 
second means responsive to said sensing means to lock the 
carriage to the skyline cable and to substantially simulta- 
neously unlock the carriage from said haulback cable 
when the downwardly extending portion of the mainline 
cable is in a lower vertical position with respect to its 
uppermost position. 



3,863,775 

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INVERTING 

OPERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ASSEMBLY OF A 

STORAGE BATTERY 
Henry Toback, New Ringgold, Pa., assignor to General Battery 
Corporation, Reading, Pa. 

Filed Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 414,520 

Int. CI. B65g 7/00 

U.S. CI. 214-1 QE 12 Claims 




1. Apparatus for use in inverting operations associated with 
the assembly of a storage battery, comprising: 

a. a rigid base having spaced-apart ends; 

b. a pair of handle means pivotally connected to said base 
so as to be capable of movement toward and away from 
each other relative to said base and configured for lifting 
engagement of said battery therebetween; and 

c. roll-over support means rigidly associated with said base 
adapted for providing a supporting axis about which said 
battery, upon engagement by and upward lifting of said 
handle means, can be rolled over and rotated as much as 
180°, whereby said battery is inverted from its original 
unengaged position. 



182 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,776 
APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING DISCRETE LOADS 

TO OR FROM PALLETS 
Frederick George Harman, Epping, England, assignor to The 
Britisli Mathews Limited, Essex, England 

1 Filed Apr. II, 1973, Scr. No. 350,188 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 11, 1972, 
16736/72 

Int. CI. B65g 57126 
U.S. CI. 214-6 P 5 Claims 




1. Apparatus for transferring a plurality of discrete loads to 
a pallet of the kind capable of receiving two parallel rows of 
the discrete loads, comprising: 

pallet infeed means for moving an empty pallet to a loading 
station; 

first and second conveying means to convey loads simulta- 
neously to respective first and second loading positions 
on opposite sides of said loading station so that each 
loading position is occupied by a similar number of loads 
arranged in a single row parallel to and adjacent the 
position on the pallet in which the loads arc to be sup- 
ported by the pallet; 

transfer means for acting simultaneously on the two rows of 
loads at said loading positions to push the loads simulta- 
neously to their respective position on the pallet while the 
pallet is at said loading station; means for actuating said 
transfer means so that the articles in each of said rows of 
loads are pushed simultaneously into position on the 
pallet; and 

pallet discharge means for discharging the loaded pallet 
from the apparatus. 



3,863,777 
ARTICLE STORAGE AND HANDLING SYSTEM 
Tsuneo Murata, Toliyo, Japan, assignor to Tsubaldmoto 
Chain Co.. Osal(a-shi, Japan 

Filed July 18, 1973, Ser. No. 380,282 
Claims priority, application Japan, July 19, 1972, 47- 
72369; Oct. 18, 1972, 47-10364; Oct. 23, 1972, 47-105249; 
Nov. 15, 1972,47-113902 

Int. CI. B65g 1104; B66f 9114 
U.S. CI. 214-16 B 3 Claims 




22 D 23 38 



2. Loading-and-unloading means comprising a main frame, 
an elevating frame guided and supported by said main frame. 



an L-shaped frame comprising a horizontal frame mounted on 
said elevating frame and moving forward and backward and a 
vertical frame attached to the front or rear end of said hori- 
zontal frame, a plurality of tilting frames supported, in a row. 
by the front portion of said vertical frame and adapted to tilt 
forward and backward on the fulcrum at its lower end, and a 
fork frame elevatingly guided and supported by said tilting 
frames, having a fork at its lower end, and springingly fitted to 
said tilting frames through a spring. 



3,863,778 
ROLL STORAGE DEVICE HAVING AN ELEVATOR WITH 

PIVOTAL LOAD SUPPORTING MEANS 
Thomas W. Martin, Sr., Nashville, Tenn., assignor to Cutters 

Machine Company, Inc., Nashville, Tenn. 
Continuation of Scr. No. 1 17,514, Feb. 22, 1971, abandoned, 
which is a division of Ser. No. 831,848, June 10, 1969. Pat. No. 
3,601,270. This application Nov. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 309,432 

Int. CI. B65g 1106 
U.S. CI. 214- 16.4 R 5 Claims 




1. A roll loading apparatus comprising: 

a. a base frame, 

b. an elevator member, 

c. means mounting said elevator member on said base frame 
for vertical reciprocable movement, 

d. an elongated cradle adapted to support a roll in an ele- 
vated position, 

e. means supporting said cradle adjacent said base frame, 
f at least one roll engaging finger, 

g. means pivotally mounting said finger on said elevator 
member to normally project toward said cradle at an 
inclination from said elevator member, said cradle being 
in the vertical path of said projected finger, 

h. an opening in said cradle adapted to register with each 
said finger to permit the vertical movement of said finger 
through said cradle, 

i. means limiting the pivotal movement of said finger be- 
tween its normally inclined position and a raised position, 
j. motive means for raising and lowering said elevator 
member so that when said finger is moving up through 
said cradle said projecting finger lifts a roll supported by 
said cradle causing said roll to roll down said finger to- 
ward said elevator member, and when said finger is mov- 
ing down through said cradle, a roll carried by said cradle 
deflects said finger to said raised position. 

k. a reversing limit switch on said elevator member adapted 
to be actuated by the pivotal movement of said finger, so 
that when said finger moves from its raised position lo its 
inclined position, said reversing limit switch is actuated, 
said reversing limit switch being operatively connected to 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



183 



said motive means to reverse the direction of said eleva- 
tor member from down to up when said reversing limit 
switch is actuated. 



3,863,779 
RAM TYPE REFUSE LOADER 
Richard F. Stockman, Friendship, N.Y., assignor to The Air 
Preheater Company Inc., WellsvUie, N.Y. 

Filed Sept. 24, 1973, Ser. No. 400,086 
Int. CI. F23k 3112 



U.S. CL 214-23 




5 Claims 



1. A loader for an incinerator that comprises fixed housing 
structure having inner walls that form a compaction chamber, 
an opening in said housing for loading a mass of material into 
said chamber, a compaction member movable along the longi- 
tudinal axis of the compaction chamber, means for moving the 
compaction member along the longitudinal axis of the housing 
between a forward position at one side of said opening and a 
rearward position at the opposite side of said opening includ- 
ing a pair of oppositely directed driving means intermediate 
the compaction member and the housing structure, means 
connecting one of said driving means to the compaction mem- 
ber and another to the fixed structure, a power supply for 
applying a driving force to said driving means, means support- 
ing said driving means comprising support structure guided for 
movement along the longitudinal axis of said chamber, and 
trailing means guiding said compaction member along the 
longitudinal axis of said compaction chamber. 



3,863,780 

SYSTEM FOR PLACING FACTORY PREFABRICATED 
HOUSING UNITS 
C. Robert Gottlieb, Mobile, Ala., and Eugene C. Lewis, Scotch 
Plains, N J., assignors to Diamondhead Corporation, Moun- 
tainside, N.J. 
Division of Ser. No. 312,575, Dec. 6, 1972, Pat. No. 3,831,770. 
This application Jan. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 435,585 
Int. CI. B66c 3100 
U.S. CI. 214-38 CA 12 Claims 




1. A self-transportable system for placing factory prefabri- 
cated, interiorly finished housing units on lot site foundations, 
said system comprising: 

a vehicular rotary crane having a boom and hoist line swing- 
able about a vertical axis; 



a load spreader detachably suspendable from said hoist line 
and including means to establish retractable, rigidly lin- 
ear, foundation-like supports under opposite sides of the 
housing unit along the full length thereof; 

a snubbing frame mountable on said crane to move with 
said boom in its swinging movfmcnt about said vertical 
axis; 

means to connect said load spreader adjustably and remov- 
ably to said snubbing frame to insure movement of said 
load spreader directly with movement of said snubbing 
frame about said vertical axis irrespective of vertical 
movement of said load spreader by said hoist line; 

vehicular transporter means for positioning a housing unit 
in transfer relation to said crane; and 

means to mount said load spreader on said transporter 
means for over-land movement thereof independent of 
said crane. 



3,863,781 

ARTICLE UNLOADER 

Neil W. Butzow, Greendale; Glenn J. Eggert, Cedarburg; Bert 

Krivec, Waukesha, and Gary J. Rollinger, Belgium, all of 

Wis., assignors to Rexnord, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis. 

Filed Apr. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 348,785 

Int. CL B65g 67124 

U.S. CI. 214-62 R 9 Claims 




1. Apparatus for unloading articles from a container while 
the container is being conveyed through an unloading station, 
said apparatus comprising: 

1 . a first conveyor which is 

a. adapted to carry said container and 

b. adapted to tilt about a first axis parallel to the direction 
in which said container is to be conveyed through said 
unloading station while said container is being con- 
veyed through said unloading station; 

2. a retaining surface comprising a plurality of doors pivota- 
bly mounted about a second axis parallel to the direction 
in which said container is to be conveyed through said 
unloading station, said second axis being located at a 
height approximately equal to that of said first axis, said 
plurality of doors being adapted to bear against articles 
contained in said containers while said first conveyor is 
being tilted and being built in overlapping relationship so 
that the doors downstream of any given door will always 
be rotated by at least as much as that door, thereby ensur- 

^-^ ing a smooth transition from one door to the next as said 

container is conveyed through the unloading station; and 

3. a second conveyor which is 

a. adapted to carry said articles and 

). located in said unloading station immediately down- 
stream of said retaining surface in a position to receive 
articles slid off said container, 
whereby articles may be unloaded from said container while 
it is being conveyed through said unloading station, said arti- 
cles first being retained within said container by said retaining 
surface while said container is being tilted and then being 
deposited on said second conveyor when the tilting has been 
fully accomplished. 



^- 



184 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3.863,782 
SELF-LOADING ARTICLE TRANSPORT VEHICLE 
Dak D. Sandrock, Pekin, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor 
Co., Peoria, III. 

Filed July 2, 1973, Ser. No. 375,482 

Int. CI. B60p 1/54 

U.S. CI. 214-75 H 14 Claims 



,-9fc I '06) ^^106 




1. A self-loading article transport vehicle comprising; 

an elongated load carrying bed having a predetermined load 
receiving end; 

a frame pivotally mounted on said vehicle for movement 
between a substantially rigid, upstanding load receiving 
position above the bed and a collapsed load restraining 
position for articles on the bed; 

a longitudinally extended rail pivotally mounted centrally 
on said frame and having a load receiving end extending 
outwardly of said load receiving end of the bed when said 
frame is in said load receiving position; 

load transfer means longitudinally movably mounted on 
said rail and having a load engaging member elevationally 
extendably retractably movable relative to the rail for 
permitting articles to be loaded onto and removed from 
the bed; and 

means for pivotally swinging said frame to its collapsed 
position automatically to lower said rail downwardly and 
to swing its load receiving end inwardly of the bed in 
tightly clamping load restraining engagement against 
articles on the bed. 



3,863,783 
DISTRIBUTING CONVEYOR SYSTEM FOR A ROTARY 

CONCRETE MIXING OR OTHER TRUCK 
Francis T. Spellman, Jr., Blue Springs, Mo., assignor to Sy- 

mons Corporation, Des Plaines, III. 

Division of Ser. No. 208,682, Dec. 16, 1971,. This application 

Dec. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 311,225 

Int. CI. B60p 3/16 

U.S. CI. 214-83.26 8 Claims 




1. In combination with a vehicle having a frame structure 
and designed for the transport of flowable material, a support 
bracket having its proximate end hingedly secured to the rear 
end of said frame structure for swinging movement about a 
substantially vertical axis, a turntable mounted on the distal 
end of said support bracket for rotation about a vertical axis, 
a carrier frame mounted on said turntable for rotation bodily 
therewith, an longated conveyor unit of the endless belt type 
slidably mounted on said carrier frame for lengthwise sliding 
movement on the frame in opposite directions between a first 
extreme position wherein one end thereof is in close proximity 
to the carrier frame and the other end is remote therefrom, 



and a second extreme position where said other end is in close 
proximity to the carrier frame and said one end is in close 
proximity thereto, and a material-receiving hopper on said 
carrier frame, said conveyor unit, in all positions of which it 
is capable of assuming, remaining in effective material- 
receiving register with said hopper, the effective length of said 
support bracket being greater than the distance between the 
hinge connection between the bracket and frame structure 
and the lateral side of said vehicle frame structure, whereby 
the distal end of the support bracket overhangs said rear end 
of the vehicle frame structure in a transverse direction when 
the support bracket is swung to a transversely extending posi- 
tion with respect to the vehicle, the turntable being rotatable 
throughout an angle of sufficient extent to bring the conveyor 
unit alongside the vehicle in a longitudinally extending rela- 
tionship when the conveyor unit is in one of its extreme posi- 
tions. 



3,863,784 
LOAD SUPPORTING PALLET 
Wells A. Webb, 1788 Shattuck Ave., Berkeley, Calif. 94709 

Division of Ser. No. 133,795, April 14, 1971, Pat. No. 
3,763,792. This application July 17, 1973, Ser. No. 380,104 

Int. CI. B65d 57/00 
U.S. CI. 214— 10.5 R 12 Claims 







1. A method of handling a cargo comprising a plurality of 
indivdual cartons, said method comprising the steps of; 

providing a load supporting pallet comprising a plurality of 
adjacently positioned individual sections connected to- 
gether by severable connecting means; 

placing cartons on said pallet in tiers corresponding to said 
individual sections to thereby separately load said individ- 
ual sections; 

selecting and moving a predetermined number of said 
loaded sections less than said plurality of sections; and 

severing the connecting means between said selected tiers 
and adjacent non-selected loaded sections. 



3,863,785 

SELF-LOADING COIL CARRIER 

Gibson E. Brock, R.D. 5 Persimman Rd., Sewickley, Pa. 15143 

Filed Jan. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 435,442 

Int. CI. B66c 23/00 

U.S. CI. 214-130 C 9 Claims 




1. Trailer apparatus adapted for carrying coils of steel strip 
and the like comprising a pull yoke, a pair of draft beams 
spaced from each other connected with the pull yoke and 



February 4,, 1975 



\ 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



185 



extending rearwardly therefrom, a load-straddling rack in- 
cluding a pair of legs, a wheel assembly journalcd at the lower 
end of each leg. outwardly thereof, a cross member spacing 
the upper ends of the legs, means pivotally mounting the rack 
between the draft beams at the upper ends of the legs so as to 
rock from a traveling position in which the legs arc upright to 
a loading position in which the legs are folded forwardly 
against the draft beams, and a ram adapted to support a coil 
of steel strip through the eye thereof affixed at one end to the 
draft beams adjacent the pull yoke and extending rearwardly 
thereof below the draft beams and substantially parallel 
thereto. 



3,863,787 
REFUSE-COLLECTING VEHICLE INCLUDING PICK-UP 

MEANS 
Herbert ErtI, Sternberg, Germany, assignor to Messerschmitt- 
Bolkow-Blohm GmbH, Munich, Germany 

Filed May 18, 1973, Ser. No. 361.511 
Claims priority, applicatkin Germany, May 20, 1972, 
2224870 



U.S. CI. 214-302 



Int. CI. B65f 3/02 



14 Claims 



3,863,786 * 

IMPLEMENT DEVICE AND METHOD OF MOUNTING 

SAME ON TRACTOR 

Eldon M. Frank, Rt. 1, Lake View, Iowa 51450 

Filed June 7, 1972, Ser. No. 260,465 

Int. CL E02f 3/10 

U.S. CI. 214-131 A 24 Claims 




■zo 



'ZO 




1. In combination a tractor and implement comprising, a 
subframe having side frame members positioned in a plane 
below said tractor, 
the rear ends of said side frame members being connected 
to the opposite ends and under said tractor rear axle, the 
forward ends of said side frame members being con- 
nected to said tractor substantially midway along its 
length, said forward end connection of said subframe to 
said tractor including means extending both horizontally 
and vertically from said side frame members and opera- 
tively engaging said tractor to provide horizontal and 
vertical stability for said subframe, said means extending 
horizontally from said side frame members and opera- 
tively engaging said tractor is further defined as including 
a horizontally disposed member extending under said 



1. A refuse-collecting vehicle for emptying household re- 
fuse containers and for receiving refuse therefrom, said vehi- 
cle having steerable wheels, comprising: 

means defining a refuse receiving chamber mounted on said 

vehicle; 

boom means mounted on said vehicle and including refuse 

conveying means for conveying refuse into said refuse 

receiving chamber and support means therefor including 

means defining a vertical hinge axis for supporting said 

boom means at one end for pivotal movement relative to 

said vehicle about said vertical axis; • 

attachment means mounted on said free end of said boom 

means for engaging a refuse container; 
sweeping means mounted on said attachment means for 
removing refuse from said refuse container and delivering 
same to said refuse conveying means whereby refuse is 
first swept out of said refuse container into said attach- 
ment means and subsequently swept into said conveying 
means; and 
means defining a control cabin enclosed on all sides, top 
and bottom and having transparent panel means, said 
control cabin having boom control means mounted 
therein, said control cabin being mounted on said free 
end of said boom means for movement therewith and for 
facilitating a close supervision through said transparent 
panel means of the placement of said attachment means 
to permit an operative engagement of said attachment 
means to said refuse container. 



3,863,788 
DEPANNING MACHINE 
Alfred L. Meyer, Libertyville, III., assignor to Anetsberger 
Brothers, Inc., Northbrook, III. 

Filed June 27, 1973, Ser. No. 373,973 
Int. CI. B65g 41/82 
U.S. CI. 214-302 12 Claims 

1. A machine for removing biscuits from baking pans, com- 
prising a platform, infeed conveyor means for serially deliver- 
tractor and interconnecting said side frame members, ing biscuit-containing pans to said platform, pan swinging 
said means extending vertically from said side frame means mounted adjacent a lateral edge of said platform, 
members and operatively engaging said tractor is further loader means operable in response to delivery of a pan by said 
defined as including a pair of vertically disposed upstand- conveyor means to said platform to move said pan laterally 

onto said pan swinging means to enable the latter to turn said 
pan over to dump the biscuits therefrom and return the thus 
emptied said pan to said platform, a second conveyor means, 
pan ejector means operable to move said emptied pan from 
said platform onto said second conveyor means, a third biscuit 



ing members extending operatively from said side frame 
members on opposite sides of said tractor into engage- 
ment with said tractor on opposite sides thereof, 
an implement support pad being provided on the forward 
ends of each of said side members, and 



said implement having frame members extending along conveyor means below and longitudinally aligned with said 

opposite sides of said tractor, said implement frame mem- infeed conveyor means, and transfer means normally disposed 

bers having their lower rear ends supportably engaging in substantial horizontal alignment with said platform for 

said implement support pads. receiving said biscuits from said pan, as the latter is turned 



186 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



over by said pan swinging means, and means for lowering said 
transfer means below said infced conveyor means and tilting 




the same inwardly to deposit said biscuits onto said biscuit 
conveyor means. 



3,863,789 
MAIL TRAY UNLOADING 
Edward T. Hunter, Dallas, and William C. Monday, Rowiett, 
both of Tex., assignors to Recognition Equipment Incorpo- 
rated, Irving, Tex. 

Filed Aug. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 385,466 

Int. CI. B65g 65/04 

U.S. CI. 214-314 11 Claims 




1. A mail tray unloadcr which comprises 

a box having the bottom half of both ends open for entry at 
one end onto the bottom of said box of a tray filled with 
an ordered stack of edge supported mail pieces and deliv- 
ery of said stack from the other end, 

means to rotate said box about a longitudinal axis to drop 
said stack from said tray, 

means to prevent reordering of said stack during said drop, 
means to eject the inverted tray from said box, 

means to rotate said box to its upright position to deposit 
said stack onto said bottom of said box, 

means to prevent reordering of said stack during said de- 
posit, and 

means to sweep said stack from said box through said other 
end. 



3,863,790 

WRAPPER REMOVAL APPARATUS 

Joseph S. Kanarek, 5435 W. 63rd St., Chicago, III. 60638 

Filed Apr. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 352,897 

Int. CI. B65g 65/04 

U.S. CL 214-305 6 Claims 

1. Apparatus for separating a solid article from its wrapper, 

said article having a thickness such that the wrapper can be slit 

along its sides, comprising: conveyor means for moving in one 

direction a wrapped solid article, having a thickness such that 

the wrapper can be slit along its sides, to a first wrapper slitting 

station, said conveyor means including vertically spaced apart 

members between which the wrapped article is engaged for 



movement to the wrapper slitting station, said members serv- 
ing td support the wrapped article and to maintain it in a 
properly oriented position as it is conveyed in said one direc- 
tion to the first wrapper slitting station, wrapper slitting means 
at said first station for slitting the wrapper on the article on 
opposite sides along one dimension of the article, conveyor 
means for moving the wrapped article in another direction to 
a second wrapper slitting station, said last mentioned con- 
veyor means including vertically spaced apart members be- 
tween which the wrappcd^krticle is engaged for movement to 
the second wrapper slitting station, said members serving to 
support the wrapped article and to maintain it in a properly 
oriented position as it is conveyed in said other direction to 



^^''^■v 




the second wrapper slitting station, wrapper slitting means at 
said second station for slitting the wrapper on said article on 
opposite sides along another dimension of said article, and 
wrapper separating means for removing the slit wrapper from 
the article, including tumbling means for mechanically remov- 
ing the slit wrapper from the article, said tumbling means 
includes a rotatable open-ended basket having guide means 
arranged on the inner surface thereof for directing articles in 
the basket from the inlet end thereof to the outlet end thereof 
as the basket is rotated, said wrapper separating means further 
including means for producing a zone of reduced pressure for 
facilitating the recovery of the articles free from pieces or 
fragments of the slit wrapper. 



3,863,791 

SELF-LOADING SLAG POT TRANSPORTER 

Gibson E. Brock. R.D. 5 Persimman Rd.. Sewickley. Pa. 15143 

Fikd May 1, 1974, Ser. No. 465,863 

Int. CI. B65g 65/04 



U.S. CI. 214-314 



rra^s: 



7 Claims 




1. Trailer apparatus for transporting slag pots and the like 
provided with trunnions, comprising a pull yoke, a pair of 
spaced-apart draft beams connected with the pull yoke and 
extending rearwardly therefrom, a generally U-shaped slag 
pot-carrying rack pivotally mounted between the draft beams 
at their rear ends, the pivots being positioned intermediate the 
cross-member of the U and the ends of its legs, an independent 
wheel assembly mounted at the end of each leg of the U, 
means for grasping a slag pot trunnion carried by each leg of 
the U, positioned intermediate the pivot and the wheel assem- 
bly, and means attached to the draft beams for rocking the 



February 4, 1975: 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



187 



rack from a loading position in which the wheel assemblies arc 
rearward of the pivots through an intermediate traveling posi- 
tion to a dumping position in which the wheel assemblies are 
forward of the pivots, and means mounted on said U-shaped 
rack for movement therewith which causes the slag pot to 
dump when said U-shaped rack is pivoted. 



3,863,792 
MACHINE TOOL 
John F. Kopczynski, 1671 Sweeney, North Tonawanda, N.Y. 
14120 

Filed May 2, 1973, Ser. No. 356,616 

Int. CI. B65g 7/00 

U.S. CI. 214-340 M 10 Claims 




1. A machine tool for rotatably mounting a workpiece 
having spaced cylindrical portions comprising a base, first and 
second shafts mounted in spaced substantially parallel rela- 
tionship on said base, first and second roller means mounted 
on said first and second shafts, respectively, for rotatably 
engaging said workpiece, a third shaft mounted on said base 
in generally parallel relationship to said first and second 
shafts, axially spaced third and fourth roller means mounted 
on said third shaft for rotatably engaging said workpiece, said 
first, second, third and fourth roller means being oriented 
relative to each other to receive said workpiece therebetween, 
and pivot means providing a pivot axis extending generally 
radially relative to said third and fourth roller means for per- 
mitting said third and fourth roller means to pivot toward and 
away from said first and second roller means whereby said 
third and fourth roller means will maintain engagement with 
spaced portions of said workpiece irrespective of slight differ- 
ences in diameter of said spaced portions. 



3,863,793 

MINING SHIELD-SUPPORTING CARRIER 
Masao Fujimori, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Taiheiyo Coal 
Mining Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Nov. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 418,568 
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 18, 1972, 47- 
126266 

lot. CI. B60p 1/00 
U.S. CI. 214-518 II 1 Claim 

1. A mining shield supporter (I) carrier for expanding and 
collapsing mining shields used at a mine workface so as to 
leap-frog a rear shield under a forward shield to continuously 
place shields at the workface as cutting work progresses, 
comprising in combination: 

a. an arch-shaped frame (14) to allow passage thereunder 
of a cutting machine; 

b. wheels (15) mounted at the lower portion of a frame 
depending from said arch-shaped frame; 

c. first and second sliding mechanisms mounted on a top 
portion of said arch-shaped frame, including a pair of 
parallel spaced apart first guide members (20,20'), a 
sliding plate (22) held by and disposed to move longitudi- 
nally along said first guide members, a pair of parallel 



spaced apart second guide members mounted on the 
upper surface of said sliding plate (22) normal to said first 
guide members, a sliding base member (25) held by and 
disposed to move longitudinally along said second guide 
members, first and second sets of cylinders and pistons 
(27,28) disposed to move said sliding plate and sliding 
base member along the respective first and second guide 
members; 




d. a lift mechanism mounted on said sliding base member 
including a zig-zag upwardly telescoping section and a top 
section, cylindrically curved in the longitudinal direction; 
e. a curved beam storing unit disposed adjacent said lift 
mechanism on which to store beams used for making a 
mining shield; and, 

f. a crane mounted rearwardly of said arch-shaped frame to 
lift said beams for storage and assembly purposes. 



3,863,794 
VACUUM RETAINING JAR 
Hideaki Hata, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Brighton Corporation 
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan 

Filed Apr. 11, 1973, Ser. No. 350,099 

Int. CI. A47j 4U02 

U.S.CL 215-13 5 Claims 




1. A vacuum retaining jar comprising: 

a. a thermoplastic outer shell; 

b. a thermoplastic inner shell positioned therewithin to 
provide a space between the facing surfaces of the shells, 
said shells being of generally U-shaped cross-sectional 
configuration with open upper ends; 

c. an annular metal ring provided on the outer surface of the 
inner shell and on the inner surface of the outer shell 
respectively at the upper ends thereof, said metal rings 
being partially embedded within the respective shell sur- 
faces so that their outer faces are substantially flush with 
the shell surfaces; 

d. the facing surfaces of the shells and rings being coated 
with a metallic insulating layer; and 

e. said rings having flange means, said flange means being 
secured together to seal the upper ends of the shells and 
the space therebetween. 



188 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,795 

SAFETY CONTAINER 

Richard L. Mills. 2%1 Westgate Ave., San Jose. CaUf. 95125 

Filed May 3, 1972, S«r. No. 249,951 

Int. CI. B65d 55102: A61j 1 100 

U.S. CI. 215-201 3 Claims 




1. A safely container for pills or the like which comprises, 
a receptacle having an open top, 

a removable cap for the open top of said receptacle, 
a compressible member adapted to substantially fill said 
receptacle and maintained in resilient engagement with 
the receptacle contents by application of said cap to said 
receptacle, 
means forming an upturned flange on said cap, and 
means forming a downturned flange on said receptacle 
dimensioned to provide interlocking connection with the 
upturned flange on said cap whereby sa^^^^mpressible 
member resiliently holds said cap and receptacle in inter- 
locked connection. 



3,863,796 
SAFETY CLOSURE 
Gerald L. Roy, Lancaster, Pa., assignor to Kerr Glass Manu- 
facturing Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif. 

Filed June 27, 1973, Ser. No. 374,273 

Int. CL B65d 55J02, 85156; A61j UOO 

U.S. CI. 215-220 6 Claims 




92 90 91 



1. A closure for fastening to containers, comprising: an 
outer cap having a circular top end wall and a cylindrically 
shaped skirt depending from the outer edge of said top end 
wall, an inner cap having a top end wall and a depending skirt 
joined to the outer edge of said end wall, said outer cap overly- 
ing said inner cap and being concentric therewith, container 
fastening means on the skirt of the inner cap for releasably 
fastening on a portion of a container, radially extending teeth 
on the upper surface of the top end wall of the inner cap, 
radially extending teeth on the inner surface of the top end 
wall of the outer cap, vertically disposed ratchet teeth on the 
inner wall of said outer cap skirt, vertically disposed ratchet 
teeth on the outer wall of said inner cap skirt, said vertically 
disposed ratchet teeth on said respective caps abutting when 
the outer cap is turned in an application direction to rotate the 
two caps together and cause said container fastening means to 
fasten said inner cap onto said container, said ratchet teeth of 
said outer cap sliding over said vertically disposed ratchet 
teeth on said inner cap when said outer cap is turned in the 
removal direction, a central portion on said inner wall of said 
outer cap, a central portion on said inner cap engaging said 



central portion of said outer cap and spacing in a vertical 
direction said radially extending teeth of said caps from each 
other, a downward force on said outer cap engaging said 
radially extending teeth on said inner and outer caps so that 
a simultaneously applied torque on the outer cap in the re- 
moval direction will act through said radially and horizontally 
extending teeth to turn said inner cap to release the same from 
the container, said skirt of said outer cap having reduced 
cross-sectional thickness portions adjacent said ratchet teeth 
on the outer cap for flexing outwardly with ratcheting of said 
ratchet teeth on said outer cap past the ratchet teeth on said 
inner cap to reduce the friction and torque therebetween to 
assure that said inner cap remains stationary, the outer surface 
of said portions having at least two spaced apart vertically 
disposed ribs integrally formed therein and presenting a gener- 
ally continuous outer circular working face upon which clo- 
sure applying apparatus can contact during application of the 
closure to the container. 



3,863,797 
SAFETY CLOSURE-BOTTLE ASSEMBLY 
Walter G. Berghahn, Scotch Plains, N.J., assignor to Bristol- 
Myers Company, New York, N.Y. 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 218,885, Jan. 19, 1972, Pat. 
No. 3,757,979. This application Nov. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 

306,955 

Int. CI. B65d 55/02, 85/56; A61j 1/00 

U.S. CI. 215-225 6 Claims 




1. A safety closure-bottle assembly comprising a flexible 
snap-on closure having a bottle engaging portion which is 
substantially circular in cross-section, said snap-on closure 
being of relatively low profile with respect to the outer diame- 
ter of said snap-on closure; said closure having a roof, a skirt 
and a lower marginal surface having an internal diameter of 
substantially uniform size, said skirt being provided on the 
internal surface thereof with means for engaging a bead on the 
neck of said bottle, said snap-on closure being provided with 
a tab extending outwardly from said lower marginal surface 
and having a lower surface which is in substantially the same 
place as the lower marginal surface of said closure; said skirs 
being tapered downwardly and outwardly from said closure 
roof to the outer circumference of said lower marginal sur- 
face, the shortness of said skirt and its taper being such as to 
make it difficult for a child to get its teeth on it when the 
closure is in position on a bottle; said bottle having a closure 
receiving portion which is also substantially circular in cross- 
section, said bottle being provided with a flange extending 
outwardly from said bottle in the region adjacent its closure 
receiving portion, said flange having a horizontally extending 
flat top surface adapted to flushly engage said lower marginal 
surface of said snap-on closure and further being provided 
with a first notch; said snap-on closure being capable of being 
snapped over the open end of said bottle irrespective of the 
relative circumferential position of said tab with respect to 
said flange, the relative radial dimensions of the various por- 
tions of the assembly and the relative dimensions of said tab 
and first notch being such that said closure is engageable from 
below for removal substantially only when it is positioned so 
that said tab is above said first notch when the assembly is in 
its upright position. 



February 4, 1975 



PUSH-BUTTON 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



189 



3 863 798 3,863,799 

ri^an-o^ . .^.^-TYPE CAP FOR CONTAINER ADJUSTABLE BIN FOR TRANSPORTING ARTICLES 

TsuneakI Kurihara, Tokyo, and Kenji Saka, Odawara, both of Ronald J. Thomaswick, Kittanning, and James R. Rowl«y, 
Japan, assignors to Kanebo Kabushiki Kaisha and Yoshida Freeport, both of Pa., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc., 
Kogyo Kaisha Kabushiki, both of Tokyo, Japan Pittsburgh, Pa. „. „. . 

Filed Oct. 31, 1973, Ser. No. 411,406 Filed June 20, 1973, Ser. No. 371,911 

Claims priority, applicatton Japan, Nov. 6. 1972, 47- Int. CI. B65d 57/00 

127232(U1; May 7, 1973. 48-52636(Ul; May 7, 1973, 48- U.S. CL 220-1.5 7 Claims 

52637[U] 

Int. CL B65d 41/02 



U.S. CL 215-301 



14 Claims 




1. A push-button-type cap for a container such as a bottle, 
comprising in combination: 

an engaging cap member having an outer wall with a recess 
formed at its lower end and having an elastic engaging 
means positioned proximal to said outer wall and nor- 
mally engaged with a receiving means formed around a 
mouth portion of said container, 

an inner cap member having an inner member and an outer 
wall spaced from said inner member and connected to 
said inner meniber at their lower ends by a coupling 
member to provide an open-top hollow gap in which is 
received said engaging means of the engaging cap mem- 
ber, the upper portion of said outer wall of the inner cap 
member being fit in said recess of the engaging cap mem- 
ber, said inner member being fit to and covering said 
mouth portion of the container and provided with aper- 
tures for the passage therethrough of said engaging 
means, 

a top-closed hollow push-button member with a circumfer- 
ential wall slidably inserted between said inner member of 
said inner cap member and said engaging means of said 
engaging cap member for progressively engaging said 
elastic engaging means as this button member is de- 
pressed progressively to outwardly urge said engaging 
means to release said engaging means from engagement 
with said receiving means through said apertures, and 

a container-mouth blocking means interposed between said 
mouth portion of the container and said inner cap mem- 
ber for blocking the dispensing open mouth of said con 
tainer. 

931 0.G.-7 




I. In an adjustable bin for transporting or shipping articles 
wherein the bin comprises a back wall, a first side wall and a 
second side wall mounted to a base, the improvement com- 
prises: 

at least one rigid member mounted at the second side wall 
for movement toward and away from the first side wall; 
a door pivotally and slideably mounted between the first 
and second side walls for movement toward and away 
from the back wall; 
means for adjusting said at least one rigid member in spaced 
relationship to the first wall to reduce or increase the 
length of the bin; and 
means for adjusting said door in spaced relationship to the 
back wall to reduce or increase the width of the bin. 



3,863,800 
' CONTAINER CLOSURE CONSTRUCTION 
John Jesevich, Cicero, and Vyto Simkus, Chicago, both of III., 
assignors to American Flange & Manufacturing Co., Inc., 
New York, N.Y. 
Division of Ser. No. 131,258, April 5, 1971, Pat. No. 
3,800,401. This application Oct. 25, 1973, Ser. No. 409,389 

Int. CI. B65d 41/04 
U.S.CL 220-214 4 Claims 




1. A closure container wall combination comprising a clo- 
sure flange having an upstanding cylindrical neck surrounded 
by a circumferentially enlarged polygonal base, a container 
wall overlying said flange base and formed with an opening 
surrounding said flange neck, an annular tag ring element 
having an upstanding neck surrounding said flange neck and 
formed with a circumferentially enlarged polygonal base over- 
lying said container wall, said polygonal flange base and said 
polygonal tag ring element base being aligned corner for 
corner and means formed in said tag ring element base for 
affixing a wire strand thereto. 



190 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,801 
FULL-OPEN END WITH CAMBERED TAB 
Burton Frank Pillnik, Cary, III., assignor to American Can 
Company, Greenwich, Conn. 

Filed July 27, 1973, Ser. No. 383,186 
Int. CI. B65d 17120 
U.S. CI. 220-267 




magnets mounted in row formation about the marginal edge 
thereof for holding on the uppermost face lines of caps so as 
to advance the caps to plural discharge areas, the first dis- 
charge area being located within 60° above the bottom of the 
path traversed by said row of magnets, an inclined cap receiv- 
ing chute having an upper entry end disposed adjacent the 
8 Claims periphery of said cap lifting disc at a first discharge area and 
means at said first discharge area to wipe off an outermost line 
of caps advancing on the cap lifting disc and to feed the caps 
into said chute and a second inclined cap receiving chute 
having an upper entry end disposed adjacent the periphery of 
said cap lifting disc at a discharge area spaced downstream of 
the upper end of said first cap receiving chute at a point less 
than 90" from said first discharge area, and means at said 
second discharge area to wipe off caps advancing on the 
marginal edge of the cap lifting disc and to feed the caps into 
said second cap receiving chute. 



1. In a can end closure having a substantially flat, imperfor- 
ate central wall with a peripheral flange adapted to be inter- 
folded with an edge flange of a can body to form a double 
seam whose top portion is disposed above the central wall, a 
peripheral score defining a removable panel in the central 
wall, and an opening tab having a nose portion at the outer 
end adjacent the peripheral score and a handle portion at the 
inner end thereof, said tab being secured to the removable 
panel by a securement adjacent the nose portion, the improve- 
ment which comprises a camber and stress in the tab extend- 
ing from at least about the securement to about the handle 
portion and a corresponding raised area of stress in the panel 
disposed beneath the cambered area of the tab, whereby when 
the end closure is placed on a can and the closed can is sub- 
jected to internal pressure, the tab handle portion will not rise 
above the top portion of the double seam. 



3,863,803 

CIGARETTE DISPENSER WITH SWIVEL ACTING 

EJECTOR 

Albino Valcic, 3232 34th St., Astoria, Long Island City, N.Y. 

11106 

Filed Jan. 16, 1974, Ser. No. 433,910 

Int. CI. A24f 75/06 

U.S. CI. 221-210 11 Claims 



3,863,802 

CAP FEEDING HOPPER 

Ben G. Daniels, Elmhurst, III., assignor to Continental Can 

Company, Inc., New York, N.Y. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 1 14,835, Feb. 12, 1971, abandoned. 

This application May 11, 1973, Ser. No. 359,517 

Int. CL B65h 3116 

U.S.CL 221-68 17 Claims 




T 




I. An article dispenser comprising a base member in an 
initial position surrounding at least a portion of said articles, 
a cover member covering said articles, a catcher positioned 
within said base member, first means for releasing said cover 
member from said initial position for exposing an opening into 
said base member and moving said catcher into lateral engage- 
ment with one of said articles, second means responsive to 
release of said cover for sliding said catcher and said article 
engaged therewith upwardly along said base member until said 
article projects through said opening, and third means respon- 
sive to the closing of said cover for resetting said catcher in its 
initial position within said base member. 



mmu 



I. An apparatus for handling closure caps which are of 
magnetic material, said apparatus comprising a cylindrical 
hopper, a cap lifting disc in said hopper which is mounted for 
rotation about an axis coinciding with the axis of the hopper 
and in a plane inclined to the horizontal, said disc having 



3,863,804 
MEDICAMENT-DISPENSING CONTAINER 
Francisco Infante-Diaz, Suite 304, Villa Olimpica, Edificio 12; 
Jose Rene Perez De La Parra, Valle Dorado, Barcekina 168; 
Luis Gaona -Ortiz, Llama 1, Ampliacion Vista Hermosa, and 
Aurea Gutierrez-Castaneda, Llama 19, Ampliacion Vista 
Hermosa, both of TIalnepantIa, all of Mexico 

Filed Jan. 24, 1974, Ser. No. 436,093 
Claims priority, application Mexico, Aug. 7, 1973, 145383 
Int. CI. B65h 3100 
U.S. CL 221—251 6 Claims 

1. A container for dispensing capsules in an individual 
manner comprising a generally cylindrical cap having an an- 
nular lip on the lower edge thereof and a small cylindrical 
cavity centrally positioned on the upper inner face thereof 
which presents in its periphery a series of grooves; a rotary 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



191 



member having a stem on which upper portion thereof is 
provided a series of grooves on which lower portion thereof is 
provided a plurality of radially spaced walls and on which 
lower end thereof is defined a cylindrical cavity cavity that 
terminates interiorly in a plurality of teeth; and a generally 
cylindrical body having an open end. a peripheral groove near 
said open end, a small cylindrical projection centered on its 
inner lower face with the projection terminating in a plurality 
of teeth, a channel on its vertical outer face in which is in- 
serted a small gate that runs to and from an opening in the 



of movement of a piston means initiated by actuation of each 
setting means being the respective amount necessary to dis- 




vertical wall to cover and uncover said opening, a substantially 
flat projection horizontally disposed and positioned intermedi- 
ate the ends of the cylindrical body on its vertical interior face, 
said grooved upper portion of the stem engaging the cylindri- 
cal cavity of the cap, said cylindrical cavity of the rotary 
member being engaged by the cylindrical projection of the 
cylindrical body, said annular lip of said cap being inserted 
within the peripheral groove of the cylindrical body, said walls 
defining a horizontal cut in the outer edge of each to avoid 
being hindered by the projection of the inside face of the 
cylindrical body during rotation of the rotary body. 



3,863,805 

EXCHANGEABLE PISTON PUMP UNIT 
Heinz Dzaack, Enebyberg, and Sven Axlid, Spanga, both of 

Sweden, assignors to LKB-Produkter AB, Bromma, Sweden 
Filed June 6, 1973, Ser. No. 367,491 

Claims priority, application Sweden, June 9, 1972, 7579/72 

Int. CI. B67d 5130 

U.S.CL 222-14 6 Claims 

1. Liquid dispensing system comprising a plurality of ex- 
changeable liquid pump units and mounting means for remov- 
ably supporting any one of said pump units in a position for 
dispensing liquid in measured quantities, each of said pump 
units including a housing containing movable piston means 
having an exteriorly projecting means for moving the piston 
means, said mounting means including a plurality of setting 
means arranged in spaced relationship to each other and in 
proximity to a support pump unit, said mounting means also 
being provided with driving means for engagement with the 
means for moving the piston means of a pump unit in prede- 
termined increments in response to actuation of a setting 
means, the amount of said increment of movement being 
dependent upon the respective setting means actuated, each 
of the housings of the pump units being provided with volu- 
metric indicia means arranged in spaced relationship to each 
other and to be disposed respectively in proximity to respec- 
tive ones of said setting means, the predetermined increment 




pensc the volume of liquid denoted by the indicia means 
disposed in proximity to that setting means. 



3,863,806 
TURBINE METER 
Ross Eugene Riss^r, Jr., Bonham, Tex. 

Filed Oct. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 404,237 

Int. CI. B67d 5138 

U.S. CI. 222-23 10 Claims 




1. In fuel dispensing equipment including storage means for 
confinement of a supply of fuel, hose and nozzle means for 
discharging said fuel into a receptacle, pump means con- 
nected to the storage means for forcing said fuel under pres- 
sure to said nozzle means, and fuel register means; fuel meter 
means connected between said pump and nozzle means and 
operable to actuate said fuel register means comprising: a 
housing having an inlet receiving fuel from said pump means 
and an outlet discharging fuel to said nozzle means; a turbine 
rotor mounted on a shaft journaled in said housing, a seat 
formed in said housing, said rotor having a configuration 
shaped to cooperate with said seat of said housing, said rotor 
having a plurality of tapered spiral grooves formed in a periph- 
eral surface thereof; and electrical means disposed adjacent 
said rotor for counting and sending to said register means the 
number of revolutions of the rotor; said fuel in being pumped 
through the grooves of the meter means being effective to 
raise the rotor from the seat of the housing, revolve said rotor 
therein and thereby measure the volume of fuel dispensed 
from said nozzle. 



192 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,807 
LIQUID DISPENSING AND TRANSFER DEVICE 
Justin Joel Shapiro, Bcrlieley, and John W. G. Chin, Rich- 
mond, both of Calif., assignors to said Shapiro, Berkeley, 
Calif., by said Chin 

Filed Feb. 20, 1974, Ser. No. 444,176 

Int. CI. GOlf 11106 

U.S. CI. 222-43 7 Claims 



rr^ 




7. A liquid dispensing device comprising a barrel having 
fluid conduit means at one end, a movable plunger in said 
barrel and extending from its other end, a collar member 
surrounding, slidably engaging, and being longitudinally mov- 
able on said barrel, a connection rod extending parallel to and 
adjacent said barrel, means rigidly connecting said connection 
rod to the external portion of said plunger, means to rigidly 
connect said connection rod to said collar member, whereby 
said collar member moves relative to said barrel in accordance 
with the positioning of the plunger in said barrel, and finger- 
gripping means on the barrel including depending guard 
flange means adjacent opposite sides of the barrel and spaced 
therefrom to at times receive said collar member therebe- 
tween. 



3,863,808 
PARTICULATE MATERIAL CONVEYING APPARATUS 
Charles R. Vertue, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada, assignor to 
Volstatic of Canada Limited, Ontario, Canada 

Filed Mar. 20, 1974, Ser. No. 453,119' 
Claims priority, application Canada, Jan. 16, 1974, 190309 
Int. CI. B65g 53114; B67b 7124 
U.S. CI. 111-%1 12 Claims 

1. Particulate material conveying apparatus, comprising: 
an inlet for the entry of particulate material into the appara- 
tus; 
a gas flow passage extending past said inlet; 
means for vibrating said inlet comprising a ball race extend- 
ing around and spaced outwardly from said gas flow 
passage and a ball adapted to be driven around said race; 
and 
a compressed gas supply passage communicating with said 
vibrator means for supplying compressed gas to said 
vibrator means to drive the ball around the race; 
said vibrator means having a compressed gas outlet commu- 
nicating with said gas flow passage for discharging the 



compressed gas from said vibrator means along said gas 
flow passage past said inlet to thereby entrain the particu- 




late material through said inlet into and along said gas 
flow passage. 



3,863,809 

DISPENSING RACK AND PACKAGE 

William C. Christine, Catasaque, and William E. R. Watt, 

Barto, both of Pa., assignors to Inpaco, Allentown, Pa. 

Filed July 2, 1973, Ser. No. 375,364 

Int. CI. B65d 33114 

U.S. CI. 222-105 2 Claims 




1. An apparatus for dispensing pourable materials compris- 
ing, a rack including spaced parallel similar side members 
each embodying a horizontally disposed base portion, up 
standing legs, horizontally disposed extensions and inclined 
portions connecting said up standing legs and horizontal ex- 
tensions, upper and lower telescoping cross pieces connecting 
said side members together, securing elements connected to 
said cross pieces, a holder embodying an inclined back piece 
having a slotted portion receiving the upper cross piece and a 
horizontally extending bottom section having a slotted portion 
adjacent thereto for receiving the lower cross piece, a key way 
in the bottom portion of said holder, a flexible pouch having 
a quantity of material therein to be dispensed, a fltment on 
said pouch received in said key way, and a dispensing valve for 
selectively engaging said fltment. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



193 



3,863,810 

PLURAL SOURCES BEVERAGE DISPENSING 

APPARATUS 

Sigurd A. Hanson, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Bar Mates 

Fluldic Systems, lac, Los Angeles, Calif. 

Filed Oct. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 404,307 

Int. CI. B67d 5/56 

U.S.CL 222-129.1 4 Claims 










1. A soft drink dispensing system comprising: 
a plurality of sources of syrup each maintained at a rela- 
tively low pressure; 
a source of soda maintained at a relatively high pressure; 
a hand-holdable, fully mechanical valve control means 
having a plurality of fluid inlets and a fluid dispensing 
head at a fluid outlet thereof; and 
conduit means connecting said plurality of syrup sources 
and said soda source to different inlets of said valve con- 
trol means; and 
said valve control means including 
a housing, 

a plurality of normally closed valves in said housing one 
for each different syrup source and each including 
a valve cavity extending from an outer surface of said 

housing, 
a valve spindle in said cavity with an upper end portion 

exposed beyond said outer surface, 
upper, intermediate and lower spools on said valve 

spindle, 
a first inlet port into a side of said cavity immediately 

below said lower spool, 
a second inlet port into a side of said cavity immedi- 
ately above a top of said intermediate spool and 
below said upper spool, 
a first outlet port from a side of said cavity above said 

first inlet port and below said intermediate spool, 
a second outlet port from a side of said cavity below 

said second inlet port, 
a first seal on an inner wall of said cavity between said 
first inlet and outlet ports slidably engaging an outer 
surface of said lower spool to block fluid flow be- 
tween said first inlet and outlet ports when said valve 
is in its normally closed position and releasing from 
said lower spool as said spindle is moved axially into 
said cavity to define an open position for said valve, 
a second seal on an inner wall of said cavity between 
said first and second outlet ports slidably engaging an 
outer surface of said intermediate spool to block 
fluid flow between said second inlet and outlet ports 
and said first outlet port, 
a third seal on an inner wall of said cavity between said 
second inlet and outlet ports slidably engaging an 



outer surface of said intermediate spool to block 
fluid flow between said second inlet and outlet ports 
when said valve is in said closed position and releas- 
ing from said intermediate spool as said valve is 
moved to said open position, 
a fourth seal on an inner wall of said cavity between 
said second inlet and a top of said cavity slidably 
engaging an outer surface of said upper spool to 
block fluid flow from said top of said cavity, and 
spring means for urging said valve spindle away from a 
bottom of said cavity to said closed valve position, 
said spindle being finger depressible in said cavity to 
said open valve position, and 
conduit means in said housing connecting said first inlet 
port to said fluid inlet connected to said soda source, 
said second inlet port to a fluid inlet connected to a 
syrup source and said first and second outlet ports to 
said fluid dispensing head, whereby soda at said rela- 
tively high pressure acts on the lower spool of each 
valve to produce an upward force rapidly moving the 
valve from said open to closed positions upon a release 
of its associated valve spindle and an initial upward 
movement thereof in response to its associated spring 
means. 



3,863,811 

LAMINAR FLOW BIN 

Glen W. Fisher, Bellevue, and Fred A. Franz, Mercer Island, 

both of Wash., assignors to Technovators, Inc., Seattle, 

Wash. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 145,648, May 21, 1971, abandoned. 

This application May 10, 1973, Ser. No. 358,866 

Int. CI. B67d 5/60 

U.S. CI. 222-145 17 Claims 




7. A laminar flow bin for solid particulate material which 
comprises: 

A. a vertical peripheral wall defining a storage volume 
consisting of substantially all of the particulate material 
storage space within the bin; and 

B. hopper discharge means at the lower end of the storage 
volume for effecting discharge of particulate material 
from the storage volume under laminar flow conditions 
throughout substantially the entire length of the storage 
volume, said hopper discharge means including: 



194 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



1 



a plurality of substantially identical, open-topped hop- 
pers arranged in side-by-side adjacency, each said 
hopper including an upper inlet, a lower outlet smaller 
than and in axial alignment with said upper inlet on the 
same vertical axis, and an inner surface inclining down- 
wardly from said upper inlet to said lower outlet at a 
slope of at least 55°, said upper inlets occupying the 
entire central cross sectional area and occupying in 
toto substantially the entire cross-sectional area en- 
closed by said vertical peripheral wall; and 
flow control means regulating particulate material 
discharge from said hoppers for effecting particulate 
material discharge simultaneously from each hopper at 
a rate proportional to the relative cross-sectional area 
of each such hopper. 

I 



1 



3,863312 
Patent Not Issued For This Number 



3,863,813 
LIQUEFIED-GAS CARTRIDGE WITH DISPENSING 

VALVE 
Helmut Metzner, Pfeffingen, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba- 
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y. 

Filed Apr. 22, 1974, Ser. No. 462,693 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 25, 1973, 
5883/73; Jan. 31, 1974, 1333/74 

Int. CI. B67d 5162 
U.S. CI. 222-146 HA 13 Claims 




1. A liquefied-gas filled cartridge with dispensing valve, 
comprising, in the liquid phase of the liquefied gas contained 
within the cartridge, an agent which, on cooling of the lique- 
fied gas in consequence of evaporation of the liquid phase 
whilst the valve remains open, releases heat to the liquefied 
gas. 



3,863,814 
SAFETY CAP FOR AEROSOL CANS 
Jewel J. Shelton. 5208-F Falls of Neuse Rd., Raleigh, N.C. 
27609 

Filed Nov. 1, 1973, Ser. No. 411,770 

Int. CI. B67d 5132 

U.S. CI. 222-153 9 Claims 

I. For use in conjunction with an aerosol can incorporating 

a valve surrounding outwardly projecting bead, a cap and 



associated locking ring, said cap including a top, a plurality of 
sections depending from said top and terminating in inturned 
lower ends engageable beneath the valve surrounding bead of 
an aerosol can, said sections encircling said bead, said sections 
being outwardly flexible in a manner so as to outwardly move 
said inturned ends upon a compression of the cap top inward 




of said sections, a ring surrounding said sections and being 
vertically positionable between a first position surrounding 
and closely engaging the inturned end portions of said sections 
and a second position vertically upward therefrom, said ring, 
in the first position, precluding an outward flexing of said 
sections, said ring, in said second position, allowing an out- 
ward flexing of said sections. 



3,863,815 
GRAIN METERING DEVICE 
Robert C. Chaffee, Green, and Delmar Toburen, Riley, both of 
Kans., assignors to Gilmore-Tatge Manufacturing Co., Inc., 
Clay Center, Kans. 

Filed Mar. 7, 1974, Ser. No. 448,833 

Int. CI. GOlf 11120 

U.S. CI. 222-238 10 Claims 




I. In combination with a grain receptacle having a grain 
discharge opening in the floor thereof, a metering device for 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



195 



regulating the rate of discharge of grain through said opening, 

said metering device comprising: 
a. a meter housing disposed within said receptacle in spaced 
relation above said discharge opening, concentrically 
with and of greater horizontal dimensions than said open- 
ing, whereby grain must pass beneath said housing to 
reach said opening, 

b. power means operable to rotate said meter housing about 
a vertical axis concentric with said discharge opening, 

c. at least one scoop wheel carried rotatably by said meter 
housing on a vertical axis eccentric to the axis of said 
housing, said wheel including radially extending fingers 
operable in the vertical space between said receptacle 
floor and the lower edge of said meter housing, said 
fingers being of sufficient length to extend radially out- 
wardly of said meter housing, and radially inwardly over 
said discharge opening, and 

d. means whereby rotation of said meter housing results in 
rotation of said scoop wheel in an opposite direction 
relative to said housing rotation whereupon the fingers of 
the latter scoop grain from said receptacle under the 
lower edge of said meter housing to said discharge open- 
ing. 



3,863,816 

VARIABLE FLOW RATE ACTUATOR BUTTON FOR A 
PRESSURIZED AEROSOL DISPENSER 
John Richard Focht, Yonkers, N.Y., assignor to Precision 
Valve Corporation, Yonkers, N.Y. 

Filed Nov. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 302,784 

Int. CI. B65d 83114 

U.S. CI. 222-402.17 5 Claims 




1. A variable flow rate actuator for a pressurized aerosol 
dispenser comprising: 

a body and a plug having a cylindrical portion; 

said body including a discharge orifice, means for connec- 
tion to a dispenser valve and a cylindrical socket in com- 
munication with the connection means to receive said 
plug cylindrical portion; 

said body including u groove extending longitudinally of the 
cylindrical wall of said socket; 

said plug cylindrical portion being positioned in said socket 
to overlie the body socket groove, said plug being rotat- 
able relative to said body; 

a plurality of circumferentially spaced grooves of different 
cross-sectional areas extending longitudinally of the side- 
wall of said plug cylindrical portion to the bottom end of 
said plug portion, the plug grooves being selectively regis- 
terable with said body socket groove upon rotation of said 
plug, said plug portion grooves being in direct communi- 
cation with said dispenser valve; 

said discharge orifice being in communication with said 
body socket groovd. 



3,863,817 

CONTAINER WITH APPLICATOR TUBE FOR 

DISPENSING A LIQUID FOR DETECTION OF LEAKS 

Guy Speaker, 4240 Fairview Ave., Minnetonka, Minn. 55343 

Continuation of Ser. No. 241,198, Apr. 6, 1972, abandoned. 

This application Aug. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 385.820 

Int. CI. B67d 5/06 

U.S. CI. 222-530 2 Claims 




JCC 



1. A container with applicator tubes for dispensing a liquid, 
comprising in combination: 

a. a deformable bottle having, 

b. a hollow neck, 

c. a stopper having first and second identical ends, each of 
said first and second ends being snuggly insertable into 
said hollow neck, 

d. said stopper having a first socket formed in said first end 
and 

e. a second socket, identical to said first socket, formed in 
said second end of said stopper, said first and second 
sockets terminating in an, 

f inner wall having a, 

g. flow hole axially of said first and second sockets and of 

a diameter less than the diameter of said first and second 

sockets, 
h. a tube mounted in each of said first and second sockets 

in communication with said fiow hole and in contact with 

said inner wall, 
i. said stopper including identical storage sockets formed in 

said first and second ends for receiving the free end of 

said first and second tubes to seal off the same. 



3,863,818 

DISPENSING CLOSURES WITH INTEGRAL SPOUT 

LATCHES 

Robert E. Hazard, No. Kingston, R.I., assignor to Polytop 

Corporation, Slatersville, R.L 

Filed Dec. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 425,227 
Int. CI. B67b 7112 
U.S. CI. 222-531 7 Claims 

1. In a dispensing closure having a cap and a spout, said cap 
being adapted to be attached to a container and having an 
opening leading therethrough, said spout having a passage 
extending therethrough and being capable of being rotatably 
mounted on said cap so as to be capable of being rotated 
between a closed position in which said spout closes off said 
opening and an opened position in which said passage is 
aligned with said opening, the improvement which comprises: 
said cap having latch means formed integrally therewith. 



196 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



\ 



said cap and said latch means being formed of a resilient 
material, 

said latch means including a resilient wall means which 
extends from the top of said cap and a lever means and 
a latch surface means both of which are carried by the 
extremity of said wall means remote from the top of said 
cap, 

said latch surface means overlying a part of said spout when 
said spout is in said closed position so as to lock said spout 
against rotation from said closed position. 



] 



100 '-^ 




said lever means being spaced from the lop of said cap and 
said wall so as to be capable of being manually engaged 
so as to rotate said latch surface means to a sufficient 
extent so that said spout may be rotated to said opened 
position, 

said latch means being sufficiently resilient so that when 
said spout is rotated from said opened position to said 
closed position said latch surface means automatically 
engages said spout so as to hold said spout in said closed 
position. 



^ 3,863,819 

POURING SPOLT ATTACHMENT 

John G. Storm, 5210 Villa Way, Minneapolis, Minn. 55424 

Filed Dec. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 311,128 

Int. CI. B65d 25148 

U.S. CI. 222-569 2 Claims 



I O ,7,2 25' ^/ ^^ 

f 7^ )| / ^ 




C. 



1. A pouring spout attachment for open top containers 
comprising: 

a. a flexible resilient body having converging side edge 
portions, the juncture of which forms a vertex, and having 
a base edge portion connecting said side edge portions; 

b. said side edge portions and base edge portions cooperat- 
ing to define a planar upper surface; 
said base edge portion having a curved surface which is 
generally norma! to said upper surface, said curved 
formed on a radius that is less than that of containers on 
which it is to be mounted; and 

a mounting clamp carried by said body for resiliently 
engaging the inner surface of the container upon which 
the spout attachment is secured at a single point, said 
mounting clamp including: 

i. a mounting element having a first leg portion secured 
to said body and extending along said upper surface 
from a point adjacent said vertex and bisecting base 
edge portion to form a capillary flow path; 



ii. a second leg portion depending from said first leg 
portion, spaced from said base edge portion; 

iii. a clamping arm carried by said second leg portion and 
movable toward and away from said base edge portion 
to engage a container which may be inserted between 
said base edge portion and said clamping arm; and 

iv. said clamping arm is guided in said movement 
toward and away from said vase portion by said first 
leg portion. 



3363320 
POUR SPOUT 
Franklin Eugene Wharton, 1308 Sartori Ave., Torrance, 
CaUf. 90501 

Filed Nov. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 413388 
U.S. CI. 222-569 8 Claims 




1. A pour spout device adapted to be positioned over an 
opening in the end wall of a container having at least one end 
wall and a side wall, the opening having two ends, a first end 
adjacent the juncture of the end wall and the side wall, and a 
second end spaced inwardly from the juncture of the end wall 
and the side wall, which device comprises; 

a. a tubular body having an upper end and a lower end; 

b. a vent tube having an upper end and a lower end extend- 
ing the length of the tubular body and attached to and 
eccentrically positioned within the tubular body so as to 
be toward the second end of the opening in the end wall 
of the container when the device is in use; 

c. a plate attached to the lower end of the tubular body and 
having an opening therein in alignment with and coexten- 
sive with the opening of the tubular body, the plate having 
a first end adapted to be positioned generally over the 
first end of the opening and a second end adapted to be 
positioned generally over the second end of the opening; 
d. a pad of resilient material attached to the surface of the 
plate opposite the tubular body and having an opening 
therein in alignment with and coextensive with the open- 
ing of the tubular body, the pad being adapted to sealingly 
engage the surface of the end wall of the container 
around the opening therein; 

e. a hook shaped lever arm swinging out from a first end 
positioned below the pad of resilient material and then 
upwardly to a second end at a position spaced from the 
plate and below the plane of the plate; 

f means comprising a collar extending downwardly from 
the plate and within which the first end of the lever arm 
is mounted attaching the first end of the lever arm to the 
plate towards the second end thereof so that the lever arm 
may be slid through the opening, the second end of the 
lever arm being positioned below and bearing against the 
end wall so as to compress the pad into sealing position 
when the plane of the plate is parallel to the plane of the 
end wall; 

g. means for compressing the pad below the first end of the 
plate into sealing position on the end wall of the container 
to complete the seal. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



197 



3,863321 

BURSTING, SEPARATING AND/OR DIE CUTTING 
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS FORMS 
Hans Lochmann Van Bennekom, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to 
Burroughs Corporation, Detroit, Mich. 

Filed May 2, 1973, Ser. No. 356,515 

Int. CI. B26f i/02, B65h 25110 

U.S. CI. 225-93 8 Claims 




1. Apparatus for separating continuous multiple item forms 
into separate and individual items comprising; 

oppositely disposed, relatively rigid members, 

one of said rigid members being movable with respect to the 
other of said rigid members, 

means of differing relative resilience disposed on each of 
said rigid members, the upper resilient means being solid, 
fiat faced, flexible material, the lower resilient means 
being formed as two separate, flat faced members with a 
cavity therebetween, the resilient means of one member 
being receivable within the cavity formed by the resilient 
means of the other of said rigid members. 

means for advancing continuous item forms between said 
rigid members, and 

means operably associated with said advancing means and 
said rigid members whereby relative movement between 
said rigid members causes said resilient means to grip said 
items and force the resilient means of one of said rigid 
members into the cavity of the other of said resilient 
means so that the items therebetween are burst apart 
along a line of preweakening between items. 



3363,822 
NOZZLE DEVICE FOR PRODUCING A FLUID JET 
Rachid Keldany, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Ruti Machin- 
ery Works Ltd., (formerly Caspar Honegger), Ruti/ZH, 
Switzerland 

Filed May 1, 1973, Ser. No. 356,103 
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 29, 1972, 
7895/72 

int. CI. B65h / 1122 

U.S. CI. 226-97 8 Claims 

\ 




1. Nozzle device for producing a jet of fluid for inserting 
weft threads into a shed on a loom, the said nozzle device 
comprising an inner portion and an outer portion symmetri- 
cally surrounding said inner portion, said inner and outer 
portions defining a ring shaped nozzle aperture for a jet of 
fluid to flow out, there being defined between the said inner 
portion and the said outer portion a chamber which contains 



the weft thread propelling fluid, said outer portion being 
formed with a plurality of apertures for supplying the fluid to 
said chamber from a fluid source, said chamber having a front 
and a rear zone with its front zone extending rearwardly away 
from said nozzle aperture and forming an "aiming" portion for 
determining the direction of the flow of said jet of fluid, and 
which is prolonged by said rear zone forming a storage por- 
tion, the apertures for supplying the fluid to said chamber 
being located in said rear zone remote from the nozzle aper- 
ture, said aiming portion being elongated and delimited by two 
walls at least one of which is conical and that converge with 
respect to each other to produce a substantially uniform de- 
crease in the cross-section of the aiming portion in the direc- 
tion of the nozzle aperture, a bore in said inner portion for 
passage of said weft thread to be propelled by said jet of fluid 
passing from said nozzle aperture, and a means for supplying 
said fluid flow to said chamber. 



3,863,823 
STRIP STOCK FEEDING MECHANISM 
Arthur L. Allred, High Point, N.C., assignor to Allred Metal 
Stamping Works, High Point, N.C. 

Filed Sept. 4, 1973, Ser. No. 393,731 

Int. CI. B65h / 7126 

U.S. CI. 226-142 9 Claims 




I. Apparatus for feeding a continuous strip of material to a 
punch press comprising, a base, reciprocable means supported 
upon said base, means upon said reciprocable means for grip- 
ping and intermittently advancing said strip of material uni- 
formly and accurately, means for preventing retrogressive 
movement of the strip material advanced by said gripping 
means, rotatable driven means mounted upon said base, drive 
means, including a clutch, selectively coupling said rotatable 
means with a press drive, adjustment means supported upon 
said rotatable means for selectively varying the stroke of said 
reciprocating means and the length of strip material fed, and 
means positively and directly coupling said adjustment means 
to said reciprocable means. ' 



3363,824 
AUTOMATIC FASTENER FEED MAGAZINE AND FEED 

BELT 
Andrew G. Bakoledis, Clinton, Conn., assignor to Olin Corpo- 
ration, New Haven, Conn. 

Filed Oct. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 408,341 
Int. CI. B25c 1114 
U.S.CL 227-10 10 Claims 

1. An automatic fastener feed mechanism for a power- 
actuated tool of the type including a muzzle bushing having an 
opening for receiving a fastener to be driven, said mechanism 
comprising a magazine housing having an upper portion sup- 
ported by the muzzle bushing and a lower portion having a 
cylindrical side wall, a cam track in said side wall, a follower 
mounted for movement in said cam track between a first 
loading position and a second position adjacent said opening 
in the muzzle bushing, a cover member having a side wall 
spaced from said side wall of said lower portion to provide a 



198 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



space for receiving a plurality of fasteners, means biasing said 
follower toward said opening in said muzzle bushing, and 



3 






^ 

a 







3,863,826 
SONIC OR ULTRASONIC APPARATUS 
Andrew Shoh, Ridgefield, Conn., assignor to Branson Instru- 
ments, Incorporated, Stamford, Conn. 

Filed Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 353,227 

Int. Ci. B23I4 //06. 5120 

U.S. CI. 228-1 23 Claims 



J — ll lis 



means for rotating said follower against the bias of said biasing 
means. 



3,863,825 
MACHINE FOR DRIVING MINE ROOF PINS HAVING 
COAXIAL JACKING MEANS 
Gerald W. Elders, P.O. Box 1369, Aspen, Colo. 81611; 
Thomas R. Alongi, 350 E. Main St., DuQuoin, III. 62832; 
Thomas E. Schneider, deceased, late of 601 E. Park St., 
DuQuoin, III. 62832, and Thomas R. Schneider, administra- 
tor, 527 Maliory Ln., DuQuoin, III. 62832 
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 202,61 1, Nov. 26, 1971, Pat. 
No. 3.819,101 which is a division of Ser. No. 846.795. 
Aug. 1. 1%9, abandoned. This application Jan. 4, 1974, 
Ser. No. 430,639 
Int. CI. B27f im 
U.S. CI. 227-130 12 Claims 





1. A sonic or ultrasonic apparatus comprising: 

a support for supporting electroacoustic transducer means; 
electroacoustic transducer means adapted to be resonant 
at a predetermined frequency of sound for providing 
vibratory energy in response to electrical energy of said 
frequency applied; 

leaf spring means coupling said transducer means to said 
]f support, said spring means being dimensioned to yield in 
the direction substantially parallel to the axis of propaga- 
tion of the vibratory energy provided by said transducer 
means, but to exhibit rigidity in a direction substantially 
normal to said axis, and 

motive means coupled to said transducer means for impart- 
ing gross reciprocating motion to said transducer means 
relative to said support in a direction substantially parallel 
to said axis for coupling said transducer means into vibra- 
tory energy transmitting contact with a workpiece and for 
withdrawing said transducer means from such energy 
transmitting contact. 



3,863,827 
TAILLESS WIRE BONDER 
Richard F. Fouike, Carlisle, and James E. Kelly, Melrose, both 
of Mass., assignors to Mech-EI Industries, Inc., Woburn, 
Mass. 

Filed Nov. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 305,568 

Int. CI. B23k 21104 

U.S. CI. 228-5 " 4 Claims 



I. In a machine for driving mine roof pins: 

a. an elongate pin cylinder, 

b. a pin piston movably received in the pin cylinder, the pin 
piston providing a seat for a mine roof pin, 

c. a pressure plate carried by and movable with the pin 
cylinder, 

d. a base supported by the mine floor, and 

e. jacking means supported by the base and urging the pin 
cylinder and the pressure plate toward the mine roof, said 
jacking means including a jack piston member and a jack 
cylinder member coaxial with the pin cylinder, said jack 
piston member being integral with said pin cylinder for 
movement with said pin cylinder and said jack cylinder 
member being movable relative to said pin cylinder. 




On 




^t^zz^ 



I. In apparatus adapted to form a tailless bond between fine 
electrical conductive wire and electrical contact points of 
semiconductor devices the combination of: 

a. a mounting block; 



\. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



199 



b. a tool holder rigidly mounted on said block extending 
outward therefrom; 

c. a capillary bonding tool on said tool holder, said bonding 
tool having a longitudinal axis, said bonding tool further 
having a capillary opening for receiving said conductive 
wire, said opening disposed coincident with said longitu- 
dinal axis of said tool; 

d. a source of bonding energy for driving said bonding tool 
to form a bond between said conductive wire and said 
electrical contact point; 

e. an assembly arm mounted on said block extending out- 
ward therefrom; 

f. a lever arm pivolally mounted on said assembly arm; 

g. a conductive wire clamp comprising a pair of jaws 
mounted on said lever arm, said jaws positioned and 
arranged to grasp said conductive wire at a selected dis- 
tance from said bonding tool substantially along said 
bounding tool longitudinal axis; 

h. means for actuating said clamp jaws to grasp said conduc- 
tive wire; 

i. means for moving said lever arm and said clamp a selected 
distance substantially along said axis toward said bonding 
tool by pivoting said lever arm and said clamp while said 
bonding tool remains stationary to form a bow in said 
conductive wire; 

j. means for simultaneously raising said tool holder and said 
assembly arm away from said bond sufficient to break 
said conductive wire at said bond whereby a tailless bond 
is formed and whereby a predetermined length of con- 
ductive wire is left extending below said bonding tool 
substantially equal in length to said bow, 

k. means for altering the end of said extending conductive 
wire to form an enlarged portion of a predetermined 
uniform size and shape in preparation for a future bond- 
ing sequence. 



3,863,828 
SELF LAMINATED HANGING FILE FOLDER 
Jack C. King, North Muskegon, Mich., assignor to The Shaw- 
Walker Company, Muskegon, Mich. 
Continuation of Ser. No. 154,458, June 18, 1971, abandoned. 
This application July 9, 1973, Ser. No. 377,586 
Int. CI. B65d 1 100 
U.S. CI. 229-1.5 R 3 Claims 




1. A hanging file folder including: 

a front panel and a rear panel formed integrally from a piece 
of paper and connected about a bottom fold, 

a hanger member formed integrally at the upper end of each 
panel and including a plurality of plies of said panel 
folded one upon the other and adhered to one another, 

each hanger member including an upper portion and a 
lower portion with the upper portion having hooks 
formed at the opposite ends thereof and located laterally 
outwardly of the sides of the panels, 

the lower portion of each hanger member being offset rela- 
tive to the upper |)ortion to strengthen said hanger mem- 
ber. 



said hook members extending toward said bottom fold but 
terminating short of the lower portion of said hanger 
member. 



3,863,829 

SHIPPING AND DISPLAY ^DNTAINER FOR FRESH 

PRODUCTS SUCH AS ASPARAGUS 

Thomas M. Merrill, P.O. Box 659, Salinas, Calif. 93901 

Filed June 7, 1973, Ser. No. 367,836 

Int. CI. B65d 5100, 5122 

U.S. CI. 229-16 D 3 Claims 




1. A combined shipping and display container for fresh 
products such as asparagus, the combination comprising a box 
body having a bottom, a rear wall and double thickness side 
walls, one thickness of said side walls having the rear edges 
thereof integral with the respective sides of said rear wall, the 
other thickness of said side walls having the bottom edges 
thereof integral with the sides of said bottom, a cover having 
a top, a front wall and double thickness side members, the rear 
edge of said top being hingedly attached to the top edge of 
said rear wall, said front wall being attached to the front edge 
of said top. one thickness of said side members being attached 
to the side edges of said top and the other thickness of said 
side members being attached to said front wall, said side 
members overlapping said side walls when said top is lowered 
to close said box body and said front wall closes the front of 
said box body, and means attaching said front wall to said 
bottom and to said end walls when said box body is closed. 



3,863,830 
LIQUID AND GAS SEALING CARDBOARD PACKAGE 
Od Wikar Christensson, Bromma, Sweden, assignor to Chris- 
tenssons Maskiner & Patenter AB, Bromma, Sweden 

Filed June 12, 1972, Ser. No. 261,957 
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 30, 1971, 
8424/71 

Int. CI. B65d 5158 
U.S. CI. 229— 14 BA 4 Claims 




1. A liquid and gas sealing package comprising an outer 
package of cardboard or any other fairly stiff material and an 
inner package of a thin sealing material which completely 
covers the interior of the outer package, and a sealing lid 
which sealingly receives the upper edge both of the outer 
package and the inner package in a downwards open groove 



200 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



thereof, both said outer package and said inner package being 
formed of continuous blanks each including a bottom, side 
pieces and corner pieces, said corner pieces being comprised 
of a corner panel and a fold part on each side of said corner 
panel and resting against the inside of the adjacent side piece. 
the fold part of the outer package being received within the 
corresponding fold of the inner package and at least each fold 
part of the outer package being formed with somewhat less 
height than its side pieces and corresponding corner and side 
pieces of the inner package so that the upper part of the outer 
package along its whole upper edge will be formed by the 
inner package and only one layer of cardboard at the maxi- 
mum. 



3,863,831 
SHIPPING CARTON 
Roger M. Wozniacki, Brea, and Wilbur Wong, Long Beach, 
both of Calif., assignors to International Paper Company, 
New York, N.Y. 

Filed Aug. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 280,881 

Int. CI. B65d 13/04 

U.S. CI. 229-23 R 24 Claims 




STACKED 

ARRANGEMENT 
OF CAATONS 



1. A carton open at its top for loading comprising a central 
body section open at its top having a bottom panel and two 
side wall panels attached to opposed edges of the bottom 
panel; end wall panels at each end of the body section having 
attached thereto four extension panels; a first extension panel 
joined to the outer surface of the bottom panel in face-to-face 
relationship therewith, second and third extension panels 
joined to the outer surfaces of the two side wall panels in 
face-to-face relationship therewith; the first extension panel 
disposed beneath the bottom edges of the second and third 
extension panels with the second and third extension panels 
resting on the first extension panel; a movable fourth exten- 
sion panel adapted to overlie the top edges of the second and 
third extension panels; the extension panels joined to the body 
section at each end thereof having between them an apertured 
zone in the body section occupying about 33 to 75 percent of 
the surface area of the body section. 



3,863,832 
FOOD CONTAINER 
Robert L. Gordon, Monroe, and John C. Siegele, New City, 
both of N.Y., assignors to International Paper Company, 
New York, N.Y. 

Filed Dec. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 316,664 
Int. CI. B65d 5/20 
VS. CI. 229-30 14 Claims 

1. A container for packaging, storing and heating foods 
which comprises: 
a. a paperboard tray, the interior surface of which is coated 
with a thermoplastic, said tray including. 



i. a base portion 

ii. a plurality of upstanding walls foldably connected to 
said base portion, 

iii. a plurality of corner closures, each corner closure 
foldably connected to a respective one of said upstand- 
ing walls and overlapping bonded thereto, 

iv. horizontally disposed panels each foldably connected 
to the top of a respective one of said upstanding walls. 




the end of said panels abutting each other to form a 
peripheral flange, 

b. a lid disposed on said flange, the interior surface of said 
lid coated with a thermoplastic; and 

c. a heat sensitive adhesive connection between said lid and 
said flange wherein said heat sensitive adhesive connec- 
tion is adapted to fail when the pressure within said con- 
tainer reaches a predetermined value whereby said lid is 
automatically seperated from said tray. 



3,863,833 

STORAGE CONTAINER FOR MEAT OR POULTRY 

PRODUCTS 

James B. Swett, Barrington, R.I., and Robert H. C. M. Daenen, 

Erembodegem, Belgium, assignors to Dart Industries Inc., 

Los Angeles, Calif. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 194,885, Nov. 2, 1971, abandoned. 

This application Aug. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 387,646 

Int. CI. B65d 5/64, 43/00 

U.S. CI. 229-43 4 Claims 




1. A storage and serving tray and closure combination 
adapted to hold consumable foodstuffs and the like compris- 
ing: a tray member having a recessed bottom wall integral with 
an upwardly extending side wall, said bottom wall being inte- 
grally constructed to include a plurality of raised rib areas 
adapted to support the foodstuff so that the remaining chan- 
nel-like portion thereof will collect any fluids exuded thereby, 
the upper portion of said side wall having a cross-section in the 
shape of an inverted U with the top surface characterized by 
an outwardly extending ledge with a downwardly projecting 
sealing surface that terminates in a laterally extending annular 
lip all of which are integral with said side and bottom walls, 
and a closure having a top wall and side walls, said side walls 
including a sealing flange area that is adapted to sealably 
engage said sealing surface and which area is further sup- 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



201 



ported by an outwardly protruding peripheral rim that is posi- 
tioned above the lower edge of said scaling flange area such 
that it is approximately opposite the outwardly extending 
ledge of said tray when said closure is in scaling relation 
thereon. 



3,863,834 

TEAR-STRIP FOR PAPERBOARD CONTAINER 

Peter E. Sandford, London, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Som- 

erville Industries Limited, London, Ontario, Canada 

Filed Oct. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 404,292 

Int. CI. B65d 5/54 

U.S. CI. 229-51 TS 12 Claims 




1. A paperboard container having a tear-strip in a panel 
thereof, said tear-strip having its side edges each defined by a 
series of cuts, 

the terminal end of each cut being in advance of the initial 
end of the next following cut in the direction of tear of 
said tear-strip, 

the terminal end portion of each cut being inclined in a 
direction that intersects the next following cut a substan- 
tial distance from its initial end whereby pulling force on 
the strip in the direction of tear is applied substantially to 
tear initiation at the terminal ends of said cuts in succes- 
sion. 



3,863,835 
LETTER PACKAGES 
Wilfred H. Gendron, Wilbraham, Mass., assignor to United 
States Envelope Company, Springfield, Mass. 

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 289,773 
Int. CI. B65d 27/10, 27/04, 27/06 



U.S. CI. 229-69 



16 Claims 




1. A continuous form letter package assembly comprising 
an elongated web of sheet material defining at least one longi- 
tudinal series of foldable carrier envelope-letterhead blanks 
connected together in series in end-to-end relation and a 
plurality of reply envelope structures equal in number to said 
carrier envelope-letterhead blanks, each of said letter pack- 
ages comprising one of said blanks and an associated one of 
said reply envelope structures carried by said one blank, said 
one blank having a copy area on the front surface thereof and 
including two carrier envelope panels connected along a com- 
mon fold line, one of said carrier envelope panels having a 
window opening therethrough spaced from said common fold 
line, said one blank having means for securing said two carrier 
envelope panels in folded relation with said associated one 
reply envelope structure therebetween when said one blank is 
separated from said series and said one carrier envelope panel 
is folded along said common fold line relative to the other 



carrier envelope panel to form a carrier envelope for said one 
reply envelope structure, said one reply envelope structure 
comprising a reply envelope, a coupon panel connected to 
said reply envelope, and a pair of attaching tabs connected to 
said coupon panel for attaching said one reply envelope struc- 
ture to said one blank, said reply envelope having a plurality 
of body panels connected together to form an envelope body, 
said coupon panel being connected to the upper edge of one 
of said body panels along an associated line of weakening and 
folded downwardly therealong and into overlying relation with 
said envelope body, said attaching tabs being connected along 
associated lines of weakening to the respective opposite side 
edges of said coupon panel and extending outwardly in oppo- 
site directions therefrom and beyond the respectively associ- 
ated side edges of said envelope body, each of said attaching 
tabs being adhesively connected to an associated portion of 
the front surface of said other carrier envelope panel, said 
coupon panel and said tabs cooperating with said othe.r carrier 
envelope panel to retain said envelope body between said 
other carrier envelope panel and said coupon panel and in 
generally overlying relation with an associated portion of suid 
front surface of said other carrier envelope panel, said coupon 
panel having an address area thereon in registry with and 
exposed in said window opening when said two carrier enve- 
lope panels are secured in folded relation by said securing 
means. 



3,863,836 

TWO-WAY ENVELOPE AND LETTER 

William H. Austin, 186 S. Main St., Cheshire, Conn. 06410 

Filed Dec. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 319,762 

Int. CI. B65d 27/06 

U.S. CI. 229-73 5 Claims 



tr^ ^-k 



■■,r^ (.' 



72^ / 




3. A combination two-way envelope and letter comprising 
envelope means formed by a single foldable sheet, said sheet 
having a front surface and a rear surface; 

said sheet being divided into a central panel portion, a top 
panel portion and a bottom panel portion connected 
respectively to the top and bottom of said central panel 
portion, a pair of side flap portions connected respec- 
tively to the sides of said central panel portion, and a 
cover flap portion connected to said top flap portion; 

adhesive means on said sheet front surface including a first 
adhesive portion on said top panel portion adjacent its 
juncture with said cover flap portion and a second adhe- 
sive portion at the outer edge of said cover flap portion; 
and 

message means formed by a multiple sheet set including 
means for transmitting a message written on the top sheet 
of said set onto the remaining sheets in said set; 

said message means being attached to the front surface of 
said bottom panel portion; 

said message means including means enabling individual 
sheets from said set to be separated and removed from 



202 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



said set. while the remaining sheets' in said set remain 
attached to said bottom panel portion. 



3,863,837 
CARDLESS HEAD BOARD MERCHANDISING PACKAGE 
Jacob Spiegel, Philadelphia, Pa., and Albert Miller, Somerdale, 
N.J., assignors to Gilbreth Company, Philadelphia, Pa., by 
^ said Miller 

Filed Aug. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 281,600 

Int. CI. B65d 65104 

U.S. CI. 229-87 R 2 Claims 




1. A package for displaying and packaging articles, said 
package being suspendable from a rod. said package compris- 
ing a sheet of heat shrinkable film which will retain its dimen- 
sional stability when subjected to prolonged ambient tempera- 
tures up to 1 20° F, said sheet being formed with a loop section 
for receiving said articles and a head section, said sheet being 
folded upon itself whereby the lower portion comprises the 
loop section and the upper portions comprise the head sec- 
tion, with the abutting faces of said head section being heat 
sealed together to form a substantially planar head section, 
said abutting faces forming an inner surface on said head 
section, said head section including a printed portion, with 
said printed portion being on said inner surface, said head 
section consisting of said planar heat sealed faces, said loop 
section being adapted to receive and contain said articles by 
placing said articles in said loop section and heating said loop 
section above 120° F to shrink said loop section to tightly 
secure said articles therein, and an opening formed in said 
head section, said package being suspendable from a rod 
which is received in said opening. 



3,863,838 

CENTRIFUGE 

Franl( E. Pronk, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, assignor to R. M. 

Hardy Associates Ltd., Calgary, Alberta, Canada 

Filed Aug. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 386,770 

Int. CI. B04b 

\}J&. CI. 233-2 4 Claims 



49, so 



«0 « 



i7 26 46^«^?gjfi^4| 

^~r f^ — '— — ™*i;^ Jdal^uylT.'. 



S3 -- 



10 



20 E 




detachable cover for said bowl in clamping engagement with 
said rim, a filtering medium opcrativcly clamped between said 
detachable cover and said rim of said bowl, a detachable cover 
for said body portion, an upper drive shaft steady bearing 
assembly secured to said cover for said body portion, bearably 
engaging over the upper end of said drive shaft, andlin annu- 
lar vertically situated U-shaped sediment trap formed around 
the periphery of said bowl and extending substantially above 
the horizontal plane of said rim of said bowl. 



1. A centrifuge assembly comprising in combination a verti- 
cally situated body portion, a drive shaft extending upwardly 
into said body portion from the base thereof, means to support 
said drive shaft for rotation within the said base of said body 
portion, a centrifuge bowl having an upper side bounded by a 
peripherial rim, detachably engaged for rotation over said 
drive shaft and within said body portion, a centrally apertured 



3,863,839 

FUEL PUMP COMPUTER CONVERSION TO 

QUARTS/LITERS PRICING AND COST COMPUTATION 

Bradley L. Batson, Marlborough, Conn., assignor to Veeder 

Industries, Inc., Hartford, Conn. 

Filed Feb. 14, 1974, Ser. No. 442,476 

Int. CI. G06c 15142; B67d 5122 

U.S. CI. 235-94 R 5 Claims 




TOTAL SALE 






J 




1. Conversion means for expanding the price range of a 
mechanical fuel pump computer having a variator driven by 
a fuel meter in accordance with the volume amount of fuel 
delivered and settable for independently establishing each 
place of a gallon unit volume fuel price within a three place 
price range and having at least one set of three number wheels 
for posting the three places respectively of the gallon unit 
volume price established by the variator setting; and a reset- 
table register having at least one volume counter connected to 
be driven by the meter to provide a gallons readout of the 
amount of fuel delivered and resettable to zero between fuel 
deliveries and at least one cost counter connected to be driven 
by the meter and via the variator in accordance with the 
variator setting to provide a dollars readout of the cost amount 
of fuel delivered in accordance with the gallons readout and 
the gallon unit volume price established by the variator set- 
ting; each of said counters comprising a counter shaft, a trans- 
fer pinion shaft extending parallel to the counter shaft, a 
plurality of counter wheels of ascending order mounted on the 
counter shaft each having an outer rim with one decimal set 
of angularly spaced count indicia, adjacent counter wheels of 
relatively higher and lower order each having a disengageable 
wheel reset gear for resetting the counter wheel to zero, a 
disengageable wheel drive gear for rotating the counter wheel 
for counting, and gear engagement means operable by the 
counter shaft by axially shifting the counter shaft in one direc- 
tion for disengaging the wheel drive gear and engaging the 
wheel reset gear for conditioning the counter wheel for being 
reset and by axially shifting the counter shaft in the opposite 
direction for engaging the wheel drive gear and conditioning 
the counter wheel for counting, the adjacent lower order 
counter wheel having a combination locking ring and single 
two-tooth segment transfer gear, and a plurality of transfer 
pinions mounted on the transfer pinion shaft each mounted in 
engagement with a wheel drive gear and combination locking 
ring and single two-tooth transfer gear of adjacent counter 
wheels of relatively higher and lower order for generating a 
one count transfer from the lower to the higher order counter 
wheel for every revolution of the lower order wheel; the con- 
version means comprising a substitute lowest order counter 
wheel for each counter; each substitute counter wheel having 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



203 



a said disengageable wheel drive gear, a said disengageable 
wheel reset gear, a said gear engagement means operable by 
the counter shaft, an outer rim bearing four decimal sets of 
angularly spaced count indicia, and a combination locking 
ring and transfer gear with four eaui-angularly spaced two- 
tooth transfer gear segments and nitcrmediatc locking ring 
portions for generating a oneyeount transfer from the substi- 
tute lowest order counter wheel to the next order counter 
wheel for every one-fourth revolution of the substitute 
counter wheel; whereby a fuel pump computer converted by 
the conversion means is operative to set and post a quart/liter 
unit volume price with its variator, provide a quarts/liters 
volume readout of the volume amount of fuel delivered, and 
provide a dollars readout of the cost amount of fuel delivered 
in accordance with the quarts/liters volume delivered and the 
quart/liter unit volume price established by the variator set- 
ting. 



3,863,840 

VEHICULAR SUPPORTING DECK FOR A RAILROAD 

GRADE CROSSING 

Paul J. Szarka, and Joseph R. Szarka, both of Livonia, Mich., 

assignors to Szarka Enterprises, Inc., Livonia, Mich. 

Filed Mar. 5. 1973, Ser. No. 338,047 

Int. CI. EOlb 2100 

U.S. CI. 238-8 10 Claims 







..-"V 



\ ■ ■> .■v^-ys^Y"'^' ' ■ ' •' ' _^ 



r- //- 




^<*''4>i>^>V'^- c_ z^^~y-^E^u;Mj^' 



1. In a railroad grade crossing including a pair of running 
rails carried by a plurality of supporting ties, a crossing struc- 
ture embodying a unit slab member spanning the area between 
said rails, bridging means between said running rails and the 
edges of said member adjacent to said rails for securing said 
edges thereto, and flowable means for supporting said mem- 
ber from said plurality of ties after said means has been de- 
formed by said member and hardened. 



{I 3,863,841 
LIQUID SPRAYING DEVICE 
Fernand Berthoud, Rhone, France, assignor to Berthoud S.A., 
Belleville sur Saonc, Rhone, France 

Filed May 7, 1973, Ser. No. 358,057 
Claims priority, application France, May 8, 1972, 72.17718 
Int. CI. B05b 1130 



U.S. CI. 239-266 



5 Claims 



!^^ 



«=^ 







1. A liquid spraying device to be connected to a pressurized 
liquid supply line, comprising: 
a. a body including 
a liquid receiving portion having an inner passage to 

receive the pressurized liquid to be sprayed; 
means to connect said inner passage with the pressurized 

liquid supply line; 
a transverse branch extending substantially on each side 
of said liquid receiving portion, said branch being 



formed with a longitudinal bore which does not com- 
municate directly with said inner passage, and said 
longitudinal bore having two open ends; 

tubular nozzle carrying portions extending substantially 
radially from said transverse branch on each side of 
said liquid receiving portion and communicating with 
said longitudinal bore; 

and an antidrip-valve carrying portion laterally disposed 
with respect to said liquid receiving portion, said lateral 
portion having a substantially flat surface and being 
formed with ducts respectively communicating with 
said inner passage and with said transverse bore, with 
each of said ducts having an open end terminating at 
said substantially flat surface; 

b. an antidrip diaphragm valve bearing against said flat 
surface to close the open ends of said ducts in the absence 
of the liquid under pressure within at least one of said 
ducts; 

c. resilient means to press said diaphragm valve against said 
flat surface; 

d. spraying nozzles mounted on said nozzle carrying por- 
tions; 

e. and valve means slidably mounted in each end of said 
longitudinal bore and selectively operable to block the 
flow of liquid from said bore to at least one of said nozzle 
carrying portions. 



3,863,842 
FERTILIZER APPLICATOR 
Raymond J. McFarland, Box 36, and David L. McFarland, Box 
54, both of Gwinner, N. Dak. 58044 

Filed Apr. 11, 1974, Ser. No. 460,117 

Int. CI. B05b 1106 

U.S. CI. 239-283 5 Claims 




1. A fertilizer applicator comprising: 

a tubular elongated stem having a longitudinal passage; 

a tubular manifold extending transversely to the elongated 
stem, having a longitudinal passage therein in communi- 
cation with the longitudinal passage of the elongated 
stem, and a countersunk aperture extending transversely 
through the tubular wall of the manifold from the passage 
therein to the exterior thereof; 

a mounting plate secured to the elongated stem and the 
tubular manifold. 



3,863,843 
ANTI.BACK SIPHONING WATER SUPPLY VALVE AND 

MIXER 
Valentine Hechler, IV, 26 Meadow View Rd., Northfield, III. 

60093 
Continuation of Ser. No. 333,309, Feb. 16, 1973, abandoned. 
This application Apr. 15, 1974, Ser. No. 460,889 
Int. CI. B05b 7130 
U.S. CI. 239—318 17 Claims 

1. In a safety device for potable water supply and dispensing 
system having a manually valved outlet; 
a housing defining a flow compartment connected releas- 
ably to the outlet and having an inlet port, an outlet 



204 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



dispensing means having a flow area open to atmosphere 
substantially less than the flow area of the compartment, 
a valve port opening to atmosphere disposed intermediate 
the inlet port and the outlet dispensing means, and mixing 
means between said valve port and outlet dispensing 
means; 

an inlet valve closing the inlet port against the inflow of 
potable water to the inlet port; 

a vent valve in communication with said valve port opening 
to vent the compartment to atmospheric pressure; 




means for coordinating said valves to open one while clos- 
ing the other; and 

resilient means under pressure coacting with the coordinat- 
ing means to activate said inlet valve to close said inlet 
port when the opening force of supply water upon the 
inlet valve and the closing forces of water pressure in said 
compartment upon the vent valve drops to a predeter- 
mined positive gauge pressure. 



3.863,844 

AUTOMATIC FIRE NOZZLE WITH AUTOMATIC 

CONTROL OF PRESSURE AND INTERNAL 

TURBULENCE COMBINED WITH MANUAL CONTROL 

OF VARIABLE FLOW AND SHAPE OF STREAM 

PRODUCED 

Clyde H.' McMillan, Hobart, Ind., assignor to Fire Task Force 

Innovations, Inc., Hobart, Ind. 

Filed May 2, 1973, Ser. No. 356,567 

Int. CI. B05b 1132 ^ 

U.S. CI. 239-452 17 Claims 




1. A nozzle body for regulated discharging of a fluid with an 
automatic pressure controlling mechanism axially and recip- 
rocably mounted therein, and said pressure controlling mech- 
anism having a piston head constructed and positioned in the 
path of fluid flow and cooperating with a surrounding portion 
of the nozzle body to form a variable size first annular opening 
for the passage of fluid, and said pressure controlling mecha- 
nism also having a control baffle cooperating with a surround- 
ing conical portion of the nozzle body to form a variable size 
second annular opening for the discharge of fluid, wherein 
said control baffle is mounted on a shaft is adapted to be 
manually positioned in relation to an adjacent conical surface 
for purposes of flushing or manually overriding of automatic 
pressure control. 



3,863,845 

EMITTER FOR LOW RATE, LOW PRESSURE 

DISCHARGE OF IRRIGATING WATER 

John G. Bumpstead, Gkndora, Calif., assignor to Rain Bird 

Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Gkndora, CaUf. 

Filed Mar. 18, 1974, Ser. No. 451,852 

Int. CI. B05b 15/00, 1114 

U.S. CI. 239—542 15 Claims 




5. An emitter for distributing water at a low rate and low 
pressure uniformly to a plurality of selected areas from a 
single source of water of relatively high pressure, said emitter 
comprising: 

a body portion coupled to the source and receiving water 
under relatively high pressure; 

means defining a helical path having inlet and outlet ends in 
said body portion and through which water from said 
source spirals to substantially reduce its pressure; 

an annular chamber in said body and receiving water from 
said outlet end of said helical path; 

a pluraltiy of elongated flexible tubes communicating with 
said annular chamber; and 

means for dissipating the spiral motion of the water leaving 
said helical path preparatory to discharge through said 
tubes, whereby said tubes each receive a substantially 
uniform amount of low pressure water from said chamber 
and distribute the water from said body portion at a 
substantially uniform rate and pressure through each of 
said tubes. 



3363,846 

APPLICATION FOR THE BENEFACTION OF COAL 

UTILIZING HIGH VOLATILE LIQUIDS AS CHEMICAL 

COMMINUTANTS 
Douglas V. Keller, Jr., and Clay D. Smith, both of Lafayette, 
N.Y., assignors to Chemical Comminuttons International, 
Inc., Lafayette, N.Y. 

Fikd Aug. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 282,735 

Int. CI. B02c 79/00 ]i 

U.S.CL 241-1 30 Claims 

1. Apparatus for comminuting coal comprising: 
a reactor containing coal essentially submerged in a liquid 
chemical comminutant for producing reactants. such as 
impurity materials and product coal, the reactor includ- 
ing ( I ) means to provide a small variational mechanical 



February 4, 197! 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



205 



stress on the coal by the comminutant, and (2) means to grains to permit commercial foundry reuse, and 

provide at least a partial separation of the impurity mate- thereafter collecting said individual sand grains. 




( ' *- — ^ SI n f »- 

I i v-t^F^' 

Liauia I ^ 



3363,848 

GIANT TREE CHOPPER 

David J. Mashuda, R.D. No. 1, Evans City, Pa. 16033 

Filed Jan. 2, 1974, Ser. No. 430,192 

Int. CI. B02c 21102 

U.S. CK 241- 101.7 5 Claims 




rials from the coal without generating environmental 
pollutants or physical hazards. 



II 



3,863,847 

FOUNDRY SAND REDUCER AND RECLAIMER 
Wallace Day, Augusta; Alvin E. Postell, Martinez, and William 
D. Postell, Augusta, all of Ga., assignors to Georgia Iron 
Works Co., Grovetown, Ga. 

Filed July 26, 1973, Ser. No. 382,789 

Int. CI. B02c 19120 

U.S. CI. 241-14 29 Claims 




1. The method of reducing into individual grains, large 
lumps of foundry sand formed from sand grains coated with 
organic material and foundry binders formed by chemical 
reaction in the mold and reclaiming the grains into reusable 
foundry sand without impact forces sufficiently severe to 
fracture the sand grains comprising: 
vibrating said large lumps of foundry sand to produce ag- 
glomerates of sand grains and individual grains in a first 
zone, passing said sand grains to a second zone, 
vibrating said grains in said second zone to maintain said 
grains substantially continually in an unsupported state, 
contacting substantially each of said grains with adjacent 
grains while in said unsupported state for at least 10 
seconds to reduce the agglomerates to individual grains 
by cleaving said agglomerates along the interface of the 
binder, and 
simultaneously abrading said grains with adjacent grains to 
remove a sufficient amount of binder coated on said 



1. Mobile apparatus having a frame on which is carried a 
rotary cutter member for fragmentizing whole trees and tree 
trunks, wherein the improvement comprises a plurality of 
horizontal telescoping trough members for supporting the tree 
trunk longitudinally of said frame and in position to be fed 
endwise against said rotary cutter member, transversely 
spaced guide channels on said frame, and anti-friction rollers 
on said telescoping trough members cooperatively engaging in 
said channels whereby to movably support said trough mem- 
bers for movement longitudinally of said frame. 



3,863,849 

DUST ABATEMENT SYSTEM FOR MIXING APPARATUS 

John L. Kugle, and Robert C. Futty, both of Lancaster, Pa., 

assignors to Irl Daffin Associates, Inc., Lancaster, Pa. 

Filed Oct. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 403,886 

Int. CI. B02c 9104, 13104; B07b 4100 

U.S. CL 241-152 A 6 Claims 




1. A mixing apparatus for materials such as livestock feed 
comprising, in combination, a mixing tank, means within said 
mixing tank for mixing fluent materials fed into said mixing 
tank, milling means for comminuting solid livestock feed 
materials into a fluent state prior to feeding same into said 
mixing tank, first conduit means communicating the outlet of 
said milling means with said mixing tank, feeding conveyor 
means for receiving solid livestock feed materials from a 
source of same, said feeding conveyor means having a dis- 
charge end remote from said source to which the solid live- 
stock feed materials are conveyed, housing means overlying 
said discharge end of said feeding conveyor means and having 
an inlet and an outlet opening, shredding means operatively 
associated within said housing means between said inlet and 
outlet openings for preparing coarse solid livestock feed mate- 
rials for said milling means, second conduit means communi- 
cating said outlet of said housing means with the inlet of said 
milling means, and a dust abatement means for removing fine 
particles of said livestock feed materials from said housing 
means to preclude escape thereof through said inlet opening 
of said housing means and for simultaneously removing such 



206 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



fine particles from said first conduit means and creating a 
negative pressure between the inlet and the outlet of said 
milling means, said dust abatement means delivering said fme 
particles to said mixing tank, said dust abatement means com- 
prising fan means including an inlet end at which a negative 
pressure is produced and an outlet end at which a positive 
pressure is produced, a housing dust baffle secured over an 
opening in said housing means, and a conduit dust baffle 
secured over an opening in said first conduit means, said 
conduit dust bafHe having spaced side walls, a first tube sec- 
tion having one end communicating with said housing dust 
baffle and a second end communicating with one side wall of 
said conduit dust baffle, a second tube section having one end 
communicating with the other side wall of said conduit dust 
baffle and a second end communicating with said inlet of said 
fan means, and additional tubing means connecting said outlet 
end of said fan means to said mixing tank, the end of one of 
said tube sections communicating with said conduit dust baffle 
being slidingly received in its associated side wall to permit it 
to be positioned within said conduit dust baffle at a selected 
distance from the end of the other tube section which is op- 
posed thereto. 



3,863,850 
BALE SHREDDER AND DISCHARGER 
Percy F. Freeman, 2034 N.W. 27th Ave., Portland, Oreg. 
97210 

Filed Feb. 25, 1974, Ser. No. 445,494 

int. CI. AO If 29/00 

U.S. CI. 24 1 - 1 86 R 7 Claims 




1. A device for shredding baled material comprising: 

a. a bin for receiving bales to be shredded, 

b. a plurality of power driven rotating knife assemblies in 
said bin disposed one above the other and each including 
a cross shaft and radially extending knife blades project- 
ing therefrom, 

c. conveyor means arranged to feed bales into said knife, 

d. a power driven cross shaft above the uppermost shaft of 
the knife assemblies, 

e. and a plurality of wheels on said last mentioned shaft, 

f. said wheels projecting radially beyond the uppermost 
knife blades with relation to the side from which the bales 
are fed by said conveyor means, 

g. said wheels being non-round so that their peripheral 
edges provide abutment for material which has worked 
up on the knife assemblies in a shredding operation 
whereby the material is held down for efficient shredding. 



3,863,851 

DEVICE FOR HOOKING A YARN ON A ROTATING 

SUPPORT 

Rolland Sartori, Roanne, France, assignor to Rhone-Poulenc- 

Textile, Paris, France 

Filed Sept. 25, 1973, Ser. No. 400,564 
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 25, 1972, 
72.34461 

Int. CI. B65h 65/00 
VS. CI. 242- 18 PW 7 Claims 




1. A device for hooking a moving yarn on rotatable support 
means comprising a rotatable mounting means, a hooking 
catch mounted on said mounting means in close proximity to 
an end of the support means and responsive to centrifugal 
fdrce to hold the yarn during rotation of the rotatable mount- 
ing means and release the yarn when the rotatable mounting 
means ceases to rotate, said hooking catch including a finger 
element and an elongated elastic element adjacent to the 
finger element held with play at each of its ends, said finger 
element and said elastic element forming a yarn receiving 
recess therebetween such elastic element deforming when 
subjected to a centrifugal force and resuming its original form 
when the centrifugal force dissipates, said elastic element 
being adapted to compress said yarn between itself and said 
finger element during rotation of said mounting means and to 
release the yarn during deceleration of said mounting means, 
said finger carrying a substantially spherical polished tip 
adapted to catch the totality of filament of a multifilament 
yarn. 



3,863,852 

CONTINUOUS LOOP FILM CARTRIDGE AND DRIVE 

MECHANISM 

Gerald F. Rackett, 13543 Moorepark St, Sherman Oaks, 

Calif. 91403, and Ralph Sacks, Hilton Office Center, 900 

Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1134, Los Angeles, Calif. 90017 

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 64,372, Aug. 17, 1970, 
abandoned. This applicatk>n Mar. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 233,957 

Int. CI. B65h 17/48 
U.S. CI. 242—55.19 R 14 Claims 




3 



1. A system for handling an endless strip of material such as 
motin picture film for use with a film projector or the like, 
whereby the strip of material is to be disposed in a single coil 
having one continuous external section for engagement with 
the projector, the combination comprising: 

a housing, a turntable mounted within said housing, said 
turntable comprising a disc providing a flat continuous 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



207 



surface, a hub member mounted upon said turntable, said 
hub extending upwardly from the surface of said turnta- 
ble, an exit aperture in said housing near the center of 
said turntable, an entrance aperture in said housing near 
the edge thereof for the return of said external loop to 
said coil in said housing; 

guide means mounted adjacent said housing, said guide 
means being spaced laterally and above said exit aper- 
ture, said guide means operative to guide said strip out of 
said housing at an acute angle with respect to the plane 
of said turntable; 

drive means for rotating said turntable, said drive means 
comprising a continuously running motor, said motor 
having a motor shaft engaging said turntable; 

control means coupled to said drive means, means respon- 
sive to the size of a loop formed in the strip of material 
between said exit aperture and a projector to which the 
strip extends, said responsive means being coupled to said 
control means, said control means including means for 
controlling the electrical signal to said motor for continu- 
ously varying the speed thereof in response to changes in 
said loop whereby said turntable is made to continuously 
rotate at varying speeds the minimum being greater than 
zero under normal operating conditions; and 

a layer of material deposited upon the surface of said turnta- 
ble, said layer having a low coefficient of friction, said 
housing having a top cover plate, a plurality of strip-like 
members affixed to the underside of said cover plate 
disposed in a substantially radial fashion with respect to 
said turntable, means for adjustably positioning said strip- 
like members in a spaced-apart relationship with respect 
to said turntable surface so as to be capable of frictionally 
engaging the edges of said coil of said endless strip mate- 
rial when said material is so disposed upon said turntable 
surface. 



3,863,853 

ENDLESS MAGNETIC TAPE CARTRIDGE 
Hiroyuki Umeda, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Victor Com* 
pany of Japan, Ltd, Yokohama, Kanagawa-ken, Japan 
Filed Apr. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 240,965 
priority, application Japan, Apr. 6, 1971, 46- 
Apr. 30, 1971, 46-33597[U]; May 7, 1971, 46- 
May 7, 1971, 46-35759(U]; May 7, 1971, 46- 
May 14, 1971, 46-38193(1)]; May 14, 1971, 46- 



Claims 
24909 (U 
35758[U 
35760[t 
23818 I 

lint. CI. B65h 17148 
U.S. CI. 242-55.19 A 



4 Claims 




H(2St 



1. An endless-tape cartridge for use in a recording and/or 
reproducing apparatus of the type wherein an endless tape is 
caused to travel obliquely with respect to the rotating plane of 
a rotary magnetic head for recording and/or reproducing 
video signals, said cartridge comprising: a cartridge casing; a 
spool rotatably accommodated within said casing; a body of 



wound tape of an endless-tape wound around said spool and 
disposed in the lower half part of the casing; a first guide 
member for guiding a tape portion drawn out of the innermost 
periphery of said body of wound tape to a high position higher 
than the position of the body of wound tape; a tape outlet 
provided in a side wall of the casing at a position of the same 
height as said high position such that said tape guided by said 
first guide member can move out of the casing at said high 
position; a tape inlet provided in a side wall of the casing at a 
position lower than said high position such that the tape which 
has moved out of said tape outlet can enter into the casing at 
the same high position as the body of wound tape; and a 
second guide member for guiding the tape which has thus 
entered through said tape inlet in such a manner that it is 
wound around the outermost periphery of the body of wound 
tape, said endless tape drawn out of the casing through the 
tape outlet being held between a capstan and a pinch roller of 
said recording and/or reproducing apparatus and thereby 
being driven and caused to travel, and said first guide member 
being disposed above and coaxially with said second guide 
member. 



3,863,854 
APPARATUS FOR SPLICING PAPER ROLLS 
Masateru Tokuno, Nishinomiya, Japan, assignor to Rengo Co., 
Ltd., Osaka, Japan 

Filed Nov. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 310,703 
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 30, 1971, 47-2380; 
Feb. 15, 1972, 47-16254; Mar. 13, 1972, 47-25930 

Int. CI. B65h 19112 
U.S. CI. 242—58.2 9 Claims 



5f7a ,'S,^li^_»L»K« 'sf,, „„ S 




21 r» !o 
'LSI nLmmoL m 






1. An apparatus for splicing a running web which is being 
continuously withdrawn from an expiring roll with a fresh fully 
wound web roll without interrupting the continuous operation 
thereof which comprises a mill stand, said fully wound roll and 
said expiring roll being rotatably supported by said mill stand 
in mutually opposed positions, means for rotating said fully 
wound roll and said expiring roll, respectively, guide roll 
means disposed in said mill stand between said fully wound 
roll and said expiring roll, cutting means supported in the mill 
stand and associated with said guide roll means for cutting the 
web running from the expiring roll after the splicing operation 
has been achieved, and an assembly of web shifting roller 
means disposed above said mill stand and above said web rolls, 
said assembly of web shifting roller means comprising a pair 
of opposing outer arms and a pair of opposing inner arms, 
each of said pairs of arms being rotatably mounted at their one 
end above said mill stand and each of said other ends of said 
pairs of arms being provided with a web pushing roller which 
is adapted to engage the running web being drawn from the 
expiring roll and means for independently displacing said pairs 
of arms containing said web pushing rollers and the web asso- 
ciated therewith from a position above the web rolls to the 
cutting means and into engaging relationship with the fully 
wound web roll whereby the leading end of the fresh web roll 
is spliced with the running web of the expiring roll. 



208 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,855 
FILM UNWINDING AND SPLICING APPARATUS AND 

METHOD 

Rene J. Gaubcrt, 4219 Oakmore Rd., Oakland, Calif. 94602 

Filed Oct. 20, 1972, S«r. No. 299,370 

Int. CL B65h 1 91] 6 

U.S. CI. 242-58.4 8 Claims 




3,863,856 
TAPE REEL DRIVE MECHANISM 
Bartholomew F, Conlon, Jr., Waynesboro, Va., assignor to 
General Electric Co., Lynn, Mass. 

Filed Mar. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 341368 
Int. CI. B65h 19/02 
U.S. CL 242-68.3 9 Claims 

1. A mechanism for driving a reel having a central circular 
hub opening from a motor driven shaft comprising: 

a. a drive member having a collar and a cylindrical shaft 
portion extending from the collar, at least a part of the 
shaft portion including the end remote from the collar 
being bifurcated to form first and second spaced opposed 
shaft segments, the shaft portion being adapted to extend 
through and fit loosely within the reel hub opening; 

b. a pivotally mounted cam means having cam surfaces 
rotatable into the space between the shaft segments so 
that the cam surfaces increase the space between the 
shaft segments thereby urging the shaft segments into 



forcible contact with the reel hub; 
c. means for pivotally mounting the cam means to the re- 



/' M 




mote end of the bifurcated shaft; and 
d. means for securing the collar to the motor driven shaft. 



3,863,857 
LEAF-TYPE EXPANSIBLE SHAFT WITH TRAPPER BAR 
Geoffrey Smith, Nashua, N.H., assignor to Nim*Cor Inc., 
Nashua, N.H. 

Filed Apr. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 346,769 

Int. CI. B65h 75/24, 75/28 

U.S. CL 242-72 B 9 Claims 



1. Apparatus for unwinding and splicing rolls of material, 
the exterior lead end of the material being provided with 
splicing adhesive, means for supporting separate first and 
second rolls of the material on spaced parallel horizontal axes, 
a horizontal rotatable take-off roller over which the material 
is entrained as it is unwound from the first one of the rolls, a 
rotatable presser roller disposed alongside and parallel to the 
take-off roller, means for moving the presser roller from a 
normal retracted position in spaced proximity to the take-off 
roller to a pressing position in which its peripheral surface is 
pressed against the take-off roller and the material entrained 
upon the same, there being a vertically open gap between the 
rollers when said presser roller is in its normal retracted posi- 
tion, the lead end of the material from the second roll of 
material and the gap between said take-off and presser rollers 
being such that such lead end hangs down by gravity with its 
lower end in proximity with the gap between the rollers, and 
means responsive to completion of the unwinding of material 
from the first roll to energize the means for moving the presser 
roller whereby the presser roller is moved against the take-off 
roller and the material entrained over the same, and means to 
effect lowering flnovement of said lead end of the material 
from the second roll downwardly between the take off and 
presser rollers whereby said lead end is caused to be pressed 
against and to adhere to the trailing end portion of the un- 
wound material from the second roll, thereby forming a splice. 




9. In an expansible shaft of the type having outwardly mov- 
able leaves extending along, and around, an intermediate 
cylinder, the combination of: 

a plurality of said elongated leaves spaced around said 
cylinder, one said leaf being fixed to said cylinder in 
asymmetrical position to define a portion of a cylinder 
outlined when all of said leaves are expanded and having 
one axially extending lateral edge portion spaced from 
said cylinder to form a space therewith for receiving an 
end of a web; 

the other said leaves being normally retracted but radially 
movable outwardly to define said cylindrical outline with 
said fixed leaf; 

elongated clamping means on said intermediate cylinder, 
oppositely disposed to, and under, the lateral edge por- 
tion of said fixed leaf, in said space, for gripping said end 
of said web against said lateral edge portion of said fixed 
leaf, said means being radially movable in said space; 

and means for moving said outwardly movable leaves and 
said clamping means radially inwardly and outwardly. 



3,863,858 

TENSIONING APPARATUS 

Ford B. Cauffiel, and Herbert C. Trautman, both of Toledo, 

Ohio, assignors to Ford B. Cauffiel, Toledo, Ohio 

Filed Nov. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 414,373 

Int. CL B65h 23/10 

U.S. CL 242-75.2 21 Claims 

1. A tensioning device for maintaining substantially equal 

tension on a plurality of elongate, flexible members, said 

tensioning device comprising a first drag member, means for 

holding said drag member in a predetermined position, a 

second drag member, means for holding said second drag 

member facing said first drag member, said flexible, elongate 



February 4, 197:> 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



209 



members being passed in a common direction between said 
drag members, means for establishing uniform pressure over 
a substantial portion of the length of said second drag member 




end portion thereof in locked relation therewith and extending 
below the lower end of the shaft and serving as a journal for 
the shaft during rotation thereof with said reel, said holder and 
bearing device tiltable with the shaft and reel to various angu- 
lar operational positions relative to ground. 



3363,860 
CASE FOR A LINEAR MEASURING DEVICE 

Michel Quenot, Besancon, France, assignor to Stanley Mabo, 
Trepillot Besancon, France 

Filed Jan. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 325,030 

Int. CL B65h 75/J6, 75/40 

U.S. CI. 242-84.8 2 Claims 



to urge said second drag member toward said first drag mem- 
ber, supporting means for supporting both of said drag mem- 
bers, and at least two jackscrews engageable with said sup- 
porting means for raising and lowering said supporting means. 



3,863,859 

REEL SUPPORT AND WINDER APPARATUS 

Horace J. Keith, Rt. 1, Box 31-C, Pearsall, Tex. 78061 

Filed Feb. 21, 1974, Ser. No. 444,510 

Int. CL B65h 75/14 




U.S. CL 242-77 




1. A case for a tape measure comprising, an outer shell 
10 Claims defining a first side of a case for a tape measure and the pe- 
riphery of said case, said outer case having an axial spindle, a 
cover disc defining a second side of said case and having a 
tape drum extending therefrom rotatable about said spindle, 
said drum having an internal collar, means defining an axial 
extension of said spindle having a head internally of said tape 
drum axially spaced from an inner end of said spindle defining 
an annular groove therewith receiving said collar of said tape 
drum for rotation therein, fastener means extending through 
said shell and spindle thereof removably holding said axial 
extension removably assembled to said spindle, a handle on 
said disc for rotating said cover disc, said spindle having a 
non-circular bore, said axial extension having a portion in- 
cluding a non -circular cross section received in said non- 
circular bore, said cover disc having a recess, a spring in said 
recess bearing against said handle for retaining it in a retracted 
position on said cover disc and an extended position when 
manually actuated to said extended position, said spring being 
removably received in said recess and frictionally bearing on 
said head of said axial extension, and said spring comprising 
a flat spring having a convex portion bearing against said 
handle and holding said cover disc against undesired rotation. 



1. Apparatus for su)}porting and turning a reel during wind- 
ing and unwinding operations comprising a generally upright 
elongated shaft adapted to be driven rotatably by an overhead 
driving means, said shaft adapted to be assembled with a reel 
having an axial opening to receive the shaft completely there- 
through with the shaft extending substantially above and be- 
low the reel during use of the apparatus, a reel p>ositioning 
device adapted to be assembled onto said shaft above the reel 
thereon, means to releasably lock the positioning device in a 
selected adjusted position on said shaft with the positioning 
device engaging the top of the reel, a reel support and drive 
unit adapted to be assembled onto said shaft and locked rela- 
tive to the shaft below said reel and in engagement with the 
bottom of the reel and having a positive driving connection 
with the bottom of the reel whereby said support and drive 
unit causes rotation of the reel with said shaft, and a holder 
and bearing device for said shaft mountable upon the lower 



3,863,861 
WIRE PAYING-OUT APPARATUS 
Aldo Bellasio, Milan, Italy, assignor to Industrie Pirelli Societa 
per Azioni, Milan, Italy 

Filed May 22, 1973, Ser. No. 362,770 

Claims priority, application Italy, June 13, 1972, 25588/72 

Int. CL B65h 49/00 

U.S.CL 242-128 4 Claims 

1. Apparatus for paying off wire stored in superimposed 

connected coils, said apparatus comprising a cylindrical body 

having said coils therearound, the exterior diameter of said 

body being smaller than the interior diameter of said coils 

whereby said coils are loosely arranged around said body, 

detaching means mounted for rotation around the axis of said 

body and spaced from said coils in the direction of paying off, 

said detaching means having a portion thereof engageable 

with said wire as it is payed off and movable in a circular path 

around said axis, and motor means connected to said detach- 



210 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



ing means and rotating said detaching means in a direction 
which unwinds said coils and moving said portion of said 



GcMti^vof 




said first pair of spindles arc controllable for film rewind; 
and 

. driving means driving said motor-operable spindles in- 
cluding a separate motor for each spindle a first adjust- 
able transformer, a second adjustable transformer, and a 
third adjustable transformer, means connecting said first 
adjustable transformer to the motor operating the film 
pay-off reel to control electric power thereto in the first 
projection position, means connecting said second trans- 
former to the motor operating the take-up film reel to 
control electric power thereto in the first projector posi- 
tion, and means connecting said third transformer to both 
the motors operating the pay-off and take-up film reels to 
control electric power thereto in the second projector 
position. , 



3,863,863 
SELF-THREADING TAPE HANDLING APPARATUS 
Don S. Ende, Commack, N.Y., assignor to Potter Instrument 
Company, Inc., Plainview, N.Y. 

Filed June 30, 1972, Ser. No. 268,080 

Int. CI. Glib 15/66, 15/58 

U.S.Ci. 242-182 25 Claims 



detaching means around said axis at a speed which is at least 
four times greater than the linear paying off speed of said wire. 



3,863,862 
KINEMATOGRAPH PROJECTION APPARATUS 
Peter Robins, New Drbton, and Leroy G. Osborn, London, 
both of England, assignors to Westrex Company Limited, 
London, England 

Filed July 24, 1972, Ser. No. 274,187 
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 28, 1971, 
35390/71 

Int. CI. G03b 1/04 
U.S. CI. 242-181 10 Claims 




2. Film pay-off and take-up apparatus for a film projector 
comprising: 

a. a housing rotatable about an axis on said projector be- 
tween said first and second positions; 

b. first and second pairs of motor-operable spindles sup- 
ported by said housing, each of said pairs of spindles 
being capable of carrying respective pay-off and take-up 
film reels for film projection and rewind, means mounting 
said housing for rotation about said axis for movement 
with respect to said projector whereby when said housing 
is in said first position, pay-off and take-up reels carried 
by said first pair of spindles are aligned with said projec- 
tor for film projection and pay-off and take-up reels 
carried by said second pair of spindles are controllable for 
film rewind, and whereby when said housing is in its 
second position, pay-off and take-up reels carried by said 
second pair of spindles are aligned with said projector for 
film projection and pay-off and take-up reels carried by 




24. A system for extracting tape from a reel on which the 
tape is wound, comprising a rotatable reel, and jet means 
mounted externally to the reel adjacent to the periphery 
thereof for directing a pressurized fluid stream across said 
periphery parallel to the rotational axis of said reel in order to 
lift the free end of said tape off of said reel. 



3,863,864 
FILM TREADING ASSEMBLY AND REWIND ACTUATOR 
Joerg Fischer, Madison, Ala., assignor to Bell & Howell Com- 
pany, Chicago, III. 

Filed Jan. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 323,620 
Int. CI. G03b 1/56; B65h 17/14 
U.S. CI. 242-192 11 Claims 

1. In a motion picture projector operable in normal projec- 
tion modes, in a threading mode and in a film rewind mode, 
the projector having a film supply to which the trailing end of 
a film is attached, means for transporting a length of film from 
the film supply, a film take-up for winding up a length of film, 
and rewind means for returning the length of film to the film 
supply, a film threading and rewind conditioning assembly 
comprising: 
film drive means for transporting film from said film supply 
toward said take-up; means supporting said film drive 
means for movement between a threading condition in 
engagement with film in the film supply and a non- 
threading condition; 
film stripper means for removing the leading end of a film 
from said film supply; 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



211 



means supporting said stripper means for movement be- 
tween a threading condition in engagement with film in 
the film supply and a non-threading condition; 

a film guide channel means for guiding film from said strip- 
per means and having a portion movable about a first axis 
between a threading condition and a non-threading con- 
dition; and 

said movable film guide channel portion supporting a sec- 
ond axis for movement therewith; 




characterized in that said automatic stop motion mechanism 
comprises slidable unlock means operatively connected to 
said slidable lock means and slidable in a direction substan- 
tially perpendicular to the direction of the sliding movement 
of said slidable lock means to thereby cause the latter to be 
slidden in such a direction as to release the locked key or keys, 
an actuator means operatively connected to said drive motor 
in such a manner as to be pivotally moved in a first area when 
said reel spindles are rotated in a first direction and in a sec- 
ond area when said reel spindles are rotated in a second direc- 
tion and to be rcctilinearly moved between said first and 
second areas when said reel spindles are stopped from rotating 
because of said magnetic tape having been fully wound from 
said one reel onto said other reel, wherein when rcctilinearly 
moved said actuator means is brought into operational en- 
gagement with said slidable unlock means to cause the latter 
to be slidden in such a direction that said slidable lock means 
is thereby slidden in said direction, whereby said locked key 
or keys are released and said device is automatically shut off, 
irrespective of the direction and speed of transportation of 
said magnetic tape. 



film tension sensor mounted on said second axis and 
movable with said movable channel portion when said 
channel portion is in said threading condition and mov- 
able independently of said movable channel portion 
about said second axis to actuate said film rewind means 
responsive to film tension when said movable channel 
portion is in said non-threading condition. 



3,863,865 

MAGNETIC RECORDING-REPRODUCING DEVICE 
Keisuke Syohji, Nagoya, Japan, assignor to Shin-Shirasuna 
Electric Corporatmn, Nagoya-shi, Japan 

Filed Mar. 7, 1973, Ser. No. 338,731 

Int. CI. Bllb 15/32; G03b 1/04 

U.S.CI. 242-209 , 3 Claims 



sew 




1. A magnetic recording -reproducing device employing a 
tape casette which contains a pair of reels and a magnetic tape 
wound thereon and having the opposite ends thereof securely 
fixed to said pair of reels respectively, said device comprising 
a drive motor, keyboard including depressible keys adapted, 
when depressed, to energize said drive motor, a capstan 
adapted to be rotated at a predetermined speed by means of 
said drive motor, a pinch roller adapted to be brought into and 
out of engagement with said capstan, a pair of reel spindles on 
which said pair of reels contained in said tape cassette are 
mounted respectively, said reel spindle being adapted, upon 
depression of a key or keys of said keyboard, to be rotated in 
a predetermined direction by means of said drive motor until 
said magnetic tape is fully wound from one of said reels onto 
the other one, slidable lock means for locking said key or keys 
in depressed position, and an automatic stop motion mecha- 
nism operatively associated with one of said reel spindles. 



3,863,866 

FABRIC REEL 

Lee R. Ballard, Grand Prairie, and Joe G. Harris, Mansfield, 

both of Tex., assignors to Coit International Inc., Dallas, Tex. 

Filed Mar. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 342,609 

Int. CI. B65h 75/06 

U.S. CI. 242-222 3 Claims 




1. A fabric reel of the type for supporting a bolt of fabric 
disposed around said reel, said fabric reel comprising, in com- 
bination: 

a. an elongated central core of synthetic resinous material 
defined by a rectangular parallelopiped having a pair of 
opposed longitudinally extending major faces, a pair of 
opposed longitudinally extending edge surfaces, and a 
pair of end surfaces transverse to said major faces and 
said edge surfaces, the junctions of intersection of said 
longitudinally extending major faces with said longitudi- 
nally extending edge surfaces being sharp, well-defined 
corners; and 

b. an enclosing sheet of fibrous material having a pair of 
longitudinally extending end portions; said enclosing 
sheet extending completely about said core in close- 
fitting, but nonsecured, relationship with said core, 
thereby to enable relative movement between said en- 
closing sheet and said core; said enclosing sheet having a 
contour at the said junctions of intersection of said longi- 
tudinally extending major faces and said longitudinally 
extending edge surfaces conforming to said sharp, well- 
defined corners, thereby to resist any longitudinal move- 
ment of the fabric bolt relative to said reel, one of said 
longitudinally extending end portions of said enclosing 
sheet overlapping, and being adhesively sealed to. the 
other of said longitudinally extending end portions. 



212 



OFFICIAL GAZETTE 



February 4, 1975 



3,863,867 

THRUST CONTROL APPARATUS FOR A JET 

PROPULSION ENGINE AND ACTUATING MECHANISM 

THEREFOR 
Richard Ervin Souslin; James E. Klansnic, both of Bellevue, 
and Charles Kahler, Kirkland, all of Wash., assignors to The 
Boeing Company, Seattle, Wash. 

Filed Dec. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 428,308 

Int. CI. B64c 15/06 

VS. CI. 244- 1 2 D 10 Claims 




iH-^ 



iO 94- 



1. Thrust control apparatus in combination with a jet pro- 
pulsion engine which develops thrust by discharge of a pri- 
mary gas stream, said engine having a propulsive gas flow duct 
therein, said duct terminating at the rear end of said engine in 
an exhaust nozzle which normally directs said primary gas 
stream rearwardty from said engine, comprising: 

conduit means associated with said engine and having an 
inlet in fluid communication with said duct and an outlet 
in fluid communication with the atmosphere, said conduit 
means being so oriented in relation to said engine as to 
divert a portion of the propulsive gas from said duct and 
to direct said portion from said outlet as a secondary gas 
stream in a downward and forward direction relative to 
the discharge direction of said primary gas stream, 

valve means mounted on said engine and so located in 
relation to said conduit means to selectively vary the flow 
of propulsive gas through said conduit means, 

reversing door means associated with said exhaust nozzle 
and mounted on said engine for swinging movement 
about a first axis transverse to the discharge direction of 
said primary gas stream, said reversing door means being 
mounted for movement between a first position in nonin- 
terfering relationship with said exhaust nozzle and a sec- 
ond position located rearwardly and downwardly of said 
first position wherein said reversing door means blocks 
said exhaust nozzle and diverts said primary gas stream 
for discharge forwardly from said engine, 

throttling means mounted on said reversing door means and 
so associated therewith to selectively reduce the outlet 
area of said exhaust nozzle when said reversing door 
means is in said first position and when a portion of said 
propulsive gas is being diverted through said conduit 
means, and 

actuating means mounted on said engine and so coupled to 
said valve means and to said throttling means to cause 
said valve means to open said conduit means to flow and 
to simultaneously cause said throttling means to reduce 
the outlet area of said exhaust nozzle. 



3,863,868 

HANG GLIDER 

Roger A. Oberle, 125 Canner St., New Haven, Conn. 06511 

Filed Mar. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 337,895 

Int. CI. B64c 3 1 102 

U.S. CI. 244-16 11 Claims 

1. A hang glider which comprises: 

a. a wing having a continuous leading edge and an area and 
lift characteristic which is sufficient to dynamically sup- 
port a person generally only when said wing is less than 
approximately three chord lengths from the ground, said 
wing having an aspect ratio in the range of 1.0 to 4.0, an 



area in the range of 15 to 100 square feet and a loading 
in the range of 2.0 to 6.25 pounds per square feet when 
said wing is dynamically supporting a person; and 




b. means for mounting said wing on a person such that the 
person is in generally vertical alignment with the center 
of pressure of said wing and said wing is not more than 
approximately two chord lengths from the ground when 
the person is standing on the ground. 



3,863,869 
VTOL CAPSULE AIRCRAFT 
Gerhart Herman Bachman, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, as- 
signor to Flight Capsule, Inc., Toronto, Canada 
Filed Apr. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 242,451 
Int. CI. B64c 29/04 
U.S. CI. 244-23 D 3 Claims 




2. A flight capsule comprising, in combination; a central 
rigid control column defining a longitudinal axis; a jet engine 
mounted on one end of said column and having a thrust outlet 
opening defining a thrust axis extending towards the other end 
of said column and coincident with said longitudinal axis; 
structure mounted on said column adjacent said one end 
thereof and deflecting exhaust gases from said engine to de- 
fine a plurality of thrust streams diverging outwardly towards 
said other end of said column; a hollow capsule body mounted 
upon and surrounding said column and disposed entirely 
within said thrust streams; and nozzle structures for each of 
said thrust streams including control means associated there- 
with and available to an operator for moving each of said 
thrust streams between an angle of substantially 90° to said 
axis through a control angle of substantially 60 degrees, said 
control means being in the form of a pilot operable joystick 
and independent hydraulic acutators extending from said 
joystick to said nozzle structures; and a lift control lever for 
adjusting the angles of all said thrust nozzle structures simulta- 
neously. 



February 4, 1975 



GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 



2L1 



3,863,870 

SPIN STABILIZED VEHICLE AND SOLAR CELL 

ARRANGEMENT THEREFOR 

George J. Andrews, Los Angeles, and Harold A. Rosen, Santa 

Monica, both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Com* 

pany, Culver City, Calif. 

Continuation of Ser. No. 270,107, July 10, 1972, abandoned, 

which is a division of Ser. No. 886,332, Dec. 18, 1969, Pat. No. 

3,722,840. This application Oct. 25, 1973, Ser. No. 409,518 

Int. CI. B64g 1/10 



U.S.CL 244-173 




4 Claims 



1. A vehicle comprising: 

a. a body having a substantially cylindrical portion with a 
substantially round circumference and a central axis, 

b. three rollers rotatably mounted to said body at substan- 
tially uniformly spaced locations around the circumfer- 
ence thereof substantially parallel to said central axis, 

c. three flexible substantially rectangular elongated solar 
panels each mounted to a single one of said rollers and 
having side surfaces, 

d. a plurality of photovoltaic cells mounted on the cylindri- 
cal surface of said body and on the side surfaces of said 
panels, and 

e. means to deploy said panels from a first position wherein 
said panels are retracted to said body and rolled up about 
said rollers to a second position wherein said panels ex- 
tend substantially radially outwardly from said body and 
substantially coplanar with said central axis. 



3,863,871 
VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTING ASSEMBLY 
Daniel T. Meisenheimer, Jr., 404 Longmeadow Rd., Orange, 
Conn. 

Filed May 14, 1973, Ser. No. 359,794 
Int. CI. F16s 1/36 



U.S.CL 248-15 



6 Claims 




1. A mounting bracket for supporting a control having a 
body flanked by radially outwardly protruding surfaces and 
for isolating the control from vibration and amplified vibra- 
tory loads, the mounting bracket comprising a body portion 
loosely surrounding the con^ol body, the interior of the body 
portion of the mountina^racket having inwardly disposed 
shoulders spaced from dther end thereof, and two resilient 
bushings, each resilient bushing mating with the interior of the 
body portion of the mounting bracket between the shoulder 
and the open end thereof, the inner end of the resilient bush- 



ing abutting against the inwardly disposed shoulder and the 
outer end of the resilient bushing extending outwardly beyond 
the open end of the body portion of the mounting bracket, the 
body portions of the mounting bracket and the resilient bush- 
ings being of a size such that the resilient bushings are not 
compressed when the control is mounted therein, wherein the 
control is supported in the body portion of the mounting 
bracket by the resilient bushings, radial support of the control 
being provided by the portions of the resilient bushings be- 
tween the interior of the body portion of the mounting bracket 
and the exterior of the control housing and axial support of the 
control being provided by the portions of the resilient bush- 
ings between the shoulders of the body portion of the mount- 
ing bracket and the radially outward protruding surfaces 
flanking the body of the control. 



3,863,872 
READOUT PANEL 
Giles P. Godes, Brookings, S. Dak., assignor to Daktronics, 
Inc., Brookings, S. Dak. 

Filed Nov. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 309,254 

Int. CI. G12b 9/00 

U.S. CI. 248-27 9 Claims 




1. A readout panel comprising a mounting plate and a 
readout assembly wherein one of said plate and assembly 
includes an aperture and an embossment formed by a first and 
second surface which first and second surfaces adjoin and are 
substantially normal to each other, said aperture being at the 
juncture of said first and second surfaces, and one of said plate 
and said assembly includes a tab, said tab being inserted into 
the aperture to physically interconnect the plate and assembly 
while permitting pivotal movement of the plate and assembly 
to an open position to afford free and open access to the 
assembly for minor maintenance and permitting ready separa- 
tion of the plate and assembly by withdrawal of the tab from 
the aperture to facilitate removal of an assembly for major 
maintenance and for minor maintenance under conditions 
which requ